Sentence: 1 Agnir vai devānām avamo Viṣṇuḥ paramas, tadantareṇa sarvā anyā devatā
Sentence: 2 āgnāvaiṣṇavam puroḷāśaṃ nirvapanti dīkṣaṇīyam ekādaśakapālaṃ
Sentence: 3 sarvābʰya evainaṃ tad devatābʰyo 'nantarāyaṃ nirvapanty
Sentence: 4 Agnir vai sarvā devatā, Viṣṇuḥ sarvā devatā
Sentence: 5 ete vai yajñasyāntye tanvau yad Agniś ca Viṣṇuś ca.
tad yad āgnāvaiṣṇavam puroḷāśaṃ nirvapanty,
antata eva tad devān r̥dʰnuvanti
Sentence: 6 tad āhur:
yad ekādaśakapālaḥ.
puroḷāśo dvāv Agnāviṣṇū, kainayos tatra kḷptiḥ kā vibʰaktir ity
Sentence: 7 aṣṭākapāla āgneyo, 'ṣṭākṣarā vai gāyatrī, gāyatram Agneś cʰandas;
trikapālo vaiṣṇavas, trir hīdaṃ Viṣṇur vyakramata:
sainayos tatra kḷptiḥ sā vibʰaktir
Sentence: 8 gʰr̥te caruṃ nirvapeta yo 'pratiṣṭhito manyetā/syāṃ
Sentence: 9 vāva sa na pratitiṣṭhati yo na pratitiṣṭhati
Sentence: 10 tad yad gʰr̥taṃ tat striyai payo, ye taṇḍulās te puṃsas, tan mitʰunam:
mitʰunenaivainaṃ tat prajayā paśubʰiḥ prajanayati prajātyai
Sentence: 11 prajāyate prajayā paśubʰir ya evaṃ vedā/rabdʰayajño
Sentence: 12 vā eṣa ārabdʰadevato yo darśapūrṇamāsābʰyāṃ yajata.
āmāvāsyena vā haviṣeṣṭvā paurṇamāsena vā tasminn eva haviṣi tasmin
barhiṣi dīkṣetaiṣo ekā dīkṣā
Sentence: 13 saptadaśa sāmidʰenīr anubrūyāt
Sentence: 14 saptadaśo vai Prajāpatir:
dvādaśa māsāḥ pañcartavo hemantaśiśirayoḥ samāsena.
tāvān saṃvatsaraḥ, saṃvatsaraḥ Prajāpatiḥ
Sentence: 15 prajāpatyāyatanābʰir evābʰī rādʰnoti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 yajño vai devebʰya udakrāmat, tam iṣṭibʰiḥ praiṣam aicʰan.
yad iṣṭibʰiḥ praiṣam aicʰaṃs, tad iṣṭīnām iṣṭitvaṃ. tam anvavindann
Sentence: 2 anuvittayajño rādʰnoti ya evaṃ vedā/hūtayo
Sentence: 3 vai nāmaitā yad āhutaya, etābʰir vai devān yajamāno hvayati,
tad āhutīnām āhutitvam
Sentence: 4 ūtayaḥ kʰalu vai tā nāma yābʰir devā yajamānasya havam āyanti.
ye vai pantʰāno yāḥ srutayas tā vā ūtayas; ta u evaitat svargayāṇā
yajamānasya bʰavanti
Sentence: 5 tad āhur:
yad anyo juhoty, atʰa yo 'nu cāha yajati ca kasmāt taṃ hotety ācakṣata iti
Sentence: 6 yad vāva sa tatra yatʰābʰājanaṃ devatā amum āvahāmum āvahety āvāhayati,
tad eva hotur hotr̥tvaṃ
Sentence: 7 hotā bʰavati, hotety enam ācakṣate ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 punar vā etam r̥tvijo garbʰaṃ kurvanti yaṃ dīkṣayanty
Sentence: 2 adbʰir abʰiṣiñcanti
Sentence: 3 reto vā āpaḥ, saretasam evainaṃ tat kr̥tvā dīkṣayanti
Sentence: 4 navanītenābʰyañjanty
Sentence: 5 ājyaṃ vai devānāṃ, surabʰi gʰr̥tam manuṣyāṇām,
āyutam pitr̥̄ṇāṃ, navanītaṃ garbʰāṇāṃ.
tad yan navanītenābʰyañjanti, svenaivainaṃ tad bʰāgadʰeyena samardʰayanty
Sentence: 6 āñjanty enaṃ
Sentence: 7 tejo vā etad akṣyor yad āñjanaṃ, satejasam evainaṃ tat kr̥tvā dīkṣayanty
Sentence: 8 ekaviṃśatyā darbʰapiñjūlaiḥ pāvayanti
Sentence: 9 śuddʰam evainaṃ tat pūtaṃ dīkṣayanti
Sentence: 10 dīkṣitavimitam prapādayanti
Sentence: 11 yonir vā eṣā dīkṣitasya yad dīkṣitavimitaṃ,
yonim evainaṃ tat svām prapādayanti
Sentence: 12 tasmād dʰruvād yoner āste ca carati ca
Sentence: 13 tasmād dʰruvād yoner garbʰā dʰīyante ca pra ca jāyante
Sentence: 14 tasmād dīkṣitaṃ nānyatra dīkṣitavimitād ādityo 'bʰyudiyād
vābʰyastamiyād vāpi vābʰyāśrāvayeyur
Sentence: 15 vāsasā prorṇuvanty
Sentence: 16 ulbaṃ vā etad dīkṣitasya yad vāsa, ulbenaivainaṃ tat prorṇuvanti
Sentence: 17 kr̥ṣṇājinam uttaram bʰavaty
Sentence: 18 uttaraṃ vā ulbāj jarāyu, jarāyuṇaivainaṃ tat prorṇuvanti
Sentence: 19 muṣṭī kurute
Sentence: 20 muṣṭī vai kr̥tvā garbʰo 'ntaḥ śete, muṣṭī kr̥tvā kumāro jāyate.
tad yan muṣṭī kurute, yajñaṃ caiva tat sarvāś ca devatā muṣṭyoḥ kurute
Sentence: 21 tad āhur:
na pūrvadīkṣiṇaḥ saṃsavo 'sti, parigr̥hīto vā etasya yajñaḥ,
parigr̥hītā devatā, naitasyārtir asty aparadīkṣiṇa eva yatʰā tatʰety
Sentence: 22 unmucya kr̥ṣṇājinam avabʰr̥tʰam abʰyavaiti, tasmān muktā garbʰā
jarāyor jāyante
Sentence: 23 sahaiva vāsasābʰyavaiti, tasmāt sahaivolbena kumāro jāyate
Sentence: 1 tvam agne sapratʰā asi, soma yās te mayobʰuva ity ājyabʰāgayoḥ
puronuvākye anubrūyād, yaḥ pūrvam anījānaḥ syāt tasmai
Sentence: 2 tvayā yajñaṃ vi tanvata iti, yajñam evāsmā etad vitanoty
Sentence: 3 agniḥ pratnena manmanā, soma gīrbʰiṣ ṭvā vayam iti, yaḥ
pūrvam ījānaḥ syāt tasmai
Sentence: 4 pratnam iti pūrvaṃ karmābʰivadati
Sentence: 5 tat-tan nādr̥tyam
Sentence: 6 agnir vr̥trāṇi jaṅgʰanat, tvaṃ somāsi satpatir iti vārtragʰnāv eva kuryād
Sentence: 7 vr̥traṃ vā eṣa hanti yaṃ yajña upanamati,
tasmād vārtragʰnāv eva kartavyāv
Sentence: 8 agnir mukʰam pratʰamo devatānām, agniś ca viṣṇo tapa uttamam maha ity
āgnāvaiṣṇavasya haviṣo yājyānuvākye bʰavata
Sentence: 9 āgnāvaiṣṇavyau rūpasamr̥ddʰe.
etad vai yajñasya samr̥ddʰaṃ yad rūpasamr̥ddʰaṃ,
yat karma kriyamāṇam r̥g abʰivadaty
Sentence: 10 Agniś ca ha vai Viṣṇuś ca devānāṃ dīkṣāpālau, tau dīkṣāyā īśāte.
tad yad āgnāvaiṣṇavaṃ havir bʰavati yau dīkṣāyā īśāte tau prītau dīkṣām
prayacʰatāṃ, yau dīkṣayitārau tau dīkṣayetām iti
Sentence: 11 triṣṭubʰau bʰavataḥ sendriyatvāya
Sentence: 1 gāyatryau sviṣṭakr̥taḥ saṃyājye kurvīta tejaskāmo brahmavarcasakāmas
Sentence: 2 tejo vai brahmavarcasaṃ gāyatrī
Sentence: 3 tejasvī brahmavarcasī bʰavati ya evaṃ vidvān gāyatryau kuruta
Sentence: 4 uṣṇihāv āyuṣkāmaḥ kurvītā/yur
Sentence: 5 vā uṣṇik
Sentence: 6 sarvam āyur eti ya evaṃ vidvān uṣṇihau kurute
Sentence: 7 'nuṣṭubʰau svargakāmaḥ kurvīta
Sentence: 8 dvayor vā anuṣtubʰoś catuḥṣaṣṭir akṣarāṇi, traya ima ūrdʰvā ekaviṃśā lokā; ekaviṃśatyaikaviṃśatyaivemām̐l lokān rohati, svarga eva loke
catuḥṣaṣṭitamena pratitiṣṭhati
Sentence: 9 pratitiṣṭhati ya evaṃ vidvān anuṣṭubʰau kurute
Sentence: 10 br̥hatyau śrīkāmo yaśaskāmaḥ kurvīta
Sentence: 11 śrīr vai yaśaś cʰandasām br̥hatī
Sentence: 12 śriyam eva yaśa ātman dʰatte ya evaṃ vidvān br̥hatyau kurute
Sentence: 13 paṅktī yajñakāmaḥ kurvīta
Sentence: 14 pāṅkto vai yajña
Sentence: 15 upainaṃ yajño namati ya evaṃ vidvān paṅktī kurute
Sentence: 16 triṣṭubʰau vīryakāmaḥ kurvītau/jo
Sentence: 17 vā indriyaṃ vīryaṃ triṣṭub==
Sentence: 18 ojasvīndriyavān vīryavān bʰavati ya evaṃ vidvāṃs triṣṭubʰau kurute
Sentence: 19 jagatyau paśukāmaḥ kurvīta
Sentence: 20 jāgatā vai paśavaḥ
Sentence: 21 paśumān bʰavati ya evaṃ vidvāñ jagatyau kurute
Sentence: 22 virājāv annādyakāmaḥ kurvītā/nnaṃ
Sentence: 23 vai virāṭ
Sentence: 24 tasmād yasyaiveha bʰūyiṣṭham annam bʰavati sa eva bʰūyiṣṭhaṃ
loke virājati, tad virājo virāṭtvaṃ
Sentence: 25 vi sveṣu rājati, śreṣṭhaḥ svānām bʰavati ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 atʰo pañcavīryaṃ vā etac cʰando yad virāḍ
Sentence: 2 yat tripadā tenoṣṇihāgāyatryau, yad asyā ekādaśākṣarāṇi padāni
tena triṣṭub, yat trayastriṃśadakṣarā tenānuṣṭum.
na vā ekenākṣareṇa cʰandāṃsi viyanti na dvābʰyāṃ.
yad virāṭ tat pañcamaṃ
Sentence: 3 sarveṣāṃ cʰandasāṃ vīryam avarunddʰe,
sarveṣāṃ cʰandasāṃ vīryam aśnute,
sarveṣāṃ cʰandasāṃ sāyujyaṃ sarūpatāṃ salokatām aśnute,
'nnādo 'nnapatir bʰavaty,
aśnute prajayānnādyaṃ ya evaṃ vidvān virājau kurute
Sentence: 4 tasmād virājāv eva kartavye
Sentence: 5 preddʰo agna, imo agna ity ete
Sentence: 6 r̥taṃ vāva dīkṣā satyaṃ dīkṣā, tasmād dīkṣitena satyam eva vaditavyam
Sentence: 7 atʰo kʰalv āhuḥ:
ko 'rhati manuṣyaḥ sarvaṃ satyaṃ vadituṃ;
satyasaṃhitā vai devā, anr̥tasaṃhitā manuṣyā iti
Sentence: 8 vicakṣaṇavatīṃ vācaṃ vadec
Sentence: 9 cakṣur vai vicakṣaṇaṃ, vi hy enena paśyatīty
Sentence: 10 etad dʰa vai manuṣyeṣu satyaṃ nihitaṃ yac cakṣus
Sentence: 11 tasmād ācakṣāṇam āhur:
adrāg iti. sa yady adarśam ity āhātʰāsya śrad dadʰati.
yady u vai svayam paśyati, na bahūnāṃ canānyeṣāṃ śrad dadʰāti
Sentence: 12 tasmād vicakṣaṇavatīm eva vācaṃ vadet, satyottarā haivāsya vāg
uditā bʰavati bʰavati
Sentence: 1 svargaṃ vā etena lokam upa prayanti yat prāyaṇīyas,
tat prāyaṇīyasya prāyaṇīyatvam
Sentence: 2 prāṇo vai prāyaṇīya, udāna udayanīyaḥ, samāno hotā bʰavati,
samānau hi prāṇodānau, prāṇānāṃ kḷptyai prāṇānām pratiprajñātyai
Sentence: 3 yajño vai devebʰya udakrāmat,
te devā na kiṃ canāśaknuvan kartuṃ na prājānaṃs.
te 'bruvann Aditiṃ:
tvayemaṃ yajñam prajānāmeti.
sā tatʰety abravīt, sā vai vo varaṃ vr̥ṇā iti.
vr̥ṇīṣveti. saitam eva varam avr̥ṇīta:
matprāyaṇā yajñāḥ santu madudayanā iti. tatʰeti.
tasmād ādityaś caruḥ prāyaṇīyo bʰavaty āditya udayanīyo, varavr̥to hy asyā
Sentence: 4 atʰo etaṃ varam avr̥ṇīta:
mayaiva prācīṃ diśam prajānātʰāgninā dakṣiṇāṃ,
Somena pratīcīṃ, Savitrodīcīm iti
Sentence: 5 Patʰyāṃ yajati
Sentence: 6 yat Patʰyāṃ yajati, tasmād asau pura udeti, paścāstam eti;
Patʰyāṃ hy eṣo 'nusaṃcaraty
Sentence: 7 Agniṃ yajati
Sentence: 8 yad Agniṃ yajati, tasmād dakṣiṇato 'gra oṣadʰayaḥ
pacyamānā āyanty, āgneyyo hy oṣadʰayaḥ
Sentence: 9 Somaṃ yajati
Sentence: 10 yat Somaṃ yajati, tasmāt pratīcyo 'py āpo bahvyaḥ
syandante, saumyā hy āpaḥ 11 Savitāram yajati
Sentence: 12 yat Savitāraṃ yajati, tasmād uttarataḥ paścād ayam bʰūyiṣṭham
pavamānaḥ pavate, savitr̥prasūto hy eṣa etat pavata
Sentence: 13 uttamām Aditiṃ yajati
Sentence: 14 yad uttamām Aditiṃ yajati,
tasmād asāv imāṃ vr̥ṣṭyābʰyunatty abʰijigʰrati
Sentence: 15 pañca devatā yajati, pāṅkto yajñaḥ.
sarvā diśaḥ kalpante, kalpate yajño 'pi
Sentence: 16 tasyai janatāyai kalpate yatraivaṃ vidvān hotā bʰavati
Sentence: 1 yas tejo brahmavarcasam icʰet prayājāhutibʰiḥ prāṅ sa iyāt,
tejo vai brahmavarcasam prācī dik
Sentence: 2 tejasvī brahmavarcasī bʰavati ya evaṃ vidvān prāṅ eti
Sentence: 3 yo 'nnādyam icʰet prayājāhutibʰir dakṣiṇā sa iyād,
annādo vā eṣo 'nnapatir yad Agnir
Sentence: 4 annādo 'nnapatir bʰavaty, aśnute prajayānnādyaṃ
ya evaṃ vidvān dakṣiṇaiti
Sentence: 5 yaḥ paśūn icʰet prayājāhutibʰiḥ pratyaṅ sa iyāt,
paśavo vā ete yad āpaḥ
Sentence: 6 paśumān bʰavati ya evaṃ vidvān pratyaṅṅ eti
Sentence: 7 yaḥ somapītʰam icʰet prayājāhutibʰir udaṅ sa iyād,
uttarā ha vai somo rājā
Sentence: 8 pra somapītʰam āpnoti ya evaṃ vidvān udaṅṅ eti
Sentence: 9 svargyaivordʰvā dik, sarvāsu dikṣu rādʰnoti
Sentence: 10 samyañco vā ime lokāḥ,
samyañco 'smā ime lokāḥ śriyai dīdyati ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 11 Patʰyāṃ yajati.
yat Patʰyāṃ yajati, vācam eva tad yajñamukʰe sambʰarati
Sentence: 12 prāṇāpānāv Agnīṣomau, prasavāya Savitā, pratiṣṭhityā Aditiḥ
Sentence: 13 Patʰyām eva yajati.
yat Patʰyām eva yajati, vācaiva tad yajñam pantʰām apinayati
Sentence: 14 cakṣuṣī evāgnīṣomau, prasavāya Savitā, pratiṣṭhityā Aditiś
Sentence: 15 cakṣuṣā vai devā yajñam prājānaṃś,
cakṣuṣā vā etat prajñāyate yad aprajñeyaṃ; tasmād api mugdʰaś caritva
yadaivānuṣṭhyā cakṣuṣā prajānāty atʰa prajānāti
Sentence: 16 yad vai tad devā yajñam prājānann asyāṃ vāva tat prājānann,
asyāṃ samabʰarann;
asyai vai yajñas tāyate, 'syai kriyate, 'syai sambʰriyata,
iyaṃ hy Aditiś tad uttamām Aditiṃ yajati.
yad uttamām Aditiṃ yajati, yajñasya prajñātyai svargasya lokasyānukʰyātyai
Sentence: 1 devaviśaḥ kalpayitavyā ity āhus, tāḥ kalpamānā anu manuṣyaviśaḥ
kalpanta iti; sarvā viśaḥ kalpante, kalpate yajño 'pi
Sentence: 2 tasyai janatāyai kalpate yatraivaṃ vidvān hotā bʰavati
Sentence: 3 svasti naḥ patʰyāsu dʰanvasv ity anvāha
Sentence: 4 svasty apsu vr̥jane svarvati \ svasti naḥ putrakr̥tʰeṣu yoniṣu
svasti rāye maruto dadʰātaneti
Sentence: 5 Maruto vai devānāṃ viśas, tā evaitad yajñamukʰe 'cīkḷpat
Sentence: 6 sarvaiś cʰandobʰir yajed ity āhuḥ.
sarvair vai cʰandobʰir iṣṭvā devāḥ svargaṃ lokam ajayaṃs,
tatʰaivaitad yajamānaḥ sarvaiś cʰandobʰir iṣṭvā svargaṃ lokaṃ jayati
Sentence: 7 svasti naḥ patʰyāsu dʰanvasu,
svastir id dʰi prapatʰe śreṣṭheti patʰyāyāḥ svastes triṣṭubʰāv.
agne naya supatʰā rāye asmān,
ā devānām api pantʰām aganmety Agnes triṣṭubʰau.
tvaṃ soma pra cikito manīṣā,
yā te dʰāmāni divi yā pr̥tʰivyām iti Somasya triṣṭubʰāv.
ā viśvadevaṃ satpatiṃ, ya imā viśvā jātānīti Savitur gāyatryau.
sutrāmāṇam pr̥tʰivīṃ dyām anehasam, mahīm ū ṣu mātaraṃ
suvratānām ity Aditer jagatyāv
Sentence: 8 etāni vāva sarvāṇi cʰandāṃsi:
gāyatraṃ traiṣṭubʰaṃ jāgatam, anv anyāny;
etāni hi yajñe pratamām iva kriyanta
Sentence: 9 etair ha vā asya cʰandobʰir yajataḥ sarvaiś cʰandobʰir iṣṭam bʰavati
ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 tā vā etāḥ pravatyo netr̥matyaḥ patʰimatyaḥ svastimatya etasya
haviṣo yājyānuvākyā.
etābʰir vā iṣṭvā devāḥ svargaṃ lokam ajayaṃs,
tatʰaivaitad yajamāna etābʰir iṣṭvā svargaṃ lokaṃ jayati
Sentence: 2 tāsu padam asti:
svasti rāye maruto dadʰātaneti.
Maruto ha vai devaviśo 'ntarikṣabʰājanās.
tebʰyo ha yo 'nivedya svargaṃ lokam etīśvarā hainaṃ ni
va roddʰor vi vā matʰitoḥ.
sa ad āha:
svasti rāye maruto dadʰātaneti,
tam Marudbʰyo devaviḍbʰyo yajamānaṃ nivedayati;
na ha vā enam Maruto devaviśaḥ svargaṃ lokaṃ yantaṃ nirundʰate,
na vimatʰnate
Sentence: 3 svasti hainam atyarjanti svargaṃ lokam abʰi ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 4 virājāv etasya haviṣaḥ sviṣṭakr̥taḥ saṃyājye
syātāṃ ye trayastriṃśadakṣare
Sentence: 5 sed agnir agnīm̐r aty astv anyān, sed agnir yo vanuṣyato nipātīty ete
Sentence: 6 virāḍbʰyāṃ vā iṣṭvā devāḥ svargaṃ lokam ajayaṃs, tatʰaivaitad yajamāno
virāḍbʰyām iṣṭvā svargaṃ lokaṃ jayati
Sentence: 7 te trayastriṃśadakṣare bʰavatas.
trayastriṃśad vai devā:
aṣṭau Vasava, ekādaśa Rudrā, dvādaśādityāḥ, Prajāpatiś ca Vaṣaṭkāraś ca.
tat pratʰame yajñamukʰe devatā akṣarabʰājaḥ karoty, akṣareṇākṣareṇaiva
tad devatām prīṇāti, devapātreṇaiva tad devatās tarpayati
Sentence: 1 prayājavad ananuyājaṃ kartavyam prāyaṇīyam ity āhur,
hīnam iva vā etad īṅkʰitam iva yat prāyaṇīyasyānuyājā iti
Sentence: 2 tat-tan nādr̥tyam
Sentence: 3 prayājavad evānuyājavat kartavyam.
prāṇā vai prayājāḥ prajānuyājā;
yat prayājān antariyāt prāṇāṃs tad yajamānasyāntariyād,
yad anuyājān antariyāt prajāṃ tad yajamānasyāntariyāt
Sentence: 4 tasmāt prayājavad evānuyājavat kartavyam
Sentence: 5 patnīr na saṃyājayet, saṃstʰitayajur na juhuyāt
Sentence: 6 tāvataiva yajño 'saṃstʰitaḥ
Sentence: 7 prāyaṇīyasya niṣkāsaṃ nidadʰyāt, tam udayanīyenābʰinirvaped,
yajñasya saṃtatyai yajñasyāvyavacʰedāyā/tʰo
Sentence: 8 kʰalu yasyām eva stʰālyām prāyaṇīyaṃ nirvapet tasyām
udayanīyaṃ nirvapet, tāvataiva yajñaḥ saṃtato 'vyavacʰinno bʰavaty
Sentence: 9 amuṣmin vā etena loke rādʰnuvanti nāsminn, ity āhur,
yat prāyaṇīyam iti.
prāyaṇīyam iti nirvapanti prāyaṇīyam iti caranti,
prayanty evāsmāl lokād yajamānā ity
Sentence: 10 avidyayaiva tad āhur.
vyatiṣajed yājyānuvākyā
Sentence: 11 yāḥ prāyaṇīyasya puronuvākyās tā udayanīyasya yājyāḥ kuryād,
yā udayanīyasya puronuvākyās tāḥ prāyaṇīyasya yājyāḥ kuryāt.
tad vyatiṣajaty ubʰayor lokayor r̥ddʰyā, ubʰayor lokayoḥ pratiṣṭhityā.
ubʰayor lokayor r̥dʰnoty, ubʰayor lokayoḥ pratitiṣṭhati
Sentence: 12 pratitiṣṭhati ya evaṃ vedā/dityaś
Sentence: 13 caruḥ prāyaṇiyo bʰavaty āditya udayanīyo yajñasya dʰr̥tyai,
yajñasya barsanaddʰyai, yajñasyāprasraṃsāya
Sentence: 14 tad yatʰaivāda, iti ha smāha, tejanyā ubʰayato 'ntayor aprasraṃsāya
barsau nahyaty, evam evaitad yajñasyobʰayato 'ntayor aprasraṃsaya
barsau nahyati yad ādityaś caruḥ prāyaṇīyo bʰavaty āditya udayanīyaḥ
Sentence: 15 patʰyayaivetaḥ svastyā prayanti, patʰyāṃ svastim abʰy udyanti;
svasty evetaḥ prayanti, svasty udyanti svasty udyanti
Sentence: 1 prācyāṃ vai diśi devāḥ somaṃ rājānam akrīṇaṃs, tasmāt prācyāṃ diśi krīyate
Sentence: 2 taṃ trayodaśān māsād akrīṇaṃs, tasmāt trayodaśo māso nānuvidyate;
na vai somavikrayy anuvidyate, pāpo hi somavikrayī
Sentence: 3 tasya krītasya manuṣyān abʰy upāvartamānasya diśo vīryāṇīndriyāṇi
vyudasīdaṃs, tāny ekayarcāvārurutsanta, tāni nāśaknuvaṃś tāni dvābʰyāṃ
tāni tisr̥bʰis tāni catasr̥bʰis tāni pañcabʰis
tāni ṣaḍbʰis tāni saptabʰir naivāvārundʰata,
tāny aṣṭābʰir avārundʰatāṣṭābʰir āśnuvata.
yad aṣṭābʰir avārundʰatāṣṭābʰir āśnuvata, tad aṣṭānām aṣṭatvam
Sentence: 4 aśnute yad-yat kāmayate ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 5 tasmād eteṣu karmasv aṣṭāv-aṣṭāv anūcyanta,
indriyāṇāṃ vīryāṇām avaruddʰyai
Sentence: 1 somāya krītāya prohyamāṇāyānubrūhīty āhādʰvaryur
Sentence: 2 bʰadrād abʰi śreyaḥ prehīty anvāhā/yaṃ
Sentence: 3 vāva loko bʰadras.
tasmād asāv eva lokaḥ śreyān,
svargam eva tal lokaṃ yajamānaṃ gamayati
Sentence: 4 br̥haspatiḥ puraetā te astv iti.
brahma vai Br̥haspatir,
brahmaivāsmā etat purogavam ՚1 akaḥ, ՚1 na vai brahmaṇvad riṣyaty
Sentence: 5 atʰem ava sya vara ā pr̥tʰivyā iti.
devayajanaṃ vai varam pr̥tʰivyai, devayajana evainaṃ tad avasāyayaty.
āre śatrūn kr̥ṇuhi sarvavīra iti.
dviṣantam evāsmai tat pāpmānam bʰrātr̥vyam apabādʰate 'dʰaram pādayati
Sentence: 6 soma yās te mayobʰuva iti tr̥caṃ saumyaṃ gāyatram anvāha some rājani
prohyamāṇe, svayaivainaṃ tad devatayā svena cʰandasā samardʰayati
Sentence: 7 sarve nandanti yaśasāgatenety anvāha
Sentence: 8 yaśo vai somo rājā, sarvo ha vā etena krīyamāṇena nandati yaś ca yajñe
lapsyamāno bʰavati yaś ca na
Sentence: 9 sabʰāsāhena sakʰyā sakʰāya ity.
eṣa vai brāhmaṇānāṃ sabʰāsāhaḥ sakʰā yat somo rājā
Sentence: 10 kilbiṣaspr̥d ity.
eṣa u eva kilbiṣaspr̥d
Sentence: 11 yo vai bʰavati, yaḥ śreṣṭhatām aśnute sa kilbiṣam bʰavati
Sentence: 12 tasmād āhur:
mānuvoco mā pracārīḥ, kilbiṣaṃ nu mā yātayann iti
Sentence: 13 pituṣaṇir ity.
annaṃ vai pitu, dakṣiṇā vai pitu;
tām enena sanoty, annasanim evainaṃ tat karoty
Sentence: 14 araṃ hito bʰavati vājināyetīndriyaṃ vai vīryaṃ vājinam
Sentence: 15 ājarasaṃ hāsmai vājinaṃ nāpacʰidyate ya evaṃ vedā/gan
Sentence: 16 deva ity anvāhā/gato
Sentence: 17 hi sa tarhi bʰavaty
Sentence: 18 r̥tubʰir vardʰatu kṣayam ity.
r̥tavo vai somasya rājño rājabʰrātaro yatʰā manuṣyasya,
tair evainaṃ tat sahāgamayati
Sentence: 19 dadʰātu naḥ savitā suprajām iṣam ity āśiṣam āśāste
Sentence: 20 sa naḥ kṣapābʰir ahabʰiś ca jinvatv ity.
ahāni vā ahāni rātrayaḥ kṣapā, ahorātrair evāsmā etām āśiṣam āśāste.
prajāvantaṃ rayim asme sam invatv ity āśiṣam evāśāste
Sentence: 21 yā te dʰāmāni haviṣā yajantīty anvāha
Sentence: 22 tā te viśvā paribʰūr astu yajñaṃ \
Sentence: 23 gayaspʰānaḥ prataraṇaḥ suvīra iti.
gavāṃ naḥ spʰāvayitā pratārayitaidʰīty eva tad āhā/vīrahā
Sentence: 24 pra carā soma duryān iti.
gr̥hā vai duryā.
bibʰyati vai somād rājña āyato yajamānasya gr̥hāḥ.
sa yad etām anvāha śāntyaivainaṃ tac cʰamayati,
so 'sya śānto na prajāṃ na paśūn hinastī/māṃ
Sentence: 25 dʰiyaṃ śikṣamāṇasya deveti vāruṇya paridadʰāti
Sentence: 26 varuṇadevatyo vā eṣa tāvad yāvad upanaddʰo, yāvat pariśritāni
prapadyate; svayaivainaṃ tad devatayā svena cʰandasā samardʰayati
Sentence: 27 śikṣamāṇasya deveti.
śikṣate vā eṣa yo yajate
Sentence: 28 kratuṃ dakṣaṃ varuṇa saṃ=śiśādʰīti, vīryam prajñānaṃ Varuṇa
saṃ śiśādʰīty eva tad āha
Sentence: 29 yayāti viśvā duritā=tarema sutarmāṇam adʰi nāvaṃ ruhemeti.
yajño vai sutarmā nauḥ, kr̥ṣṇājinaṃ vai sutarmā naur, vāg vai
sutarmā naur; vācam eva tad āruhya tayā svargaṃ lokam abʰi saṃtarati
Sentence: 30 tā etā aṣṭāv anvāha rūpasamr̥ddʰā
Sentence: 31 etad vai yajñasya samr̥ddʰaṃ yad rūpasamr̥ddʰaṃ,
yat karma kriyamāṇam r̥g abʰivadati
Sentence: 32 tāsāṃ triḥ pratʰamām anvāha trir uttamāṃ
Sentence: 33 tā dvādaśa sampadyante:
dvādaśa vai māsāḥ saṃvatsaraḥ, saṃvatsaraḥ Prajāpatiḥ
Sentence: 34 prajāpatyāyatanābʰir evābʰī rādʰnoti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 35 triḥ pratʰamāṃ trir uttamām anvāha, yajñasyaiva tad barsau
nahyati stʰemne balāyāvisraṃsāya
Sentence: 1 anyataro 'naḍvān yuktaḥ syād anyataro vimukto 'tʰa rājānam upāvahareyur
Sentence: 2 yad ubʰayor vimuktayor upāvahareyuḥ, pitr̥devatyaṃ rājānaṃ kuryur
Sentence: 3 yad yuktayor, ayogakṣemaḥ prajā vindet, tāḥ prajāḥ pariplaveran
Sentence: 4 yo 'naḍvān vimuktas tac cʰālāsadām prajānāṃ rūpaṃ,
yo yuktas tac cakriyāṇāṃ.
te ye yukte 'nye vimukte 'nya upāvaharanty,
ubʰav eva te kṣemayogau kalpayanti
Sentence: 5 devāsurā vā eṣu lokeṣu samayatanta.
ta etasyām prācyāṃ diśy ayatanta,
tāṃs tato 'surā ajayaṃś te dakṣiṇasyāṃ diśy ayatanta,
tāṃs tato 'surā ajayaṃś te pratīcyāṃ diśy ayatanta,
tāṃs tato 'surā ajayaṃś ta udīcyāṃ diśy ayatanta,
tāṃs tato 'surā ajayaṃs. ta udīcyām prācyāṃ diśy ayatanta,
te tato na parājayanta. saiṣā dig aparājitā,
tasmād etasyāṃ diśi yateta vā yātayed veśvaro hānr̥ṇākartos
Sentence: 6 te deva abruvann:
arājatayā vai no jayanti, rājānaṃ karavāmahā iti. tatʰeti.
te somaṃ rājānam akurvaṃs, te somena rājnā sarvā diśo 'jayann.
eṣa vai somarājā yo yajate.
prāci tiṣṭhaty ādadʰati, tena prācīṃ diśaṃ jayati.
taṃ dakṣiṇā parivahanti, tena dakṣiṇāṃ diśaṃ jayati.
tam pratyañcam āvartayanti, tena pratīcīṃ diśaṃ jayati.
tam udīcas tiṣṭhata upāvaharanti, tenodīciṃ diśaṃ jayati
Sentence: 7 somena rājñā sarvā diśo jayati ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 havir ātitʰyaṃ nirupyate some rājany āgate
Sentence: 2 somo vai rājā yajamānasya gr̥hān āgacʰati, tasmā etad dʰavir ātitʰyaṃ
nirupyate, tad ātitʰyasyātitʰyatvaṃ
Sentence: 3 navakapālo bʰavati. nava vai prāṇāḥ,
prāṇānāṃ kḷptyai prāṇānām pratiprajñātyai
Sentence: 4 Vaiṣṇavo bʰavati.
Viṣṇur vai yajñaḥ, svayaivainaṃ tad devatayā svena cʰandasā samardʰayati
Sentence: 5 sarvāṇi vāva cʰandāṃsi ca pr̥ṣṭhāni ca somaṃ rājānaṃ krītam anv āyanti,
yāvantaḥ kʰalu vai rājānam anuyanti tebʰyaḥ sarvebʰya ātitʰyaṃ kriyate
Sentence: 6 'gnim mantʰanti some rājany āgate. tad yatʰaivādo manuṣyarāja
āgate 'nyasmin vārhaty ukṣāṇaṃ vā vehataṃ vā kṣadanta,
evam evāsmā etat kṣadante yad agnim mantʰanty; agnir hi devānām paśuḥ
Sentence: 1 agnaye matʰyamānāyānubrūhīty āhādʰvaryur
Sentence: 2 abʰi tvā devā savitar iti sāvitrīm anvāha
Sentence: 3 tad āhur:
yad agnaye matʰyamānāyānu vācāhātʰa kasmāt sāvitrīm anvāheti
Sentence: 4 Savitā vai prasavānām īśe, savitr̥prasūtā evainaṃ tan mantʰanti.
tasmāt sāvitrīm anvāha
Sentence: 5 mahī dyauḥ pr̥tʰivī ca na iti dyāvāpr̥tʰivīyām anvāha
Sentence: 6 tad āhur:
yad agnaye matʰyamānāyānu vācāhātʰa kasmād dyāvāpr̥tʰivīyām anvāheti.
dyāvāpr̥tʰivībʰyāṃ vā etaṃ jātaṃ devāḥ paryagr̥hṇaṃs,
tābʰyām evādyāpi parigr̥hītas.
tasmād dyāvāpr̥tʰivīyām anvāha
Sentence: 7 tvām agne puṣkarād adʰīti tr̥cam āgneyaṃ gāyatram anvāhāgnau matʰyamāne,
svayaivainaṃ tad devatayā svena cʰandasā samardʰayaty
Sentence: 8 atʰarvā nir amantʰateti rūpasamr̥ddʰaṃ etad vai yajñasya samr̥ddʰaṃ
yad rūpasamr̥ddʰaṃ, yat karma kriyamāṇam r̥g abʰivadati
Sentence: 9 sa yadi na jāyeta yadi ciraṃ jāyeta, rākṣogʰnyo gāyatryo 'nūcyā
Sentence: 10 agne haṃsi ny atriṇam ity etā
Sentence: 11 rakṣasām apahatyai
Sentence: 12 rakṣāṃsi vā enaṃ tarhy ālabʰante, yarhi na jāyate yarhi ciraṃ jāyate
Sentence: 13 sa yady ekasyām evānūktāyāṃ jāyeta yadi dvayor, atʰo ta bruvantu
jantava iti jātāya jātavatīm abʰirūpām anubrūyād
Sentence: 14 yad yajñe 'bʰirūpaṃ tat samr̥ddʰa
Sentence: 15 ā yaṃ haste na kʰādinam iti
Sentence: 16 hastābʰyāṃ hy ena mantʰanti
Sentence: 17 śiśuṃ jātam iti. śiśur iva vā eṣa pratʰamajāto yad agnir
Sentence: 18 na bibʰrati \ viśām agniṃ svadʰvaram iti
Sentence: 19 yad vai devānāṃ neti tad eṣām o+m iti
Sentence: 20 pra devaṃ devavītaye bʰaratā vasuvittamam iti prahriyamāṇāyābʰirūpā
Sentence: 21 yad yajñe 'bʰirūpaṃ tat samr̥ddʰam
Sentence: 22 āsve yonau ni ṣīdatv ity
Sentence: 23 eṣa ha vā asya svo yonir yad agnir agner
Sentence: 24 ā jātaṃ jātavedasīti
Sentence: 25 jāta itaro, jātavedā itaraḥ
Sentence: 26 priyaṃ śiśītātitʰim ity. eṣa ha vā asya priyo 'titʰir yad agnir agneḥ
Sentence: 27 syona ā gr̥haptim iti, śāntyām evainaṃ tad dadʰāty
Sentence: 28 agnināgniḥ sam idʰyate kavir gr̥hapatir yuvā \
havyavād juhvāsya ity abʰirūpā
Sentence: 29 yad yajñe 'bʰirūpaṃ tat samr̥ddʰaṃ
Sentence: 30 tvaṃ hy agne agninā vipro vipreṇa san sateti
Sentence: 31 vipra itaro vipra itaraḥ, sanu itaraḥ sann itaraḥ
Sentence: 32 sakʰā sakʰyā samidʰyasa ity. eṣa ha vā asya svaḥ sakʰā yad agnir agnes
Sentence: 33 tam marjayanta sukratum puroyāvānam ājiṣu \
sveṣu kṣayeṣu vājinam iti
Sentence: 34 eṣa ha vā asya svaḥ kṣayo yad agnir agner
Sentence: 35 yajñena yajñam ayajanta devā ity uttamayā paridadʰāti
Sentence: 36 yajñena vai tad devā yajñam ayajanta yad agnināgnim ayajanta,
te svargaṃ lokam āyaṃs
Sentence: 37 tāni dʰarmāṇi pratʰamāny āsan \
te ha nākam mahimānaḥ sacanta yatra pūrve sādʰyāḥ santi devā iti
Sentence: 38 cʰandāṃsi vai Sādʰyā devās, te 'gre 'gnināgnim ayajanta,
te svargaṃ lokam āyann
Sentence: 39 ādityāś caivehāsann Aṅgirasaś ca, te 'gre 'gnināgnim ayajanta,
te svargaṃ lokam āyan
Sentence: 40 saiṣā svargyāhutir yad agnyāhutir.
yadi ha va apy abrāhmaṇokto yadi duruktokto yajate
'tʰa haiṣāhutir gacʰaty eva devān, na pāpmanā saṃsr̥jyate
Sentence: 41 gacʰaty asyāhutir devān nāsyāhutiḥ pāpmanā saṃsr̥jyate ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 42 tā etās trayodaśānvāha rūpasamr̥ddʰā
Sentence: 43 etad vai yajñasya samr̥ddʰaṃ yad rūpasamr̥ddʰaṃ,
yat karma kriyamāṇam r̥g abʰivadati
Sentence: 44 tāsāṃ triḥ pratʰamām anvāha trir uttamāṃ, tāḥ saptadaśa sampadyante.
saptadaśo vai Prajāpatir:
dvādaśa māsāḥ pañcartavas.
tāvān saṃvatsaraḥ, saṃvatsaraḥ Prajāpatiḥ
Sentence: 45 prajāpatyāyatanābʰir evābʰī rādʰnoti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 46 triḥ pratʰamāṃ trir uttamām anvāha,
yajñasyaiva tad barsau nahyati stʰemne balāyāvisraṃsāya
Sentence: 1 samidʰāgniṃ duvasyat, ā pyāyasva sam etu ta ity ājyabʰāgayoḥ
puronuvākye bʰavata ātitʰyavatyau rūpasamr̥ddʰe
Sentence: 2 etad vai yajñasya samr̥ddʰaṃ yad rūpasamr̥ddʰaṃ,
yat karma kriyamāṇam r̥g abʰivadati
Sentence: 3 saiṣāgneyy atitʰimatī, na saumyātitʰimaty asti.
yat saumyātitʰimatī syāc, cʰaśvat sā syād
Sentence: 4 etat tv evaiṣātitʰimati yad āpīnavatī
Sentence: 5 yadā vā atitʰim pariveviṣaty āpīna iva vai sa tarhi bʰavati
Sentence: 6 tayor juṣāṇenaiva yajatī/daṃ
Sentence: 7 viṣṇur vi cakrame, tad asya priyam abʰi pātʰo aśyām iti vaiṣṇavyau
Sentence: 8 tripadām anūcya catuṣpadayā yajati
Sentence: 9 sapta padāni bʰavanti.
śiro va etad yajñasya yad ātitʰyaṃ, sapta vai śīrṣan prāṇāḥ,
śīrṣann eva tat prāṇān dadʰāti
Sentence: 10 hotāraṃ citraratʰam adʰvarasya, pra-prāyam agnir bʰaratasya śr̥ṇva
iti sviṣṭakr̥taḥ saṃyājye bʰavata ātitʰyavatyau rūpasamr̥ddʰe.
etad vai yajñasya samr̥ddʰaṃ yad rūpasamr̥ddʰaṃ,
yat karma kriyamāṇam r̥g abʰivadati
Sentence: 11 triṣṭubʰau bʰavataḥ sendriyatvāye
Sentence: 12 ḷāntam bʰavatīḷāntena vā etena devā arādʰnuvan yad ātitʰyaṃ,
tasmād iḷāntam eva kartavyam
Sentence: 13 prayājān evātra yajanti nānuyājān
Sentence: 14 prāṇā vai prayājānuyājās, te ya ime śīrṣan prāṇās te prayājā,
ye 'vāñcas te 'nuyājāḥ. sa yo 'trānuyājān yajed,
yatʰemān prāṇān ālupya śīrṣan dʰitset tādr̥k tad
Sentence: 15 atiriktaṃ tat, sam u vā ime prāṇā vidre ye ceme ye ceme
Sentence: 16 tad yad evātra prayājān yajanti nānuyājāṃs,
tatra sa kāma upāpto yo 'nuyājeṣu yo 'nuyājeṣu
Sentence: 1 yajño vai devebʰya udakrāman:
na vo 'ham annam bʰaviṣyāmīti.
neti devā abruvann, annam eva no bʰaviṣyasīti.
taṃ devā vimetʰire, sa haibʰyo vihr̥to na prababʰūva.
te hocur devā:
na vai na ittʰaṃ vihr̥to 'lam bʰaviṣyati, hantemaṃ yajñaṃ sambʰarāmeti.
tatʰeti. taṃ saṃjabʰrus
Sentence: 2 taṃ sambʰr̥tyocur Aśvināv:
imam bʰiṣajyatam ity.
Aśvinau vai devānām bʰiṣajāv, Aśvināv adʰvaryū.
tasmād adʰvaryū gʰarmaṃ sambʰaratas
Sentence: 3 taṃ sambʰr̥tyāhatur:
brahman pravargyeṇa pracariṣyāmo hotar abʰiṣṭuhīti
Sentence: 1 brahma jajñānam pratʰamam purastād iti pratipadyate.
brahma vai Br̥haspatir, brahmaṇaivainaṃ tad bʰiṣajyatī/yaṃ
Sentence: 2 vai pitre rāṣṭry ety agra iti. vāg vai rāṣṭrī,
vācam evāsmiṃs tad dadʰāti
Sentence: 3 mahān mahī astabʰāyad vi jāta iti brāhmaṇaspatyā.
brahma vai Br̥haspatir, brahmaṇaivainaṃ tad bʰiṣajyaty
Sentence: 4 abʰi tyaṃ devaṃ savitāram oṇyor iti sāvitrī.
prāṇo vai Savitā, prāṇam evasmiṃs tad dadʰāti
Sentence: 5 saṃ sīdasva mahāṅ asīty evainaṃ samasādayanu
Sentence: 6 añjanti yam pratʰayanto na viprā ity ajyamānāyābʰirūpā.
yad yajñe 'bʰirūpam tat samr̥ddʰam
Sentence: 7 pataṃgam aktam asurasya māyayā, yo naḥ sanutyo abʰidāsad agne,
bʰavā no agne sumanā upetāv iti dve-dve abʰirūpe.
yad yajñe 'bʰirūpaṃ tat samr̥ddʰaṃ
Sentence: 8 kr̥ṇusnva pājaḥ prasitiṃ na pr̥tʰvīm iti pañca rākṣogʰnyo,
rakṣasām apahatyai
Sentence: 9 pari tvā girvaṇo giro, 'dʰi dvayor adadʰā uktʰyaṃ vacaḥ,
śukraṃ te anyad yajataṃ te anyad,
apaśyaṃ gopām anipadyamānam iti catasra ekapātinyas
Sentence: 10 tā ekaviṃśatir bʰavanty
Sentence: 11 ekaviṃśo 'yam puruṣo:
daśa hastyā aṅgulayo daśa pādyā
ātmaikaviṃśaś tam imam ātmānam ekaviṃśaṃ saṃskurute
Sentence: 1 srakve drapsasya dʰamataḥ sam asvarann iti nava pāvamānyo.
nava vai prāṇāḥ, prāṇān evāsmiṃs tad dadʰāty
Sentence: 2 ayaṃ venaś codayat pr̥śnigarbʰā ity
Sentence: 3 ayaṃ vai veno.
'smād vā ūrdʰvā anye prāṇā venanty avāñco 'nye, tasmād venaḥ.
prāṇo vā ayaṃ san nābʰer iti,
tasmān nābʰis, tan nābʰer nābʰitvaṃ prāṇam evāsmiṃs tad dadʰāti
Sentence: 4 pavitraṃ te vitatam brahmaṇas pate, tapoṣ pavitraṃ vitataṃ divas pade,
vi yat pavitraṃ dʰiṣaṇā atanvateti pūtavantaḥ prāṇās.
ta ime 'vāñco retasyo mūtryaḥ purīṣya ity, etān evāsmiṃs tad dadʰāti
Sentence: 1 gaṇānāṃ tvā gaṇapatiṃ havāmaha iti brāhmaṇaspatyam.
brahma vai Br̥haspatir, brahmaṇaivainam tad bʰiṣajyati
Sentence: 2 pratʰaś ca yasya sapratʰaś ca nāmeti gʰarmatanvaḥ.
satanum evainaṃ tat sarūpaṃ karoti
Sentence: 3 ratʰaṃtaram ājabʰārā vasiṣṭhaḥ \| bʰaradvājo br̥had ā cakre agner iti.
br̥hadratʰaṃtaravantam evainaṃ tat karoty
Sentence: 4 apaśyaṃ tvā manasā cekitānam iti Prajāvān Prājāpatyaḥ.
prajām evāsmiṃs tad dadʰāti
Sentence: 5 kā rādʰad dʰotrāśvinā vām iti nava vicʰandasas.
tad etad yajñasyāntastyaṃ.
vikṣudram iva va antastyam, aṇīya iva ca stʰavīya iva ca.
tasmād etā vicʰandaso bʰavanty
Sentence: 6 etābʰir hāśvinoḥ Kakṣīvān priyaṃ dʰāmopāgacʰat, sa paramaṃ lokam ajayad
Sentence: 7 upāśvinoḥ priyaṃ dʰāma gacʰati, jayati paramaṃ lokaṃ ya evaṃ vedā/bʰāty
Sentence: 8 agnir uṣasām anīkam iti sūktam
Sentence: 9 pīpivāṃsam aśvinā gʰarmam acʰety abʰirūpaṃ.
yad yajñe 'bʰirūpaṃ tat samr̥ddʰaṃ
Sentence: 10 tad u traiṣṭubʰaṃ. vīryaṃ vai triṣṭub, vīryam evāsmiṃs tad dadʰāti
Sentence: 11 grāvāṇeva tad id artʰaṃ jaretʰe iti sūktam.
akṣī iva karṇāv iva nāsevety aṅgasamākʰyāyam evāsmiṃs
tad indriyāṇi dadʰāti
Sentence: 12 tad u traiṣṭubʰaṃ. vīryaṃ vai triṣṭub, vīryam evāsmiṃs tad dadʰātī/ḷe
Sentence: 13 dyāvāpr̥tʰivī pūrvacittaya iti sūktam
Sentence: 14 agniṃ gʰarmaṃ surucaṃ yāmann iṣṭaya ity abʰirūpaṃ.
yad yajñe 'bʰirūpaṃ tat samr̥ddʰaṃ
Sentence: 15 tad u jāgataṃ. jāgatā vai paśavaḥ, paśūn evāsmiṃs tad dadʰāti
Sentence: 16 yābʰir amum āvataṃ yābʰir amum āvatam ity.
etāvato hātrāśviuau kāmān dadr̥śatus, tān evāsmiṃs tad dadʰāti,
tair evainaṃ tat samardʰayaty
Sentence: 17 arūrucad uṣasaḥ pr̥śnir agriya iti rucitavatī,
rucam evāsmiṃs tad dadʰāti
Sentence: 18 dyubʰir aktubʰiḥ pari pātam asmān ity uttamayā paridadʰāty
Sentence: 19 ariṣṭebʰir aśvinā saubʰagebʰiḥ \ tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām
aditiḥ sindʰuḥ pr̥tʰivī uta dyaur ity
etair evainaṃ tat kāmaiḥ samardʰayatī/ti
Sentence: 20 nu pūrvam paṭalam
Sentence: 1 atʰottaram
Sentence: 2 upa hvaye sudugʰāṃ dʰenum etāṃ, hiṅkr̥ṇvatī vasupatnī vasūnām,
abʰi tvā deva savitaḥ, sam ī vatsaṃ na mātr̥bʰiḥ, saṃ vatsa iva mātr̥bʰir,
yas te stanaḥ śaśayo yo mayobʰūr, gaur amīmed anu vatsam miṣantaṃ,
namased upa sīdata, saṃjānānā upa sīdann abʰijñv, ā daśabʰir vivasvato,
duhanti saptaikāṃ, samiddʰo agnir aśvinā,
samiddʰo agnir vr̥ṣaṇāratir divas, tad u prayakṣatamam asya karma,
tmanvan nabʰo duhyate gʰr̥tam paya, ut=tiṣṭha brahmaṇas pate,
'dʰukṣat pipyuṣīm iṣam, upa drava payasā godʰug oṣam,
ā sute siñcata śriyam, ā nūnam aśvinor r̥ṣiḥ, sam u tye mahatīr apa ity
ekaviṃśatir abʰirūpā. yad yajñe 'bʰirūpaṃ tat samr̥ddʰam
Sentence: 3 ud u ṣya devaḥ savitā hiraṇyayety anūtʰiṣṭhati,
praitu brahmaṇas patir ity anupraiti, gandʰarva ittʰā padam asya
rakṣatīti kʰaram avekṣate, nāke suparṇam upa yat patantam ity upaviśati,
tapto vāṃ gʰarmo nakṣati svahoto, bʰā pibatam aśvineti pūrvāhṇe yajaty
Sentence: 4 agne vīhīty anuvaṣaṭkaroti, sviṣṭakr̥dbʰājanaṃ
Sentence: 5 yad usriyāsv āhutaṃ gʰr̥tam payo, sya pibatam aśvinety aparāhṇe yajaty,
agne vīhīty anuvaṣaṭkaroti, sviṣṭakr̥dbʰājanaṃ
Sentence: 6 trayāṇāṃ ha vai haviṣāṃ sviṣṭakr̥te na samavadyanti:
somasya gʰarmasya vājinasyeti.
sa yad anuvaṣaṭkaroty, agner eva sviṣṭakr̥to 'nantarityai
Sentence: 7 viśvā āśā dakṣiṇasād iti brahmā japati
Sentence: 8 svāhākr̥taḥ śucir deveṣu gʰarmaḥ, samudrād ūrmim ud iyarti veno,
drapsaḥ samudram abʰi yaj jigāti, sakʰe sakʰāyam abʰy ā vavritsvo,
rdʰva ū ṣu ṇa ūtaya, ūrdʰvo naḥ pāhy aṃhagas,
taṃ gʰem ittʰā namasvina ity abʰirūpā.
yad yajñe 'bʰirūpaṃ tat samr̥ddʰam
Sentence: 9 pāvakaśoce tava hi kṣayam parīti bʰakṣam ākāṅkṣate
Sentence: 10 hutaṃ havir madʰu havir indratame 'gnāv aśyāma te deva gʰarma \
madʰumataḥ pitumato vājavato 'ṅgirasvato namas te astu mā mā hiṃsīr iti
gʰarmasya bʰakṣayati
Sentence: 11 śyeno na yoniṃ sadanaṃ dʰiyā kr̥tam,
ā yasmin sapta vāsavā iti saṃsādyamānāyānvāha
Sentence: 12 havir haviṣmo mahi sadma daivyam iti yad ahar utsādayiṣyanto bʰavanti
Sentence: 13 sūyavasād bʰagavatī hi bʰūyā ity uttamayā paridadʰāti
Sentence: 14 tad etad devamitʰunaṃ yad gʰarmaḥ.
sa yo gʰarmas tac cʰiśnaṃ yau śapʰau tau śapʰau,
yopayamanī te śroṇikapāle, yat payas tad retas.
tad idam agnau devayonyām prajanane retaḥ sicyate. 'gnir vai devayoniḥ.
so 'gner devayonyā āhutibʰyaḥ sambʰavaty
Sentence: 15 r̥ṅmayo yajurmayaḥ sāmamayo vedamayo brahmamayo 'mr̥tamayaḥ
sambʰūya devatā apyeti ya evaṃ veda,
yaś caivaṃ vidvān etena yajñakratunā yajate
Sentence: 1 devāsurā vā eṣu lokeṣu samayatanta.
te vā asurā imān eva lokān puro 'kurvata, yatʰaujīyāṃso baliyāṃsa evaṃ.
te vā ayasmayīm evemām akurvata rajatām antarikṣaṃ hariṇīṃ divaṃ,
te tatʰemām̐l lokān puro 'kurvata.
te devā abruvan:
puro vā ime 'surā imām̐l lokān akrata,
pura imām̐l lokān pratikaravāmahā iti. tatʰeti.
te sada evāsyāḥ pratyakurvatāgnīdʰram antarikṣād dʰavirdʰāne divas.
te tatʰemām̐l lokān puraḥ pratyakurvata
Sentence: 2 te devā abruvann:
upasada upāyāmopasadā vai mahāpuraṃ jayantīti. tatʰeti.
te yām eva pratʰamām upasadam upāyaṃs tayaivainān asmāl lokād anudanta,
yāṃ dvitīyāṃ tayāntarikṣād, yāṃ tr̥tīyāṃ tayā divas.
tāṃs tatʰaibʰyo lokebʰyo 'nudanta
Sentence: 3 te vā ebʰyo lokebʰyo nuttā asurā r̥tūn aśrayanta.
te deva abruvann:
upasada evopāyāmeti. tatʰeti.
ta imās tisraḥ satīr upasado dvir-dvir ekaikām upāyaṃs,
taḥ ṣaṭ samapadyanta. ṣaḍ vā r̥tavas. tān vā r̥tubʰyo 'nudanta
Sentence: 4 te vā r̥tubʰyo nuttā asurā māsān aśrayanta.
te devā abruvann:
upasada evopāyāmeti. tatʰeti.
ta imāḥ ṣaṭ satīr upasado dvir-dvir ekaikām upāyaṃs,
tā dvādaśa samapadyanta. dvādaśa vai māsas. tān vai māsebʰyo 'nudanta
Sentence: 5 te vai māsebʰyo nuttā asurā ardʰamāsān aśrayanta.
te devā abruvann:
upasada evopāyāmeti. tatʰeti.
ta imā dvādaśa satīr upasado dvir-dvir ekaikām upāyaṃs,
tāś caturviṃśatiḥ samapadyanta. caturviṃśatir vā ardʰamāsās.
tān vā ardʰamāsebʰyo 'nudanta
Sentence: 6 te 'vā ardʰamāsebʰyo nuttā asurā ahorātre aśrayanta.
te devā abruvann:
upasadāv evopāyāmeti. tatʰeti.
te yām eva pūrvāhṇa upasadam upāyaṃs tayaivainān ahno 'nudanta,
yām aparāhṇe tayā rātres, tāṃs tatʰobʰābʰyām antarāyaṃs
Sentence: 7 tasmāt supūrvāhṇa eva pūrvayopasadā pracaritavyaṃ svaparāhṇe 'parayā;
tāvantam eva tad dviṣate lokam pariśinaṣṭi
Sentence: 1 jitayo vai nāmaitā yad upasado, 'sapatnāṃ vā etābʰir
devā vijitiṃ vyajayantā/sapatnāṃ
Sentence: 2 vijitiṃ vijayate ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 3 yāṃ devā eṣu lokeṣu yām r̥tuṣu
yām māseṣu yām ardʰamāseṣu yām ahorātrayor vijitiṃ vyajayanta,
tāṃ vijitiṃ vijayate ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 4 te devā abibʰayur:
asmākaṃ vipremāṇam anv idam asurā ābʰaviṣyantīti.
te vyutkramyāmantrayantāgnir Vasubʰir udakrāmad,
īndro Rudrair, Varuṇa ādityair, Br̥haspatir Viśvair devais
Sentence: 5 te tatʰā vyutkramyāmantrayanta. te 'bruvan:
hanta yā eva na imāḥ priyatamās tanvas tā asya Varuṇasya rājño
gr̥he saṃnidadʰāmahai; tābʰir eva naḥ sa na saṃgacʰātai
yo na etad atikrāmād, ya ālulobʰayiṣād iti. tatʰeti.
te Varuṇasya rājño gr̥he tanūḥ saṃnyadadʰata
Sentence: 6 te yad Varuṇasya rājño gr̥he tanūḥ saṃnyadadʰata tat tānūnaptram abʰavat,
tat tānūnaptrasya tānūnaptratvaṃ
Sentence: 7 tasmād āhur:
na satānūnaptriṇe drogdʰavyam iti
Sentence: 8 tasmād v idam asurā nānvābʰavanti
Sentence: 1 śiro vā etad yajñasya yad ātitʰyaṃ, grīvā upasadaḥ.
samānaharhiṣī bʰavataḥ, samānaṃ hi śirogrīvam
Sentence: 2 iṣuṃ vā etāṃ devāḥ samaskurvata yad upasadas.
tasyā Agnir anīkam āsīt, Somaḥ śalyo, Viṣṇus tejanaṃ, Varunaḥ parnāni.
tām ājyadʰanvāno vyasr̥jaṃs, tayā puro bʰindanta āyaṃs
Sentence: 3 tasmād etā ājyahaviṣo bʰavanti
Sentence: 4 caturo 'gre stanān vratam upaity upasatsu, catuḥsaṃdʰir hīṣur:
anīkaṃ śalyas tejanam parṇāni
Sentence: 5 trīn stanān vratam upaity upasatsu, triṣaṃdʰir hīṣur:
anīkaṃ śalyas tejanaṃ. dvau stanau vratam upaity upasatsu,
dviṣaṃdʰir hīṣuh:
śalyaś ca hy eva tejanaṃ caikaṃ stanaṃ vratam
upaity upasatsv, ekā hy eveṣur ity ākʰyāyata, ekayā vīryam kriyate
Sentence: 6 paro varīyāṃso vā ime lokā arvāg aṃhīyaṃsaḥ,
parastād arvācīr upasada upaity eṣām eva lokānām abʰijityā
Sentence: 7 upasadyāya mīḷhuṣa, imām me agne samidʰam imām upasadaṃ vaner iti
tisras-tisraḥ sāmidʰenyo rūpasamr̥ddʰā. etad vai yajñasya samr̥ddʰaṃ
yad rūpasamr̥ddʰaṃ, yat karma kriyamāṇam r̥g abʰivadati
Sentence: 8 jagʰnivatīr yājyānuvākyāḥ kuryād
Sentence: 9 agnir vr̥trāṇi jaṅgʰanad, ya ugra iva śaryahā,
tvaṃ somāsi satpatir, gayaspʰāno amīvahe, daṃ viṣṇur vi cakrame,
trīṇi padā vi cakrama ity etā
Sentence: 10 viparyastābʰir aparāhṇe yajati
Sentence: 11 gʰnanto vā etābʰir devāḥ puro bʰindanta āyan yad upasadaḥ
Sentence: 12 sacʰandasaḥ kartavyā na vicʰandaso
Sentence: 13 yad vicʰandasaḥ kuryād, grīvāsu tad gaṇḍaṃ dadʰyād, īśvaro glāvo janitos
Sentence: 14 tasmāt sacʰandasa eva kartavyā na vicʰandasas
Sentence: 15 tad u ha smāhopāvir Jānaśruteya, upasadāṃ kila vai tad brāhmaṇe:
yasmād apy aślīlasya śrotriyasya mukʰaṃ vy eva jñāyate tr̥ptam iva
rebʰatīvety. ājyahaviṣo hy upasado, grīvāsu mukʰam adʰyāhitaṃ;
tasmād dʰa sma tad āha
Sentence: 1 devavarma vā etad yat prayājāś cānuyājāś cāprayājam ananuyājam
bʰavatīṣvai saṃśityā apratiśarāya
Sentence: 2 sakr̥d atikramyāśrāvayati, yajñasyābʰikrāntyā anapakramāya
Sentence: 3 tad āhuḥ:
krūram iva vā etat somasya rājño 'nte caranti
yad asya gʰr̥tenānte caranti; gʰr̥tena hi vajreṇendro vr̥tram ahaṃs
Sentence: 4 tad yad:
aṃśur-aṃśuṣ ṭe deva somāpyāyatām indrāyaikadʰanavida ā
tubʰyam indraḥ pyāyatām ā tvam indrāya pyāyasvā pyāyayāsmān sakʰīn \
sanyā medʰayā svasti te deva soma sutyām udr̥cam aśīyeti rājānam
āpyāyayanti, yad evāsya tat krūram ivānte caranti tad
evāsyaitenāpyayayanty, atʰo enaṃ vardʰayanty eva
Sentence: 5 dyāvāpr̥tʰivyor vā eṣa garbʰo yat somo rājā.
tad ad:
eṣṭā rāya eṣṭā vāmāni preṣe bʰagāya \
r̥tam r̥tavādibʰyo namo dive namaḥ pr̥tʰivyā iti prastare nihnavate,=W
dyāvāpr̥tʰivībʰyām eva tan namaskurvanty,
atʰo ene vardʰayanty eva vardʰayanty eva
Sentence: 1 somo vai rājā Gandʰarveṣv āsīt, taṃ devāś ca r̥ṣayaś cābʰyadʰyāvan:
katʰam ayam asmān somo rājā gacʰed iti. sā vāg abravīt:
strīkāmā vai Gandʰarvā, mayaiva striyā bʰūtayā paṇadʰvam iti.
neti devā abruvan, katʰaṃ vayaṃ tvad r̥te syāmeti.
sābravīt:
krīṇītaiva, yarhi vāva vo mayārtʰo bʰavitā tarhy eva
vo 'ham punar āgantāsmīti. tatʰeti.
tayā ՚1 mahānagnyā bʰūtayā somaṃ rājānam akrīṇaṃs
Sentence: 2 tām anukr̥tim askannāṃ vatsatarīm ājanti somakrayaṇīṃ,
tayā somaṃ rājānāṃ krīṇanti
Sentence: 3 tām punar niṣkrīṇīyāt, punar hi sā tan āgacʰat
Sentence: 4 tasmād upāṃśu vācā caritavyaṃ. some rājani krīte Gandʰarveṣu
hi tarhi vāg bʰavati, sāgnāv eva praṇiyāmāne punar āgacʰati
Sentence: 1 Agnaye praṇīyamānāyānubrūhīty āhādʰvaryuḥ
Sentence: 2 pra devaṃ devyā dʰiyā bʰaratā jātavedasam \
havya no vakṣad ānuṣag iti gāyātrīm brāhmaṇasyānubrūyād
Sentence: 3 gāyatro vai brāhmaṇas, tejo vai brahmavarcasaṃ gāyatrī;
tejasaivainaṃ tad brahmavarcasena samardʰayatī/mam
Sentence: 4 mahe vidatʰyāya śūṣam iti triṣṭubʰaṃ rājanyasyānubrūyāt
Sentence: 5 traiṣṭubʰo vai rājanya, ojo vā indriyaṃ vīryaṃ triṣṭub;
ojasaivainaṃ tad indriyeṇa vīryeṇa samardʰayati
Sentence: 6 śaśvat kr̥tva īḍyāya pra jabʰrur iti
Sentence: 7 svānām evainaṃ tac cʰraiṣṭhyaṃ gamāyati
Sentence: 8 śr̥ṇotu no damyebʰir anīkaiḥ śr̥ṇotv agnir divyair ajasra ity
Sentence: 9 ājarasaṃ hāsminn ajasro dīdāya ya evaṃ vedā/yam
Sentence: 10 iha pratʰamo dʰāyi dʰātr̥bʰir iti jagatīṃ vaiśyasyānubrūyāj
Sentence: 11 jāgato vai vaiśyo, jāgatāḥ paśavaḥ; paśubʰir evainaṃ tat samardʰayāti
Sentence: 12 vaneṣu citraṃ vibʰvaṃ viśe-viśa ity abʰirūpā.
yad yajñe 'bʰirūpaṃ tat samr̥ddʰam
Sentence: 13 ayam u ṣya pra devayur ity
Sentence: 14 anuṣṭubbi vācaṃ visr̥jate
Sentence: 15 vāg vā anuṣṭub, vācy eva tad vācaṃ visr̥jate
Sentence: 16 'yam u ṣya iti yad āhāyam u syāgamaṃ yā purā Gandʰarveṣv
՚0,1 avātsam ity eva tad vāk prabrūte
Sentence: 17 'yam agnir uruṣyatīty
Sentence: 18 ayaṃ vā Agnir uruṣyaty
Sentence: 19 amr̥tād iva janmana ity, amr̥tatvam evāsmiṃs tad dadʰāti
Sentence: 20 sahasaś cit sahīyān devo jīvātave kr̥ta iti
Sentence: 21 devo hy eṣa etaj jīvātave kr̥to yad Agnir
Sentence: 22 iḷāyās tvā pade vayaṃ nābʰā pr̥tʰivyā adʰīty
Sentence: 23 etad vā iḷāyās padaṃ yad uttaravedīnābʰir
Sentence: 24 jātavedo ni dʰīmahīti, nidʰāsyanto hy enam bʰavanty
Sentence: 25 agne havyāya voḷhava iti, havyaṃ hi vakṣyau bʰavaty
Sentence: 26 agne viśvebʰiḥ svanīka devair ūrṇāvantam pratʰamaḥ sīda yonim iti
Sentence: 27 viśvāir evainaṃ tad devaiḥ sahāsādayati
Sentence: 28 kulāyinaṃ gʰr̥tavantāṃ savitra iti, kulāyam iva hy etad yajñe kriyate
yat paitudāravāḥ paridʰayo gulgulūrṇāstukāḥ sugandʰitejanānīti.
yajnāṃ naya yajamānāya sādʰv iti, yajñam eva tad r̥judʰā pratiṣṭhāpayati
Sentence: 29 sīda hotaḥ sva u loke cikitvān ity, Agnir vai devānāṃ hotā,
tasyaiṣa svo loko yad uttaravedīnābʰiḥ
Sentence: 30 sādayā yajñaṃ sukr̥tasya yonāv iti,
yajamāno vai yajño, yajamānāyaivaitām āśiṣam āśāste
Sentence: 31 devāvīr devān haviṣā yajāsy agne br̥had yajamāne vayo dʰā iti;
prāṇo vai vayaḥ, prāṇam eva tad yajamāne dadʰāti
Sentence: 32 ni hotā hotr̥ṣadane vidāna ity; Agnir vai devānāṃ hotā,
tasyaitad dʰotr̥ṣadanaṃ yad uttaravedīnābʰis
Sentence: 33 tveṣo dīdivām̐ asadat sudakṣa ity, āsanno hi sa tarhi bʰavaty
Sentence: 34 adabdʰavratapramatir vasiṣṭha ity, Agnir vai devānāṃ vasiṣṭhaḥ
Sentence: 35 sahasrambʰaraḥ śucijihvo agnir ity,
eṣā ha vā asya sahasrambʰaratā yad enam ekaṃ santam bahudʰā viharanti
Sentence: 36 pra ha vai sāhasram poṣam āpnoti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 37 tvaṃ dūtas tvam u naḥ paraspā ity uttamayā paridadʰāti
Sentence: 38 tvaṃ vasya ā vr̥ṣabʰa praṇetā \
agne tokasya nas tane tanūnām aprayucʰan dīdyad bodʰi gopā ity
Sentence: 39 Agnir vai devānāṃ gopā; Agnim eva tat sarvato goptāram paridatta ātmane
ca yajamānāya ca yatraivaṃ vidvān etayā paridadʰāty,
atʰo saṃvatsarīṇām evaitāṃ svastiṃ kurute
Sentence: 40 tā etā aṣṭāv anvāha rūpasamr̥dʰā.
etad vai yajñasya samr̥ddʰaṃ yad rūpasamr̥ddʰaṃ,
yat karma kriyamāṇam r̥g abʰivadati
Sentence: 41 tāsāṃ triḥ pratʰamām anvāha trir uttamāṃ, tā dvādaśa sampadyante:
dvādasa vai māsāḥ saṃvatsaraḥ, saṃvatsaraḥ Prajāpatiḥ.
prajāpatyāyatanābʰir evābʰī rādʰnoti ya evaṃ veda.
triḥ pratʰamāṃ trir uttamām anvāha,
yajñasyaiva tad barsau nahyati stʰemne balāyāvisraṃsāya
Sentence: 1 havirdʰānābʰyām prohyamāṇābʰyām anubrūhīty āhādʰvaryur
Sentence: 2 yuje vām brahma pūrvyaṃ namobʰir ity anvāha.
brahmaṇā vā ete devā ayuñjata yad dʰavirdʰāne,
brahmaṇaivaine etad yuṅkte; na vai brahmaṇvad riṣyati
Sentence: 3 pretāṃ yajñasya śambʰuveti tr̥caṃ dyāvāpr̥tʰivīyam anvāha
Sentence: 4 tad āhur:
yad dʰavirdʰānābʰyām prohyamāṇābʰyām anu vācāhātʰa kasmāt
tr̥caṃ dyāvāpr̥tʰivīyam anvāheti. dyāvāpr̥tʰivī vai devānāṃ havirdʰāne āstāṃ,
te u evādyāpi havirdʰāne, te hīdam antareṇa sarvaṃ havir yad idaṃ kiṃca.
tasmāt tr̥caṃ dyāvāpr̥tʰivīyam anvāha
Sentence: 5 yame iva yatamāne yad aitam iti, yame iva hy ete yatamāne prabāhug itaḥ
Sentence: 6 pra vām bʰaran mānuṣā devayanta iti, devayanto hy ene mānuṣāḥ prabʰaranty
Sentence: 7 ā sīdataṃ svam u lokaṃ vidāne svāsastʰe bʰavatam indave na iti,
somo vai rājenduḥ, somāyaivaine etad rājña āsade 'cīkḷpad
Sentence: 8 adʰi dvayor adadʰā uktʰyaṃ vaca iti
Sentence: 9 dvayor hy etat tr̥tīyaṃ cʰadir adʰinidʰīyata
Sentence: 10 uktʰyaṃ vaca iti yad āha, yajñiyaṃ vai karmoktʰyaṃ vaco,
yajñam evaitena samardʰayati
Sentence: 11 yatasrucā mitʰuuā yā saparyataḥ \ asaṃyatto vrate te kṣeti puṣyatīti
Sentence: 12 yad evādaḥ pūrvaṃ yattavat padam āha tad evaitena śāntyā śamayati
Sentence: 13 bʰadrā śaktir yajamānāya sunvata ity āśiṣam āśāste
Sentence: 14 viśvā rūpāṇi prati muñcate kavir iti viśvarūpām anvāha
Sentence: 15 sa rarāṭyām īkṣamāṇo 'nubrūyād
Sentence: 16 viśvam iva hi rūpaṃ rarāṭyāḥ śuklam iva ca kr̥ṣṇam iva ca
Sentence: 17 viśvaṃ rūpam avarunddʰa ātmane ca yajamānāya ca yatraivaṃ
vidvān etāṃ rarāṭyām īkṣamāṇo 'nvāha
Sentence: 18 pari tvā girvaṇo gira ity uttamayā paridadʰāti
Sentence: 19 sa yadaiva havirdʰāne sampariśrite manyetātʰa paridadʰyād
Sentence: 20 anagnambʰāvukā ha hotuś ca yajamānasya ca bʰāryā bʰavanti yatraivaṃ
vidvān etayā havirdʰānayoḥ sampariśritayoḥ paridadʰāti
Sentence: 21 yajuṣā vā ete ՚1 pariśrīyete yad dʰavirdʰāne,
yajuṣaivaine etat pariśrayanti
Sentence: 22 tau yadaivādʰvaryuś ca pratiprastʰātā cobʰayato metʰyau
nihanyātām atʰa paridadʰyād
Sentence: 23 atra hi te sampariśrite bʰavatas
Sentence: 24 tā etā aṣṭāv anvāha rūpasamr̥ddʰā. etad vai yajñasya samr̥ddʰaṃ
yad rūpasamr̥ddʰaṃ, yat karma kriyamāṇam r̥g abʰivadati.
tāsāṃ triḥ pratʰamām anvāha trir uttamāṃ, tā dvādaśa sampadyante:
dvādaśa vai māsāḥ saṃvatsaraḥ, saṃvatsaraḥ Prajāpatiḥ.
prajāpatyāyatanābʰir evābʰī rādʰnoti ya evaṃ veda.
triḥ pratʰamāṃ trir uttamām anvāha,
yajñasyaiva tad barsau nahyati stʰemne balāyāvisraṃsāya
Sentence: 1 Agnīṣomābʰyām praṇīyamānābʰyām anubrūhīty āhādʰvaryuḥ
Sentence: 2 sāvīr hi deva pratʰamāya pitra iti sāvitrīm anvāha
Sentence: 3 tad āhur:
yad Agnīṣomābʰyām praṇīyamānābʰyām anu vācāhātʰa
kasmāt sāvitrīm anvāheti. Savitā vai prasavānām īśe,
savitr̥prasūtā evainau tat praṇayanti. tasmāt sāvitrīm anvāha
Sentence: 4 praitu brahmaṇas patir iti brāhmaṇaspatyām anvāha
Sentence: 5 tad āhur:
yad Agnīṣomābʰyām praṇīyamānābʰyām anu vācāhātʰa
kasmād brāhmaṇaspatyām anvāheti. brahma vai Br̥haspatir,
brahmaivābʰyām etat purogavam ՚1 akaḥ, ՚1 na vai brahmaṇvad riṣyati
Sentence: 6 pra devy etu sūnr̥teti. sasūnr̥tam eva tad yajñaṃ karoti.
tasmād brāhmaṇaspatyām anvāha
Sentence: 7 hotā devo amartya iti
tr̥cam āgneyaṃ gāyatram anvāha some rājani praṇiyamāne
Sentence: 8 somaṃ vai rājānam praṇīyamānam antareṇaiva sadohavirdʰānāny
asurā rakṣāṃsy ajigʰāṃsaṃs, tam Agnir māyayātyanayat
Sentence: 9 purastād eti māyayeti. māyayā hi sa tam atyanayat,
tasmād v asyāgnim purastād dʰaranty
Sentence: 10 upa tvāgne dive-diva, upa priyam panipnatam iti tisraś caikāṃ cānvāhe
Sentence: 11 śvarau ha vā etau saṃyantau yajamānaṃ hiṃsitor yaś cāsau
pūrva uddʰr̥to bʰavati, yam u cainam aparam praṇayanti. tad yat tisraś
caikāṃ cānvāha saṃjānānāv evainau tat saṃgamayati, pratiṣṭhāyām evainau
tat pratiṣṭhāpayaty, ātmanaś ca yajamānasya cahiṃsāyā
Sentence: 12 agne juṣasva prati harya tad vaca ity āhutyāṃ hūyamānāyām anvāhā/gnaya
Sentence: 13 eva taj juṣṭim āhutiṃ gamayati
Sentence: 14 somo jigāti gātuvid iti
tr̥caṃ saumyaṃ gāyatram anvāha some rājani praṇīyamāne,
svayaivainaṃ tad devatayā svena cʰandasā samardʰayati
Sentence: 15 somaḥ sadʰastʰam āsadad ity. āsatsyan hi sa tarhi bʰavati
Sentence: 16 tad atikramyaivānubrūyāt pr̥ṣṭhata ivāgnīdʰraṃ kr̥tvā
Sentence: 17 tam asya rājā varuṇas tam aśvineti vaiṣṇavīm anvāha
Sentence: 18 kratuṃ sacanta mārutasya vedʰasaḥ \ dādʰāra
dakṣam uttamam aharvidaṃ vrajaṃ ca viṣṇuḥ sakʰivām̐ aporṇuta iti
Sentence: 19 Viṣṇur vai devānāṃ dvārapaḥ, sa evāsmā etad dvāraṃ vivr̥ṇoty
Sentence: 20 antaś ca prāgā aditir bʰavāsīti prapādyamāne 'nvāha
Sentence: 21 śyeno na yoniṃ sadanaṃ dʰiyā kr̥tam ity āsanne
Sentence: 22 hiraṇyayam āsadaṃ deva eṣatīti
Sentence: 23 hiraṇmayam iva ha vā eṣa etad devebʰyaś cʰadayati yat kr̥ṣṇājinaṃ
Sentence: 24 tasmād etām anvāhā/stabʰnād
Sentence: 25 dyām asuro viśvavedā iti vāruṇyā paridadʰāti
Sentence: 26 varuṇadevatyo vā eṣa tāvad yāvad upanaddʰo, yāvat pariśritāni prapadyate;
svayaivainaṃ tad devatayā svena cʰandasā samardbayati
Sentence: 27 taṃ yady upa vā dʰāveyur abʰayaṃ vecʰerann evā vandasva
varuṇam br̥hantam ity etayā paridadʰyād
Sentence: 28 yāvadbʰyo hābʰayam icʰati yāvadbʰyo hābʰayaṃ dʰyāyati,
tāvadbʰyo hābʰayam bʰavati yatraivaṃ vidvān etayā paridadʰāti.
tasmād evaṃ vidvān etayaiva paridadʰyāt
Sentence: 29 tā etāḥ saptadaśānvāha rūpasamr̥ddʰā. etad vai yajñasya samr̥ddʰaṃ
yad rūpasamr̥ddʰaṃ, yat karma kriyamāṇam r̥g abʰivadati.
tāsāṃ triḥ pratʰamām anvāha trir uttamāṃ, tā ekaviṃśatiḥ sampadyanta.
ekaviṃso vai Prajāpatir:
dvādaśa māsāḥ pañcartavas traya ime lokā,
asāv āditya ekaviṃśa uttamā pratiṣṭhā
Sentence: 30 tad daivaṃ kṣatraṃ, sā śrīs, tad ādʰipatyaṃ, tad bradʰnasya viṣṭapaṃ,
tat Prajāpater āyatanaṃ, tat svārājyam
Sentence: 31 r̥dʰnoty etam evaitābʰir ekaviṃśatyaikaviṃśatyā
Sentence: 1 yajñena vai devā ūrdʰvāḥ svargaṃ lokam āyaṃs.
te 'bibʰayur:
imaṃ no dr̥ṣṭvā manuṣyāś ca r̥ṣayaś cānuprajñāsyantīti.
taṃ vai yūpenaivāyopayaṃs, taṃ yad yūpenaivāyopayaṃs tad yūpasya yūpatvaṃ.
tam avācīnāgraṃ nimityordʰvā udāyaṃs.
tato vai manuṣyāś ca r̥ṣayaś ca devānāṃ yajñavāstv abʰyāyan:
yajñasya kiṃcid eṣiṣyāmaḥ prajñātyā iti.
te vai yūpam evāvindann avācīnāgraṃ nimitaṃ.
te 'vidur:
anena vai devā yajñam ayūyupann iti.
tam utkʰāyordʰvaṃ nyaminvaṃs,
tato vai te pra yajñam ajānan pra svargaṃ lokaṃ
Sentence: 2 tad yad yūpa ūrdʰvo nimīyate,
yajñasya prajñātyai svargasya lokasyānukʰyātyai
Sentence: 3 vajro vā eṣa yad yūpaḥ, so 'ṣṭāśriḥ kartavyo. 'ṣṭāśrir vai vajras.
taṃ-tam praharati dviṣate bʰrātr̥vyāya vadʰaṃ,
yo 'sya str̥tyas tasmai startavai
Sentence: 4 vajro vai yūpaḥ, sa eṣa dviṣato vadʰa udyatas tiṣṭhati.
tasmād dʰāpy etarhi yo dveṣṭi tasyāpriyam bʰavaty amuṣyāyaṃ yūpo
'muṣyāyaṃ yūpa iti dr̥ṣṭvā
Sentence: 5 kʰādiraṃ yūpaṃ kurvīta svargakāmaḥ.
kʰādireṇa vai yūpena devāḥ svargaṃ lokam ajayaṃs,
tatʰaivaitad yajamānaḥ kʰādireṇa yūpena svargaṃ lokaṃ jayati
Sentence: 6 bailvaṃ yūpaṃ kurvītānnādyakāmaḥ puṣṭikāmaḥ.
samāṃ-samāṃ vai bilvo gr̥bʰītas, tad annādyasya rūpam;
ā mūlāc cʰākʰābʰir anucitas, tat puṣṭeḥ
Sentence: 7 puṣyati prajāṃ ca paśūṃś ca ya evaṃ vidvān bailvaṃ yūpaṃ kurute
Sentence: 8 yad eva bailvā+m \ bilvaṃ jyotir iti vā ācakṣate
Sentence: 9 jyotiḥ sveṣu bʰavati, śreṣṭhaḥ svānām bʰavati ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 10 pālāśaṃ yūpaṃ kurvīta tejaskāmo brahmavarcasakāmas.
tejo vai brahmavarcasaṃ vanaspatīnām palāśas
Sentence: 11 tejasvī brahmavarcasī bʰavati ya evaṃ vidvān pālāśaṃ yūpaṃ kurute
Sentence: 12 yad eva pālāśā+m \ sarveṣāṃ vā eṣa vanaspatīnāṃ yonir yat palāśas.
tasmāt palāśasyaiva palāśenācakṣate, 'muṣya palāśam amuṣya palāśam iti
Sentence: 13 sarveṣāṃ hāsya vanaspatīnāṃ kāma upāpto bʰavati ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 añjmo yūpam, anubrūhīty āhādʰvaryur
Sentence: 2 añjanti tvām adʰvare devayanta ity auvāhā/dʰvare
Sentence: 3 hy enaṃ devayanto 'ñjanti
Sentence: 4 vanaspate madʰunā daivyenety. etad vai madʰu daivyaṃ yad ājyaṃ
Sentence: 5 yad ūrdʰvas tiṣṭhā draviṇeha dʰattād
yad vā kṣayo mātur asyā upastʰa iti. yadi ca tiṣṭhāsi yadi ca śayāsai
draviṇam evāsmāsu dʰattād ity eva tad āho/c
Sentence: 6 cʰrayasva vanaspata ity uccʰrīyamāṇāyābʰirūpā.
yad yajñe 'bʰirūpaṃ tat samr̥ddʰaṃ
Sentence: 7 varṣman pr̥tʰivyā adʰīty.
etad vai varṣma pr̥tʰivyai yatra yūpam unminvanti
Sentence: 8 sumitī mīyamāno varco dʰā yajñavāhasa ity āśiṣam āśāste
Sentence: 9 samiddʰasya śrayamāṇaḥ purastād īti
Sentence: 10 samiddʰasya hy eṣa etat purastāc cʰrayate
Sentence: 11 brahma vanvāno ajaraṃ suvīram īty āśiṣam evāśāsta
Sentence: 12 āre asmad amatim bādʰamāna ity. aśanāyā vaī pāpmāmatis,
tām eva tad ārān nudate yajñāc ca yajamānāc co/c
Sentence: 13 cʰrayasva mahate saubʰagāyety āśiṣam evāśāsta
Sentence: 14 ūrdʰva ū ṣu ṇa ūtaye tiṣṭhā devo na saviteti
Sentence: 15 yad vai devānāṃ neti tad eṣām o+m iti.
tiṣṭha deva iva Savitety eva tad āho/rdʰvo
Sentence: 16 vājasya saniteti. vājasanim evainaṃ tad dʰanasāṃ sanoti
Sentence: 17 yad añjibʰir vāgʰadbʰir vihvayāmaha iti.
cʰandāṃsi vā añjayo vāgʰatas, tair etad devān yajamānā vihvayante:
mama yajñam āgacʰata mama yajñam iti
Sentence: 18 yadi ha vā api bahava iva yajante,
'tʰa hāsya devā yajñam aiva gacʰanti yatraivaṃ vidvān etām anvāho/rdʰvo
Sentence: 19 naḥ pāhy aṃhaso ni ketunā viśvaṃ sam atriṇaṃ daheti
Sentence: 20 rakṣāṃsi vai pāpmātriṇo, rakṣāṃsi pāpmānaṃ dahety eva tad āha
Sentence: 21 kr̥dʰī na ūrdʰvāñ caratʰāya jīvasa iti yad āha,
kr̥dʰī na ūrdʰvāñ caraṇāya jīvasa ity eva tad āha
Sentence: 22 yadi ha vā api nīta iva yajamāno bʰavati,
pari haivainaṃ tat saṃvatsarāya dadāti
Sentence: 23 vidā deveṣu no duva ity āśiṣam evāśāste
Sentence: 24 jāto jāyate sudinatve ahnām iti
Sentence: 25 jāto hy eṣa etāj jāyate
Sentence: 26 samarya ā vidatʰe vardʰamāna iti.
vardʰayanty evainaṃ tat
Sentence: 27 punanti dʰīrā apaso manīṣeti.
punanty evainaṃ tat
Sentence: 28 devayā vipra ad iyarti vācam iti.
devebʰya evainaṃ tan nivedayati
Sentence: 29 yuvā suvāsāḥ parivīta āgād ity uttamayā paridadʰāti
Sentence: 30 prāṇo vai yuvā suvā-sāḥ, so 'yaṃ śarīraiḥ parivr̥taḥ
Sentence: 31 sa u śreyān bʰavati jāyamāna iti.
śreyāñcʰreyān hy eṣa etad bʰavati jāyamānas
Sentence: 32 taṃ dʰīrāsaḥ kavaya un nayanti svādʰyo manasā devayanta iti.
ye vā anūcānās te kavayas, ta evainaṃ tad unnayanti
Sentence: 33 tā etāḥ saptānvāha rūpasamr̥ddʰā.
etad vai yajñasya samr̥ddʰaṃ yad rūpasaṃr̥ddʰaṃ,
yat karma kriyamāṇam r̥g abʰivadati.
tāsāṃ triḥ pratʰamām anvāha trir uttamāṃ, tā ekādaśa sampadyanta.
ekādaśākṣarā vai triṣṭup, triṣṭub īndrasya vajra.
indrāyatanābʰir evābʰī rādʰnoti ya evaṃ veda.
triḥ pratʰamāṃ trir uttamām anvāha,
yajñasyaiva tad barsau nahyati stʰemne balāyāvisraṃsāya
Sentence: 1 tiṣṭhed yūpā+ḥ \ anuprahare+t ity āhus
Sentence: 2 tiṣṭhet paśukāmasya
Sentence: 3 devebʰyo vai paśavo 'nnādyāyālambʰāya nātiṣṭhanta.
te 'pakramya prativāvadato 'tiṣṭhaṇ:
nāsmān ālapsyadʰve nāsmān iti.
tato vai devā etaṃ yūpam vajram apaśyaṃs, tam ebʰya udaśrayaṃs;
tasmād bibʰyata upāvartanta, tam evādyāpy upāvr̥ittās.
tato vai devebʰyaḥ paśavo 'nnādyāyālambʰāyatiṣṭhanta
Sentence: 4 tiṣṭhante 'smai paśāvo 'nnadyāyālambʰāya
ya evaṃ veda yasya caivaṃ viduṣo yūpas tiṣṭhaty
Sentence: 5 anupraharet svargakānasya
Sentence: 6 tam u ha smaitam pūrve 'nv eva praharanti
Sentence: 7 yajamāno vai yūpo yajamānaḥ prastaro, 'gnir vai devayoniḥ;
so 'gner devayonyā āhutibʰyaḥ sambʰūya hiraṇyaśarīra ūrdʰvaḥ
svargaṃ lokam eṣyatīty
Sentence: 8 atʰa ye tebʰyo 'vara āsaṃs ta etaṃ svarum apaśyan yūpaśakalaṃ.
taṃ tasmin kāle 'nupraharet.
tatra sa kāma upāpto yo 'nupraharaṇe, tatra sa kāma upāpto yaḥ stʰāne
Sentence: 9 sarvābʰyo vā eṣa devatābʰya ātmānam ālabʰate yo dīkṣate.
'gniḥ sarvā devatāḥ, Somaḥ sarvā devatāḥ.
sa yad agnīṣomīyam paśum
ālabʰate, sarvābʰya eva tad devatābʰyo yajamāna ātmānaṃ niṣkrīṇīte
Sentence: 10 tad āhur:
dvirūpo 'gnīṣomīyaḥ kartavyo, dvidevatyo hīti.
tat-tan nādr̥tyam. pīva iva kartavyaḥ.
pīvorūpā vai paśavaḥ, kr̥śita iva kʰalu vai yajamāno bʰavati.
tad yat pīvā paśur bʰavati, yajamānam eva tat svena medʰena samardʰayati
Sentence: 11 tad āhur:
nāgnīṣomīyasya pāśor aśnīyāt,
puruṣasya vā eṣo 'śnāti yo 'gnīṣomīyasya pāśor aśnāti;
yajamāno hy etenātmānaṃ niṣkrīṇīta iti
Sentence: 12 tat-tan nādr̥tyaṃ.
vārtragʰnaṃ vā etad dʰavir yad agnīṣomīyo.
'gnīṣomābʰyāṃ vā īndro vr̥tram ahaṃs, tāv enam abrūtām:
āvābʰyāṃ vai vr̥tram avadʰīr, varaṃ te vr̥ṇāvāha īti.
vr̥ṇātʰām iti. tāv etam eva varam avr̥ṇātāṃ: śvaḥsutyāyām paśuṃ.
sa enayor eṣo 'cyuto, varavr̥to hy enayos.
tasmāt tasyāśitavyaṃ caiva līpsitavyaṃ ca
Sentence: 1 āprībʰir āprīṇati
Sentence: 2 tejo vai brahmavarcasam āpriyas,
tejasaivainaṃ tad hi brahmavarcasena samardʰayati
Sentence: 3 samidʰo yajati
Sentence: 4 prāṇā vai samidʰaḥ, prāṇā hīdaṃ sarvaṃ samindʰate yad idaṃ kiṃca;
prāṇān eva tat prīṇāti, prāṇān yajamāne dadʰāti
Sentence: 5 Tanūnapātaṃ yajati. prāṇo vai Tanūnapāt, sa hi tanvaḥ pāti;
prāṇam eva tat prīṇāti, prāṇaṃ yajamāne dadʰāti
Sentence: 6 Narāśaṃsaṃ yajati. prajā vai naro, vāk śaṃsaḥ;
prajāṃ caiva tad vācaṃ ca prīṇāti, prajāṃ ca vācaṃ ca yajamāne dadʰātī/ḷo
Sentence: 7 yajaty. annaṃ vā iḷo;
'nnam eva tat prīṇāty, annaṃ yajamāne dadʰāti
Sentence: 8 barhir yajati. paśavo vai barhiḥ;
paśūn eva tat prīṇāti, paśūn yajamāne dadʰāti
Sentence: 9 duro yajati. vr̥ṣṭir vai duro;
vr̥ṣṭim eva tat prīṇati, vr̥ṣṭim annādyaṃ yajamāne dadʰāty
Sentence: 10 uṣāsānaktā yajaty.
ahorātre vā uṣāsānaktāhorātre eva tat prīṇāty,
ahorātrayor yajamānaṃ dadʰāti
Sentence: 11 daivyā hotārā yajati.
prāṇāpānau vai daivyā hotārā;
prāṇāpānāv eva tat prīṇāti, prāṇāpānau yajamāne dadʰāti
Sentence: 12 tisro devīr yajati.
prāṇo vā apāno vyānas tisro devyas;
tā eva tat prīṇāti, tā yajamāne dadʰāti
Sentence: 13 Tvaṣṭāraṃ yajati.
vāg vai Tvaṣṭā, vāg gʰīdaṃ sarvaṃ tāṣṭīva;
vācan, eva tat prīṇāti, vācaṃ yajamāne dadʰāti
Sentence: 14 vanaspatiṃ yajati.
prāṇo vai vanaspatiḥ;
prāṇam eva tat prīṇāti, prāṇaṃ yajamāne dadʰāti
Sentence: 15 svāhākr̥tīr yajati.
pratiṣṭhā vai svāhākr̥tayaḥ,
pratiṣṭhāyām eva tad= yajñam antataḥ pratiṣṭhāpayati
Sentence: 16 tābʰir yatʰar̥ṣy āprīṇīyād. yad yatʰar̥ṣy āprīṇāti.
yajamanam eva tad bandʰutāyā notsr̥jati
Sentence: 1 paryagnaye kriyamāṇāyānubrūhīty āhādʰvaryur
Sentence: 2 agnir hotā no adʰvara iti
tr̥icam āgneyaṃ gāyatram anvāha paryagni kriyamāṇe,
svayaivainaṃ tad devatayā svena cʰandasā samardʰayati
Sentence: 3 vājī san pari ṇīyata iti.
vājinam iva hy enaṃ santam pariṇayanti
Sentence: 4 pari triviṣṭy adʰvaraṃ yāty agnī ratʰīr ivety.
eṣa hi ratʰīr ivādʰvaram pariyāti
Sentence: 5 pari vājapatiḥ kavir ity. eṣa hi vājanam= patir
Sentence: 6 ata upapreṣya hotar havyā devebʰya ity āhādʰvaryur
Sentence: 7 ajaid agnir asanad vājam iti maitrāvaruṇa upapraiṣam pratipadyate
Sentence: 8 tad āhur: yad adʰvaryur hotāram upapreṣyaty,
atʰa kasmān maitrāvaruṇa upapraiṣam pratipadyata iti
Sentence: 9 mano vai yajñasya maitrāvaruṇo, vāg yajñasya hotā.
manasā vā iṣita vāg vadati.
yāṃ hy anyamanā vācaṃ vadaty, asuryā vai sā vāg adevajuṣṭā.
tad yan maitrāvaruṇa upapraiṣam pratipadyate manasaiva tad vācam īrayati,
tan manaseritayā vācā devebʰyo havyaṃ sampādayati
Sentence: 1 daivyāḥ śamitāra ārabʰadʰvam uta manuṣyā ity āha
Sentence: 2 ye caiva devānāṃ śamitāro ye ca manuṣyāṇāṃ tān eva tat saṃśāsty
Sentence: 3 upanayata medʰyā dura āśāsānā medʰapatibʰyām medʰam iti
Sentence: 4 paśur vai medʰo, yajamāno medʰapatir;
yajamānam eva tat svena medʰena samardʰayaty
Sentence: 5 atʰo kʰalv āhur:
yasyai vāva kasyai ca devatāyai paśur ālabʰyate saiva medʰapatir iti
Sentence: 6 sa yady ekadevatyaḥ paśuḥ syān medʰapataya iti brūyād,
yadi dvidevatyo medʰapatibʰyām iti, yadi bahudevatyo medʰapatibʰya ity.
etad eva stʰitam
Sentence: 7 prāsmā agnim bʰarateti
Sentence: 8 paśur vai nīyamānaḥ sa mr̥tyum prāpaśyat, sa devān nānvakāmayataituṃ.
taṃ devā abruvann:
ehi, svargaṃ vai tvā lokaṃ gamayiṣyāma iti.
sa tatʰety abravīt, tasya vai me yuṣmākam ekaḥ purastād aitv iti.
tatʰeti. tasyāgniḥ purastad ait, so 'gnim anuprācyavata
Sentence: 9 tasmad āhur: āgneyo vāva sarvaḥ paśur, Agniṃ hi so 'nuprācyavateti
Sentence: 10 tasmād v asyāgnim purastād dʰaranti
Sentence: 11 str̥ṇīta barhir ity.
oṣadʰyātmā va, paśuḥ, paśum eva tat sarvātmānaṃ karoty
Sentence: 12 anv enam mātā manyatām anu pitānu bʰrātā
sa garbʰyo 'nu sakʰā sayūtʰya iti.
janitrair evainaṃ tat samanumatam ālabʰanta
Sentence: 13 udīcīnām̐ asya pado ni dʰattāt, sūryaṃ cakṣur gamayatād,
vātam prāṇam anvavasr̥jatād, antarikṣam asuṃ,
diśaḥ śrotram, pr̥tʰivīṃ śarīram ity.
eṣv evainaṃ tal lokeṣv ādadʰāty
Sentence: 14 ekadʰāsya tvacam ācʰyatāt, purā nābʰyā apiśaso vapām utkʰidatād,
antar evoṣmāṇaṃ vārayadʰvād iti. paśuṣv eva tat prāṇān dadʰāti
Sentence: 15 śyenam asya vakṣaḥ kr̥ṇutāt, praśasā bāhū, śalā doṣaṇī,
kaśyapevāṃsācʰidre śroṇī, kavaṣorū, srekaparṇāṣṭhīvantā.
ṣaḍviṃśatir asya vaṅkrayas, ta anuṣṭhyoccyāvayatād,
gātraṃ-gatram asyānūnaṃ kr̥ṇutād ity aṅgāny evāsya tad gātrāṇi prīṇāty
Sentence: 16 ūvadʰyagoham pārtʰivaṃ kʰanatād ity āhauṣadʰaṃ vā ūvadʰyam,
iyaṃ vā oṣadʰīnām pratiṣṭhā,
tad enat svāyām eva pratiṣṭhāyām antataḥ pratiṣṭhāpayati
Sentence: 1 asnā rakṣaḥ saṃsr̥jatād ity āha.
tuṣair vai pʰalīkaraṇair devā haviryajñebʰyo rakṣāṃsi nirabʰajann,
asnā mahāyajñāt. sa yad asnā rakṣaḥ saṃsr̥jatād ity āha,
rakṣāṃsy eva tat svena bʰāgadʰeyena yajñān niravadayate
Sentence: 2 tad āhur: na yajñe rakṣasāṃ kīrtayet,
kāni rakṣāṃsy, r̥terakṣā vai yajña iti
Sentence: 3 tad u vā āhuḥ: kīrtayed eva
Sentence: 4 yo vai bʰāginam bʰāgān nudate, cayate vainaṃ,
sa yadi vainaṃ na cayate 'tʰa putram atʰa pautraṃ, cayate tv evainam iti
Sentence: 5 sa yadi kīrtayed, upāṃśu kīrtayet.
tira iva vā etad vāco yad upāṃśu, tira ivaitad yad rakṣāṃsy
Sentence: 6 atʰa yad uccaiḥ kīrtayed, īśvaro hāsya vāco rakṣobʰāṣo janitor
Sentence: 7 yo 'yaṃ rākṣasīṃ vācaṃ vadati sa
Sentence: 8 yāṃ vai dr̥pto vadati yām unmattaḥ, sā vai rākṣasī vāṅ
Sentence: 9 nātmanā dr̥pyati, nāsya prajāyāṃ dr̥pta ājāyate ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 10 vaniṣṭhum asya mā rāviṣṭorūkam manyamānā,
ned vas toke tana ye ravitā ravac cʰamitāra iti.
ye caiva devānāṃ śamitāro ye ca manuṣyāṇāṃ,
tebʰya evainaṃ tat paridadāty
Sentence: 11 adʰrigo śamīdʰvaṃ, suśami śamīdʰvaṃ, śamīdʰvaṃ adʰrigā+u iti
trir brūyād apāpeti cādʰrigur vai devānāṃ śamitāpāpo nigrabʰītā,
śamitr̥bʰyaś caivainaṃ tan nigrabʰītr̥bʰyaś ca samprayacʰati
Sentence: 12 śamitāro yad atra sukr̥taṃ kr̥ṇavatʰāsmāsu tad,
yad duṣkr̥tam anyatra tad ity āhāgnir vai devānāṃ hotāsīt,
sa enaṃ vācā vyaśād; vācā vā enaṃ hotā viśāsti.
tad yad arvāg yat paraḥ kr̥ntanti yad ulbaṇaṃ yad vitʰuraṃ kriyate,
śamitr̥bʰyaś caivainat tan nigrabʰītr̥bʰyaś ca samanudiśati,
svasty eva hotonmucyate sarvāyuḥ sarvāyutvāya
Sentence: 13 sarvam āyur eti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 puruṣaṃ vai devāḥ paśum ālabʰanta. tasmād ālabdʰān medʰa udakrāmat,
so 'śvam prāviśat, tasmād aśvo medʰyo 'bʰavad.
atʰainam utkrāntamedʰam atyārjanta, sa kimpuruṣo 'bʰavat
Sentence: 2 te 'śvam ālabʰanta. so 'śvād ālabdʰād udakrāmat, sa gām prāviśat,
tasmād gaur medʰyo 'bʰavaḍ atʰainam utkrāntamedʰam atyārjanta,
sa gauramr̥go 'bʰavat
Sentence: 3 te gām ālabʰanta. sa gor ālabdʰād udakrāmat, so 'vim prāviśat,
tasmād avir medʰyo 'bʰavad. atʰainam utkrāntamedʰam atyārjanta,
sa gavayo 'bʰavat. te 'vim ālabʰanta. so 'ver ālabdʰād udakrāmat,
so 'jam prāviśat, tasmād ajo medʰyo 'bʰavad.
atʰainam utkrāntamedʰam atyārjanta, sa uṣṭro 'bʰavat
Sentence: 4 so 'je jyoktamām ivāramata,
tasmād eṣa eteṣām paśūnām prayuktatamo yad ajas
Sentence: 5 te 'jam ālabʰauta. so 'jād ālabdʰād udakrāmat, sa imām prāviśat,
tasmād iyam medʰyābʰavad. atʰainam utkrāntamedʰam atyārjanta,
sa śarabʰo 'bʰavat
Sentence: 6 ta eta utkrāntamedʰā amedʰyāḥ paśavas, tasmād eteṣāṃ nāśnīyāt
Sentence: 7 tam asyām anvagacʰan, so 'nugato vrīhir abʰavat.
tad yat paśau puroḷāśam anunirvapanti: samedʰena naḥ paśuneṣṭam asat,
kevalena naḥ paśuneṣṭam asad iti
Sentence: 8 samedʰena hāsya paśuneṣṭam bʰavati,
kevalena hāsya paśuneṣṭam bʰavati ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 sa vā eṣa paśur evālabʰyate yat puroḷāśas
Sentence: 2 tasya yāni kiṃśārūṇi tāni romāṇi, ye tuṣāḥ sā tvag,
ye pʰalīkaraṇās tad asr̥g, yat piṣṭaṃ kiknasās tan māṃsaṃ,
yat ՚0 kiṃ ՚0 cit ՚0 kaṃsāraṃ tad astʰi
Sentence: 3 sarveṣāṃ vā eṣa paśūnām medʰena yajate, yaḥ puroḷāśena yajate
Sentence: 4 tasmād āhuḥ: puroḷāśasatraṃ lokyam iti
Sentence: 5 yuvam etāni divi rocanāny agniś ca soma sakratū adʰattam \
yuvaṃ sindʰūm̐r abʰiśaster avadyād agnīṣomāv amuñcataṃ gr̥bʰītān iti
vapāyai yajati
Sentence: 6 sarvābʰir vā eṣa devatābʰir ālabdʰo bʰavati, yo dīkṣito bʰavati.
tasmād āhur: na dīkṣitasyāśnīyād iti.
sa yad agnīṣomāv amuñcataṃ gr̥bʰītān iti vapāyai yajati,
sarvābʰya eva tad devatābʰyo yajamānam pramuñcati.
tasmād āhur: aśitavyaṃ vapāyāṃ hutāyāṃ, yajamāno hi sa tarhi bʰavatīty
Sentence: 7 ānyaṃ divo mātariśvā jabʰāreti puroḷāśasya yajaty
Sentence: 8 amatʰnād anyam pari śyeno adrer itīta iva ca hy eṣa
ita iva ca medʰaḥ samāhr̥to bʰavati
Sentence: 9 svadasva havyā sam iṣo didīhīti puroḷaśasviṣṭakr̥to yajati
Sentence: 10 havir evāsmā etat svadayatīṣam ūrjam ātman dʰatta
Sentence: 11 iḷām upahvayate. paśavo vā iḷā,
paśūn eva tad upahvayate, paśūn yajamāne dadʰāti
Sentence: 1 manotāyai haviṣo 'vadīyamānasyānubrūhīty āhādʰvaryus
Sentence: 2 tvaṃ hy agne pratʰamo manoteti sūktam anvāha
Sentence: 3 tad āhur: yad anyadevatya uta paśur bʰavaty,
atʰa kasmād āgneyīr eva Manotāyai haviṣo 'vadīyamānasyānvāheti
Sentence: 4 tisro vai devānām Manotās, tāsu hī teṣām manāṃsy otāni.
vāg vai devānām Manotā, tasyāṃ hi teṣām manāṃsy otāni;
gaur vai devānām Manotā, tasyāṃ hi teṣām manāṃsy otāny;
Agnir vai devānām Manotā, tasmin hi teṣām manāṃsy otāny.
Agniḥ sarvā Manotā, Agnau Manotāḥ saṃgacʰante.
tasmād āgneyīr eva Manotāyai haviṣo 'vadīyamānasyānvāhā/gnīṣomā
Sentence: 5 haviṣaḥ prastʰitasyeti haviṣo yajati
Sentence: 6 haviṣa iti rūpasamr̥ddʰa, prastʰitasyeti rūpasamr̥ddʰā
Sentence: 7 sarvābʰir hāsya samr̥ddʰibʰiḥ samr̥ddʰaṃ havyaṃ devān apyeti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 8 vanaspatiṃ yajati. prāṇo vai vanaspatir
Sentence: 9 jīvaṃ hāsya havyaṃ devān apyeti yatraivaṃ vidvān vanaspatiṃ yajati
Sentence: 10 sviṣṭakr̥taṃ yajati. pratiṣṭhā vai sviṣṭakr̥t,
pratiṣṭhāyām eva tad yajñam antataḥ pratiṣṭhāpayatī/ḷām
Sentence: 11 upahvayate. paśavo vā iḷā, paśūn eva tad upahvayate,
paśūn yajamāne dadʰāti dadʰāti
Sentence: 1 devā vai yajñam atanvata. tāṃs tanvānān asurā abʰyāyan:
yajñaveśasam eṣāṃ kariṣyāma iti;
tān āprīte paśau pura iva paryagner yūpam prati purastād upāyaṃś te
devāḥ pratibudʰyāgnimayīḥ puras tripuram paryāsyanta
yajñasya cātmanaś ca guptyai. tā eṣām imā agnimayyaḥ puro dīpyamānā
bʰrājamānā atiṣṭhaṃs. tā asurā anapadʰr̥ṣyaivāpādravaṃs.
te 'gininaiva purastād asurarakṣāṃsy apāgʰnatāgninā paścāt
Sentence: 2 tatʰaivaitad yajamānā yat paryagni kurvanty,
agnimayīr eva tat puras tripuram paryasyante yajñasya cātmanaś ca guptyai.
tasmāt paryagni kurvanti, tasmāt paryagnaye 'nvāha
Sentence: 3 taṃ vā etam paśum āprītaṃ santam paryagnikr̥tam udañcaṃ nayanti
Sentence: 4 tasyolmukam purastād dʰaranti
Sentence: 5 yajamāno vā eṣa nidānena yat paśur,
anena jyotiṣā yajamānaḥ purojyotiḥ svargaṃ lokam eṣyatīti
tena jyotiṣā yajamānaḥ purojyotiḥ svargaṃ lokam eti
Sentence: 6 taṃ yatra nihaniṣyanto bʰavanti, tad adʰvaryur barhir adʰastād upāsyati
Sentence: 7 yad evainam ada āprītaṃ santam paryagnikr̥tam bahirvedi nayanti,
barhiṣadam evainaṃ tat kurvanti
Sentence: 8 tasyovadʰyagohaṃ kʰananty
Sentence: 9 auṣadʰaṃ vā ūvadʰyam, iyaṃ vā oṣadʰīnām pratiṣṭhā,
tad enat svāyām eva pratiṣṭhāyām antataḥ pratiṣṭhāpayanti
Sentence: 10 tad āhur: yad eṣa havir eva yat paśur,
atʰāsya bahv apaiti lomāni tvag asr̥k kuṣṭhikāḥ śapʰā viṣāṇe,
skandati piśitaṃ: kenāsya tad āpūryata iti
Sentence: 11 yad evaitat paśau puroḷāśam anunirvapanti, tenaivāsya tad āpūryate
Sentence: 12 paśubʰyo vai medʰā udakrāmaṃs, tau vrīhiś caiva yavaś ca bʰūtāv ajāyetāṃ.
tad yat paśau puroḷāśam anunirvapanti:
samedʰena naḥ paśuneṣṭam asat, kevalena naḥ paśuneṣṭam asad iti
Sentence: 13 samedʰena hāsya paśuneṣṭam bʰavati,
kevalena hāsya paśuneṣṭam bʰavati ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 tasya vapām utkʰidyāharanti.
tām adʰvaryuḥ sruveṇābʰigʰārayann āha:
stokebʰyo 'nubrūhīti
Sentence: 2 tad yat stokāḥ ścotanti, sarvadevatyā vai stokā:
nen ma ime 'nabʰiprītā devān gacʰān iti
Sentence: 3 juṣasva sapratʰastamam ity anvāha
Sentence: 4 vaco devapsarastamam \ havyājuhvāna āsanīty
Sentence: 5 Agner evaināṃs tad āsye juhotī/maṃ
Sentence: 6 no yajñam amr̥teṣu dʰehīti sūktam anvāhe/mā
Sentence: 7 havyā jātavedo juṣasveti havyajuṣṭim āśāste
Sentence: 8 stokānām agne medaso gʰr̥tasyeti, medasaś ca hi gʰr̥tasya ca bʰavanti
Sentence: 9 hotaḥ prāśāna pratʰamo niṣadyety.
Agnir vai devānāṃ hotāgne prāśāna pratʰamo niṣadyety eva tad āha
Sentence: 10 gʰr̥tavantaḥ pāvaka te stokā ścotanti medasa iti,
medasaś ca hy eva hi gʰr̥tasya ca bʰavanti
Sentence: 11 svadʰarman devavītaye śreṣṭhaṃ no dʰehi vāryam ity āśiṣam āśāste
Sentence: 12 tubʰyaṃ stokā gʰr̥taścuto 'gne viprāya santyeti, gʰr̥taścuto hi bʰavanty
Sentence: 13 r̥ṣiḥ śreṣṭhaḥ sam idʰyase yajñasya prāvitā bʰaveti yajñasamr̥ddʰim āśāste
Sentence: 14 tubʰyaṃ ścotanty adʰrigo śacīva stokāso agne medaso gʰr̥tasyeti,
medasaś ca hy eva hi gʰr̥tasya ca bʰavanti
Sentence: 15 kaviśasto br̥hatā bʰānunāgā havyā juṣasva medʰireti havyajuṣṭim evāśāsta
Sentence: 16 ojiṣṭhaṃ te madʰyato meda udbʰr̥tam pra te vayaṃ dadāmahe \
ścotanti te vaso stokā adʰi tvaci prati tān devaśo vihīty
Sentence: 17 abʰy evaināṃs tad vaṣaṭkaroti, yatʰā somasyāgne vīhīti
Sentence: 18 tad yat stokāḥ ścotanti, sarvadevatyā vai stokās,
tasmād iyaṃ stokaśo vr̥ṣṭir vibʰaktopācarati
Sentence: 1 tad āhuḥ:
kā svāhākr̥tīnām puronuvākyāḥ kaḥ praiṣaḥ kā yājyeti
Sentence: 2 yā evaitā anvāhaitāḥ puronuvākyā,
yaḥ praiṣaḥ sa praiṣo, yā yājyā sā yajyā
Sentence: 3 tad āhuḥ:
kā devatāḥ svāhākr̥taya iti
Sentence: 4 Viśve devā iti brūyāt
Sentence: 5 tasmāt svāhākr̥taṃ havir adantu devā iti yajantīti
Sentence: 6 devā vai yajñena śrameṇa tapasāhutibʰiḥ svargaṃ lokam ajayaṃs,
teṣāṃ vapāyām eva hutāyāṃ svargo lokaḥ prākʰyāyata,
te vapām eva hutvānādr̥tyetarāṇi karmāṇy ūrdʰvāḥ svargaṃ lokam āyaṃs.
tato vai manuṣyāś ca r̥ṣayaś ca devānāṃ yajñavāstv abʰyāyan:
yajñasya kiṃcid eṣiṣyāmaḥ prajñātyā iti.
te 'bʰitaḥ paricaranta ՚0,1 et paśum eva nirāntraṃ śayānaṃ,
te vidur: iyān vāva kila paśur yāvatī vapeti
Sentence: 7 sa etāvān eva paśur yāvatī vapā/tʰa
Sentence: 8 yad enaṃ tr̥tīyasavane śrapayitvā juhvati:
bʰūyasībʰir na āhutibʰir iṣṭam asat, kevalena naḥ paśuneṣṭam asad iti
Sentence: 9 bʰūyaslbʰir hāsyāhutibʰir iṣtam bʰavati,
kevalena hāsya paśuneṣtam bʰavati ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 sā vā eṣāmr̥tāhutir eva yad vapāhutir,
amr̥tāhutir agnyāhutir, amr̥tāhutir ājyāhutir, amr̥tāhutiḥ somāhutir.
etā vā aśarīrā ahutayo. yā vai kāścāśarīra āhutayo,
'mr̥tatvam eva tābʰir yajamāno jayati
Sentence: 2 sā vā eṣā reta eva yad vapā. preva vai reto līyate preva vapā līyate,
śuklaṃ vai retaḥ śukla vapāśarīraṃ vai reto 'śarīrā vapā.
yad vai lohitaṃ yan māṃsaṃ, tac cʰarīraṃ.
tasmād brūyāḍ: yāvad alohitaṃ tāvat parivāsayeti
Sentence: 3 sā pañcāvattā bʰavati. yady api caturavattī yajamānaḥ syād,
atʰa pañcāvattaiva vapā/jyasyopastr̥ṇāti,
Sentence: 4 hiraṇyaśalko,
vapā, hiraṇyaśalka, ājyasyopariṣṭād abʰigʰārayati
Sentence: 5 tad āhur: yad dʰiraṇyaṃ na vidyeta katʰaṃ syad iti.
dvir ājyasyopastīrya vapām avadāya dvir upariṣṭād abʰigʰārayaty
Sentence: 6 amr̥taṃ vā ājyam, amr̥taṃ hiraṇyaṃ. tatra sa kāma upāpto ya ājye,
tatra sa kāma upāpto yo hiraṇye. tat pañca sampadyante
Sentence: 7 pāṅkto 'yam puruṣaḥ pañcadʰā vihito: lomāni tvaṅ māṃsam astʰi majjā.
sa yāvān eva puruṣas tāvantaṃ yajamānaṃ saṃskr̥tyāgnau devayonyāṃ juhoty.
Agnir vai devayoniḥ. so 'gner devayonyā āhutibʰyaḥ sambʰūya
hiraṇyaśarīra ūrdʰvaḥ svargaṃ lokam eti
Sentence: 1 devebʰyaḥ prātaryāvabʰyo hotar anubrūhīty āhādʰvaryur
Sentence: 2 ete vāva devāḥ prātaryāvāṇo yad Agnir Uṣā Aśvinau.
ta ete saptabʰiḥ-saptabʰiś cʰandobʰir āgacʰanty
Sentence: 3 āsya devāḥ prātaryāvāṇo havaṃ gacʰanti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 4 Prajāpatau vai svayaṃ hotari prātaranuvākam anuvakṣyaty
ubʰaye devāsurā yajñam upāvasann:
asmabʰyam anuvakṣyaty asmabʰyam iti.
sa vai devebʰya evānvabravīt
Sentence: 5 tato vai devā abʰavan, parāsurā
Sentence: 6 bʰavaty ātmanā, parāsya dviṣan pāpmā bʰrātr̥vyo bʰavati, ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 7 prātar vai sa taṃ devebʰyo 'nvabravīd. yat prātar anvabravīt,
tat prātaranuvākasya prātaranuvākatvam
Sentence: 8 mahati rātryā anūcyaḥ sarvasyai vācaḥ sarvasya brahmaṇaḥ parigr̥hītyai.
yo vai bʰavati yaḥ śreṣṭhatām aśnute, tasya vācam proditām anupravadanti.
tasmān mahati rātryā anūcyaḥ
Sentence: 9 purā vācaḥ pravaditor anūcyo
Sentence: 10 yad vāci proditāyām anubrūyād, anyasyaivainam uditānuvādinaṃ kuryāt
Sentence: 11 tasmān mahati rātryā anūcyaḥ
Sentence: 12 purā śakunivādād anubruyan
Sentence: 13 Nirr̥ter vā etan mukʰaṃ yad vayaṃsi yac cʰakunayas.
tad yat purā śakunivādād anubrūyān:
māyajñiyāṃ vācam proditām anupravadiṣmeti. tasmān mahati rātryā anūcyo
Sentence: 14 'tʰo kʰalu yadaivādʰvaryur upākuryād, atʰānubrūyād
Sentence: 15 yadā vā adʰvaryur upākaroti, vācaivopākaroti, vācā hotānvāha;
vāg gʰi brahma. tatra sa kāma upāpto yo vāci ca brahmaṇi ca
Sentence: 1 Prajāpatau vai svayam hotari prātaranuvākam anuvakṣyati sarvā devatā:
mām abʰi pratipatsyati mām abʰīti sa Prajāpatir aikṣata:
yady ekāṃ devatām ādiṣṭām abʰi pratipatsyāmītarā me kena
devatā upāptā bʰaviṣyantīti.
sa etām r̥cam apaśyad:
āpo revatīr ity.
āpo vai sarvā devatā, revatyaḥ sarvā devatāḥ.
sa etayarcā prātaranuvākam pratyapadyata.
tāḥ sarvā devatāḥ prāmodanta:
mām abʰi pratyapādi mām abʰīti
Sentence: 2 sarvā hāsmin devatāḥ prātaranuvākam anubruvati pramodante
Sentence: 3 sarvābʰir hāsya devatābʰiḥ prātaranuvākaḥ pratipanno bʰavati ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 4 te devā abibʰayur:
ādātāro vai na imam prātaryajñam asurā yatʰaujīyāṃso balīyāṃsa evam iti.
tān abravīd īndro:
mā bibʰīta, triṣamr̥ddʰam ebʰyo 'ham prātar vajram prahartāsmīty,
etāṃ vāva tad r̥cam abravīd.
vajras tena yad aponaptrīyā, vajras tena yat triṣṭub, vajras tena yad vāk.
tam ebʰyaḥ prāharat, tenainān ahaṃś tato vai devā abʰavan, parā asurā
Sentence: 5 bʰavaty ātmanā, parāsya dviṣan pāpmā bʰrātr̥vyo bʰavati, ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 6 tad āhuḥ:
sa vaī hotā syād ya etasyām r̥ci sarvāṇi cʰandāṃsi prajanayed ity.
eṣā vāva trir anukta sarvani cʰandāṃsi bʰavaty, eṣā cʰandasām prajātiḥ
Sentence: 1 śatam anūcyam āyuṣkāmasya. śatāyur vai puruṣaḥ śatavīryaḥ śatendriya,
āyuṣy evainaṃ tad vīrya indriye dadʰāti
Sentence: 2 trīṇi ca śatāni ṣaṣṭiś cānūcyāni yajñakāmasya.
trīṇi ca vai śatāni ṣaṣṭiś ca saṃvatsarasyāhāni, tāvān saṃvatsaraḥ,
saṃvatsaraḥ Prajāpatiḥ, Prajāpatir yajña
Sentence: 3 upainaṃ yajño namati yasyaivaṃ vidvāṃs trīṇi ca śatāni ṣaṣṭiṃ cānvāha
Sentence: 4 sapta ca śatāni viṃśatiś cānūcyāni prajāpaśukāmasya.
sapta ca vai śatāni viṃśatiś ca saṃvatsarasyāhorātrās, tāvān saṃvatsaraḥ,
saṃvatsaraḥ Prajāpatir yam prajāyamānaṃ viśvaṃ rūpam idaṃ anuprajāyate.
Prajāpatim eva tat prajāyamānam prajayā paśubʰir anuprajāyate prajātyai
Sentence: 5 prajāyate prajayā paśubʰir ya evaṃ vedā/ṣṭau
Sentence: 6 śatāny anūcyāny abrāhmaṇoktasya,
yo vā ՚6 duruktoktaḥ śamalagr̥hīto yajetāṣṭākṣarā vai gāyatrī,
gāyatryā vai devāḥ pāpmānaṃ śamalam apāgʰnata.
gāyatryaivāsya tat pāpmānaṃ śamalam apahanty
Sentence: 7 apa pāpmānaṃ hate ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 8 sahasram anūcyaṃ svargakāmasya. sahasrāśvīne vā itaḥ svargo lokaḥ,
svargasya lokasya samaṣṭyai sampattyai saṃgatyā
Sentence: 9 aparimitam anūcyam. aparimito vai Prajāpatiḥ.
Prajāpater vā etad uktʰaṃ yat prātaranuvākas,
tasmin sarve kāmā avarudʰyante.
sa yad aparimitam anvāha, sarveṣāṃ kāmānām avaruddʰyai
Sentence: 10 sarvān kāmān avarunddʰe ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 11 tasmād aparimitam evānūcyaṃ
Sentence: 12 saptāgneyāni cʰandāṃsy anvāha. sapta vai devalokāḥ
Sentence: 13 sarveṣu devalokeṣu rādʰnoti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 14 saptoṣasyāni cʰandāṃsy anvāha. sapta vai grāmyāḥ paśavo
Sentence: 15 'va grāmyān paśūn runddʰe ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 16 saptāśvināni cʰandāṃsy anvāha.
saptadʰā vai vāg avadat, tāvad vai vāg avadat,
sarvasyai vācaḥ sarvasya brahmaṇaḥ parigr̥hītyai
Sentence: 17 tisro devatā anvāha.
trayo vā ime trivr̥to lokā, eṣām eva lokānām abʰijityai
Sentence: 1 tad āhuḥ: katʰam anūcyaḥ prātaranuvāka iti
Sentence: 2 yatʰācʰandasam anūcyaḥ prātaranuvakāḥ.
Prajāpater vā etāny aṅgāni yac cʰandāṃsy,
eṣa u eva Prajāpatir yo yajate. tad yajamānāya hitam
Sentence: 3 paccʰo 'nūcyaḥ prātaranuvākaś.
catuṣpādā vai paśavaḥ, paśūnām avaruddʰyā
Sentence: 4 ardʰarcaśa evānūcyo, yatʰaivainam etad anvāha;
pratiṣṭhāyā eva. dvipratiṣṭho vai puruṣaś catuṣpādāḥ paśāvo,
yajamānam eva tad dvipratiṣṭhaṃ catuṣpātsu paśuṣu pratiṣṭhāpayati.
tasmād ardʰarcaśa evānūcyas
Sentence: 5 tad āhur: yad vyūḷhaḥ prātaranuvakaḥ, katʰam avyūḷho bʰavatīti.
yad evāsya br̥hatī madʰyān naitīti brūyāt tenety
Sentence: 6 āhutibʰāgā vā anyā devatā anyāḥ stomabʰāgāś cʰandobʰāgās.
tā yā agnāv āhutayo hūyante tābʰir āhutibʰāgāḥ prīṇāty,
atʰa yat stuvanti ca śaṃsanti ca tena stomabʰāgās cʰandobʰāgā
Sentence: 7 ubʰayyo hāsyaitā devatāḥ prītā abʰīṣṭā bʰavanti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 8 trayastriṃśad vai devāḥ somapās, trayastriṃśad asomapā.
aṣṭau Vasava ekādaśa Rundrā dvādaśādityāḥ
Prajāpatiś ca Vaṣaṭkāraś caite devā somapā,
ekādaśa prayājā ekādaśānuyājā ekādaśopayājā ete 'somapāḥ paśubʰājanāḥ.
somena somapān prīṇāti, paśunāsomapān
Sentence: 9 ubʰayyo hāsyaitā devatāḥ prītāḥ abʰīṣṭā bʰavanti ya evaṃ vedā/bʰūd
Sentence: 10 uṣā ruśatpaśur ity uttamayā paridadʰāti
Sentence: 11 tad āhur: yat trīn kratūn anvāhāgneyam uṣasyam āśvinaṃ,
katʰam asyaikayarcā paridadʰataḥ sarve trayaḥ kratavaḥ parihitā bʰavantīty
Sentence: 12 abʰūd uṣā ruśatpaśur ity Uṣaso rūpam, āgnir adʰāyy r̥tviya ity Agner,
ayoji vāṃ vr̥ṣaṇvasū ratʰo dasrāv amartyo mādʰvī mama śrutaṃ havam ity
Aśvinor. evam u hāsyaikayarcā paridadʰataḥ sarve
trayaḥ kratavaḥ parihitā bʰavanti bʰavanti
Sentence: 1 r̥ṣayo vai Sarasvatyāṃ satram āsata. te Kavaṣam Ailūṣaṃ somād anayan:
dāsyāḥ putraḥ kitavo 'brāhmaṇaḥ katʰaṃ no madʰye 'dīkṣiṣṭeti.
tam bahir dʰanvodavahann: atrainam pipāsā hantu,
Sarasvatyā udakam mā pād īti.
sa bahir dʰanvodūḷhaḥ pipāsayā vitta etad aponaptrīyam apaśyat:
pra devatrā brahmaṇe gātur etv iti, tenāpām priyaṃ dʰāmopāgacʰat.
tam āpo 'nūdāyaṃs, taṃ Sarasvatī samantam paryadʰāvat
Sentence: 2 tasmād dʰāpy etarhi Parisārakam ity ācakṣate,
yad enaṃ Sarasvatī samantam parisasāra
Sentence: 3 te vā r̥ṣayo 'bruvan: vidur vā imāṃ deva, upemaṃ hvayāmahā iti.
tatʰeti. tam upahvayanta, tam upahūyaitad aponaptrīyam akurvata:
pra devatrā brahmaṇe gātur etv iti,
tenāpām priyaṃ dʰāmopāgacʰann upa devānām
Sentence: 4 upāpām priyaṃ dʰāma gacʰaty upa devānāṃ,
jayati paramaṃ lokaṃ ya evam veda
yaś caivaṃ vidvān etad aponaptrīyaṃ kurute
Sentence: 5 tat saṃtatam anubrūyāt
Sentence: 6 saṃtatavarṣī ha prajābʰyaḥ parjanyo bʰavati
yatraivaṃ vidvāin etat saṃtatam anvāha
Sentence: 7 yad avagrāham anubrūyāj, jīmūtavarṣī ha prajābʰyaḥ parjanyaḥ syāt.
tasmāt tat saṃtatam evānūcyaṃ
Sentence: 8 tasya triḥ pratʰamāṃ saṃtatam anvāha,
tenaiva tat sarvaṃ saṃtatam anūktam bʰavati
Sentence: 1 tā etā navānantarāyam anvāha
Sentence: 2 hinotā no adʰvaraṃ devayajyeti daśamīm
Sentence: 3 āvarvr̥tatīr adʰa nu dvidʰārā ity avr̥ttāsv ekadʰanāsu
Sentence: 4 prati yad āpo adr̥śram āyatīr iti pratidr̥śyamānāsv
Sentence: 5 ā dʰenavaḥ payasā tūrṇyartʰā ity upāyatīṣu
Sentence: 6 sam anyā yanty upa yanty anyā iti samāyatīṣv
Sentence: 7 āpo vā aspardʰanta:
vayam pūrvaṃ yajñaṃ vakṣyāmo vayam iti
yāś cemāḥ pūrvedyur vasatīvaryo gr̥hyante yāś ca prātar ekadʰanās.
tā Bʰr̥gur apaśyad: āpo vai spardʰanta iti. tā etayarcā samajñapayat:
sam anyā yanty upa yanty anyā iti. tāḥ samajānata
Sentence: 8 saṃjānānā hāsyāpo yajñaṃ vahanti ya evaṃ vedā/po
Sentence: 9 na devīr upa yanti hotriyam iti
hotr̥camase samavanīyamānāsv anvāha vasatīvarīṣv ekadʰanāsu cā/ver
Sentence: 10 apo 'dʰvaryā+u iti hotādʰvaryum pr̥cʰaty
Sentence: 11 āpo vai yajño, 'vido yajnā+m= ity eva tad āho/tem
Sentence: 12 anannamur ity adʰvaryuḥ pratyāho/temāḥ
Sentence: 13 paśyety eva tad āha
Sentence: 14 tāsv adʰvaryo īndrāya somaṃ sotā madʰumantam \
vr̥ṣṭivaniṃ tīvrāntam bahuramadʰyaṃ vasumate rudravata ādityavata
r̥bʰumate vibʰumate vājavate br̥haspativate viśvadevyāvate \
yasyendraḥ pītvā vr̥trāṇi jaṅgʰanat pra sa janyāni tāriṣo+m iti
pratyuttiṣṭhati
Sentence: 15 pratyuttʰeyā vā āpaḥ, prati vai śreyāṃsām āyantam uttiṣṭhanti,
tasmāt pratyuttʰeyā
Sentence: 16 anuparyāvr̥tyā
Sentence: 17 ānu vai śreyāṃsam paryāvartante, tasnād anuparyāvr̥tyā.
anubruvataivānuprapattavyam
Sentence: 18 īśvaro ha yady apy anyo yajetātʰa hotāraṃ yaśo 'rtos,
tasmād anubruvataivānuprapattavyam
Sentence: 19 ambayo yanty adʰvabʰir ity etām anubruvann anuprapadyeta
Sentence: 20 jāmayo adʰvarīyatām pr̥ñcatīr madʰunā paya iti
Sentence: 21 yo 'madʰavyo yaśo 'rtor bubʰūṣed
Sentence: 22 amūr yā upa sūrye yābʰir vā sūryaḥ saheti tejaskāmo brahmavarcasakāmo
Sentence: 23 'po devīr upa hvaye yatra gāvaḥ pibanti na iti paśukāmas
Sentence: 24 tā etāḥ sarvā evānubruvann anuprapadyetaiteṣāṃ kāmānām avaruddʰyā
Sentence: 25 etān kāmān avarunddʰe ya evaṃ vedai/mā
Sentence: 26 agman revatīr jīvadʰanyā iti
sādyamānāsv anvāha vasatīvarīṣv ekadʰanāsu cā/gmann
Sentence: 27 āpa uśātīr barhir edam iti sannāsu. sa etayā paridadʰāti
Sentence: 1 śiro vā etad yajñasya yat prātaranuvākaḥ, prāṇāpānā upāṃśvantaryāmau,
vajra eva vāṅ. nāhutayor upāṃśvantaryāmayor hotā vācaṃ visr̥jeta
Sentence: 2 yad ahutayor upāṃśvantaryāmayor hotā vācaṃ visr̥jeta,
vācā vajreṇa yajamānasya prāṇān vīyāḍ ya enaṃ tatra brūyād:
vācā vajreṇa yajamānasya prāṇān vyagāt, prāṇa enaṃ hāsyatīti,
śaśvat tatʰā syāṭ tasmān nāhutayor upāṃśvantaryāmayor hotā vācaṃ visr̥jeta
Sentence: 3 prāṇaṃ yacʰa svāhā tvā suhava sūryāyety upāṃśum anumantrayeta,
tam abʰiprānet: prāṇa prāṇam me yacʰety.
āpanāṃ yacʰa svāhā tvā suhava sūryāyety antaryāmam anumantrayeta,
tam abʰyapāned: apānāpānam me yacʰeti.
vyānāya tvety upāṃśusavanaṃ grāvāṇam abʰimr̥śya vācaṃ visr̥jata
Sentence: 4 ātmā vā upāṃśusavana,
ātmany eva tad dʰotā prāṇān pratidʰāya vācaṃ visr̥jate sarvāyuḥ sarvāyutvāya
Sentence: 5 sarvam āyur eti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 tad āhuḥ: sarpe+t \ na sarpe+t iti \ sarped iti haika āhur,
ubʰayeṣāṃ vā eṣa devamanuṣyāṇām bʰakṣo yad bahiṣpavamānas,
tasmād enam abʰisaṃgacʰanta iti vadantas
Sentence: 2 tat-tan nādr̥tyaṃ
Sentence: 3 yat sarped, r̥cam eva tat sāmno 'nuvartmānaṃ kuryād. ya enaṃ tatra brūyād:
anuvartmā nvā ayaṃ hotā sāmagasyābʰūd, udgātari yaśo 'dʰād,
acyoṣṭāyatanāc, cyoṣyata āyatanād iti, śaśvat tatʰā syāt
Sentence: 4 tasmāt tatraivāsīno 'numantrayeta
Sentence: 5 yo devānām iha somapītʰo yajñe barhiṣi vedyā+m \ tasyāpi bʰakṣayāmasīty
Sentence: 6 evam u hāsyātmā somapītʰād anantarito bʰavaty
Sentence: 7 atʰo brūyān: mukʰam asi mukʰam bʰūyāsām iti
Sentence: 8 mukʰaṃ vā etad yajñasya yad bahiṣpavamāno
Sentence: 9 mukʰaṃ sveṣu bʰavati, śreṣṭhaḥ svānām bʰavati ya evaṃ vedā/surī
Sentence: 10 vai Dirgʰajihvī devānām prātaḥsavanam avāleṭ, tad vyamādyat.
te devāḥ prājijñāsanta, te Mitrāvaruṇāv abruvan:
yuvam idaṃ niṣkurutam iti. tau tatʰety abrūtāṃ,
tau vai vo varaṃ vr̥ṇāvahā iti. vr̥ṇātʰām iti. tāv etam eva varam avr̥ṇātām:
prātaḥsavane payasyāṃ. sainayor eṣācyutā, varavr̥tā hy enāyos.
tad yad asyai vimattam iva tad asyai samr̥ddʰaṃ,
vimattam iva hi tau tayā nirakurutām
Sentence: 1 devānāṃ vai savanāni nādʰriyanta. ta etān puroḷāśān apaśyaṃs,
tān anusavanaṃ niravapan savanānāṃ dʰr̥tyai,
tato vai tāni teṣām adʰriyanta
Sentence: 2 tad yad anusavanam puroḷāśā nirupyante, savanānām eva dʰr̥tyai;
tatʰā hi tāni teṣām adʰriyanta
Sentence: 3 puro vā etān devā akrata yat puroḷāśās, tat puroḷāśānām puroḷāśatvaṃ
Sentence: 4 tad āhur: anusavanam puroḷāśān nirvaped, aṣṭākapālam prātaḥsavana,
ekādaśakapālam mādʰyaṃdine savane, dvādaśakapālaṃ tr̥tīyasavane;
tatʰā hi savanānāṃ rūpaṃ tatʰā cʰandasām iti
Sentence: 5 tat-tan nādr̥tyam.
aindrā vā ete sarve nirupyante yad anusavanam puroḷāsās,
tasmāt tān ekādaśakapālān eva nirvapet
Sentence: 6 tad āhur:
yato gʰr̥tenānaktaṃ syāt tataḥ puroḷāśasya prāśnīyāt somapītʰasya guptyai,
gʰr̥tena hi vajreṇendro Vr̥tram ahann iti
Sentence: 7 tat-tan nādr̥tyaṃ. havir vā etad yad utpūtaṃ,
somapītʰo vā eṣa yad utpūtaṃ. tasmāt tasya yata eva kutaś ca prāśnīyāt.
sarvato vā etāḥ svadʰā yajamānam upakṣaranti yad etāni havīṃṣy:
ājyaṃ dʰānāh karambʰaḥ parivāpaḥ puroḷāśaḥ payasyeti
Sentence: 8 sarvata evainaṃ svadʰā upakṣaranti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 yo vai yajñaṃ haviṣpaṅktiṃ veda, haviṣpaṅktinā yajñena rādʰnoti.
dʰānāḥ karambʰaḥ parivāpaḥ puroḷāśaḥ payasyety eṣa vai yajño
haviṣpaṅktir, haviṣpaṅktinā yajñena rādʰnoti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 2 yo vai yajñam akṣarapaṅktiṃ vedākṣarapaṅktinā yajñena rādʰnoti.
su mat pad vag da ity eṣa vai yajño 'kṣarapaṅktir,
akṣarapaṅktinā yajñena rādʰnoti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 3 yo vai yajñaṃ narāśaṃsapaṅktiṃ veda,
narāśaṃsapaṅktinā yajñena rādʰnoti.
dvinārāśaṃsam prātaḥsavanaṃ dvinārāśaṃsām mādʰyaṃdinaṃ savanaṃ
sakr̥nnārāśaṃsaṃ tr̥tīyasavanam, eṣa vai yajño narāśaṃsapaṅktir.
narāśaṃsapaṅktinā yajñena rādʰnoti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 4 yo vai yajñaṃ savanapaṅktiṃ veda, savanapaṅktinā yājñena rādʰnoti.
paśur upavasatʰe trīṇi savanāni paśur anūbandʰya
ity eṣa vai yajñaḥ savanapaṅktiḥ,
savanapaṅktinā yajñena rādʰnoti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 5 harivām̐ īndro dʰānā attu, pūṣaṇvān karambʰaṃ, sarasvatīvān bʰāratīvān,
parivāpa, īndrasyāpūpa iti haviṣpaiiktya yajatyviṣpaṅktyā yajaty
Sentence: 6 r̥ksāme vā īndrasya harī
Sentence: 7 paśavaḥ Pūṣānnaṃ karambʰaḥ
Sentence: 8 sarasvatīvān bʰāratīvān iti, vāg eva Sarasvatī prāṇo Bʰarataḥ
Sentence: 9 parivāpa īndrasyāpūpa ity, annam eva parivāpa, indriyam apūpa
Sentence: 10 etāsām eva tad devatānāṃ yajamānaṃ sāyujyaṃ sarūpatāṃ salokatāṃ gamayati.
gacʰati śreyasaḥ sāyujyaṃ, gacʰati śreṣṭhatāṃ ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 11 havir Agne vīhīty anusasavanam puroḷāśasviṣṭakr̥to yajaty
Sentence: 12 Avatsāro vā etenāgneḥ priyaṃ dʰāmopāgacʰat, sa paramaṃ lokam ajayad
Sentence: 13 upāgneḥ priyaṃ dʰāma gacʰati, jayati paramaṃ lokaṃ ya evaṃ veda
yaś caivaṃ vidvān etayā haviṣpaṅktyā yajate yajatīti ca yajatīti ca
Sentence: 1 devā vai somasya rājño 'grapeye na samapādayann.
aham pratʰamaḥ pibeyam aham pratʰamaḥ pibeyam ity evākāmayanta.
te sampādayanto 'bruvan: hantājim āyāma,
sa yo na ujjeṣyati sa pratʰamaḥ somasya pāsyatīti. tatʰeti.
ta ājim āyus, teṣām ājiṃ yatām abʰisr̥ṣṭānāṃ Vāyur mukʰam
pratʰamaḥ pratyapadyatātʰendro 'tʰa Mitrāvaruṇāv atʰāśvināu
Sentence: 2 so 'ved Indro Vāyum ud vai jayatīti, tam anuparāpatat:
saha nāv, atʰojjayāveti.
sa nety abravīd, aham evojjeṣyāmīti.
tr̥tīyam me, 'tʰojjayāveti. neti haivābravīd, aham evojjeṣyāmīti.
turīyam me, 'tʰojjayāveti. tatʰeti. taṃ turīye 'tyārjata,
tat turīyabʰāg Indro 'bʰavat tribʰāg Vāyus
Sentence: 3 tau sahaivendravāyū udajayatāṃ saha Mitrāvaruṇau sahāśvinau,
ta eṣām ete yatʰojjitam bʰakṣā:
Indravāyvoḥ pratʰamo 'tʰa Mitrāvaruṇayor atʰāśvinoḥ
Sentence: 4 sa eṣa indraturīyo graho gr̥hyate yad aindravāyavas
Sentence: 5 tad etad r̥ṣiḥ paśyann abʰyanūvāca: niyutvām̐ indrasāratʰir iti
Sentence: 6 tasmād dʰāpy etarhi bʰaratāḥ satvanāṃ vittim prayanti,
turīye haiva saṃgrahītāro vadante 'munaivānūkāśena,
yad ada Indraḥ sāratʰir iva bʰūtvodajayat
Sentence: 1 te vā ete prāṇā eva yad dvidevatyā
Sentence: 2 vāk ca prāṇaś caindravāyavaś, cakṣuś ca manaś ca maitrāvaruṇaḥ,
śrotraṃ cātmā cāśvinās
Sentence: 3 tasya haitasyaindravāyavasyāpy eke 'nuṣṭubʰau
puronuvākye kurvanti gāyatryau yājye
Sentence: 4 vāk ca vā eṣa prāṇāś ca graho yad aindravāyavas,
tad api cʰandobʰyāṃ yatʰāyatʰaṃ klapsyete iti
Sentence: 5 tat-tan nādr̥tyaṃ. vyr̥ddʰaṃ vā etad yajñe kriyate
yatra puronuvākyā jyāyasī yājyāyai.
yatra vai yājyā jyāyasi, tat samr̥ddʰam, atʰo yatra sāme.
yasyo tat kāmāya tatʰā kuryāt prāṇasya ca vācaś cātraiva tad upāptaṃ
Sentence: 6 vāyavyā pūrvā puronuvākyaindravāyavy uttaraivaṃ yājyayoḥ.
sā yā vāyavyā tayā prāṇaṃ kalpayati, Vāyur hi prāṇo.
'tʰa yaindravāyavī tasyai yad aindram padaṃ tena vācaṃ kalpayati,
vāg gʰy aindry. upo taṃ kāmam āpnoti yaḥ prāṇe ca vāci ca,
na yajñe viṣamaṃ karoti
Sentence: 1 prāṇā vai dvidevatyā, ekapātrā gr̥hyante tasmāt prāṇā ekanāmāno,
dvipātrā hūyante tasmāt prāṇā dvandvaṃ
Sentence: 2 yenaivādʰvaryur yajuṣā prayacʰati, tena hotā pratigr̥hṇāty
Sentence: 3 eṣa vāsuḥ purūvasur iha vasuḥ purūvasur mayi vasuḥ purūvasur
vākpā vācam me pāhīty aindravāyavam bʰakṣayaty
Sentence: 4 upahūtā vāk saha prāṇenopa māṃ vāk saha prāṇena hvayatām;
upahūtā r̥ṣayo daivyāsas tanūpāvānas tanvas tapojā,
upa mām r̥ṣayo daivyāso hvayantāṃ tanūpāvānas tanvas tapojā iti
Sentence: 5 prāṇā vā r̥ṣayo daivyāsas tānūpāvānas tanvas tapojās,
tān eva tad upahvayata
Sentence: 6 eṣa vasur vidadvasur iha vasur vidadvasur mayi vasur vidadvasuś
cakṣuṣpāś cakṣur me pāhīti maitrāvaruṇam bʰakṣayaty.
upahūtāṃ cakṣuḥ saha manasopa māṃ cakṣuḥ saha manasā hvayatām;
upahūtā r̥ṣayo daivyāsas tanūpāvānas tanvas tapojā,
upa mām r̥ṣayo daivyāso hvayantāṃ tanūpāvānas tanvas tapojā iti.
prāṇā vā r̥ṣayo daivyāsas tanūpāvānas tanvas tapojās,
tān eva tad upahvayata
Sentence: 7 eṣa vasuḥ saṃyadvasur iha vasuḥ saṃyadvasur mayi vasuḥ saṃyadvasuḥ
śrotrāpāḥ śrotram me pāhīty āśvinām bʰakṣayaty.
upahūtaṃ śrotraṃ sahātmanopa māṃ śrotraṃ sahātmanā hvayatām,
upahūtā r̥ṣayo daivyāsas tanūpāvānas tanvas tapojā,
upa mām r̥ṣayo daivyāso hvayantāṃ tanūpāvānas tanvas tapojā iti.
prāṇā vā r̥ṣayo daivyāsas tanūpāvānas tanvas tapojās,
tān eva tad upahvayate
Sentence: 8 purastāt pratyañcam aindravāyavam bʰakṣayati, tasmāt purastāt prāṇāpānau.
purastāt pratyañcam maitrāvaruṇam bʰakṣayati, tasmāt purastāc cakṣuṣī.
sarvataḥ parihāram āśvinam bʰakṣayati,
tasmān manuṣyāś ca paśavaś ca sarvato vācaṃ vadantīṃ śr̥ṇvanti
Sentence: 1 prāṇā vai dvidevatyā,
anavānaṃ dvidevatyān yājet prāṇānāṃ saṃtatyai prāṇānām avyavacʰedāya
Sentence: 2 prāṇā vai dvidevatyā,
na dvidevatyānām anuvaṣaṭkuryad
Sentence: 3 yad dvidevatyānām anuvaṣaṭkuryād asaṃstʰitān prāṇān saṃstʰāpayet,
saṃstʰā vā eṣā yad anuvaṣaṭkāro. ya enaṃ tatra brūyād:
asaṃstʰitan prāṇān samatiṣṭhipat prāṇa enam hāsyatīti,
śaśvat tatʰā syāt. tasmān na dvidevatyānām anuvaṣaṭkuryāt
Sentence: 4 tad āhur: dvir āgūrya maitrāvaruṇo dviḥ preṣyati,
sakr̥id āgūrya hotā dvir vaṣaṭkaroti: kā hotur āgūr iti
Sentence: 5 prāṇā vai dvidevatyā, āgūr vajras.
tad yad hotāntareṇāguretāgurā vajreṇa yajamānasya prāṇān vīyād.
ya enāṃ tatra brūyād:
āgurā vājreṇa yajamānasya prāṇān vyagāt prāṇa enaṃ hāsyatīti,
śaśvat tatʰā syāt. tasmāt tatra hotāntareṇa nāgureta/tʰo
Sentence: 6 mano vai yajñasya maitrāvaruṇo, vāg yajñasya hotā.
manasā vā iṣitā vāg vadati; yāṃ hy anyamanā vācaṃ vadaty,
asuryā vai sā vāg adevajuṣṭā. tad yad evātra maitrāvaruṇo dvir āgurate,
saiva hotur āgūḥ
Sentence: 1 prāṇā vā r̥tuyājās. tad yad r̥tuyājaiś cāranti,
prāṇān eva tad yajamāne dadʰati
Sentence: 2 ṣaḷ r̥tuneti yajanti, prāṇam eva tad yajamāne dadʰati
Sentence: 3 catvāra r̥tubʰir iti yajanty, apānam eva tad yajamāne dadʰati
Sentence: 4 dvir r̥tunety upariṣṭād, vyānam eva tad yajamāne dadʰati
Sentence: 5 sa vā ayam prāṇas tredʰā vihitaḥ: prāṇo 'pāno vyāna iti.
tad yad r̥tuna r̥tubʰir r̥tuneti yajanti,
prāṇānāṃ saṃtatyai prāṇānām avyavacʰedāya
Sentence: 6 prāṇā vā r̥tuyājā. nartuyājānām anuvaṣaṭkuryād,
asaṃstʰitā vā r̥tava, ekaika eva
Sentence: 7 yad r̥tuyājānām anuvaṣaṭkuryād asāṃstʰitān r̥tūn saṃstʰāpayet,
saṃstʰā vā eṣā yad anuvaṣaṭkāro. ya enaṃ tatra brūyād:
asaṃstʰitān r̥tūn samatiṣṭhipad duṣṣamam bʰaviṣyatīti,
śaśvat tatʰā syāt. tasmān nartuyājānām anuvaṣaṭkuryāt
Sentence: 1 prāṇā vai dvidevatyāḥ, paśava iḷā. dvidevatyān bʰakṣayitveḷām upahvayate.
paśavo vā iḷā, paśūn eva tad upahvayate, paśūn yajamāne dadʰāti
Sentence: 2 tad āhur: avāntareḷām pūrvām prāśnīyā+t \ hotr̥camasam bʰakṣaye+t iti \
Sentence: 3 avāntareḷām eva pūrvām prāśnīyād, atʰa hotr̥camasam bʰakṣayed
Sentence: 4 yad vāva dvidevatyān pūrvān bʰakṣayati,
tenāsya somapītʰaḥ pūrvo bʰakṣito bʰavati.
tasmād avantareḷam eva pūrvām prāśnīyād, atʰa= hotr̥camasam bʰakṣayet.
tad ubʰayato 'nnādyam parigr̥hṇāti somapītʰābʰyām, annādyasya parigr̥hītyai
Sentence: 5 prāṇā vai dvidevatyā, ātmā hotr̥camaso.
dvidevatyānāṃ saṃsravān hotr̥camase samavanayaty,
ātmany eva tad dʰotā prāṇān samavanayate sarvāyuḥ sarvāyutvāya
Sentence: 6 sarvam āyur eti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 devā vai yad eva yajñe 'kurvaṃs tad asurā akurvaṃs,
te samāvadvīryā evāsan na vyāvartanta.
tato vai devā etaṃ tūṣṇīṃśaṃsam apaśyaṃs, tam eṣām asurā nānvavāyaṃs.
tūṣṇīṃsāro vā eṣa yat tūṣṇīṃśaṃso
Sentence: 2 devā vai yaṃ-yam eva vajram asurebʰya udayacʰaṃs,
taṃ-tam eṣām asurāḥ pratyabudʰyanta.
tato vai devā etaṃ tūṣṇīṃśaṃsaṃ vajram apaśyaṃs, tam ebʰya udayacʰaṃs,
tam eṣām asurā na pratyabudʰyanta. tam ebʰyaḥ prāharaṃs,
tenainān apratibuddʰenāgʰnaṃs. tato vai devā abʰavan, parāsurā
Sentence: 3 bʰavaty ātmanā, parāsya dviṣan pāpmā bʰrātr̥vyo bʰavati, ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 4 te vai devā vijitino manyamānā yajñam atanvata, tam eṣām asurā abʰyāyan:
yajñaveśasam eṣāṃ kariṣyāma iti.
tān samantam evodārān pariyattān udapaśyaṃs, te 'bruvan:
saṃstʰāpayāmemaṃ yajñaṃ, yajñaṃ no 'surā mā vadʰiṣur iti. tatʰeti.
taṃ tūṣṇīṃśaṃse saṃstʰāpayan:
bʰūr Agnir jyotir jyotir Agnir ity ājyapraüge saṃstʰāpayann:
Indro jyotir bʰuvo jyotir Indra iti niṣkevalyamarutvatīye saṃstʰāpayan:
Sūryo jyotir jyotiḥ svaḥ Sūrya iti vaiśvadevāgnimārute saṃstʰāpayaṃs.
tam evaṃ tūṣṇīṃśaṃse saṃstʰāpayaṃs,
tam evaṃ tūṣṇīṃśaṃse saṃstʰāpya tenāriṣṭenodr̥cam āśnuvata
Sentence: 5 sa tadā vāva yajñaḥ saṃtiṣṭhate, yadā hotā tūṣṇīṃśaṃsaṃ śaṃsati
Sentence: 6 sa ya enaṃ śaste tūṣṇīṃśaṃsa upa vā vaded anu vā vyāharet, tam brūyād:
eṣa evaitām ārtim āriṣyati.
prātar vāva vayam adyemaṃ śaste tūṣṇīṃśaṃse saṃstʰāpayāmas.
taṃ yatʰā gr̥hān itaṃ karmaṇānusamiyād, evam evainam idam anusamima iti.
so ha vāva tām ārtim r̥cʰati,
ya evaṃ vidvān saṃśaste tūṣṇīṃśaṃsa upa vā vadaty anu vā vyāharati.
tasmād evaṃ vidvān saṃśaste tūṣṇīṃśaṃse nopavaden, nānuvyāharet
Sentence: 1 cakṣūṃṣi vā etāni savanānāṃ yat tūṣṇīṃśaṃso.
bʰūr Agnir jyotir jyotir Agnir iti prātaḥsavanasya cakṣuṣī,
Indro jyotir bʰuvo jyotir Indra iti mādʰyaṃdinasya savanasya cakṣuṣī,
Sūryo jyotir jyotiḥ svaḥ Sūrya iti tr̥tīyasavanasya cakṣuṣī
Sentence: 2 cakṣuṣmadbʰiḥ savanai rādʰnoti,
cakṣuṣmadbʰiḥ savanaiḥ svargaṃ lokam eti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 3 cakṣur vā etad yajñasya yat tūṣṇīṃśaṃsa. ekā satī vyāhr̥tir dvedʰocyate,
tasmād ekaṃ sac cakṣur dvedʰā
Sentence: 4 mūlaṃ vā etad yajñasya yat tūṣṇīṃśaṃso.
yaṃ kāmayetānāyatanavān syād iti, nāsya yajñe tūṣṇīṃśaṃsaṃ śaṃsed,
unmūlam eva tad yajñam parābʰavantam anu parābʰavati
Sentence: 5 tad u vā āhuḥ: śaṃsed evāpi vai tad r̥tvije 'hitāṃ,
yad dʰotā tūṣṇīṃśaṃsaṃ na śaṃsaty.
r̥tviji hi sarvo yajñaḥ pratiṣṭhito yajñe yajamānas,
tasmāc cʰaṃstavyaḥ śaṃstavyaḥ
Sentence: 1 brahma vā āhāvaḥ, kṣatraṃ nivid, viṭ sūktam.
āhivayate 'tʰa nividaṃ dadʰāti, brahmaṇy eva tat kṣatram anuniyunakti.
nividaṃ śastvā sūktaṃ śaṃsati. kṣatraṃ vai nivid viṭ sūktaṃ,
kṣatra eva tad viśam anuniyunakti
Sentence: 2 yaṃ kāmayeta: kṣatreṇainaṃ vyardʰayānīti,
madʰya etasyai nividaḥ sūktaṃ śaṃset. kṣatraṃ vai nivid viṭ sūktaṃ,
kṣatreṇaivainaṃ tad vyardʰayati
Sentence: 3 yaṃ kāmayeta: viśainaṃ vyardʰayānīti,
madʰya etasya sūktasya nividaṃ śaṃset. kṣatraṃ vai nivid viṭ sūktaṃ,
viśaivainaṃ tad vyardʰayati
Sentence: 4 yam u kāmayeta: sarvam evāsya yatʰāpūrvam r̥ju kḷptaṃ syād ity,
āhvayetātʰa nividaṃ dadʰyād atʰa sūktaṃ śaṃset. so sarvasya kḷptiḥ
Sentence: 5 Prajāpatir vā idam eka evāgra āsa. so 'kāmayata:
prajāyeya bʰūyān syām iti.
sa tapo 'tapyata, sa vācam ayacʰat,
sa saṃvatsarasya parastād vyāharad dvādaśakr̥tvo.
dvādaśapadā vā eṣā nivid, etāṃ vāva tāṃ nividaṃ vyāharat,
tām sarvāṇi bʰūtāny anvasr̥jyanta
Sentence: 6 tad etad r̥ṣiḥ paśyann abʰyanūvāca:
sa pūrvayā nividā kavyatāyor imāḥ prajā ajanayan manūnām iti
Sentence: 7 tad yad etām purastāt sūktasya nividaṃ dadʰāti, prajātyai
Sentence: 8 prajāyate prajayā paśubʰir ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 Agnir deveddʰa iti śaṃsaty. asau vā Agnir deveddʰa, etaṃ hi devā indʰata.
etam eva tad etasmim̐l loka āyātayaty
Sentence: 2 Agnir manviddʰa iti śaṃsaty. ayaṃ vā Agnir manviddʰa,
imaṃ hi manuṣyā indʰate. 'gnim eva tad asmim̐l loka āyātayaty
Sentence: 3 Agniḥ suṣamid iti śaṃsati.
Vāyur vā Agniḥ suṣamid, Vāyur hi svayam ātmānaṃ saminddʰe svayam
idaṃ sarvaṃ yad idaṃ kiṃca. Vāyum eva tad antarikṣaloka āyātayati
Sentence: 4 hotā devavr̥ta iti śaṃsaty. asau vai hotā devavr̥ta,
eṣa hi sarvato devair vr̥ta, etam eva tad etasmim̐l loka āyātayati
Sentence: 5 hotā manuvr̥ta iti śaṃsaty. ayaṃ vā Agnir hotā manuvr̥to,
'yaṃ hi sarvato manuṣyair vr̥to. 'gnim eva tad asmim̐l loka āyātayati
Sentence: 6 praṇīr yajñānām iti śaṃsati. Vāyur vai praṇīr yajñānāṃ.
yadā hi prāṇity, atʰa yajño 'tʰāgnihotraṃ.
Vāyum eva tad antarikṣaloka āyātayati
Sentence: 7 ratʰīr adʰvarāṇām iti śaṃsaty.
asau vai ratʰīr adʰvarāṇām,
eṣa hi yatʰaitac carati ratʰīr ivaitam eva tad etasmim̐l loka āyātayaty
Sentence: 8 atūrto hoteti śaṃsaty.
ayaṃ vā Agnir atūrto hotemaṃ ha na kaś cana tiryañcaṃ taraty.
Agnim eva tad asmim̐l loka āyātayati
Sentence: 9 tūrṇir havyavāḷ iti śaṃsati.
Vāyur vai tūrṇir havyavāḍ, Vāyur hīdaṃ sarvam sadyas tarati
yad idaṃ kiṃca, Vāyur devebʰyo havyaṃ vahati.
Vāyum eva tad autarikṣaloka āyātayaty
Sentence: 10 ā devo devān vakṣad iti śaṃsaty. asau vai devo devān āvahaty,
etam eva tad etasmim̐l loka āyātayati
Sentence: 11 yakṣad Agnir devo devān iti śaṃsaty.
ayaṃ vā Agnir devo devān yajaty, Agnim eva tad asmim̐l loka āyātayati
Sentence: 12 so 'dʰvarā karati jātavedā iti śaṃsati.
Vāyur vai jātavedā, Vāyur hīdaṃ sārvaṃ karoti yad idaṃ kiṃca.
Vāyum eva tad antarikṣaloka āyātayati
Sentence: 1 pra vo devāyāgnaya ity anuṣṭubʰaḥ
Sentence: 2 pratʰame pade viharati, tasmāt stry ūrū viharati
Sentence: 3 samasyaty uttare pade, tasmāt pumān ūrū samasyati.
tan mitʰunam, mitʰunam eva tad uktʰamukʰe karoti prajātyai
Sentence: 4 prajāyate prajayā paśubʰir ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 5 pra vo devāyāgnaya ity evānuṣṭubʰaḥ.
pratʰame pade viharati, vajram eva tat parovarīyāṃsaṃ karoti.
samasyaty evottare pade.
ārambʰaṇato vai vajrasyāṇimātʰo daṇḍasyātʰo paraśor.
vajram eva tat praharati dviṣate bʰrātr̥vyāya vadʰaṃ,
yo 'sya str̥tyas tasmai startavai
Sentence: 1 devāsurā vā eṣu lokeṣu samayatanta.
te vai devāḥ sada evāyatanam akurvata, tān sadaso 'jayaṃs.
ta āgnīdʰraṃ samprāpadyanta, te tato na parājayanta.
tasmād āgnīdʰra upavasanti na sadasy, āgnīdʰre hy adʰārayanta.
yad āgnīdʰre 'dʰārayanta tad āgnīdʰrasyāgnīdʰratvaṃ
Sentence: 2 teṣāṃ vai devānām asurāḥ sadasyān agnīn nirvāpayāṃ cakrus.
te devā āgnīdʰrād eva sadasyān agnīn viharanta,
tair asurarakṣāṃsy apāgʰnata.
tatʰaivaitad yajamānā āgnīdʰrād eva sadasyān agnīn viharanty,
asurarakṣāṃsy eva tad apagʰnate
Sentence: 3 te vai prātar ājyair evājayanta āyan.
yad ājyair evājayanta āyaṃs tad ājyānām ājyatvaṃ
Sentence: 4 tāsāṃ vai hotrāṇām āyatīnām ājayantīnām acʰāvākīyāhīyata.
tasyām Indrāgnī adʰyāstām.
Indrāgnī vai devānām ojiṣṭhau baliṣṭhau sahiṣṭhau sattamau
pārayiṣṇutamau. tasmād aindrāgnam acʰāvākaḥ prātaḥsavane
śaṃsatīndragnī hi tasyām adʰyāstāṃ
Sentence: 5 tasmād u purastād anye hotrakāḥ sadaḥ prasarpanti paścācʰāvākaḥ,
paśceva hi hīno 'nusaṃjigamiṣati
Sentence: 6 tasmād yo brāhmaṇo bahvr̥co vīryavān syāt so 'syācʰāvākīyāṃ kuryāt,
tenaiva sāhīnā bʰavati
Sentence: 1 devaratʰo vā eṣa yad yajñas, tasyaitāv antarau raśmī yad ājyapraüge.
tad yad ājyena pavamānam anuśaṃsati praügeṇājyaṃ,
devaratʰasyaiva tad antarau raśmī viharaty alobʰāya
Sentence: 2 tām anukr̥tim manuṣyaratʰasyaivāntarau raśmī viharanty alobʰāya
Sentence: 3 nāsya devaratʰo lubʰyati na manuṣyaratʰo ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 4 tad āhur: yatʰā vāva stotram evaṃ śastram. pāvamānīṣu sāmagāḥ stuvata,
āgneyaṃ hotājyaṃ śaṃsati: katʰam asya pāvamānyo 'nuśastā bʰavantīti
Sentence: 5 yo vā Agniḥ sa Pavamānas
Sentence: 6 tad apy etad r̥ṣiṇoktam: agnir r̥ṣiḥ pavamāna ity
Sentence: 7 evam u hāsyāgneyībʰir eva pratipadyamānasya pāvamānyo 'nuśastā bʰavanti
Sentence: 8 tād āhur: yatʰā vāva stotram evaṃ śastraṃ.
gāyatrīṣu sāmagāḥ stuvata, ānuṣṭubʰaṃ hotājyaṃ śaṃsati:
katʰam asya gāyatryo 'nuśastā bʰavantīti
Sentence: 9 sampadeti brūyat
Sentence: 10 saptaitā anunṣṭubʰas, tās triḥ pratʰamayā trir uttamayaikādaśa bʰavanti.
virād. yājyā dvādaśī. na vā ekenākṣareṇa cʰandāṃsi viyanti na dvābʰyāṃ.
tāḥ ṣoḷaśa gāyatryo bʰavanty
Sentence: 11 evam u hāsyānuṣṭubbʰir eva pratipadyamānasya gāyatryo 'nuśastā bʰavanty
Sentence: 12 agna indraś ca dāśuṣo duroṇa ity āgnendryā yajati
Sentence: 13 na vā etāv Indrāgnī santau vyajayetām,
āgnendrau vā etau santau vyajayetāṃ.
tad yad āgnendryā yajati, vijityā eva
Sentence: 14 sā virāṭ trayastriṃsadakṣara bʰavati. trayastriṃśad vai devā:
aṣṭau Vasava, ekādaśa Rudrā, dvādaśādityāḥ, Prajāpatiś ca Vaṣaṭkāraś ca.
tat pratʰama uktʰamukʰe devatā akṣarabʰājaḥ karoty,
akṣaram-akṣaram eva tad devatā anuprapibanti,
devapātreṇaiva tad devatās tr̥pyanti
Sentence: 15 tad āhur: yatʰā vāva śastram evaṃ yājyāgneyaṃ hotājyaṃ śaṃsaty,
atʰa kasmād āgnendryā yajatīti
Sentence: 16 yā vā āgnendry aindrāgnī vai sā,
sendrāgnam etad uktʰaṃ graheṇa ca tūṣṇīṃśaṃsena ce/ndrāgnī
Sentence: 17 ā gataṃ sutaṃ gīrbʰir nabʰo vareṇyam \
asya pātaṃ dʰiyeṣitety aindrāgnam adʰvaryur grāhaṃ gr̥hṇāti,
bʰūr Agnir jyotir jyotir Agnir Indro jyotir bʰuvo jyotir Indraḥ Sūryo
jyotir jyotiḥ svaḥ Sūrya iti hotā tūṣṇīṃśaṃsaṃ śaṃsati:
tad yatʰaiva śastram evaṃ yājyā
Sentence: 1 ḥotr̥japaṃ japati, retas tat siñcaty
Sentence: 2 upāṃśu japaty, upāṃśv iva vai retasaḥ siktiḥ
Sentence: 3 purāhāvāj japati. yad vai kimcordʰvam āhāvāc, cʰastrasyaiva tat
Sentence: 4 parāñcaṃ catuṣpady āsīnam abʰyāhvayate,
tasmāt parāñco bʰūtvā catuṣpādo retaḥ siñcanti
Sentence: 5 samyaṅ dvipād bʰavati, tasmāt samyañco bʰūtvā dvipādo retaḥ siñcanti
Sentence: 6 pitā Mātariśvety āha.
prāṇo vai pitā prāṇo Mātariśvā prāṇo reto, retas tat siñcaty
Sentence: 7 acʰidrā padā dʰā iti. reto vā acʰidram, āto hy acʰidraḥ sambʰavaty
Sentence: 8 acʰidroktʰā kavayaḥ śaṃsann iti. ye vā anūcānās te kavayas,
ta idam acʰidraṃ retaḥ prajanayann ity eva tad āha
Sentence: 9 somo viśvavin nītʰāni neṣad br̥haspatir uktʰāmadāni śaṃsiṣad iti.
brahma vai Br̥haspatiḥ, kṣatraṃ Somaḥ,
stutaśastrāṇi nītʰāni coktʰamadāni ca.
daivena caivaitad brahmaṇā prasūto daivena ca kṣatreṇoktʰāni śaṃsaty
Sentence: 10 etau ha vā asya sarvasya prasavasyeśāte yad idaṃ kiṃca
Sentence: 11 tad yad etābʰyām aprasūtaḥ karoty, akr̥taṃ tad.
akr̥tam akar iti vai nindanti
Sentence: 12 kr̥tam asya kr̥tam bʰavati, nāsyākr̥taṃ kr̥tam bʰavati ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 13 vāg āyur viśvāyur viśvam āyur ity āha.
prāṇo vā āyuḥ, prāṇo reto, vāg yonir; yoniṃ tad upasaṃdʰāya retaḥ siñcati
Sentence: 14 ka idaṃ śaṃsiṣyati saidaṃ śaṃsiṣyatīty āha.
Prajāpatir vai kaḥ, Prajāpatiḥ prajanayiṣyatīty eva tad āha
Sentence: 1 āhūya tūṣṇīṃśaṃsaṃ śaṃsati, retas tat siktam vikaroti.
siktir vā agre 'tʰa vikr̥tir
Sentence: 2 upāṃśu tūṣṇīṃśaṃsaṃ śaṃsaty, upāṃśv iva vai retasaḥ siktis
Sentence: 3 tira iva tūṣṇīṃśaṃsaṃ śaṃsati, tira iva vai retāṃsi vikriyante
Sentence: 4 ṣaṭpadaṃ tūṣṇīṃśaṃsaṃ śaṃsati. ṣaḍvidʰo vai puruṣaḥ ṣaḷaṅga,
ātmānam eva tat ṣaḍvidʰaṃ ṣaḷaṅgaṃ vikaroti
Sentence: 5 tuṣṇīṃśaṃsaṃ śastvā purorucaṃ śaṃsati, retas tad vikr̥tam prajanayati.
vikr̥tir vā agre 'tʰa jātir
Sentence: 6 uccaiḥ purorucaṃ śaṃsaty, uccair evainaṃ tat prajanayati
Sentence: 7 dvādaśapadām purorucāṃ śaṃsati.
dvādaśa vai māsāḥ saṃvatsaraḥ, saṃvatsaraḥ Prajāpatiḥ,
so 'sya sarvasya prajanayitā.
sa yo 'sya sarvasya prajanayitā,
sa evainaṃ tat prajayā paśubʰiḥ prajanayati prajātyai
Sentence: 8 prajāyate prajayā paśubʰir ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 9 jātavedasyām purorucaṃ śaṃsati jātavedonyaṅgāṃ
Sentence: 10 tad āhur: yat tr̥tīyasavanam eva jātavedasa āyatanam,
atʰa kasmāt prātaḥsavane jātavedasyām purorucaṃ śaṃsatīti
Sentence: 11 prāṇo vai jātavedāḥ, sa hi jātānāṃ veda.
yāvatāṃ vai sa jātānāṃ veda te bʰavantʰi,
yeṣām u na veda kim u te syur.
yo vā ājya ātmasaṃskr̥tiṃ veda, tat suviditam
Sentence: 1 pra vo devāyāgnaya iti śaṃsati. prāṇo vai pra,
prāṇaṃ hīmāni sarvāṇi bʰūtāny anuprayanti.
prāṇam eva tat sambʰāvayati, praṇaṃ saṃskurute
Sentence: 2 dīdivaṃsam apūrvyam iti śaṃsati.
mano vai dīdāya, manāso hi na kiṃ cana pūrvam asti.
mana eva tat sambʰāvayati, manaḥ saṃskurute
Sentence: 3 sa naḥ śarmāṇi vītaya iti śaṃsati.
vāg vai śarma, tasmād vācānuvadantam āha:
śarmavad āsmā ayāṃsīti.
vācam eva tat sambʰāvayati, vācaṃ saṃskuruta
Sentence: 4 uta no brahmann aviṣa iti śaṃsati.
śrotraṃ vai brahma, śrotreṇo hi brahma śr̥ṇoti,
śrotre brahma pratiṣṭhitaṃ.
śrotram eva tat sambʰāvayati,
śrotraṃ saṃskurute
Sentence: 5 sa yantā vipra eṣām iti śaṃsaty.
apāno vai yantāpānena hy ayaṃ yataḥ prāṇo na parāṅ bʰavaty.
apānam eva tat sambʰāvayaty, apānaṃ saṃskuruta
Sentence: 6 r̥tāvā yasya rodasī iti śaṃsati.
cakṣur vā r̥taṃ.
tasmād yataro vivadamānayor āhāham anusṭhyā cakṣuṣādarśam iti,
tasya śrad dadʰati.
cakṣur eva tat sambʰāvayati, cakṣuḥ saṃskurute
Sentence: 7 nū no rāsva sahasravat tokavat puṣṭimad vasv ity uttamayā paridadʰāty.
ātmā vai samastaḥ sahasravāṃs tokavān puṣṭimān.
ātmānam eva tat samastaṃ sambʰāvayaty, ātmānaṃ samastaṃ saṃskurute
Sentence: 8 yājyayā yajati. prattir vai yājyā, puṇyaiva lakṣmīḥ.
puṇyām eva tal lakṣmīṃ sambʰāvayati, puṇyāṃ lakṣmīṃ saṃskurute
Sentence: 9 sa evaṃ vidvāṃś cʰandomayo devatāmayo brahmamayo 'mr̥tamayaḥ
sambʰūya devatā apyeti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 10 yo vai tad veda yatʰā cʰandomayo devatāmayo brahmamayo 'mr̥tamayaḥ
sambʰūyo devatā apyeti, tat suviditam
Sentence: 11 ity adʰyātmam, atʰādʰidaivatam
Sentence: 1 ṣaṭpadaṃ tūṣṇīṃśaṃsaṃ śaṃsati. ṣaḍ vā r̥tava.
r̥tūn eva tat kalpayaty, r̥tūn apyeti
Sentence: 2 dvādaśapadām purorucaṃ śaṃsāti. dvādaśa vai māsā.
māsān eva tāt kalpayati, māsān apyeti
Sentence: 3 pra vo devāyāgnaya iti śaṃsaty.
antarikṣaṃ vai prāntarikṣaṃ hīmāni sarvāṇi bʰūtāny anuprayanty.
antarikṣam eva tat kalpayaty, antarikṣam apyeti
Sentence: 4 dīdivāṃsam apūrvyam iti śaṃsaty.
asau vai dīdaya yo 'sau tapaty, etasmād dʰi na kiṃ cana pūrvam asty.
etam eva tat kalpayaty, etam apyeti
Sentence: 5 sa naḥ śarmāṇi vītaya iti śaṃsaty.
Agnir vai śarmāny annādyāni yacʰaty.
Agnim eva tat kalpayaty, Agnim apyety
Sentence: 6 u ta no brahmann aviṣa iti śaṃsati. candramā vai brahma.
candramasam eva tat kalpayati, candramasam apyeti
Sentence: 7 sa yantā vipra eṣām iti śaṃsati.
Vāyur vai yantā, Vāyunā hīdaṃ yatam antarikṣaṃ na samr̥cʰati.
Vāyum eva tat kalpayati, Vāyum apyety
Sentence: 8 r̥tāvā yasya rodasī iti śaṃsati. dyāvāpr̥tʰivī vai rodasī.
dyāvāpr̥tʰivī eva tat kalpayati, dyāvāpr̥tʰivī apyeti
Sentence: 9 nū no rāsvo sahasravat tokavat puṣṭimad vasv ity uttamayā paridadʰāti.
saṃvatsaro vai samastaḥ sahasravāṃs tokavān puṣṭimān.
saṃvatsaram eva tat samastaṃ kalpayati, saṃvatsaraṃ samastam apyeti
Sentence: 10 yājyayā yajati. vr̥ṣṭir vai yājyā vidyud eva,
vidyud dʰīdaṃ vr̥ṣṭim annādyaṃ samprayacʰati.
vidyutam eva tat kalpayati, vidyutam apyeti
Sentence: 11 sa evaṃ vidvān etanmayo devatāmayo bʰavati bʰavati
Sentence: 1 grahoktʰaṃ vā etad yat praügaṃ.
nava prātar grahā gr̥hyante, navabʰir bahiṣpavamāne stuvate.
stute stome daśamaṃ gr̥hṇāti, hiṃkāra itarāsāṃ daśamaḥ. so sā sammā
Sentence: 2 vāyavyaṃ śaṃsati, tena vāyavya uktʰavān
Sentence: 3 aindravāyavaṃ śaṃsati, tenaindravāyava uktʰavān
Sentence: 4 maitrāvaruṇaṃ śaṃsati, tena maitrāvaruṇa uktʰavān
Sentence: 5 āśvinaṃ śaṃsati, tenāśvina uktʰavān
Sentence: 6 aindraṃ śaṃsāti, tena śukrāmantʰinā uktʰavantau
Sentence: 7 vaiśvadevaṃ śaṃsati, tenāgrayaṇa uktʰavān
Sentence: 8 sārasvataṃ śaṃsati
Sentence: 9 na sārasvato graho 'sti
Sentence: 10 vāk tu Sarasvatī. ye tu keca vācā grahā gr̥hyante, te 'sya sarve śastoktʰā
Sentence: 11 uktʰino bʰavanti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 annādyaṃ vā etenāvarunddʰe yat praügām.
anyānyā devatā praüge śasyate, 'nyad-anyad uktʰam praüge kriyate
Sentence: 2 'nyad-anyad asyānnādyaṃ graheṣu dʰriyate ya evaṃ vedai/tad
Sentence: 3 dʰa vai yajamānasyādʰyātmatamam ivoktʰaṃ yat praügaṃ.
tasmād enainaitad upekṣyatamam ivety āhur,
etena hy enaṃ hotā saṃskarotīti
Sentence: 4 vāyavyaṃ śaṃsāti. tasmād āhur.
Vāyuḥ prāṇaḥ prāṇo reto,
retaḥ puruṣasya pratʰamaṃ sambʰavataḥ sambʰavatīti.
yad vāyavyaṃ śaṃsati, prāṇam evāsya tat saṃskaroty
Sentence: 5 aindravāyavaṃ śaṃsati. yatra vāva prāṇas tad apāno.
yad aindravāyavaṃ śaṃsāti, prāṇāpānāv evāsya tat saṃskaroti
Sentence: 6 maitrāvaruṇaṃ śaṃsāti. tasmād āhuś:
cakṣuḥ puruṣasya pratʰamaṃ sambʰavataḥ sambʰavatīti.
yan maitrāvaruṇaṃ śaṃsati, cakṣur evāsya tat saṃskaroty
Sentence: 7 āśvinaṃ śaṃsati. tasmāt kumāraṃ jātaṃ saṃvadanta:
upa vai śuśrūṣate, ni vai dʰyāyatīti.
yad āśvinaṃ śaṃsati, śrotrām evāsya tat saṃskaroty
Sentence: 8 aindraṃ śaṃsati. tasmāt kumāraṃ jātaṃ saṃvadante:
pratidʰārayati vai grīvā atʰo śira iti.
yad aindraṃ śaṃsati, vīryam evāsya tat saṃskaroti
Sentence: 9 vaiśvadevaṃ śaṃsati.
tasmāt kumāro jātaḥ paśceva pracarati, vaiśvadevāni hy aṅgāni.
yad vaiśvadevaṃ śaṃsaty, aṅgāny evāsya tat saṃskaroti
Sentence: 10 sārasvataṃ śaṃsati.
tasmāt kumāraṃ jātaṃ jagʰanyā vāg āviśati, vāg gʰi Sarasvatī.
yat sārasvataṃ śaṃsati, vācam evāsya tat saṃskaroty
Sentence: 11 eṣa vai jāto jāyate sarvābʰya etābʰyo devatābʰyaḥ sarvebʰya uktʰebʰyaḥ
sarvebʰyaś cʰandobʰyaḥ sarvebʰyaḥ praügebʰyaḥ
sarvebʰyaḥ savanebʰyo ya evaṃ veda yasya caivaṃ viduṣa etac cʰaṃsanti
Sentence: 1 prāṇānāṃ vā etad uktʰaṃ yat praügaṃ. sapta devatāḥ śaṃsati.
sapta vai śīrṣau prāṇāḥ, śīrṣann eva tat prāṇān dadʰāti
Sentence: 2 kiṃ sa yajamānasya pāpabʰadram ādriyeteti ha smāha yo 'sya hotā syād ity.
atraivainaṃ yatʰā kāmayeta tatʰā kuryād
Sentence: 3 yaṃ kāmayeta: prāṇenainaṃ vyardʰayānīti, vāyavyam asya lubdʰaṃ śaṃsed.
r̥caṃ vā padaṃ vātīyāt, tenaiva tal lubdʰam. praṇenaivainaṃ tad vyardʰayati
Sentence: 4 yam kāmayeta: prānāpānābʰyām enaṃ vyardʰayānīty,
aindravāyavam asya lubdʰaṃ śaṃsed.
r̥caṃ vā padaṃ vātīyāt, tenaiva tal lubdʰam.
prāṇāpānābʰyām evainaṃ tad vyardʰayati
Sentence: 5 yaṃ kāmayeta:
cakṣuṣainaṃ vyardʰāyanīti, maitrāvaruṇam asya lubdʰaṃ śaṃsed.
r̥cam vā padaṃ vātīyāt, tenaiva tal lubdʰaṃ.
cakṣuṣaivainam tad vyardʰayati
Sentence: 6 yaṃ kāmayeta: śrotreṇainaṃ vyardʰayānīty,
āśvinam asya lubdʰaṃ śaṃsed. r̥caṃ vā padaṃ vatīyāt, tenaiva tal lubdʰaṃ.
śrotreṇaivainaṃ tad vyardʰayati
Sentence: 7 yaṃ kāmayeta: vīryeṇainaṃ vyardʰayānīty, aindram asya lubdʰaṃ śaṃsed.
r̥caṃ vā padaṃ vātīyāt, tenaiva tal lubdʰaṃ.
vīryenaivaināṃ tad vyardʰayati
Sentence: 8 yaṃ kāmayetāṅgair enaṃ vyardʰayānīti, vaiśvadevam asya lubdʰaṃ śaṃsed.
r̥caṃ vā padaṃ vātīyāt, tenaiva tal lubdʰam.
aṅgair evainaṃ tad vyardʰayati
Sentence: 9 yaṃ kāmayeta: vācainaṃ vyardʰayānīti, sārasvatam asya lubdʰaṃ śaṃsed.
r̥caṃ vā padaṃ vātīyāt, tenaiva tal lubdʰaṃ. vācaivainaṃ tad vyardʰayati
Sentence: 10 yam u kāmayeta: sarvair enam aṅgaiḥ sarveṇātmanā samardʰayānīty,
etad evāsya yatʰāpūrvam r̥ju kḷptaṃ śaṃset.
sarvair evainaṃ tad aṅgaiḥ sarveṇātmanā samardʰayati
Sentence: 11 sarvair aṅgaiḥ sarveṇātmanā samr̥dʰyate ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 tad āhur: yatʰā vāva stotram evaṃ śastram.
āgneyīṣu sāmagāḥ stuvate, vāyavyayā hotā pratipadyate:
katʰam asya āgneyyo 'nuśastā bʰavantīty
Sentence: 2 Agner vā etāḥ sarvās tanvo yad etā devatāḥ
Sentence: 3 sa yad Agniḥ pravān iva dahati, tad asya vāyavyaṃ rūpaṃ.
tad asya tenānuśaṃsaty
Sentence: 4 atʰa yad dvaidʰam iva kr̥tvā dahati, dvau vā Indravāyu,
tad asyaindravāyavaṃ rupāṃ. tad asya tenānuśaṃsaty
Sentence: 5 atʰa yad uc ca hr̥ṣyati ni ca hr̥ṣyati, tad asya maitrāvaruṇaṃ rūpaṃ.
tad asya tenānuśaṃsati
Sentence: 6 sa yad Agnir gʰorasaṃsparśas tad asya vāruṇaṃ rūpaṃ,
taṃ yad gʰorasaṃsparśaṃ santam mitrakr̥tyevopāsate tad asya maitraṃ rūpaṃ.
tad asya tenānuśaṃsaty
Sentence: 7 atʰa yad enaṃ dvābʰyām bāhubʰyāṃ dvābʰyām araṇībʰyām mantʰanti,
dvau vā Aśvinau, tad asyāśvinaṃ rūpaṃ. tad asya tenānuśaṃsaty
Sentence: 8 atʰa yad uccairgʰoṣaḥ stanayan bababākurvann iva dahati
yasmād bʰūtāni vijante, tad asyaindraṃ rūpaṃ. tad asya tenānuśaṃsaty
Sentence: 9 atʰa yad enam ekaṃ santam bahudʰā viharanti, tad asya vaiśvadevaṃ rūpaṃ.
tad asya tenānuśaṃsaty
Sentence: 10 atʰa yat spʰūrjayan vācam iva vadan dahati, tad asya sārasvataṃ rūpaṃ.
tad asya tenānuśaṃsaty
Sentence: 11 evam u hāsya vāyavyayaiva pratipadyamānasya tr̥cena-tr̥cenaivaitābʰir
devatābʰiḥ stotriyo 'nuśasto bʰavati
Sentence: 12 viśvebʰiḥ somyam madʰv agna indreṇa vāyunā \
pibā mitrasya dʰāmabʰir iti vaiśvadevam uktʰaṃ śastvā vaiśvadevyā,
yajati, yatʰābʰāgaṃ tad devatāḥ prīṇāti
Sentence: 1 devapātraṃ vā etad yad vaṣaṭkāro. vaṣaṭkaroti,
devapātreṇaiva tad devatās tarpayaty
Sentence: 2 anuvaṣaṭkaroti. tad yatʰādo 'śvān vā gā vā punarabʰyākāraṃ tarpayanty,
evam evaitad devatāḥ punarabʰyākāraṃ tarpayanti yad anuvaṣaṭkarotī/mān
Sentence: 3 evāgnīn upāsata ity āhur dʰiṣṇyān,
atʰa kasmāt pūrvasminn eva juhvati pūrvasmin vaṣaṭkurvantīti
Sentence: 4 yad eva somasyāgne vīhīty anuvaṣaṭkaroti, tena dʰiṣṇyān prīṇāty
Sentence: 5 asaṃstʰitān somān bʰakṣayantīty āhur yeṣāṃ nānuvaṣaṭkaroti,
ko nu somasya sviṣṭakr̥dbʰāga iti
Sentence: 6 yad vāva somasyāgne vīhīty anuvaṣaṭkaroti,
tena iva saṃstʰitān somān bʰakṣayanti;
sa u eva somasya sviṣṭakr̥dbʰāgo. vaṣaṭkaroti
Sentence: 1 vajro vā eṣa yad vaṣaṭkāro.
yaṃ dviṣyāt taṃ dʰyāyed vaṣaṭkariṣyaṃs,
tasminn eva taṃ vajram āstʰāpayati
Sentence: 2 ṣaḷ iti vaṣaṭkaroti. ṣaḍ vā r̥tava.
r̥tūn eva tat kalpayaty, r̥tūn pratiṣṭhāpayaty.
r̥tūn vai pratitiṣṭhata idaṃ sarvam anupratitiṣṭhati yad idaṃ kiṃca
Sentence: 3 pratitiṣṭhati ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 4 tad u ha smāha Hiraṇyadan Baida:
etāni vā etena ṣaṭ pratiṣṭhāpayati.
dyaur antarikṣe pratiṣṭhitāntarikṣam pr̥tʰivyām pr̥tʰivy apsv āpaḥ
satye satyam brahmaṇi brahma tapasīty.
etā eva tat pratiṣṭhāḥ pratitiṣṭhantīr
idaṃ sarvam anupratitiṣṭhati yad idaṃ kiṃca.
pratitiṣṭhati ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 5 vauṣaḷ iti vaṣaṭkaroty. asau vāva vāv, r̥tavaḥ ṣaḷ.
etam eva tad r̥tuṣv ādadʰāty, r̥tuṣu pratiṣṭhāpayati.
yādr̥g iva vai devebʰyaḥ karoti, tādr̥g ivāsmai devāḥ kurvanti
Sentence: 1 trayo vai vaṣaṭkārā: vajro dʰāmacʰad riktah
Sentence: 2 sa yam evoccair bali vaṣaṭkaroti sa vajras
Sentence: 3 taṃ-tam praharati dviṣate bʰrātr̥vyāya vadʰaṃ,
yo 'sya str̥tyas tasmai startavai.
tasmāt sa bʰrātr̥vyavatā vaṣaṭkr̥tyo
Sentence: 4 'tʰa yaḥ samaḥ saṃtato ՚6 'nirhāṇarcaḥ sa dʰāmacʰat
Sentence: 5 taṃ-tam prajāś ca paśavaś cānūpatiṣṭhānte.
tasmāt sa prajākāmena paśukāmena vaṣaṭkr̥tyo
Sentence: 6 'tʰa yenaiva ṣaḷ avarādʰnoti sa rikto
Sentence: 7 riṇakty ātmānaṃ riṇakti yajamānam,
pāpīyān vaṣaṭkartā bʰavati pāpīyān yasmai vaṣaṭkaroti.
tasmāt tasyāśāṃ neyāt
Sentence: 8 kiṃ sa yajamānasya pāpabʰadram ādriyeteti ha smāha yo 'sya hotā syād ity.
atraivainaṃ yatʰā kāmayeta tatʰā kuryād
Sentence: 9 yaṃ kāmayeta: yatʰaivānījāno 'bʰūt tatʰaivejānaḥ syād iti,
yatʰaivāsya r̥cam brūyāt tatʰaivāsya vaṣaṭkuryāt.
sadr̥śam evainaṃ tat karoti
Sentence: 10 yaṃ kāmayeta: pāpīyān syād ity,
uccaistarām asya r̥cam uktvā śanaistarāṃ vaṣaṭkuryāt.
pāpīyāṃsam evainaṃ tat karoti
Sentence: 11 yaṃ kāmayeta:
śreyān syād iti, śanaistarām asya r̥cam uktvoccaistarāṃ vaṣaṭkuryāc.
cʰriya evainaṃ tac cʰriyām ādadʰāti
Sentence: 12 saṃtatam r̥cā vaṣaṭkr̥tyaṃ, saṃtatyai
Sentence: 13 saṃdʰīyate prajayā paśubʰir ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 yasyai devatāyai havir gr̥hītaṃ syāt, tāṃ dʰyāyed vaṣaṭkariṣyan.
sākṣād eva tad devatām prīṇāti, pratyakṣād devātāṃ yajati
Sentence: 2 vajro vai vaṣaṭkāraḥ, sa eṣa prahr̥to 'śānto dīdāya.
tasya haitasya na sarva iva śāntiṃ veda na pratiṣṭhāṃ.
tasmād dʰāpy etarhi bʰūyān iva mr̥tyus.
tasya haiṣaiva śāntir eṣā pratiṣṭhā vāg ity eva.
tasmād vaṣaṭkr̥tya-vaṣaṭkr̥tya vāg ity anumantrayeta,
sa enaṃ śānto na hinasti
Sentence: 3 vaṣaṭkāra mā ՚2 mā<m> pramr̥kṣo māhaṃ tvām pramr̥kṣam,
br̥hatā mana upahvaye vyānena śarīram,
pratiṣṭhāsi pratiṣṭhāṃ gacʰa
pratiṣṭhām mā gamayeti vaṣaṭkāram anumantrayeta
Sentence: 4 tad u ha smāha: dīrgʰam etat sad aprabʰv, ojaḥ saha oja
Sentence: 5 ity eva vaṣaṭkāram anumantrayetau/jaś
Sentence: 6 ca ha vai sahaś ca vaṣaṭkārasya priyatame tanvau
Sentence: 7 priyeṇaivainaṃ tad dʰāmnā samardʰayati
Sentence: 8 priyeṇa dʰāmnā samr̥dʰyate ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 9 vāk ca vai prāṇāpānau ca vaṣaṭkāras,
ta ete vaṣaṭkr̥te-vaṣaṭkr̥te vyutkrāmanti. tān anumantrayeta:
vāg ojaḥ saha ojo māyi prāṇāpānāv ity,
ātmany eva tad dʰotā vācaṃ ca prāṇāpānau ca pratiṣṭhāpayati
sarvāyuḥ sarvāyutvāya
Sentence: 10 sarvam āyur eti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 yajño vai devebʰya udakrāmat, tam praiṣaiḥ praiṣam aicʰan.
yat praiṣaiḥ praiṣam aicʰaṃs, tat praiṣāṇām praiṣatvaṃ
Sentence: 2 tam purorugbʰiḥ prārocayan.
yat purorugbʰiḥ prārocayaṃs, tat purorucām puroruktvaṃ
Sentence: 3 taṃ vedyām anvavindan. yad vedyām anvavindaṃs, tad veder veditvaṃ
Sentence: 4 taṃ vittaṃ grahair vyagr̥hṇata.
yad vittaṃ grahair vyagr̥hṇata, tad grahāṇāṃ grahatvaṃ
Sentence: 5 taṃ vittvā nividbʰir nyavedayan. yad vittvā nividbʰir nyavedayaṃs,
tan nividāṃ nivittvam
Sentence: 6 mahad vāva naṣṭaiṣy abʰy alpaṃ vecʰati,
yataro vāva tayor jyāya ivābʰīcʰati sa eva tayoḥ sādʰīya icʰati
Sentence: 7 ya u eva praiṣān varṣīyasovarṣīyaso veda sa u eva tān sādʰīyo veda,
naṣṭaiṣyaṃ hy etad yat praiṣās
Sentence: 8 tasmāt prahvas tiṣṭhan preṣyati
Sentence: 1 garbʰā vā eta uktʰānāṃ yan nividas.
tad yat purastād uktʰānām prātaḥsavane dʰīyante,
tasmāt parāñco garbʰā dʰīyante parāñcaḥ sambʰavanti
Sentence: 2 yan madʰyato madʰyaṃdine dʰīyante, tasmān madʰye garbʰā dʰr̥tā
Sentence: 3 yad antatas tr̥tīyasavane dʰīyante,
tasmād amuto 'rvāñco garbʰāḥ prajāyante prajātyai
Sentence: 4 prajāyate prajayā paśubʰir ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 5 peśā vā eta uktʰānāṃ yan nividas.
tad yat purastād uktʰānām prātaḥsavane dʰīyante,
yatʰaiva pravayaṇataḥ peśaḥ kuryāt tādr̥k tad.
yan madʰyato madʰyaṃdine dʰīyante,
yatʰaiva madʰyataḥ peśaḥ kuryāt tādr̥k tad.
yad antatas tr̥tīyasavane dʰīyante,
yatʰaivāvaprajjanataḥ peśaḥ kuryāt tādr̥k tat
Sentence: 6 sarvato yajñasya peśasā śobʰate ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 sauryā vā etā devatā yan nividas.
tad yat purastād uktʰānām prātaḥsavane dʰīyante
madʰyato madʰyaṃdine 'ntatas tr̥tīyasavana,
ādityasyaiva tad vratam anuparyāvartante
Sentence: 2 paccʰo vai devā yajñaṃ samabʰaraṃs, tasmāt paccʰo nividaḥ śasyante
Sentence: 3 yad vai tad devā yajñaṃ samabʰaraṃs, tasmād aśvaḥ samabʰavat.
tasmād āhur: aśvaṃ nividāṃ śaṃstre dadyād iti,
tad u kʰalu varam eva dadati
Sentence: 4 na nividaḥ padam atīyād
Sentence: 5 yan nividaḥ padam atīyād, yajñasya tac cʰidraṃ kuryād,
yajñasya vai cʰidraṃ sravad yajamāno 'nu pāpīyān bʰavati.
tasmān na nividaḥ padam atīyān
Sentence: 6 na nividaḥ pade viparihared.
yan nividaḥ pade vipariharen, mohayed yajñam, mugdʰo yajamānaḥ syāt.
tasmān na nividaḥ pade vipariharen
Sentence: 7 na nividaḥ pade samasyed.
yan nividaḥ pade samasyed, yajñasya tad āyuḥ sāṃhāret,
pramāyuko yajamānaḥ syāt.
tasmān na nividaḥ pade samasyet
Sentence: 8 predam brahma predaṃ kṣatram ity ete eva samasyed,
brahmakṣatrayoḥ saṃśrityai.
tasmād brahma ca kṣatraṃ ca saṃśrite
Sentence: 9 na tr̥caṃ na caturr̥cam ati manyeta nividdʰānam,
ekaikaṃ vai nividaḥ pādam r̥caṃ sūktam prati.
tasmān na tr̥caṃ na caturr̥cam ati manyeta nividdʰānaṃ,
nividā hy eva stotram atśastam bʰavaty
Sentence: 10 ekām pariśiṣya tr̥tīyasavane nividaṃ dadʰyād
Sentence: 11 yad dve pariśiṣya dadʰyāt, prajananaṃ tad upahanyād,
garbʰais tat prajā vyardʰayet.
tasmād ekām eva pariśiṣya tr̥tīyasavane nividaṃ dadʰyān
Sentence: 12 na sūktena nividam atipadyeta
Sentence: 13 yena sūktena nividam atipadyeta,
na tat punar upanivarteta, vāstuham eva tad
Sentence: 14 anyat taddaivataṃ taccʰandasaṃ sūktam āhr̥tya tasmin nividaṃ dadʰyān
Sentence: 15 mā pra gāma patʰo vayam iti purastāt sūktasya śaṃsati
Sentence: 16 patʰo vā eṣa praiti yo yajñe muhyati.
mā yajñād indra somina iti, yajñād eva tan na pracyavate
Sentence: 17 mānta stʰur no arātaya ity, arātīyata eva tad apahanti
Sentence: 18 yo yajñasya prasādʰanas tantur deveṣv ātataḥ \ tam āhutaṃ naśīmahīti
Sentence: 19 prajā vai tantuḥ, prajām evāsmā etat saṃtanoti
Sentence: 20 mano nv ā huvāmahe nārāśaṃsena someneti
Sentence: 21 manasā vai yajñas tāyate, manasā kriyate
Sentence: 22 saiva tatra prāyaścittiḥ prāyaścittiḥ
Sentence: 1 devaviśaḥ kalpayitavyā, ity āhuś, cʰandaś cʰandasi pratiṣṭhāpyam iti.
śoṃsāvom ity āhvayate prātaḥsavane tryakṣareṇa,
śaṃsāmodaivom ity adʰvaryuḥ pratigr̥ṇāti pañcākṣareṇa.
tad aṣṭākṣaraṃ sampadyate. 'ṣṭākṣarā vai gāyatrī,
gāyatrīm eva tat purastāt prātaḥsavane 'cīkḷpatām
Sentence: 2 uktʰaṃ vācīty āha śastvā caturakṣaram,
om uktʰaśā ity adʰvaryuś caturakṣaraṃ.
tad aṣṭhākṣaraṃ sampadyate. 'ṣṭākṣarā vai gāyatrī,
gāyatrīm eva tad ubʰayataḥ prātaḥsavane 'cīkḷpatām
Sentence: 3 adʰvaryo śoṃsāvom ity āhvayate madʰyaṃdine ṣaḷakṣareṇa,
śaṃsāmodaivom ity adʰvaryuḥ pratigr̥ṇāti pañcākṣareṇa.
tad ekādaśākṣaraṃ sampadyata.
ekādaśākṣarā vai triṣṭup,
triṣṭubʰam eva tat purastān madʰyaṃdine 'cīkḷpatām.
uktʰaṃ vācīndrāyety āha śastvā saptākṣaram,
om uktʰaśā ity adʰvaryuś caturakṣaraṃ.
tad ekādaśākṣaraṃ sampadyata.
ekādaśākṣarā vai triṣṭup,
triṣṭubʰam eva tad ubʰayato madʰyaṃdine 'cīkḷpatām
Sentence: 4 adʰvaryo śośoṃsāvom ity āhvayate tr̥tīyasavane saptākṣareṇa,
śaṃsāmodaivom ity adʰvaryuḥ pratigr̥ṇāti pañcākṣareṇa.
tad dvādaśākṣaraṃ sampadyate.
dvādaśākṣāra vai jagatī,
jagatim eva tat purastāt tr̥tīyasavane 'cīkḷpatām.
uktʰaṃ vācīndrāya devebʰya ity āha śastvaikādaśākṣaram,
om ity adʰvaryur ekākṣaraṃ.
tad dvādaśākṣaraṃ sampadyate.
dvādaśākṣara vai jagatī,
jagatīm eva tad ubʰayatas tr̥tīyasavane 'cīkḷpatāṃ
Sentence: 5 tad etad r̥ṣiḥ paśyann abʰyanūvāca
Sentence: 6 yad gāyatre adʰi gāyatram āhitaṃ traiṣṭubʰād vā traiṣṭubʰaṃ niratakṣata
\ yad vā jagaj jagaty āhitam padaṃ ya it tad vidus te amr̥tatvam ānaśur ity
Sentence: 7 etad vai tac cʰandaś cʰandasi pratiṣṭhāpayati
Sentence: 8 kalpayati devaviśo ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 Prajāpatir vai yajñaṃ cʰandāṃsi devebʰyo bʰāgadʰeyāni vyabʰajat.
sa gāyatrīm evāgnaye Vasubʰyaḥ prātaḥsavane 'bʰajat,
triṣṭubʰam Indrāya Rudrebʰyo madʰyaṃdine,
jagatīṃ Viśvebʰyo devebʰya ādityebʰyas tr̥tīyasavane
Sentence: 2 'tʰāsya yat svaṃ cʰanda āsīd anuṣṭup,
tām udantam abʰy udauhad acʰāvākīyām abʰi.
sainam abravīd anuṣṭup: tvaṃ nv eva devānām pāpiṣṭho 'si,
yasya te 'haṃ svaṃ cʰando 'smi,
yām modantam abʰy udauhīr acʰāvākīyām abʰiti.
tad ajānāt, sa svaṃ somam āharat,
sa sve some 'gram mukʰam abʰi paryāharad anuṣṭubʰaṃ.
tasmād v anuṣṭub agriyā mukʰyā yujyate sarveṣāṃ savanānām
Sentence: 3 agriyo mukʰyo bʰavati, śreṣṭhatām aśnute ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 4 sve vai sa tat some 'kalpayat.
tasmād yatra kva ca yajamānavaśo bʰavati, kalpata eva yajño 'pi
Sentence: 5 tasyai janatāyai kalpate yatraivaṃ vidvān yajamāno vaśī yajate
Sentence: 1 Agnir vai devānāṃ hotāsīt, tam mr̥tyur bahiṣpavamāne 'sīdat.
so 'nuṣṭubʰājyam pratyapadyata, mr̥tyum eva tat paryakrāmat.
tam ājye 'sīdat. sa praügeṇa pratyapadyata, mr̥tyum eva tat paryakrāmat
Sentence: 2 tam mādʰyaṃdine pavamāne 'sīdat.
so 'nuṣṭubʰā marutvatīyam pratyapadyata, mr̥tyum eva tat paryakrāmat.
tam mādʰyaṃdine br̥hatīṣu nāśaknot sattum.
prāṇā vai br̥hatyaḥ, prāṇān eva tan nāśaknod vyavaituṃ.
tasmān mādʰyaṃdine hotā br̥hatīṣu stotriyeṇaiva pratipadyate.
prāṇā vai br̥hatyaḥ, prāṇān eva tad abʰi pratipadyate
Sentence: 3 taṃ tr̥tīyapavamāne 'sīdat.
so 'nuṣṭubʰā vaiśvadevam pratyapadyata, mr̥tyum eva tat paryakrāmat.
taṃ yajñāyajñīye 'sīdat.
sa vaiśvānarīyeṇāgnimārutam pratyapadyata, mr̥tyum eva tat paryakrāmad.
vajro vai vaiśvānarīyam pratiṣṭhā yajñāyajñīyaṃ,
vajreṇaiva tat pratiṣṭhāyā mr̥tyuṃ nudate.
sa sarvān pāśān sarvān stʰāṇūn mr̥tyor atimucya svasty evodamucyata,
svasty eva hotonmucyate sarvāyuḥ sarvāyutvāya
Sentence: 4 sarvam āyur eti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 Indro vai Vr̥traṃ hatvā nāstr̥ṣīti manyamānaḥ parāḥ parāvato 'gacʰat,
sa paramām eva parāvatam agacʰad.
anuṣṭub vai paramā parāvad, vāg vā anuṣṭup.
sa vācam praviśyāśayat, taṃ sarvāṇi bʰūtāni vibʰajyānvaicʰaṃs.
tam pūrvedyuḥ pitaro 'vindann, uttaram ahar devās.
tasmāt pūrvedyuḥ pitr̥bʰyaḥ kriyata, uttaram ahar devān yajante
Sentence: 2 te 'bruvann:
abʰiṣuṇavāmaiva, tatʰā vāva na āśiṣṭham āgamiṣyatīti. tatʰeti.
te 'bʰyaṣuṇvaṃs, ta ā tvā ratʰāṃ yatʰotaya ity evainam āvartayann,
idaṃ vaso sutam andʰa ity evaibʰyaḥ sutakīrtyām āvir abʰavad,
indra nedīya ed ihīty evainam madʰyam prāpādayantā/gatendreṇa
Sentence: 3 yajñena yajate, sendreṇa yajñena rādʰnoti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 Indraṃ vai Vr̥traṃ jagʰnivāṃsaṃ nāstr̥teti manyamānāḥ sarvā devatā ajahus,
tam Maruta eva svāpayo nājahuḥ.
prāṇā vai Marutaḥ svāpayaḥ, prāṇā haivainam tan nājahus.
tasmād eṣo 'cyutaḥ svāpimān pragātʰaḥ śasyata:
ā svāpe svāpibʰir ity
Sentence: 2 api ha yady aindram evāta ūrdʰvaṃ cʰandaḥ śasyate,
tad dʰa sarvam marutvatīyam bʰavaty,
eṣa ced acyutaḥ svāpimān pragātʰaḥ śasyata:
ā svāpe svāpibʰir iti
Sentence: 1 brāhmaṇaspatyam pragātʰaṃ śaṃsati
Sentence: 2 br̥haspatipurohitā vai devā ajayan svargaṃ lokaṃ, vy asmim̐l loke 'jayanta.
tatʰaivaitad yajamāno br̥haspatipurohita eva jayati svargaṃ lokaṃ,
vy asmim̐l loke jayate
Sentence: 3 tau vā etau pragātʰāv astutau santau punarādāyaṃ śasyete. tad āhur:
yan na kiṃ canāstutaṃ sat punarādāyaṃ śasyate,
'tʰa kasmād etau pragātʰāv astutau santau punarādāyaṃ śasyete iti
Sentence: 4 pavamānoktʰaṃ vā etad yan marutvatīyaṃ.
ṣaṭsu vā atra gāyatrīṣu stuvate ṣaṭsu br̥batīṣu tisr̥ṣu triṣṭupsu,
sa vā eṣa tricʰandāḥ pañcadaśo mādʰyaṃdinaḥ pavamānas.
tad āhuḥ: katʰaṃ ta eṣa tricʰandāḥ pañcadaśo
mādʰyaṃdinaḥ pavamāno 'nuśāsto bʰavatīti
Sentence: 5 ye eva gāyatryā uttare pratipado yo gāyatro 'nucaras,
tābʰir evāsya gāyatryo 'nuśastā bʰavanty;
etābʰyām evāsya pragātʰābʰyām br̥hatyo 'nuśastā bʰavanti
Sentence: 6 tāsu vā etāsu br̥hatīṣu sāmagā rauravayaudʰājayābʰyām punarādāyaṃ stuvate.
tasmād etau pragātʰāv astutau santau punarādāyaṃ śasyete,
tac cʰastreṇa stotram anvaiti
Sentence: 7 ye eva triṣṭubʰau dʰāyye yat traiṣṭubʰaṃ nividdʰānam,
tābʰir evāsya triṣṭubʰo 'nuśastā bʰavanty
Sentence: 8 evam u hāsyaiṣa tricʰandāḥ pañcadaśo mādʰyaṃdinaḥ pavamāno
'nuśasto bʰāvati ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 dʰāyyāḥ śaṃsati
Sentence: 2 dʰāyyābʰir vai Prajāpatir imām̐l lokān adʰayad yaṃ-yaṃ kāmam akāmayata
Sentence: 3 tatʰaivaitad yajamāno dʰāyyābʰir evemām̐l lokān dʰayati yaṃ-yaṃ kāmāṃ
kāmayate ya evaṃ veda yad eva dʰāyyā+ḥ \
Sentence: 4 yatra-yatra vai devā yajñasya cʰidraṃ nirajānaṃs,
tad dʰāyyābʰir apidadʰus, tad dʰāyyānāṃ dʰāyyātvam
Sentence: 5 acʰidreṇa hāsya yajñeneṣṭam bʰavati ya evaṃ veda yad v eva dʰāyyā+ḥ \
Sentence: 6 syūma haitad yajñasya yad dʰāyyās.
tad yatʰā sūcyā vāsaḥ saṃdadʰad iyād,
evam evaitābʰir yajñasya cʰidraṃ saṃdadʰad
eti ya evaṃ veda yad v eva dʰāyyā+ḥ \
Sentence: 7 tāny u vā etāny upasadām evoktʰāni yad dʰāyyā.
agnir netety āgneyī pratʰamopasat, tasyā etad uktʰaṃ.
tvaṃ soma kratubʰir iti saumyā dvitīyopasat, tasyā etad uktʰam.
pinvanty apa iti vaiṣṇavī tr̥tīyopasat, tasyā etad uktʰaṃ
Sentence: 8 yāvantaṃ ha vai saumyenādʰvareṇeṣṭvā lokaṃ jayati,
tam ata ekaikayopasadā jayati
ya evaṃ veda yaś caivaṃ vidvān dʰāyyāḥ śaṃsati
Sentence: 9 tad dʰaika āhus: tān vo maha iti śaṃsed, etāṃ vāva vayam Bʰarateṣu
śasyamānām abʰivyajānīma iti vadantas
Sentence: 10 tat-tan nādr̥tyaṃ
Sentence: 11 yad etāṃ śaṃsed, īśvaraḥ parjanyo 'varṣṭoḥ=(W)
Sentence: 12 pinvanty apa ity eva śaṃsed
Sentence: 13 vr̥ṣṭivani padam, Maruta iti mārutam,
atyaṃ na mihe vi nayantīti vinītavad.
yad vinītavat tad vikrāntavad, yad vikrāntavat tad vaiṣṇavaṃ.
vājinam itīndro vai vājī. tasyāṃ vā etasyāṃ catvāri padāni:
vr̥ṣṭivani mārutaṃ vaiṣṇavam aindraṃ
Sentence: 14 sā vā eṣā tr̥tīyasavanabʰājanā satī madʰyaṃdine śasyate.
tasmād dʰedam Bʰaratānām paśavaḥ
sāyaṃgoṣṭhāḥ santo madʰyaṃdine saṃgavinīm āyanti.
so jagatī, jāgatā hi paśava, ātmā yajamānasya madʰyaṃdinas,
tad yajamāne paśūn dadʰāti
Sentence: 1 Marutvatīyam pragātʰaṃ śansati. pasavo vai Marutaḥ,
paśavaḥ pragātʰaḥ, paśūnām avaruddʰyai
Sentence: 2 janiṣṭhā ugraḥ sahase turāyeti sūktam śaṃsati.
tad vā etad yajamānajananam eva sūktaṃ,
yajamānaṃ ha vā etena yajñād devayonyai prajanayati
Sentence: 3 tat saṃjayam bʰavati. saṃ ca jayati vi ca jayata
Sentence: 4 etad gaurivītaṃ.
Gaurivītir ha vai Śāktyo nediṣṭhaṃ svargasya lokasyāgacʰat,
sa etat sūktam apaśyat, tena svargaṃ lokam ajayat.
tatʰaivaitad yajamāna etena sūktena svargaṃ lokaṃ jayati
Sentence: 5 tasyārdʰāḥ śastvārdʰāḥ pariśiṣya madʰye nividaṃ dadʰāti
Sentence: 6 svargasya haiṣa lokasya roho yan nivit
Sentence: 7 svargasya haital lokasyākramaṇaṃ yan nivit.
tām ākramamāṇa iva śaṃsed,
upaiva yajamānaṃ nigr̥hṇīta yo 'sya priyaḥ syād.
iti nu svargakāmasyā/tʰābʰicarato.
Sentence: 8 yaḥ kāmayeta:
kṣatreṇa viśaṃ hanyām iti, tris tarhi nividā sūktaṃ viśaṃset.
kṣatraṃ vai nivid viṭ sūktaṃ, kṣatreṇaiva tad viśaṃ hanti
Sentence: 9 yaḥ kāmayeta:
viśā kṣatraṃ hanyām iti, tris tarhi sūktena nividaṃ viśaṃset.
kṣatraṃ vai nivid viṭ sūktāṃ, viśaiva tat kṣatraṃ hanti
Sentence: 10 ya u kāmayetobʰayata enaṃ viśaḥ paryavacʰinadānīty,
ubʰayatas tarhi nividaṃ vyāhvayītobʰayata
evainaṃ tad viśaḥ paryavacʰinattī/ti
Sentence: 11 nv abʰicarata, itaratʰā tv eva svargakāmasya
Sentence: 12 vayaḥ sinparṇā upa sedur indram ity uttamayā paridadʰāti
Sentence: 13 priyamedʰā r̥ṣayo nādʰamānāḥ \
Sentence: 14 apa dʰvāntam ūrṇuhīti.
yena tamasā prāvr̥to manyeta tan manasā gacʰed, apa haivāsmāt tal lupyate
Sentence: 15 pūrdʰi cakṣur iti cakṣuṣī marīmr̥jyetā/jarasaṃ
Sentence: 16 ha cakṣuṣmān bʰavati ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 17 mumugdʰy asmān nidʰayeva baddʰān iti.
pāśā vai nidʰā, mumugdʰy asmān pāśād iva baddʰān ity eva tad āha
Sentence: 1 Indro vai Vr̥traṃ haniṣyan sarvā devatā abravīd:
anu mopatiṣṭhadʰvam, upa mā hvayadʰvam iti. tatʰeti.
taṃ haniṣyanta ādravan. so 'ven:
māṃ vai haniṣyanta ādravanti, hantemān bʰīṣayā iti.
tān abʰi prāśvasīt, tasya śvasatʰād īṣamāṇā viśve devā adravan.
Maruto hainaṃ nājahuḥ:
prahara bʰagavo jahi vīrayasvety evainam etāṃ vācaṃ vadanta upātiṣṭhanta.
tad etad r̥ṣiḥ paśyann abʰyanūvāca:
vr̥trasya tvā śvasatʰād īṣamāṇā viśve devā ājahur ye sakʰāyaḥ \
marudbʰir indra sakʰyaṃ te astv atʰemā viśvāḥ pr̥tanā jayāsīti.
so 'ved: ime vai kila me sacivā, ime mākāmayanta,
hantemān asminn uktʰa ābʰajā iti.
tān etasminn uktʰa ābʰajad,
atʰa haite tarhy ubʰe eva niṣkevalye uktʰe āsatur
Sentence: 2 marutvatīyaṃ grahaṃ gr̥hṇāti, marutvatīyam pragātʰaṃ śaṃsati,
marutvatīyaṃ sūktaṃ śaṃsati, marutvatīyām nividaṃ dadʰāti:
Marutāṃ sā bʰaktir
Sentence: 3 marutvatīyam uktʰaṃ śastvā marutvatīyayā yajati,
yatʰābʰāgaṃ tad devatāḥ prīṇāti
Sentence: 4 ye tvāhihatye magʰavann avardʰan ye śāmbare harivo ye gaviṣṭau \
ye tvā nūnam anumadanti viprāḥ pibendra somaṃ sagaṇo marudbʰir iti
Sentence: 5 yatra-yatraivaibʰir vyajayata yatra-yatra vīryam akarot,
tad evaitat samanuvedyendreṇainān sasomapītʰān karoti
Sentence: 1 Indro vai Vr̥traṃ hatvā sarvā vijitīr vijityābravīt Prajāpatim:
aham etad asāni yat tvam, aham mahān asānīti.
sa Prajāpatir abravīd: atʰa ko 'ham iti.
yad evaitad avoca, ity abravīt. tato vai Ko nāma Prajāpatir abʰavat;
Ko vai nāma Prajāpatir.
yan mahān Indro 'bʰavat, tan Mahendrasya mahendratvaṃ
Sentence: 2 sa mahān bʰūtvā devatā abravīd:
uddʰāram ma uddʰarateti. yatʰāpy etarhīcʰati,
yo vai bʰavati yaḥ śreṣṭhatām aśnute (sa mahān bʰavati).
taṃ devā abruvan: svayam eva brūṣva yat te bʰaviṣyatīti.
sa etam māhendraṃ graham abrūta, mādʰyaṃdinaṃ savanānāṃ,
niṣkevalyam uktʰānāṃ, triṣṭubʰaṃ cʰandasām, pr̥ṣṭhaṃ sāmnāṃ.
tam asmā uddʰāram udaharanu.
Sentence: 3 ud asmā uddʰāraṃ haranti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 4 tāṃ devā abruvan:
sarvaṃ vā avocatʰā, api no 'trāstv iti.
sa nety abravīt, katʰaṃ vo 'pisyād iti.
tam abruvann: apy eva no 'stu magʰavann iti. tān īkṣataiva
Sentence: 1 te devā abruvann:
iyaṃ vā Indrasya priyā jāvā vāvātā Prāsahā nāmāsyām evecʰāmahā iti.
tatʰeti. tasyām aicʰanta. sainān abravīt:
prātar vaḥ prativaktāsmīti.
tasmāt striyaḥ patyāv icʰante, tasmād u stry anurātram patyāv icʰate.
tām prātar upāyan, saitad eva pratyapadyata:
Sentence: 2 yad vāvāna purutamam purāṣāḷ ā vr̥trahendro nāmāny aprāḥ \
aceti prāsahas patis tuviṣmān itī/ndro
Sentence: 3 vai prāsahas patis tuviṣmān
Sentence: 4 yadīm uśmāsi kartave karat tad iti.
yad evaitad avocāmākarat tad ity evaināṃs tad abravīt
Sentence: 5 te devā abruvann:
apy asyā ihāstu, yā no 'smin na vai kam avidad iti. tatʰeti.
tasyā apy atrākurvaṃs
Sentence: 6 tasmād eṣātrāpi śasyate: yad vāvāna purutamam purāṣāḷ iti
Sentence: 7 senā vā Indrasya priyā jāyā vāvātā Prāsahā nāma,
Ko nāma Prajāpatiḥ śvaśuras.
tad yāsya kāme senā jayet,
tasyā ardʰāt tiṣṭhaṃs tr̥ṇam ubʰayataḥ paricʰidyetarāṃ senām abʰy asyet:
Prāsahe Kas tvā paśyatīti.
tad yatʰaivādaḥ snuṣā śvaśurāḷ lajjamānā nilīyamānaity,
evam eva sā senā bʰajyamānā nilīyamānaiti yatraivaṃ vidvāṃs
tr̥ṇam ubʰayataḥ paricʰidyetarāṃ senaṃ abʰy asyati:
Prāsahe Kas tvā paśyatīti
Sentence: 8 tān Indra uvācāpi vo 'trāstv iti. te devā abruvan:
virāḍ yājyāstu niṣkevalyasya yā trayastriṃśadakṣarā
Sentence: 9 trayastriṃśad vai devā:
aṣṭau Vasava, ekādaśa Rudrā, dvādaśādityāḥ, Prajāpatiś ca Vaṣaṭkāraś ca.
devatā akṣarabʰājaḥ karoty,
akṣaram-akṣaram eva tad devatā anuprapibanti,
devapātreṇaiva tad devatās tr̥pyanti
Sentence: 10 yaṃ kāmayetānāyatanavān syād ity,
avirājāsya yajed gāyatryā vā tr̥ṣṭubʰā vānyena vā cʰandasā, vaṣaṭkuryād:
anāyatanavantam evainaṃ tat karoti
Sentence: 11 yaṃ kāmayetāyatanavān syād iti, virājāsya yajet:
pibā somam indra mandatu tvety etayāyatanavantam evainaṃ tat karoti
Sentence: 1 r̥k ca vā idam agre sāma cāstāṃ saiva nāma r̥g āsīd amo nāma sāma.
sā vā r̥k sāmopāvadan: mitʰunaṃ saṃbʰavāva prajātyā iti.
nety abravīt sāma, jyāyān vā ato mama mahimeti.
te dve bʰūtvopāvadatāṃ, te na prati cana samavadata.
tās tisro bʰūtvopāvadaṃs, tat tisr̥bʰiḥ samabʰavad.
yat tisr̥bʰiḥ samabʰavat tasmāt tisr̥bʰiḥ stuvanti, tisr̥bʰir udgāyanti;
tisr̥bʰir hi sāma sammitaṃ.
tasmād ekasya bahvyo jāyā bʰavanti, naikasyai bahavaḥ patayo.
yad vai tat sā cāmaś ca samabʰavatāṃ, tat sāmābʰavat, tat sāmnaḥ sāmatvaṃ
Sentence: 2 sāman bʰavati ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 3 yo vai bʰavati yaḥ śreṣṭhatām aśnute sa sāman bʰavaty,
asāmanya iti hi nindanti
Sentence: 4 te vai pañcānyad bʰūtvā pañcānyad bʰūtvākalpetām:
āhāvāś ca hiṃkāraś ca prastāvaś ca pratʰamā ca r̥g udgītʰaś ca,
madʰyamā ca pratihāraś cottamā ca nidʰanaṃ ca vaṣaṭkāraś ca
Sentence: 5 te yat pañcānyad bʰūtvā pañcānyad bʰūtvākalpetāṃ, tasmād āhuḥ:
pāṅkto yajñaḥ pāṅktāḥ paśava iti
Sentence: 6 yad u virājaṃ daśinīm abʰisamapadyetāṃ, tasmād āhur:
virāji yajño daśinyām pratiṣṭhita ity
Sentence: 7 ātmā vai stotriyaḥ, prajānurūpaḥ, patnī dʰāyyā,
paśavaḥ pragātʰo, gr̥hāḥ sūktaṃ
Sentence: 8 sa vā asmiṃś ca loke 'muṣmiṃś ca prajayā
ca paśubʰiś ca gr̥heṣu vasati ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 stotriyaṃ śaṃsaty, ātmā vai stotriyas
Sentence: 2 tam madʰyamayā vācā śaṃsaty, ātmānam eva tat saṃskurute
Sentence: 3 'nurūpaṃ śaṃsati, prajā vā anurūpaḥ
Sentence: 4 sa uccaistarām ivānurūpaḥ śaṃstavyaḥ,
prajām eva tac cʰreyasīm ātmanaḥ kurute
Sentence: 5 dʰāyyāṃ śaṃsati, patnī vai dʰāyyā
Sentence: 6 sā nīcaistarām iva dʰāyyā śaṃstavyā
Sentence: 7 prativādinī hāsya gr̥heṣu patnī bʰavati yatraivaṃ vidvān
nīcaistarāṃ dʰāyyāṃ śaṃsati
Sentence: 8 pragātʰaṃ śaṃsati
Sentence: 9 sa svaravatyā vācā śaṃstavyaḥ.
paśavo vai svaraḥ, paśavaḥ pragātʰaḥ, paśūnām avaruddʰyā
Sentence: 10 indrasya nu vīryāṇī pra vocam iti sūktāṃ śaṃsati
Sentence: 11 tad vā etat priyam Indrasya sūktaṃ niṣkevalyaṃ hairaṇyastūpam.
etena vai sūktena Hiraṇyastūpa Āṅgirasa Indrasya priyaṃ dʰāmopāgacʰat,
sa paramaṃ lokam ajayad
Sentence: 12 upendrasya priyaṃ dʰāma gacʰati, jayati paramaṃ lokaṃ ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 13 gr̥hā vai pratiṣṭhā sūktaṃ.
tat pratiṣṭhitatamayā vācā śaṃstavyaṃ.
tasmād yady api dūra iva paśūm̐l labʰate, gr̥hān evainān ājigamiṣati;
gr̥hā hi paśūnām pratiṣṭhā pratiṣṭhā
Sentence: 1 somo vai rājāmuṣmim̐l loka āsīt, taṃ devāś ca r̥ṣayaś cābʰyādʰyāyan:
katʰam ayam asmān somo rājāgacʰed iti.
te 'bruvaṃś cʰandāṃsi: yūyaṃ na imaṃ somaṃ rājānam āharateti. tatʰeti.
te suparṇā bʰūtvodapataṃs.
te yat suparṇā bʰūtvodapataṃs,
tad etat Sauparṇam ity ākʰyānavida ācakṣate
Sentence: 2 cʰandāṃsi vai tat somaṃ rājānam acʰācaraṃs.
tāni ha tarhi caturakṣarāṇi-caturakṣarāṇy eva cʰandāṃsy āsan.
sā jagatī caturakṣarā pratʰamodapatat.
sā patitvārdʰam adʰvano gatvāśrāmyat,
sā parāsya trīṇy akṣarāṇy ekākṣarā bʰūtvā
dīkṣāṃ ca tapaś ca harantī punar abʰyavāpatat.
tasmāt tasya vittā dīkṣā vittaṃ tapo yasya paśavaḥ santi.
jāgatā hi paśavo, jagatī hi tān āharad
Sentence: 3 atʰa triṣṭub udapatat.
sā patitvā bʰūyo 'rdʰād adʰvano gatvāśrāmyat,
= sā parāsyaikam akṣaraṃ tryakṣarā bʰūtvā dakṣinā harantī punar abʰyavāpatat.
tasmān madʰyaṃdine dakṣiṇā nīyante triṣṭubʰo loke, triṣṭub bʰi tā āharat
Sentence: 1 te devā abruvan gāyatrīṃ.
tvaṃ na imaṃ somaṃ rājānam āhareti.
sā tatʰety abravīt, tāṃ vai mā sarveṇa svastyayanenānumantrayadʰvam iti.
tatʰeti. sodapatat, tāṃ devāḥ sarveṇa svastyayanenānvamantrayanta:
preti ceti cety. etad vai sarvaṃ svastyayanaṃ yat preti ceti ceti.
tad yo 'sya priyaḥ syāt tam etenānumantrayeta:
preti ceti ceti, svasty eva gacʰati, svasti punar āgacʰati
Sentence: 2 sā patitvā somapālān bʰīṣayitvā padbʰyāṃ ca mukʰena ca somaṃ rājānaṃ
samagr̥bʰṇād, yāni cetare cʰandasī akṣarāṇy ajahitāṃ tāni copasamagr̥bʰṇāt
Sentence: 3 tasyā anuvisr̥jya Kr̥śānuḥ somapālaḥ savyasya pado nakʰam acʰidat,
tac cʰalyako 'bʰavat, tasmāt sa nakʰam iva.
yad vaśam asravat sā vaśābʰavat,
tasmāt sā havir ivātʰa yaḥ śalyo yad anīkam āsit sa sarpo nirdaṃśy abʰavat,
sahasaḥ svājo.
yāni parṇāni te mantʰāvalā, yāni snāvāni te gaṇḍūpadā,
yat tejanaṃ so 'ndʰāhiḥ.
so sā tatʰeṣur abʰavat
Sentence: 1 sā yad dakṣiṇena padā samagr̥bʰṇāt, tat prātaḥsavanam abʰavat.
tad gāyatrī svam āyatanam akuruta,
tasmāt tat samr̥ddʰatamam manyante sarveṣāṃ savanānām.
agriyo mukʰyo bʰavati,
śreṣṭhatām aśnute ya evaṃ vedātʰa yat savyena padā samagr̥bʰṇāt,
tan mādʰyaṃdinaṃ savanam abʰavat.
tad visraṃsata, tad visrastaṃ nānvāpnot pūrvaṃ savanaṃ.
te devāḥ prājijñāsanta,
tasmiṃs triṣṭubʰāṃ cʰandasām adadʰur Indraṃ devatānāṃ,
tena tat samāvadvīryam abʰavat pūrveṇa savanenobʰābʰyāṃ savanābʰyāṃ
samāvadvīryābʰyāṃ samāvajjāmībʰyaṃ rādʰnoti ya evaṃ vedātʰa
yan mukʰena samagr̥bʰṇāt, tat tr̥tīyasavanam abʰavat
Sentence: 2 tasya patantī rasam adʰayat, tad dʰītarasaṃ nānvāpnot pūrve savane.
te devāḥ prājijñāsanta, tat paśuṣv apaśyaṃs.
tad yad āśiram avanayanty, ājyena paśunā caranti,
tena tat samāvadvīryam abʰavat pūrvābʰyāṃ savanābʰyāṃ
Sentence: 3 sarvaiḥ savanaiḥ samāvadvīryaiḥ samāvajjāmibʰī rādʰnoti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 te vā ime itare cʰandasī gāyatrīm abʰyavadetāṃ:
vittaṃ nāv akṣarāṇy anuparyāgur iti.
nety abravīd gāyatrī, yatʰāvittam eva na iti.
te deveṣu praśnam aitāṃ, te devā abruvan: yatʰāvittam eva va iti.
tasmād dʰāpy etarhi vittyāṃ vyāhur:
yatʰāvittam eva na iti.
tato vā aṣṭākṣarā gāyatry abʰavat, tryakṣarā triṣṭub,
ekākṣarā jagatī
Sentence: 2 sāṣṭākṣarā gāyatrī prātaḥsavanam udayacʰan,
nāśaknot triṣṭup tryakṣarā mādʰyaṃdinaṃ savanam udyantuṃ.
tāṃ gāyatry ahravīd: āyāny, api me 'trāstv iti.
sā tatʰety abravīt triṣṭup,
tāṃ vai maitair aṣṭābʰir akṣarair upasaṃdʰehīti. tatʰeti.
tām upasamadadʰād.
etad vai tad gāyatryai madʰyaṃdine yan
marutvatīyasyottare pratipado yaś cānucaraḥ.
saikādaśākṣarā bʰūtvā mādʰyaṃdinaṃ savanam udayacʰan
Sentence: 3 nāśaknoj jagaty ekākṣarā tr̥tiyasavanam udyantuṃ.
tāṃ gāyatry abravīd: āyāny, api me 'trāstv iti.
sā tatʰety abravīj jagati,
tāṃ vai maitair ekādaśabʰir akṣarair upasaṃdʰehīti. tatʰeti.
tām upasamadadʰād.
etad vai tad gāyatryai tr̥tīyasavane
yad vaiśvadevasyottare pratipado yaś cānucaraḥ.
sā dvādaśākṣarā bʰūtvā tr̥tīyasavanam udayacʰat
Sentence: 4 tato vā aṣṭākṣarā gāyatry abʰavad, ekādaśākṣarā triṣṭub,
dvādaśākṣarā jagatī
Sentence: 5 sarvaiś cʰandobʰiḥ samāvadvīryaiḥ samāvajjāmibʰī rādʰnoti ya evaṃ vedai/kaṃ
Sentence: 6 vai sat tat tredʰābʰavat. tasmād āhur:
dātavyam evaṃ viduṣa ity, ekaṃ hi sat tat tredʰābʰavat
Sentence: 1 te devā abruvann Ādityān:
yuṣmābʰir idaṃ savanam udyacʰāmeti. tatʰeti.
tasmād ādityārambʰaṇaṃ tr̥tīyasavanam, ādityagrahaḥ purastāt tasya
Sentence: 2 yajaty: ādityāso aditir mādayantām iti madvatyā rūpasamr̥ddʰayā.
madvad vai tr̥tīyasavanasya rūpaṃ
Sentence: 3 nānuvāṣaṭkaroti, na bʰakṣayati.
saṃstʰā vā eṣā yad anunvaṣaṭkāraḥ, saṃstʰā bʰakṣaḥ, prāṇā Ādityā:
net prāṇān saṃstʰāpayānīti
Sentence: 4 ta Ādityā abruvan Savitāraṃ:
tvayedaṃ saha savanam udyacʰāmeti. tatʰeti.
tasmāt sāvitrī pratipad bʰavati vaiśvadevasya,
sāvitragrahaḥ purastāt tasya.
yajati: damūnā devaḥ savitā vareṇya iti madvatyā rūpasamr̥ddʰayā.
madvad vai tr̥tīyasavanasya rūpaṃ.
nānunvaṣaṭkaroti, na bʰakṣayati.
saṃstʰā vā eṣā yad anunvaṣaṭkāraḥ, saṃstʰā bʰakṣaḥ, prāṇaḥ Savitā:
net prāṇaṃ saṃstʰāpayānīty
Sentence: 5 ubʰe vā eṣa ete savane vipibati yat Savitā:
prātaḥsavanaṃ ca tr̥tīyasavanaṃ ca.
tad yat pibavat sāvitryai nividaḥ padam purastād bʰavati madvad upariṣṭād,
ubʰayor evainaṃ tat savanayor ābʰajati:
prātaḥsavane ca tr̥tīyasavane ca
Sentence: 6 bahvyaḥ prātar vāyavyāḥ śasyanta, ekā tr̥tīyasavane.
tasmād ūrdʰvāḥ puruṣasya bʰūyāṃsaḥ prāṇā yac cāvāñco
Sentence: 7 dyāvāpr̥tʰivīyaṃ śaṃsati.
dyāvāpr̥tʰivī vai pratiṣṭhe: iyam eveha pratiṣṭhāsāv amutra.
tad yad dyāvāpr̥tʰivīyaṃ śaṃsati, pratiṣṭhayor evainaṃ tat pratiṣṭhāpayati
Sentence: 1 ārbʰavaṃ śaṃsaty
Sentence: 2 R̥bʰavo vai deveṣu tapasā somapītʰam abʰyajayaṃs.
tebʰyaḥ prātaḥsavane ՚0,1 'vācikalpayiṣaṃs,
tān Agnir Vasubʰiḥ prātaḥsavanād anudata.
tebʰyo mādʰyaṃdine savane ՚0,1 'vācikalpayiṣaṃs,
tān Indro Rudrair mādʰyaṃdināt savanād anudata.
tebʰyas tr̥tīyasavane ՚0,1 'vācikalpayiṣaṃs, tān Viśve devā anonudyanta:
neha pāsyanti neheti.
sa Prajāpatir abravīt Savitāraṃ:
tava vā ime 'ntevāsās, tvam evaibʰiḥ sampibasveti.
sa tatʰety abravīt Savitā, tān vai tvam ubʰayataḥ paripibeti.
tān Prajāpatir ubʰayataḥ paryapibat
Sentence: 3 te ete dʰāyye anirukte prājāpatye śasyete abʰita ārbʰavaṃ:
surupakr̥tnum ūtaye, 'yaṃ venaś codayat pr̥śnigarbʰā iti.
Prajāpatir evaināṃs tad ubʰayataḥ paripibati.
tasmād u śreṣṭhī pātre rocayaty eva yaṃ kāmayate taṃ
Sentence: 4 tebʰyo vai devā apaivābībʰatsanta manuṣyagandʰāt,
ta ete dʰāyye antaradadʰata:
yebʰyo mātai, vā pitra iti
Sentence: 1 vaiśvadevaṃ śaṃsati
Sentence: 2 yatʰā vai prāja evaṃ vaiśvadevaṃ.
tad yatʰāntaraṃ janatā evaṃ sūktāni, yatʰāraṇyāny evaṃ dʰāyyās.
tad ubʰayato dʰāyyām paryāhvayate.
tasmāt tāny araṇyāni santy anaraṇyāni mr̥gaiś ca vayobʰiś ceti ha smāha
Sentence: 3 yatʰā vai puruṣa evaṃ vaiśvadevaṃ.
tasya yatʰāvantaram aṅgāny evaṃ sūktāni, yatʰā parvāṇy evaṃ dʰāyyās.
tad ubʰayato dʰāyyām paryāhvayate.
tasmāt puruṣasya parvāṇi śitʰirāṇi santi dr̥ḷhāni,
brahmaṇā hi tāni dʰr̥tāni
Sentence: 4 mūlaṃ vā etad yajñasya yad dʰāyyāś ca yājyāś ca.
tad yad anyā-anyā dʰāyyāś ca yājyāś ca kuryur,
unmūlam eva tad yajñaṃ kuryus.
tasmāt tāḥ samānya eva syuḥ
Sentence: 5 pāñcajanyaṃ vā etad uktʰaṃ yad vaiśvadevaṃ.
sarveṣāṃ vā etat pañcajanānām uktʰam:
devamanuṣyāṇāṃ gandʰarvāpsarasāṃ sarpāṇāṃ ca pitr̥̄ṇāṃ caiteṣāṃ
vā etat pañcajañānām uktʰaṃ
Sentence: 6 sarva enam pañcajanā vidur,
ainam pañcinyai janatāyai havino gacʰanti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 7 sarvadevatyo vā eṣa hotā yo vaiśvadevaṃ śaṃsati.
sarvā diśo dʰyāyec cʰaṃsiṣyan, sarvāsv eva tad dikṣu rasaṃ dadʰāti
Sentence: 8 yasyām asya diśi dveṣyaḥ syān na tāṃ dʰyāyed,
anuhāyaivāsya tad vīryam ādatte
Sentence: 9 'ditir dyaur aditir antarikṣam ity
uttamayā paridadʰātīyaṃ vā Aditir iyaṃ dyaur iyaṃ antarikṣam
Sentence: 10 aditir mātā sa pitā sa putra itīyaṃ vai māteyam piteyam putro
Sentence: 11 viśve devā aditiḥ pañca janā ity, asyāṃ vai Viśve devā asyām pañcajanā
Sentence: 12 aditir jātam aditir janitvam itīyaṃ vai jātam iyaṃ janitvaṃ
Sentence: 13 dviḥ paccʰaḥ paridadʰāti. catuṣpādā vai paśavaḥ, paśūnām avaruddʰyai.
sakr̥d ardʰarcaśaḥ, pratiṣṭhāyā eva.
dvipratiṣṭho vai puruṣaś catuṣpādāḥ paśavo,
yajamānam eva tad dvipratiṣṭhaṃ catuṣpātsu paśuṣu pratiṣṭhāpayati
Sentence: 14 sadaiva pañcajanīyayā paridadʰyāt.
tad upaspr̥san bʰūmim paridadʰyat.
tad yasyām eva yajñaṃ sambʰarati,
tasyām evainaṃ tad antataḥ pratiṣṭhāpayati
Sentence: 15 viśve devāḥ śr̥ṇutemaṃ havam ma iti
vaiśvadevam uktʰaṃ śastvā vaiśvadevyā yajati,
yatʰābʰāgaṃ tad devatāḥ prīṇāti
Sentence: 1 āgneyī pratʰamā gʰr̥tayājyā, saumī saumyayājyā, vaiṣṇavī gʰr̥tayājyā.
tvaṃ soma pitr̥bʰiḥ saṃvidāna iti saumyasya pitr̥matyā yajati
Sentence: 2 gʰnauti vā etat somaṃ yad abʰiṣuṇvanti,
tasyaitām anustaraṇīṃ kurvanti yat saumyaḥ.
pitr̥bʰyo vā anustaraṇī, tasmāt saumyasya pitr̥matyā yajaty
Sentence: 3 avadʰiṣur vā etat somaṃ yad abʰyasuṣavus, tad enam punaḥ sambʰāvayanti
Sentence: 4 punar āpyāyayanty upasadāṃ rūpeṇopasadāṃ kila vai tad rūpaṃ yad etā devatā:
Agniḥ Somo Viṣṇur iti
Sentence: 5 pratigr̥hya saumyaṃ hotā pūrvaś cʰandogebʰyo 'vekṣeta
Sentence: 6 taṃ haike pūrvaṃ cʰandogebʰyo haranti. tat tatʰā na kuryād.
vaṣaṭkartā pratʰamaḥ sarvabʰakṣān bʰakṣayatīti ha smāha,
tenaiva rūpeṇa tasmād vaṣaṭkartaiva pūrvo
'vekṣetātʰainaṃ cʰandogebʰyo haranti
Sentence: 1 Prajāpatir vai svāṃ duhitaram abʰyadʰyāyad,
divam ity anya āhur Uṣasam ity anye.
tām r̥śyo bʰūtvā rohitam bʰūtām abʰyait.
taṃ devā apaśyann: ākr̥taṃ vai Prajāpatiḥ karotīti.
te tam aicʰan ya enam āriṣyaty, etam anyonyasmin nāvindaṃs.
teṣāṃ yā eva gʰoratamās tanva āsaṃs, tā ekadʰā samabʰaraṃs.
tāḥ sambʰr̥tā eṣa devo 'bʰavat, tad asyaitad bʰūtavan nāma
Sentence: 2 bʰavati vai sa yo 'syaitad evaṃ nāma veda
Sentence: 3 taṃ devā abrūvann:
ayaṃ vai Prajāpatir akr̥tam akar, imaṃ vidʰyeti.
sa tatʰety abravīt, sa vai vo varaṃ vr̥ṇā iti. vr̥ṇīṣveti.
sa etam eva varam avr̥ṇīta: paśūnām ādʰipatyaṃ.
tad asyaitat paśuman nāma
Sentence: 4 paśumān bʰavati yo 'syaitad evaṃ nāma veda
Sentence: 5 tam abʰyāyatyāvidʰyat, sa viddʰa ūrdʰva ՚0 udapravata,
tam etam Mr̥ga ity ācakṣate.
ya u eva mr̥gavyādʰaḥ sa u eva sa, yā rohit sā Rohiṇī,
yo eveṣus trikāṇḍā so eveṣus trikāṇḍā
Sentence: 6 tad vā idam Prajāpate retaḥ siktam adʰāvat, tat saro 'bʰavat.
te devā abruvan: medam Prajāpate reto duṣad iti.
yad abruvan: medam Prajāpate reto duṣad iti, tan māduṣam abʰavat,
tan māduṣasya māduṣatvam.
māduṣaṃ ha vai nāmaitad yan mānuṣaṃ,
tan māduṣaṃ san mānuṣam ity ācakṣate parokṣeṇa,
parokṣapriyā iva hi devāḥ
Sentence: 1 tad agninā paryādadʰus, tan Maruto 'dʰūnvaṃs, tad agnir na prācyāvayat.
tad agninā vaiśvānareṇa paryādadʰus, tan Maruto 'dʰūnvaṃs,
tad agnir vaiśvānaraḥ prācyāvayat.
tasya yad retasaḥ pratʰamam udadīpyata, tad asāv Ādityo 'bʰavad.
yad dvitīyam āsīt, tad Bʰr̥gur abʰavat.
taṃ Varuṇo nyagr̥hṇīta, tasmāt sa Bʰr̥gur Vāruṇir.
atʰa yat tr̥tīyam adīded iva, ta Ādityā abʰavan.
ye 'ṅgārā āsaṃs, te 'ṅgiraso 'bʰavan.
yad aṅgārāḥ punar avaśāntā udadīpyanta, tad Br̥haspatir abʰavad
Sentence: 2 yāni parikṣāṇāny āsaṃs te kr̥ṣṇā pasavo 'bʰavan,
yā lohinī mr̥ttikā te rohitā.
atʰa yad bʰasmāsīt, tat paruṣyaṃ vyasarpad:
gauro gavaya r̥śya uṣṭro gardabʰa iti ye caite 'ruṇāḥ paśavas te ca
Sentence: 3 tān vā eṣa devo 'bʰyavadata: mama vā idam, mama vai vāstuham iti.
tam etayarcā niravādayanta yaiṣā raudrī śasyata
Sentence: 4 ā te pitar marutāṃ sumnam etu mā naḥ sūryasya saṃdr̥śo yuyotʰāḥ \
tvaṃ no vīro arvati kṣametʰā
Sentence: 5 iti brūyān nābʰi na ity, anabʰimānuko haiṣa devaḥ prajā bʰavati
Sentence: 6 pra jāyemahi rudriya prajābʰir iti
brūyān na rudrety, etasyaiva nāmnaḥ parihr̥tyai
Sentence: 7 tad u kʰalu śaṃ naḥ karatīty eva śaṃsec,
cʰam iti pratipadyate, sarvasmā eva śāntyai.
nr̥bʰyo nāribʰyo gava iti.
pumāṃso vai naraḥ striyo nāryaḥ, sarvasmā eva śāntyai
Sentence: 8 so ՚6 'niruktā raudrī śāntā, sarvāyuḥ sarvāyutvāya
Sentence: 9 sarvam āyur eti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 10 so gāyatrī. brahma vai gāyatrī, brahmaṇaivainaṃ tan namasyati
Sentence: 1 vaiśvānarīyeṇāgnimārutam pratipadyate.
vaiśvānaro vā etad retaḥ siktam prācyāvayat,
tasmād vaiśvānarīyeṇāgnimārutam pratipadyate
Sentence: 2 'navānam pratʰama r̥k śaṃstavyāgnīn vā eṣo 'rcīṃṣy aśāntāu prasīdann eti
ya āgnimārutaṃ śaṃsati, prāṇenaiva tad agnīṃs taraty
Sentence: 3 adʰīyann upahanyād, anyaṃ vivaktāram icʰet;
tam eva tat setuṃ kr̥tvā tarati
Sentence: 4 tasmād āgnimārute na vyucyam, eṣṭavyo vivaktā
Sentence: 5 mārutaṃ śaṃsati.
Maruto ha vā etad retaḥ siktaṃ dʰūnvantaḥ prācyāvayaṃs,
tasmān mārutaṃ śaṃsati
Sentence: 6 yajñā-yajñā vo agnaye,
devo vo draviṇodā iti madʰye yoniṃ cānurūpaṃ ca śaṃsati.
tad yan madʰye yoniṃ cānurūpam ca śaṃsati, tasmān madʰye yonir dʰr̥tā
Sentence: 7 yad u dve sūkte śastvā śaṃsati,
pratiṣṭhayor eva tad upariṣṭāt prajananaṃ dadʰāti prajātyai
Sentence: 8 prajāyate prajayā paśubʰir ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 jātavedasyaṃ śaṃsati
Sentence: 2 Prajāpatiḥ prajā āsr̥jata.
tāḥ sr̥ṣṭāḥ parācya evāyan, na vyāvartanta.
ta agninā paryagacʰat, tā agnim upāvartanta, tam evādyāpy upāvr̥ttāḥ.
so 'bravīj: jātā vai prajā anenāvidam iti.
yad abravīj: jātā vai prajā anenāvidam iti, taj jātavedasyam abʰavat,
taj jātavedaso jātavedastvaṃ
Sentence: 3 tā agninā parigatā niruddʰāḥ ՚1 śocantyaḥ dīdʰyatyo 'tiṣṭhaṃs.
tā adbʰir abʰyaṣiñcat,
tasmād upariṣṭāj jātavedasyasyāpohiṣṭhīyam śaṃsati
Sentence: 4 tasmāt tac cʰamayateva śaṃstavyaṃ.
tā adbʰir abʰiṣcya nijāsyaivāmanyata
Sentence: 5 tāsu vā Ahinā budʰnyena parokṣāt tejo 'dadʰād.
eṣa ha vā Ahir budʰnyo yad agnir gārhapatyo,
'gninaivāsu tad gārhapatyena parokṣāt tejo dadʰāti.
tasmād āhur: juhvad evājuhvato vasīyān iti
Sentence: 1 devānām patnīḥ śaṃsaty anūcīr agniṃ gr̥hapatiṃ,
tasmād anūcī patnī gārhapatyam āste
Sentence: 2 tad āhū: Rākām pūrvāṃ śaṃsej, jāmyai vai pūrvapeyam iti
Sentence: 3 tat-tan nādr̥tyaṃ.
devānām eva patnīḥ pūrvāḥ śaṃsed.
eṣa ha vā etat patnīṣu reto dadʰāti yad agnir gārhapatyo,
'gninaivāsu tad gārhapatyena patnīṣu pratyakṣād reto dadʰāti prajātyai
Sentence: 4 prajāyate prajayā paśubʰir ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 5 tasmāt samānodaryā svasānyodāryayai jāyāyā anujīvinī jīvati
Sentence: 6 Rākāṃ śaṃsati. Rākā ha vā etām puruṣasya sevanīṃ sīvyati yaiṣā śiśne 'dʰi
Sentence: 7 pumāṃso 'sya putrā jāyante ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 8 Pāvīravīṃ śaṃsati.
vāg vai Sarasvatī Pāvīravī, vācy eva tad vācam dadʰāti
Sentence: 9 tad āhur: yāmīm pūrvāṃ śaṃse+t \ pitryā+m iti \
Sentence: 10 yāmīm eva pūrvāṃ śaṃsed: imaṃ yama prastaram ā hi sīdeti.
rājño vai pūrvapeyaṃ, tasmād yāmīm eva pūrvāṃ śaṃsen
Sentence: 11 mātalī kavyair yamo aṅgirobʰir iti kāvyānām anūcīṃ śaṃsaty.
avareṇaiva vai devān kāvyāḥ pareṇaiva pitr̥̄ṃs,
tasmāt kāvyānām anūcīṃ śaṃsaty
Sentence: 12 ud īratām avara ut parāsa iti pitryāḥ śaṃsaty
Sentence: 13 un madʰyamāḥ pitaraḥ somyāsa iti
Sentence: 14 ye caivāvamā ye ca paramā ye ca madʰyamās, tān sarvān anantarāyam pr̥̄ṇāty
Sentence: 15 āham pitr̥̄n suvidatrām̐ avitsīti dvitīyāṃ śaṃsati
Sentence: 16 barhiṣado ye svadʰayā sutasyety.
etad dʰa vā eṣām priyaṃ dʰāma yad barhiṣada iti,
priyeṇaivaināṃs tad dʰāmnā samardʰayati
Sentence: 17 priyeṇa dʰāmnā samr̥dʰyate ya evaṃ vede/dam
Sentence: 18 pitr̥bʰyo namo astv adyeti namaskāravatīm antataḥ śaṃsati,
tasmād antataḥ pitr̥bʰyo namaskriyate
Sentence: 19 tad āhur: vyāhāvam pitryāḥ śaṃse+t \ avyāhāvā+m iti \ vyāhāvam eva śaṃsed,
asaṃstʰitaṃ vai pitr̥yajñasya sādʰv.
asaṃstʰitaṃ vā eṣa pitr̥yajñaṃ saṃstʰāpayati yo ՚0 'vyāhāvaṃ śaṃsati,
tasmād vyāhāvam eva śaṃstavyam
Sentence: 1 svāduṣ kilāyam madʰumām̐ utāyam itīndrasyaindrīr anupānīyāḥ śaṃsaty.
etābʰir vā Indras tr̥tīyasavanam anvapibat, tad anupānīyānām anupānīyātvam
Sentence: 2 mādyantīva vai tarhi devatā yad etā hotā śaṃsati,
tasmād etāsu madvat pratigīryaṃ
Sentence: 3 yayor ojasā skabʰitā rajāṃsīti vaiṣṇuvāruṇīm r̥caṃ śaṃsati.
Viṣṇur vai yajñasya duriṣṭam pāti Varuṇaḥ sviṣṭaṃ,
tayor ubʰayor eva śāntyai
Sentence: 4 viṣṇor nu kaṃ vīryāṇi pra vocam iti vaiṣṇavīṃ śansati.
yatʰā vai matyam, evaṃ yajñasya Viṣṇus.
tad yatʰā duṣkr̥ṣṭaṃ durmatīkr̥taṃ sukr̥ṣṭaṃ sumatīkr̥taṃ kurvann iyād,
evam evaitad yajñasya duṣṭutaṃ duḥśastaṃ suṣṭutaṃ suśastaṃ kurvann eti
yad etāṃ hotā śaṃsati
Sentence: 5 tantuṃ tanvan rajaso bʰānum anv ihīti prājāpatyāṃ śaṃsati.
prajā vai tautuḥ, prajām evāsma etat saṃtanoti
Sentence: 6 jyotiṣmataḥ patʰo rakṣa dʰiyā kr̥tān iti.
devayānā vai jyotiṣmantaḥ pantʰānas, tān evāsmā etad vitanoty.
anulbaṇaṃ vayata joguvām apo manur bʰava janayā daivyaṃ janam ity
evainaṃ tan Manoḥ prajayā saṃtanoti prajātyai
Sentence: 7 prajāyate prajayā paśubʰir ya evam vedai/vā
Sentence: 8 na indro magʰavā virapśīty uttamayā paridadʰātīyaṃ
vā Indro magʰavā virapśī
Sentence: 9 karat satyā carṣaṇīdʰr̥d anarvetīyaṃ vai satyā carṣaṇīdʰr̥d anarvā
Sentence: 10 tvaṃ rājā januṣāṃ dʰehy asme itīyaṃ vai rājā januṣām
Sentence: 11 adʰi śravo māhinaṃ yaj jaritra itīyaṃ vai māhinaṃ
yajñaḥ śravo yajamāno jaritā, yajamānāyaivaitām āśiṣam āśāste
Sentence: 12 tad upaspr̥śan bʰūmim paridadʰyāt.
tad yasyām eva yajñaṃ sambʰarati,
tasyām evainaṃ tad antataḥ pratiṣṭhāpayaty
Sentence: 13 agne marudbʰiḥ śubʰayadbʰir r̥kvabʰir ity
āgnimārutam uktʰaṃ śastvāgnimārutyā yajati,
yatʰābʰāgaṃ tad devatāḥ prīṇāti prīṇāti
Sentence: 1 devā vā asurair yuddʰam upaprāyan vijayāya, tān Agnir nānvakāmayataituṃ.
taṃ devā abruvann: api tvam ehy, asmākaṃ vai tvam eko 'sīti.
sa nāstuto 'nveṣyāmīty abravīt, stuta nu meti.
taṃ te samutkramyopanivr̥tyāstuvaṃs, tān stuto 'nuprait
Sentence: 2 sa triḥśreṇir bʰūtvā tryanīko 'surān yuddʰam upaprāyad vijayāya.
triḥśreṇir iti cʰandāṃsy eva śreṇīr akuruta,
tryanīka iti savanāny evānīkāni.
tān asambʰāvyam parābʰāvayat.
tato vai devā abʰavan, parāsurā
Sentence: 3 bʰavaty ātmanā, parāsya dviṣan pāpmā bʰrātr̥vyo bʰavati, ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 4 sā vā eṣā gāyatry eva yad agniṣṭomaś.
caturviṃśatyakṣarā vai gāyatrī, caturviṃśatir agniṣṭomasya stutaśastrāṇi
Sentence: 5 tad vai yad idam āhuḥ: sudʰāyāṃ ha vai vāji suhito dadʰātīti.
gāyatrī vai tan.
na ha vai gāyatrī kṣamā ramata,
ūrdʰvā ha vā eṣā yajamānam ādāya svār etity.
agniṣṭomo vai tan. na ha vā agniṣṭomaḥ kṣamā ramata,
ūrdʰvo ha vā eṣa yajamānam ādāya svar eti
Sentence: 6 sa vā eṣa saṃvatsara eva yad agniṣṭomaś.
caturviṃśatyardʰamāso vai saṃvatsaraś,
caturviṃśatir agniṣṭomasya stutaśastrāṇi
Sentence: 7 taṃ yatʰā samudraṃ srotyā evaṃ sarve yajñakratavo 'piyanti
Sentence: 1 dīkṣaṇīyeṣṭis tāyate.
tām evānu yāḥ kāśceṣṭayas, tāḥ sarvā agniṣṭomam apiyantī/ḷām
Sentence: 2 upahvayata, iḷāvidʰā vai pākayajñā.
iḷām evānu ye keca pākayajñās, te sarve 'gniṣṭomam apiyanti
Sentence: 3 sāyamprātar agnihotraṃ juhvati, sāyamprātar vratam prayacʰanti;
svāhākāreṇāgnihotraṃ juhvati, svāhākāreṇa vratam prayacʰanti;
svāhākāram evānv agnihotram agniṣṭomam apyeti
Sentence: 4 pañcadaśa prāyaṇīye sāmidʰenīr anvāha pañcadaśa darśapūrṇamāsayoḥ,
prāyaṇīyam evānu darśapūrṇamāsāv agniṣṭomam apītaḥ
Sentence: 5 somaṃ rājānaṃ krīṇanty,
auṣadʰo vai somo rājāuṣadʰibʰis tam bʰiṣajyanti yam bʰiṣajyanti.
somam eva rājānaṃ krīyamāṇam anu yāni kānica bʰeṣajāni,
tāni sarvāṇy agniṣṭomam apiyanty
Sentence: 6 agnim ātitʰye mantʰanty agniṃ cāturmāsyeṣv,
ātitʰyam evānu cāturmāsyāny agniṣṭomam apiyanti
Sentence: 7 payasā pravargye caranti payasā dākṣāyaṇayajñe,
pravargyam evānu dākṣāyaṇayajño 'gniṣṭomam apyeti
Sentence: 8 paśur upavasatʰe bʰavati,
tam evānu ye keca paśubandʰās te sarve 'gniṣṭomam apiyantī/ḷādadʰo
Sentence: 9 nāma yajñakratus, taṃ dadʰnā caranti dadʰnā dadʰigʰarme,
dadʰigʰarmam evānv iḷādadʰo 'gniṣṭomam apyeti
Sentence: 1 iti nu purastād, atʰopariṣṭāt.
pañcadaśoktʰyasya stotrāṇi pañcadaśa śastrāṇi, sa māso.
māsadʰā saṃvatsaro vihitaḥ,
saṃvatsaro 'gnir vaiśvānaro, 'gnir agniṣṭomaḥ.
saṃvatsaram evānūktʰyo 'gniṣṭomam apyety.
uktʰyam apiyantam anu vājapeyo 'pyety, uktʰyo hi sa bʰavati
Sentence: 2 dvādaśa rātreḥ paryāyāḥ, sarve pañcadaśās, te dvau-dvau sampadya triṃśad.
ekaviṃśaṃ ṣoḷaśi sāma, trivr̥t saṃdʰiḥ: sā triṃśat, sa māsas.
triṃśan māsasya rātrayo.
māsadʰā saṃvatsaro vihitaḥ, saṃvatsaro 'gnir vaiśvānaro, 'gnir agniṣṭomaḥ.
saṃvatsaram evānv atirātro 'gniṣṭomam apyety.
atirātram apiyantam anv aptoryāmo 'pyety, atirātro hi sa bʰavaty
Sentence: 3 etad vai ye ca purastād ye copariṣṭād yajñakratavas,
te sarve 'gniṣṭomam apiyanti
Sentence: 4 tasya saṃstutasya navatiśataṃ stotriyāḥ.
sā yā navatis te daśa trivr̥to,
'tʰa yā navatis te daśātʰa yā daśa
tāsām ekā stotriyodeti trivr̥t pariśiṣyate:
so 'sāv ekaviṃso 'dʰyāhitas tapati. viṣuvān vā eṣa stomānāṃ.
daśa vā etasmād arvāñcās trivr̥to daśa parāñco,
madʰya eṣa ekaviṃśa ubʰayato 'dʰyāhitas tapati.
tad yāsau stotriyodeti, saitasminn adʰyūḷhā:
sa yajamanas, tad daivaṃ kṣatraṃ saho balam
Sentence: 5 aśnute ha vai daivaṃ kṣatraṃ saho balam,
etasya ha sāyujyaṃ sarūpatāṃ salokatām aśnute ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 devā vā asurair vijigyānā ūrdʰvāḥ svargaṃ lokam āyan.
so 'gnir divispr̥g ūrdʰva udaśrayata, sa svargasya lokasya dvāram avr̥ṇod.
Agnir vai svargasya lokasyādʰipatis.
taṃ Vasavaḥ pratʰamā āgacʰaṃs, ta enam abruvann:
ati no ՚1 'rjasvākāśaṃ naḥ kurv iti.
sa nāstuto 'tisrakṣya ity abravīt, stuta nu meti. tatʰeti.
taṃ te trivr̥tā stomenāstuvaṃs,
tān stuto 'tyārjata, te yatʰālokam agacʰaṃs.
Sentence: 2 taṃ Rudrā āgacʰaṃs, ta enam abruvann:
ati no ՚1 'rjasvākāśaṃ naḥ kurv iti.
sa nāstuto 'tisrakṣya ity abravīt, stuta nu meti. tatʰeti.
taṃ te pañcadaśena stomenāstuvaṃs,
tān stuto 'tyārjata, te yatʰālokam agacʰaṃs
Sentence: 3 tam Ādityā āgacʰaṃs ta enam abruvann:
ati no ՚1 'rjasvākāśaṃ naḥ kurv iti.
sa nāstuto 'tisrakṣya ity abravīt, stuta nu meti. tatʰeti.
taṃ te saptadaśena stomenāstuvaṃs,
tān stuto 'tyārjata, te yatʰālokam agacʰaṃs
Sentence: 4 taṃ Viśve devā āgacʰaṃs, ta enam abruvann:
ati no ՚1 'rjasvākāśaṃ naḥ kurv iti.
sa nāstuto 'tisrakṣya ity abravīt, stuta nu meti. tatʰeti.
taṃ ta ekaviṃśena stomenāstuvaṃs,
tān stuto 'tyārjata, te yatʰālokam agacʰann
Sentence: 5 ekaikena vai taṃ devāḥ stomenāstunvaṃs,
tān stuto 'tyārjata, te yatʰālokam agacʰann
Sentence: 6 atʰa hainam eṣa etaiḥ sarvaiḥ stomaiḥ stauti yo yajate
Sentence: 7 yaś cainam evaṃ ՚7 vedātit tu tam arjātā
Sentence: 8 ati ha vā enam arjate svargaṃ lokam abʰi ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 sa vā eṣo 'gnir eva yad agniṣṭonias, taṃ yad astuvaṃs tasmād agnistomas.
tam agnistomaṃ santam agniṣṭoma ity ācakṣate parokṣeṇa,
parokṣapriyā iva hi devās
Sentence: 2 taṃ yac catuṣṭayā devāś caturbʰiḥ stomair astuvaṃs, tasmāc catustomas.
taṃ catustomaṃ santaṃ catuṣṭoma ity ācakṣate parokṣeṇa,
parokṣapriyā iva hi devā
Sentence: 3 atʰa yad enam ūrdʰvaṃ santaṃ jyotir bʰūtam astuvaṃs, tasmāj jyotistomas.
taṃ jyotistomaṃ santaṃ jyotiṣṭoma ity ācakṣate parokṣeṇa,
parokṣapriyā iva hi devāḥ
Sentence: 4 sa vā eṣo 'pūrvo 'naparo yajñakratur,
yatʰā ratʰacakram anantam evaṃ yad agniṣṭomas.
tasya yatʰaiva prāyaṇaṃ tatʰodayanaṃ
Sentence: 5 tad eṣābʰi yajñagātʰā gīyate:
yad asya pūrvam aparaṃ tad asya,
yad v asyāparaṃ tad v asya pūrvam \
aher iva sarpaṇaṃ śākalasya
na vijānanti yatarat parastād
iti
Sentence: 6 yatʰā hy evāsya prāyaṇam evam udayanam asad iti
Sentence: 7 tad āhur: yat trivr̥t prāyaṇam ekaviṃśam udayaṃaṃ,= kena te same iti
Sentence: 8 yo vā ekaviṃśas trivr̥d vai so,
'tʰo yad ubʰau tr̥au tr̥cināv iti brūyāt, teneti
Sentence: 1 yo vā eṣa tapaty eṣo 'gniṣṭoma, eṣa sāhnas.
taṃ sahaivāhnā saṃstʰāpayeyuḥ, sāhno vai nāma
Sentence: 2 tena saṃtvaramānās careyur, yatʰaiva prātaḥsavana evam,
mādʰyaṃdina evaṃ tr̥tīyasavana.
evam u ha yajamāno 'pramāyuko bʰavati
Sentence: 3 yad dʰa vā idam pūrvayoḥ savanayor asaṃtvaramāṇāś caranti,
tasmād dʰedam prācyo grāmatā bahulāviṣṭā.
atʰa yad dʰedaṃ tr̥tīyasavane saṃtvaramāṇaś caranti,
tasmād dʰedam pratyañci dīrgʰāraṇyāni bʰavanti.
tatʰā ha yajamānaḥ pramāyuko bʰavati
Sentence: 4 tenāsaṃtvaramāṇāś careyur,
yatʰaiva prātaḥsavana evam mādʰyaṃdina evaṃ tr̥tīyasavana.
evam u ha yajamāno 'pramāyuko bʰavati
Sentence: 5 sa etam eva śastreṇānuparyāvarteta.
yadā vā eṣa prātar udety, atʰa mandraṃ tapati:
tasmān mandrayā vācā prātaḥsavane śāṃsed.
atʰa yadābʰyety, atʰa balīyas tapati:
tasmād balīyasyā vācā madʰyaṃdine śaṃsed.
atʰa yadābʰitarām ety, atʰa baliṣṭhatamaṃ tapati:
tasmād baliṣṭhatamayā vācā tr̥tīyasavane śaṃsed.
evaṃ śaṃsed yadi vāca īśīta, vāg gʰi śastraṃ.
yayā tu vācottarottariṇyotsaheta samāpanāya,
tayā pratipadyetaitat suśastatamam iva bʰavati
Sentence: 6 sa vā eṣa na kadā canāstam eti nodeti
Sentence: 7 taṃ yad astam etīti manyante,
'hna eva tad antam itvātʰātmānaṃ viparyasyate,
rātrīm evāvastāt kurute 'haḥ parastād
Sentence: 8 atʰa yad enam prātar udetīti manyante,
rātrer eva tad antam itvātʰātmānaṃ viparyasyate,
'har evāvastāt kurute rātrīm parastāt
Sentence: 9 sa vā eṣa na kadā cana nimrocati
Sentence: 10 na ha vai kadā cana nimrocaty,
etasya ha sāyujyaṃ sarūpatām salokatām aśnute ya evaṃ veda ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 yajño vai devebʰyo 'nnādyam udakrāmat.
te devā abruvan:
yajño vai no 'nnādyam udakramīd, anv imaṃ yajñam anna anvicʰāmeti.
te 'bruvan:
katʰam anvicʰāmeti, brāhmaṇena ca cʰandobʰiś cety abruvaṃs.
te brāhmaṇaṃ cʰandobʰir adīkṣayaṃs,
tasyāntaṃ yajñam atanvatāpi patnīḥ samayājayaṃs.
tasmād dʰāpy etarhi dīkṣaṇīyāyām iṣṭāv āntam eva yajñaṃ tanvate,
'pi patnīḥ saṃyājayanti.
tam anu nyāyam anvavāyaṃs
Sentence: 2 te prāyaṇīyam atanvata.
tam prāyaṇīyena nedīyo 'nvāgacʰaṃs, te karmabʰiḥ samatvaranta.
tac cʰaṃyvantam akurvaṃs,
tasmād dʰāpy etarhi prāyaṇīyaṃ śaṃyvantam eva bʰavati.
tam anu nyāyam anvavāyaṃs
Sentence: 3 ta ātitʰyam atanvata.
tam ātitʰyena nedīyo 'nvāgacʰaṃs, te karmabʰiḥ samatvaranta.
tad iḷāntam akurvaṃs, tasmād dʰāpy etarhy ātitʰyam iḷāntam eva bʰavati.
tam anu nyāyam anvavāyaṃs
Sentence: 4 ta upasado 'tanvata.
tam upasadbʰir nedīyo 'nvāgacʰaṃs, te karmabʰiḥ samatvaranta.
te tisraḥ sāmidʰenīr anūcya tisro devatā ayajaṃs,
tasmād dʰāpy etarhy upasatsu tisra eva
sāmidʰenīr anūcya tisro devatā yajanti.
tam anu nyāyam anvavāyaṃs
Sentence: 5 ta upavasatʰam atanvata.
tam upavasatʰye 'hany āpnuvaṃs,
tam āptvāntaṃ yajñam atanvatāpi patnīḥ samayājayaṃs.
tasmād dʰāpy etarhy upavasatʰa āntam eva yajñaṃ tanvate,
'pi patnīḥ saṃyājayanti
Sentence: 6 tasmād eteṣu pūrveṣu karmasu śanaistarāṃ-śanaistarām ivānubrūyād
Sentence: 7 anūtsaram iva hi te tam āyāṃs.
tasmād upavasatʰe yāvatyā vācā kāmayīta,
tāvatyānubrūyād, āpto hi sa tarhi bʰavatītī
Sentence: 8 tam āptvābruvaṃs:
tiṣṭhasva no 'nnādyāyeti.
sa nety abravīt, katʰaṃ vas tiṣṭheyeti. tān īkṣataiva.
tam abruvan:
brāhmaṇena ca naś cʰandobʰiś ca sayug bʰūtvānnādyāya tiṣṭhasveti. tatʰeti.
tasmād dʰāpy etarhi yajñaḥ sayug bʰūtvā devebʰyo
havyaṃ vahati brāhmaṇena ca cʰandobʰiś ca
Sentence: 1 trīṇi ha vai yajñe kriyante: jagdʰaṃ gīrṇaṃ vāntaṃ
Sentence: 2 tad dʰaitad eva jagdʰaṃ yad āśaṃsamṃnam ārtvijyaṃ kārayata:
uta vā me dadyād uta vā mā vr̥ṇīteti.
tad dʰa tat parāṅ eva yatʰā jagdʰaṃ, na haiva tad yajamānam bʰunakty
Sentence: 3 atʰa haitad eva gīrṇaṃ yad bibʰyad ārtvijyaṃ kārayata:
uta vā mā na bādʰetota vā me na yajñaveśaśāṃ kuryād iti.
tad dʰa tat parāṅ eva yatʰā gīrṇaṃ, na haiva tad yajamānam bʰunakty
Sentence: 4 atʰa haitad eva vāntaṃ yad abʰiśasyamānam ārtvijyaṃ kārayate.
yatʰā ha vā idaṃ vāntān manuṣyā bībʰatsanta, evam tasmād devās.
tad dʰa tat parāṅ eva yatʰā vāntaṃ, na haiva tad yajamānam bʰunakti
Sentence: 5 sa eteṣāṃ trayāṇām āśām neyāt
Sentence: 6 taṃ yady eteṣāṃ trayāṇām ekaṃcid akāmam abʰyābʰavet,
tasyāsti vāmadevyasya stotre prāyaścittir
Sentence: 7 idaṃ vā idaṃ vāmadevyaṃ yajamānaloko 'mr̥talokaḥ svargo lokas
Sentence: 8 tat tribʰir akṣarair nyūnaṃ.
tasya stotra upasr̥pya tredʰātmānaṃ vigr̥hṇīyāt: pu_ru_ṣa= iti
Sentence: 9 sa eteṣu lokeṣv ātmānaṃ dadʰāty:
asmin yajamānaloke 'sminn amr̥taloke 'smin svarge loke,
sa sarvāṃ duriṣṭim atyety
Sentence: 10 api yadi samr̥ddʰā iva r̥tvijaḥ syur, iti ha smāhātʰa haitaj japed eveti
Sentence: 1 cʰandāṃsi vai devebʰyo havyam ūḍhvā śrāntāni jagʰanārdʰe
yajñasya tiṣṭhanti, yatʰāśvo vāśvataro vohivāṃs tiṣṭhed evaṃ.
tebʰya etam maitrāvaruṇam paśupuroḷāśam anu devikāhavīṃṣi nirvaped
Sentence: 2 Dʰātre puroḷāśaṃ dvādaśakapālaṃ.
yo Dʰātā sa vaṣaṭkāro
Sentence: 3 'numatyai caruṃ. yānumatiḥ sā gāyatrī
Sentence: 4 Rākāyai caruṃ. yā Rākā sā triṣṭup
Sentence: 5 Sinīvālyai Caruṃ. yā Sinīvālī sā jagatī.
Kuhvai caruṃ. yā Kuhūḥ sānuṣṭub
Sentence: 6 etāni vāva sarvāṇi cʰandāṃsi: gāyatraṃ traiṣṭubʰaṃ jāgatam ānuṣṭubʰam,
anv anyāny, etāni hi yajñe pratamām iva kriyanta
Sentence: 7 etair ha vā asya cʰandobʰir yajataḥ sarvaiś cʰandobʰir iṣṭam bʰavāti
ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 8 tad vai yad idam āhuḥ: sudʰāyāṃ ha vai vājī suhito dadʰātīti.
cʰandāṃsi vai tat, sudʰāyāṃ ha vā enaṃ cʰandāṃsi dadʰaty
Sentence: 9 ananudʰyāyinaṃ lokaṃ jayati ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 10 tad dʰaika āhur:
Dʰātāram eva sarvāsām purastāt-purastād ājyena pariyajet,
tad āsu sarvāsu mitʰunaṃ dadʰātīti
Sentence: 11 tad u vā āhur:
jāmi vā etad yajñe kriyate,
yatra samānībʰyām r̥gbʰyaṃ samāne 'han yajatīti
Sentence: 12 yadi ha vā api bahvya iva jāyāḥ, patir vāva tāsām mitʰunaṃ.
tad yad āsāṃ Dʰātāram purastād yajati, tad āsu sarvāsu mitʰunaṃ dadʰātī/ti
Sentence: 13 nu devikānām
Sentence: 1 atʰa devīnāṃ
Sentence: 2 Sūryāya puroḷāśam ekakapālaṃ. yaḥ Sūryaḥ sa Dʰātā, sa u eva vaṣaṭkāro
Sentence: 3 dive caruṃ. yā dyauḥ sānumatiḥ, so eva gāyatry. Uṣase caruṃ.
yoṣāḥ sā Rākā, so eva triṣṭub. gave caruṃ.
yā gauḥ sā Sinīvālī, so eva jagatī. pr̥tʰivyai caruṃ.
yā pr̥tʰivī sā Kuhūḥ, so evānuṣṭub
Sentence: 4 etāni vāva sarvāṇi cʰandāṃsi:
gāyatraṃ traiṣṭubʰaṃ jāgatam ānuṣṭubʰam, anv anyāny,
etāni hi yajñe pratamām iva kriyanta.
etair ha vā asya cʰandobʰir yajataḥ sarvaiś cʰandobʰir
iṣṭam bʰavati ya evaṃ veda.
tad vai yad idam āhuḥ:
sudʰāyāṃ ha vai vājī suhito dadʰātīti.
cʰandāṃsi vai tat, sudʰāyāṃ ha vā enaṃ cʰandāṃsi dadʰaty.
ananudʰyāyinaṃ lokaṃ jayati ya evaṃ veda.
tad dʰaika āhuḥ:
Sūryam eva sarvāsām purastāt-purastād ājyena pariyajet,
tad āsu sarvāsu mitʰunaṃ dadʰātīti.
tad u vā āhur:
jāmi vā etad yajñe kriyate, yatra samānībʰyām r̥gbʰyāṃ samāne 'han yajatīti.
yadi ha vā api bahvya iva jāyāḥ, patir vāva tāsām mitʰunaṃ.
tad yad āsāṃ Sūryam purastād yajati, tad āsu sarvāsu mitʰunaṃ dadʰāti
Sentence: 5 tā yā imās tā amūr yā amūs tā imā,
anyatarābʰir vāva taṃ kāmam āpnoti ya etāsūbʰayīṣu
Sentence: 6 tā ubʰayīr gataśriyaḥ prajātikāmasya saṃnirvapen
Sentence: 7 na tv eṣiṣyamāṇasya
Sentence: 8 yad enā eṣiṣyamāṇasya saṃnirvaped, īśvaro hāsya vitte devā arantor:
yad vā ayam ātmane 'lam amaṃsteti
Sentence: 9 tā ha Śucivr̥kṣo Gaupalāyano
Vr̥ddʰadyumnasyābʰipratāriṇasyobʰayīr yajñe saṃniruvāpa.
tasya ha ratʰagr̥tsaṃ gāhamānaṃ dr̥ṣṭvovācettʰam
aham asya rājanyasya devikāś ca devīś cobʰayīr yajñe samamādayaṃ,
yad asyettʰaṃ ratʰagr̥tso gāhata iti.
՚1 catuḥṣaṣṭiḥ kavacinaḥ śaśvad dʰāsya te putranaptāra āsuḥ
Sentence: 1 agniṣṭomaṃ vai devā aśrayantoktʰāny asurās,
te samāvadvīryā evāsan, na vyāvartanta.
tān Bʰaradvāja r̥ṣīṇām apaśyad:
ime vā asurā uktʰeṣu śritās, tān eṣāṃ na kaś cana paśyatīti,
so 'gnim udahvayad
Sentence: 2 ehy ū ṣu bravāṇi te 'gna ittʰetarā gira ity
Sentence: 3 asuryā ha vā itarā giraḥ
Sentence: 4 so 'gnir upottiṣṭhann abravīt:
kiṃ svid eva mahyaṃ kr̥śo dīrgʰaḥ palito vakṣyatīti
Sentence: 5 Bʰaradvājo ha vai kr̥śo dīrgʰaḥ palita āsa
Sentence: 6 so 'bravīd:
ime vā asurā uktʰeṣu śritās, tān vo na kaś cana paśyatīti
Sentence: 7 tān Agnir aśvo bʰūtvābʰyatyadravad.
yad Agnir aśvo bʰūtvābʰyatyadravat, tat sākamaśvaṃ sāmābʰavat,
tat sākamaśvasya sākamaśvatvaṃ
Sentence: 8 tad āhuḥ:
sākamaśvenoktʰāni praṇayed,
apraṇītāni vāva tāny uktʰāni yāny anyatra sākamaśvād iti
Sentence: 9 pramaṃhiṣṭhīyena pranayed, ity āhuḥ,
pramaṃhiṣṭhīyena vai devā asurān uktʰebʰyaḥ prāṇudanta
Sentence: 10 tat prāhaiva pramaṃhiṣṭhīyena nayet, pra sākamaśvena
Sentence: 1 te vā asurā maitrāvaruṇasyoktʰam aśrayanta.
so 'bravīd Indrah:
kaś cāhaṃ cemān ito 'surān notsyāvahā ity.
ahaṃ cety abravīd Varuṇas.
tasmād aindrāvaruṇam maitrāvaruṇas tr̥tīyasavane śaṃsatīndraś ca
hi tān Varuṇaś ca tato 'nudetāṃ
Sentence: 2 te vai tato 'pahatā asurā brāhmanāccʰaṃsina uktʰam aśrayanta.
so 'bravīd Indraḥ:
kaś cāhaṃ cemān ito 'surān notsyāvahā ity.
ahaṃ cety abravīd Br̥haspatis.
tasmād aindrābārhaspatyam brāhmaṇāccʰaṃsī tr̥tīyasavane śaṃsatīndras ca
hi tān Br̥haspatiś ca tato 'nudetāṃ
Sentence: 3 te vai tato 'pahatā asurā acʰāvākasyoktʰam aśrayanta.
so 'bravīd Indraḥ:
kaś cāhaṃ cemān ito 'surān notsyāvahā ity.
ahaṃ cety abravīd Viṣnus.
tasmād aindrāvaiṣṇavam acʰāvākas tr̥tīyasavane śaṃsatīndraś ca
hi tān Viṣṇuś ca tato 'nudetāṃ
Sentence: 4 dvandvam Indreṇa devatāḥ śasyante.
dvandvaṃ vai mitʰunaṃ, tasmād dvandvān mitʰunam prajāyate prajātyai
Sentence: 5 prajāyate prajayā paśubʰir ya evaṃ vedā/tʰa
Sentence: 6 haite potrīyāś ca neṣṭrīyāś ca catvāra r̥tuyājāḥ, ṣaḷ r̥caḥ:
sā virāḍ daśinī.
tad virāji yajñaṃ daśinyām pratiṣṭhāpayanti pratiṣṭhāpayanti
Sentence: 1 devā vai pratʰamenāhnendrāya vajraṃ samabʰaraṃs,
taṃ dvitīyenāhnāsiñcaṃs, taṃ tr̥tīyenāhnā prāyacʰaṃs,
taṃ caturtʰe 'han prāharat.
tasmāc catʰurtʰe 'han ṣoḷaśinaṃ śaṃsati
Sentence: 2 vajro vā eṣa yat ṣoḷāśī.
tad yac caturtʰe 'han ṣoḷaśinaṃ śaṃsati,
vajram eva tat praharati dviṣate bʰrātr̥vyāya vadʰaṃ
yo 'sya str̥tyas tasmai startavai
Sentence: 3 vajro vai ṣoḷaśī paśava uktʰāni, tam parastād uktʰānām paryasya śaṃsati
Sentence: 4 taṃ yat parastād uktʰānām paryasya śaṃsati,
vajreṇaiva tat ṣoḷaśinā paśūn parigacʰati.
tasmāt paśavo vajreṇaiva ṣoḷaśinā parigatā manuṣyān abʰy upāvartante.
tasmād aśvo vā puruṣo vā gaur vā hastī vā parigata
eva svayam ātmaneta eva vācābʰiṣiddʰa upāvartate,
vajram eva ṣoḷaśinam paśyan vajreṇaiva ṣoḷaśinā parigato.
vāg gʰi vajro vāk ṣoḷaśī
Sentence: 5 tad āhuḥ:
kiṃ ṣoḷaśinaḥ ṣoḷaśitvam iti.
ṣoḷaśaḥ stotrāṇāṃ ṣoḷaśaḥ śastrāṇāṃ,
ṣoḷaśabʰir akṣarair ādatte ṣoḷaśibʰiḥ praṇauti,
ṣoḷaśapadāṃ nividaṃ dadʰāti:
tat ṣoḷaśinaḥ ṣoḷaśitvaṃ
Sentence: 6 dve vā akṣare atiricyete ṣoḷaśino 'nuṣṭubʰam abʰisampannasya.
vāco vāva tau stanau, satyānr̥te vāva te
Sentence: 7 avaty enaṃ satyaṃ, nainam anr̥taṃ hinasti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 gaurivītaṃ ṣoḷaśi sāma kurvīta tejaskāmo brahmavarcasakāmas.
tejo vai brahmavarcasaṃ gaurivītaṃ, tejasvī brahmavarcasī bʰavati
ya evaṃ vidvān gaurivītaṃ ṣoḷaśi sama kurute
Sentence: 2 nānadaṃ ṣoḷaśi sāma kartavyam, ity āhur.
Indro vai Vr̥trāya vajram udayacʰat, tam asmai prāharat, tam abʰyahanat.
so 'bʰihato vyanadad.
yad vyanadat, tan nānadaṃ sāmābʰavat, tan nānadasya nānadatvam.
abʰrātr̥vyaṃ vā etad bʰrātr̥vyahā sāma yan nānadam
Sentence: 3 abʰrātr̥vyo bʰrātr̥vyahā bʰavati ya evaṃ vidvān nānadaṃ ṣoḷaśi sāma kurute
Sentence: 4 tad yadi nānadaṃ kuryur, avihr̥taḥ ṣoḷaśī śaṃstavyo;
'vihr̥tāsu hi tāsu stuvate.
yadi gaurivītaṃ, vihr̥taḥ ṣoḷaśī śaṃstavyo;
vihr̥tāsu hi tāsu stuvate
Sentence: 1 atʰātaś cʰandāṃsy eva vyatiṣajaty.
ā tvā vahantu haraya, upo ṣu śr̥ṇuhī gira iti
gāyatrīś ca paṅktīś ca vyatiṣajati.
gāyatro vai puruṣaḥ, pāṅktāḥ paśavaḥ.
puruṣam eva tat paśubʰir vyatiṣajati, paśuṣu pratiṣṭhāpayati.
yad u gāyatrī ca paṅktiś ca, te dve anuṣṭubʰau;
teno vāco rūpād anuṣṭubʰo rūpād vājrarūpān naiti
Sentence: 2 yad indra pr̥tanājye,
'yaṃ te astu haryata ity uṣṇihaś ca br̥hatīś ca vyatiṣajaty.
auṣṇiho vai puruṣo, bārhatāḥ paśavaḥ.
puruṣam eva tat paśubʰir vyatiṣajati, paśuṣu pratiṣṭhāpayati.
yad uṣṇik ca br̥hatī ca, te dve anuṣṭubʰau;
teno vāco rūpād anuṣṭubʰo rūpād vajrarūpān naity
Sentence: 3 ā dʰūrṣu asmai, brahman vīra brahmakr̥tiṃ juṣāṇa iti
dvipadāṃ ca triṣṭubʰaṃ ca vyatiṣajati.
dvipād vai puruṣo, vīryaṃ triṣṭup.
puruṣam eva tad vīryeṇa vyatiṣajati, vīrye pratiṣṭhāpayati.
tasmāt puruṣo vīrye pratiṣṭhitaḥ sarveṣām paśunāṃ vīryavattamo.
yad u dvipadā ca viṃśatyakṣarā triṣṭup ca, te dve anuṣṭubʰau;
teno vāco rūpād anuṣṭubʰo rūpād vajrarūpan naity
Sentence: 4 eṣa brahmā, pra te mahe vidatʰe śaṃsiṣaṃ harī iti
dvipadāś ca jagatīś ca vyatiṣajati.
dvipād vai puruṣo, jāgatāḥ paśavaḥ.
puruṣam eva tat paśubʰir vyatiṣajati, paśuṣu pratiṣṭhāpayati.
tasmāt puruṣaḥ paśuṣu pratiṣṭhito 'tti cainān adʰi ca tiṣṭhati, vaśe cāsya.
yad u dvipadā ca ṣoḷaśākṣarā jagatī ca, te dve anuṣṭubʰau;
teno vāco rūpād anuṣṭubʰo rūpād vajrarūpān naiti
Sentence: 5 trikadrukeṣu mahiṣo yavāśiram,
pro ṣv asmai puroratʰam ity aticʰandasaḥ śaṃsati.
cʰandasāṃ vai yo raso 'tyakṣarat, so 'ticʰandasam abʰy atyakṣarat,
tad aticʰandaso 'ticʰandastvaṃ.
sarvebʰyo vā eṣa cʰandobʰyaḥ saṃnirmito yat ṣoḷaśī.
tad yad aticʰandasaḥ śaṃsati,
sarvebʰya evainaṃ tac cʰandobʰyaḥ saṃnirmimīte
Sentence: 6 sarvebʰyaś cʰandobʰyaḥ saṃnirmitena ṣoḷaśinā rādʰnoti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 mahānāmnīnām upasargān upasr̥jaty
Sentence: 2 ayaṃ vai lokaḥ pratʰamā mahānāmny antarikṣaloko dvitīyāsau lokas tr̥tīyā.
sarvebʰyo vā eṣa lokebʰyaḥ saṃnirmito yat ṣolaśī.
tad yan mahānāmnīnām upasargān upāsr̥jati,
sarvebʰya evainaṃ tal lokebʰyaḥ saṃnirmimīte.
Sentence: 3 sarvebʰyo lokebʰyaḥ saṃnirmitena ṣoḷaśinā rādʰnoti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 4 pra-pra vas triṣṭubʰam iṣam, arcata prārcata,
yo vyatīm̐r apʰāṇayad iti prajñātā anuṣṭubʰaḥ śaṃsati.
tad yatʰeha ceha cāpatʰena caritvā pantʰānam paryaveyāt,
tādr̥k tad yat prajñātā anuṣṭubʰaḥ śaṃsati
Sentence: 5 sa yo vyāpto gataśrīr iva manyetāvihr̥taṃ ṣoḷaśinaṃ śaṃsayen:
nec cʰandasāṃ kr̥cʰrād avapadyā ity.
atʰa yaḥ pāpmānam apajigʰāṃsuḥ syād, vihr̥taṃ ṣoḷasinaṃ śaṃsayed.
vyatiṣakta iva vai puruṣaḥ pāpmanā,
vyatiṣaktam evāsmai tat pāpmānaṃ śamalaṃ hanty
Sentence: 6 apa pāpmānaṃ hate ya evaṃ vedo/d
Sentence: 7 yad bradʰnasya viṣṭapam ity uttamayā paridadʰāti.
svargo vai loko bradʰnasya viṣṭapam,
svargam eva tal lokaṃ yajamānaṃ gamayaty
Sentence: 8 apāḥ pūrveṣāṃ harivaḥ sutānām iti yajati
Sentence: 9 sarvebʰyo vā eṣa savanebʰyaḥ saṃnirmito yat ṣoḷaśī.
tad yad:
apāḥ pūrveṣāṃ harivaḥ sutānām iti yajati,
pītavad vai prātaḥsavanam, prātaḥsavanād evainaṃ tat saṃnirmimīte
Sentence: 10 'tʰo idaṃ savanaṃ kevalaṃ ta iti.
mādʰyaṃdinaṃ vai savanaṃ kevalam,
mādʰyaṃdinād evainaṃ tat savanāt saṃnirmimīte
Sentence: 11 mamaddʰi somam madʰumantam indreti.
madvad vai tr̥tīyasavanaṃ, tr̥tīyasavanād evainaṃ tat saṃnirmimīte
Sentence: 12 satrā vr̥ṣañ jaṭhara ā vr̥ṣasveti.
vr̥ṣaṇvad vai ṣoḷaśino rūpaṃ.
sarvebʰyo vā eṣa savanebʰyaḥ saṃnirmito yat ṣoḷaśī.
tad yad:
apāḥ pūrveṣāṃ harivaḥ sutānām iti yajati,
sarvebʰya evainaṃ tat savanebʰyaḥ saṃnirmimīte
Sentence: 13 sarvebʰyaḥ savanebʰyaḥ saṃnirmitena ṣoḷaśinā rādʰnoti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 14 mahānāmnīnām pañcākṣarān upasargān upasr̥jaty ekādaśākṣareṣu pādeṣu.
sarvebʰyo vā eṣa cʰandobʰyaḥ saṃnirmito yat ṣoḷaśī.
tad yan mahānāmnīnām pañcākṣarān upasargān upasr̥jaty ekādaśākṣareṣu pādeṣu,
sarvebʰya evainaṃ tac cʰandobʰyaḥ saṃnirmimīte
Sentence: 15 sarvebʰyaś cʰandobʰyaḥ saṃnirmitena ṣoḷaśinā rādʰnoti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 ahar vai devā aśrayanta rātrīm asurās,
te samāvadvīryā evāsan, na vyāvartanta.
so 'bravīd Indraḥ:
kaś cāhaṃ cemān ito 'surān rātrīm anv aveṣyāva iti.
sa deveṣu na pratyavindad, abibʰayū rātres tamaso mr̥tyos.
tasmād dʰāpy etarhi naktaṃ yāvanmatram ivaivāpakramya bibʰeti,
tama iva hi rātrir mr̥tyur iva
Sentence: 2 taṃ vai cʰandāṃsy evānvavāyaṃs.
taṃ yac cʰandāṃsy evānvavāyaṃs,
tasmād Indraś caiva cʰandāṃsi ca rātrīṃ vahanti.
na nivic cʰasyate na puroruṅ na dʰāyyā nānyā devatendraś ca
hy eva cʰandāṃsi ca rātrīṃ vahanti
Sentence: 3 tān vai paryāyair eva paryāyam anudanta.
yat paryāyaiḥ paryāyam anudanta, tat paryāyāṇām paryāyatvaṃ
Sentence: 4 tān vai pratʰamenaiva paryāyeṇā pūrvarātrād
anudanta madʰyamena madʰyarātrād uttamenāpararātrād
Sentence: 5 api śarvaryā anusmasīty abruvann,
apiśarvarāṇi kʰalu vā etāni cʰandāṃsīti ha smāhaitāni hīndraṃ rātres
tamaso mr̥tyor bibʰyatam atyapārayaṃs, tad apiśarvarāṇām apiśarvaratvam
Sentence: 1 pāntam ā vo andʰasa ity andʰasvatyānuṣṭubʰā rātrīm pratipadyala
Sentence: 2 ānuṣṭubʰī vai rātrir, etad rātrirūpam
Sentence: 3 andʰasvatyaḥ pītavatyo madvatyas triṣṭubʰo yājyā bʰavanty abʰirūpā.
yad yajñe 'bʰirūpaṃ tat samr̥ddʰam
Sentence: 4 pratʰamena paryāyeṇa stuvate, pratʰamāny eva padāni punar ādadate.
yad evaiṣām aśvā gāva āsaṃs, tad evaiṣāṃ tenādadate
Sentence: 5 madʰyamena paryāyeṇa stuvate, madʰyamāny eva padāni punar ādadate.
yad evaiṣām ՚2 anoratʰā āsaṃs, tad evaiṣāṃ tenādadata
Sentence: 6 uttamena paryāyeṇa stuvata, uttamāny eva padāni punar ādadate.
yad evaiṣāṃ vāso hiraṇyam maṇir adʰyātmam āsīt, tad evaiṣāṃ tenādadata
Sentence: 7 ā dviṣato vasu datte, nir enam ebʰyaḥ sarvebʰyo lokebʰyo nudate,
ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 8 pavamānavad ahar, ity āhur, na rātriḥ pavamānavatī:
katʰam ubʰe pavamānavatī bʰavataḥ, kena te samāvadbʰājau bʰavata iti
Sentence: 9 yad evendrāya madvane sutam, idaṃ vaso sutam andʰa,
idaṃ hy anv ojasā sutam iti stuvanti ca śaṃsanti ca:
tena rātriḥ pavamānavatī, tenobʰe pavamānavatī bʰavatas,
tena te samāvadbʰājau bʰavataḥ
Sentence: 10 pañcadaśastotram ahar, ity āhur, na rātriḥ pañcadaśastotrā:
katʰam ubʰe pañcadaśastotre bʰavataḥ, kena te samāvadbʰājau bʰavata iti
Sentence: 11 dvādaśa stotrāṇy apiśarvarāṇi,
tisr̥bʰir devatābʰiḥ saṃdʰinā rātʰaṃtareṇa stuvate:
tena rātriḥ pañcadaśastotrā tenobʰe pañcadaśastotre bʰavatas,
tena te samāvadbʰājau bʰavataḥ
Sentence: 12 parimitaṃ stuvanty aparimitam anuśaṃsati,
parimitaṃ vai bʰūtam aparimitam bʰavyam, aparimitasyāvaruddʰyā ity
Sentence: 13 atiśaṃsati stotram.
ati vai prajātmānam, ati paśavas.
tad yat stotram atiśaṃsati,
yad evāsyāty ātmānaṃ tad evāsyāitenāvarunddʰe 'varunddʰe
Sentence: 1 Prajāpatir vai Somāyā rājñe duhitaram prāyacʰat Sūryāṃ Sāvitrīṃ.
tasyai sarve devā varā āgacʰaṃs,
tasyā etat sahasraṃ vahatum anvākarod yad etad āśvinam ity ācakṣate.
'nāśvinaṃ haiva tad yad arvāksahasraṃ,
tasmāt tat sahasraṃ vaiva śaṃsed bʰūyo vā
Sentence: 2 prāśya gʰr̥taṃ śaṃsed.
yatʰā ha vā idam ano vā ratʰo vākto vartata, evaṃ haivākto vartate
Sentence: 3 śakunir ivotpatiṣyann āhvayīta
Sentence: 4 tasmin devā na samajānata:
mamedam astu mamedam astv iti.
te saṃjānānā abruvann:
ājim asyāyāmahai.
sa yo na ujjeṣyati, tasyedam bʰaviṣyatīti.
te 'gner evādʰi gr̥hapater Ādityaṃ kāṣṭhām akurvata,
tasmād āgneyī pratipad bʰavaty āśvinasyāgnir hotā gr̥hapatiḥ sa rājeti
Sentence: 5 tad dʰaika āhur:
agnim manye pitaram agnim āpim ity etayā pratipadyeta
Sentence: 6 divi śukraṃ yajataṃ sūryasyeti pratʰamayaiva r̥cā kāṣṭhām āpnotīti
Sentence: 7 tattan nādr̥tyaṃ ya enaṃ tatra brūyād:
agnim-agnim iti vai pratyapādy, agnim āpatsyatīti, śaśvat tatʰā syāt
Sentence: 8 tasmād:
agnir hotā gr̥hapatiḥ sa rājety etayaiva pratipadyeta.
gr̥hapativatī prajātimatī śāntā, sarvāyuḥ sarvāyutvāya
Sentence: 9 sarvam āyur eti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 tāsāṃ vai devatānām ājiṃ dʰāvantīnām abʰisr̥ṣṭānām
Agnir mukʰam pratʰamaḥ pratyapadyata.
tam Aśvināv anvāgacʰatāṃ, tam abrūtām:
apodihy, āvāṃ vā idaṃ jeṣyāva iti.
sa tatʰety abravīt, tasya vai mamehāpyastv iti. tatʰeti.
tasmā apy atrākurutāṃ, tasmād āgneyam āśvine śasyate
Sentence: 2 tā Uṣasam anvāgacʰatāṃ, tām abrūtām:
apodihy, āvāṃ vā idaṃ jeṣyāva iti.
sā tatʰety abravīt, tasyai vai mamehāpyastv iti. tatʰeti.
tasyā apy atrākurutāṃ, tasmād uṣasyam āśvine śasyate
Sentence: 3 tāv Indram anvāgacʰatāṃ, tam abrūtām:
āvāṃ vā idam magʰavañ jeṣyāva iti.
na ha taṃ dadʰr̥ṣatur apodihīti vaktuṃ.
sa tatʰety abravīt, tasya vai mamehāpyastv iti. tatʰeti.
tasmā apy atrākurutāṃ, tasmād aindram āśvine śasyate
Sentence: 4 tad Aśvinā udajayatām, Aśvināv āśnuvātāṃ.
yad Aśvinā udajayatām Aśvināv āśnuvātāṃ,
tasmād etad āśvinam ity ācakṣate
Sentence: 5 'śnute yad-yat kāmayate ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 6 tad āhur:
yac cʰasyata āgneyaṃ śasyata uṣasyam śasyata aindram:
atʰa kasmād etad āśvinam ity ācakṣata ity.
Aśvinau hi tad udajayatām, Aśvināv āśnuvātāṃ.
yad Aśvinā udajayatām Aśvināv āśnuvātāṃ,
tasmād etad āśvinam ity ācakṣate
Sentence: 7 'śnute yad-yat kāmayate ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 aśvatarīratʰenāgnir ājim adʰāvat, tāsām prājamāno yonim akūḷayat,
tasmāt tā na vijāyante
Sentence: 2 gobʰir aruṇair Uṣā ājim adʰāvat,
tasmād Uṣasy āgatāyām aruṇam ivaiva prabʰāty, Uṣaso rūpam
Sentence: 3 aśvaratʰenendra ājim adʰāvat,
tasmāt sa uccairgʰoṣa upabdimān kṣatrasya rūpam, aindro hi sa
Sentence: 4 gardabʰaratʰenāśvinā udajayatām, Aśvināv āśnuvātāṃ.
yad Aśvinā udajayatām Aśvināv āśnuvātāṃ,
tasmāt sa sr̥tajavo dugdʰadohaḥ, sarveṣām etarhi vāhanānām anāśiṣṭho.
retasas tv asya vīryaṃ nāharatāṃ, tasmāt sa dviretā vājī
Sentence: 5 tad āhuḥ: sapta sauryāṇi cʰandāṃsi śaṃsed,
yatʰaivāgneyaṃ yatʰoṣasyaṃ yatʰāśvinaṃ.
sapta va, devalokāḥ, sarveṣu devalokeṣu rādʰnotīti
Sentence: 6 tattan nādr̥tyaṃ.
trīṇy eva śaṃset.
trayo vā ime trivr̥to lokā, eṣām eva lokānām abʰijityai
Sentence: 7 tad āhur:
ud u tyaṃ jātavedasam iti sauryāṇi pratipadyeteti
Sentence: 8 tat-tan nādr̥tyaṃ.
yatʰaiva gatvā kāṣṭhām aparādʰnuyāt, tādr̥k tat
Sentence: 9 sūryo no divas pātv ity etenaiva pratipadyeta.
yatʰaiva gatvā kāṣṭhām abʰipadyeta, tādr̥k tad
Sentence: 10 ud u tyaṃ jātavedasam iti dvitīyaṃ śaṃsati
Sentence: 11 citraṃ devānām ud agād anīkam iti traiṣṭubʰam.
asau vāva citraṃ devānām udeti, tasmād etac cʰaṃsati
Sentence: 12 namo mitrasya varuṇasya cakṣasa iti jāgataṃ.
tad v āśīḥpadam, āśiṣam evaitenāśāsta ātmane ca yajamānāya ca
Sentence: 1 tad āhuh:
Sūryo nātiśasyo, br̥hatī nātisasyā.
yat Sūryam atiśaṃsed brahmavarcasam atipadyeta,
yad br̥hatīm atiśaṃset prāṇān atipadyetetī/ndra
Sentence: 2 kratuṃ na ā bʰarety aindram pragātʰaṃ śaṃsati
Sentence: 3 śikṣā ṇo asmin puruhūta yāmani jīvā jyotir aśīmahīty
Sentence: 4 asau vāva jyotis, tena Sūryaṃ nātiśaṃsati
Sentence: 5 yad u bārhataḥ pragātʰas, tena br̥hatīṃ nātiśaṃsaty
Sentence: 6 abʰi tvā śūra nonuma iti rātʰaṃtarīṃ yoniṃ śaṃsati.
rātʰaṃtareṇa vai saṃdʰināśvināya stuvate.
tad yad rātʰāṃtārīṃ yoniṃ śaṃsati, ratʰaṃtarasyaiva sayonitvāye/=śānam
Sentence: 7 asya jagataḥ svardr̥śam ity.
asau vāva svardr̥k, tena Sūryaṃ nātiśaṃsati
Sentence: 8 yad u bārhataḥ pragātʰas, tena br̥hatīṃ nātiśaṃsati
Sentence: 9 bahavaḥ sūracakṣasa iti maitrāvaruṇam pragātʰaṃ śaṃsaty.
ahar vai Mitro, rātrir Varuṇa.
ubʰe vā eṣo 'horātre ārabʰate, yo 'tirātram upaiti.
tad yan maitrāvaruṇam pragātʰaṃ śaṃsaty,
ahorātrayor evainaṃ tat pratiṣṭhāpayati
Sentence: 10 sūracakṣasa iti, tena Sūryaṃ nātiśaṃsati.
yad u bārhataḥ pragātʰas, tena br̥hatīṃ nātiśaṃsati
Sentence: 11 mahī dyauḥ pr̥tʰivī ca nas,
te hi dyāvāpr̥tʰivi viśvaśambʰuveti dyāvāpr̥tʰivīye śaṃsati.
dyāvāpr̥tʰivī vai pratiṣṭhe:
iyam eveha pratiṣṭhāsāv amutra.
tad yad dyāvāpr̥tʰivīye śaṃsati, pratiṣṭhayor evainaṃ tat pratiṣtʰāpayati
Sentence: 12 devo devī dʰarmaṇā sūryaḥ śucir iti, tena Sūryaṃ nātiśaṃsati
Sentence: 13 yad u gāyatrī ca jagatī ca te dve br̥hatyau, tena br̥hatīṃ nātiśaṃsati
Sentence: 14 viśvasya devī mr̥cayasya janmano na yā roṣāti na grabʰad iti
dvipadām śaṃsati
Sentence: 15 citaidʰam uktʰam iti ha sma vā etad ācakṣate yad etad āśvinaṃ.
Nirr̥tir ha sma pāśiny upāste:
yadaiva hotā paridʰāsyaty, atʰa pāśān pratimokṣyāmīti.
tato vā etām Br̥haspatir dvipadām apaśyan:
nā ya roṣāti na grabʰad iti,
tayā Nirr̥tyāḥ pāśinyā adʰarācaḥ pāśān apāsyat.
tad yad etaṃ dvipadāṃ hotā śaṃsati,
Nirr̥tyā eva tat pāśinyā adʰarācaḥ pāsān apāsyati,
svasty eva hotonmucyate sarvāyuḥ sarvāyutvāya
Sentence: 16 sarvam āyur eti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 17 mr̥cayasya janmana ity.
asau vāva marcayatīva, tena Sūryaṃ nātiśaṃsati
Sentence: 18 yad u dvipadā puruṣacʰandasaṃ, sā sarvāṇi cʰandāṃsy abʰyāptā:
tena br̥hatīṃ nātiśaṃsati
Sentence: 1 brāhmaṇaspatyayā paridadʰāti.
brahma vai Br̥haspatir, brahmaṇy evainaṃ tad antataḥ pratiṣṭhāpayaty
Sentence: 2 evā pitre viśvadevāya vr̥ṣṇa ity etayā paridadʰyāt prajākāmaḥ paśukāmo
Sentence: 3 br̥haspate suprajā vīravanta iti.
prajayā vai suprajā vīravān
Sentence: 4 vayaṃ syāma patayo rayīṇām iti
Sentence: 5 prajāvān paśumān rayimān vīravān bʰavati
yatraivaṃ vidvān etayā paridadʰāti
Sentence: 6 br̥haspate ati yad aryo arhād ity
etayā paridadʰyāt tejaskāmo brahmavarcasakāmo,
'tīva vānyān brahmavarcasam arhati
Sentence: 7 dyumad iti.
dyumad iva vai brahmavarcasaṃ vibʰātīti, vīva vai brahmavarcasam bʰāti
Sentence: 8 yad dīdayac cʰavasa r̥taprajāteti.
dīdāyeva vai brahmavarcasaṃ
Sentence: 9 tad asmāsu draviṇaṃ dʰehi citram iti.
citram iva vai brahmavarcasam
Sentence: 10 brahmavarcasī brahmayaśasī bʰavati yatraivaṃ vidvān etayā paridadʰāti
Sentence: 11 tasmād evaṃ vidvān etayaiva paridadʰyād
Sentence: 12 brāhmaṇaspatyā, tena Sūryaṃ nātisaṃsati
Sentence: 13 yad u triṣṭubʰaṃ triḥ śaṃsati, sā sarvāṇi cʰandāṃsy abʰyāptā:
tena br̥hatīṃ nātiśaṃsati
Sentence: 14 gāyatryā ca triṣṭubʰā ca vaṣaṭkuryād
Sentence: 15 brahma vai gāyatrī vīryam triṣṭub, brahmaṇaiva tad vīryaṃ saṃdadʰāti
Sentence: 16 brahmavarcasī brahmayaśasī vīryavān bʰavati
yatraivaṃ vidvān gāyatryā ca triṣṭubʰā ca vaṣaṭkaroty
Sentence: 17 aśvinā vāyunā yuvaṃ sudakṣo,bʰā pibatam aśvineti
Sentence: 18 gāyatryā ca virājā ca vaṣaṭkuryād.
brahma vai gāyatry annaṃ virād, brahmaṇaiva tad annādyaṃ saṃdadʰāti
Sentence: 19 brahmavarcasī brahmayaśasī bʰavati,
brahmādyam annam atti yatraivaṃ vidvān gāyatryā ca virājā ca vaṣaṭkaroti
Sentence: 20 tasmād evaṃ vidvān gāyatryā caiva virājā ca vaṣaṭkuryāt:
pra vām andʰāṃsi madyāny astʰur, ubʰā pibatam aśvinety etābʰyām
Sentence: 1 caturviṃśam etad ahar upayanty ārambʰaṇīyam
Sentence: 2 etena vai saṃvatsaram ārabʰanta,
etena stomāṃś ca cʰandāṃsi caitena sarvā devatā.
anārabdʰaṃ vai tac cʰando, 'nārabdʰā sā devatā,
yad etasminn ahani nārabʰante.
tad ārambʰaṇīyasyārambʰaṇīyatvaṃ
Sentence: 3 caturviṃśaḥ stomo bʰavati, tac caturviṃśasya caturviṃśatvaṃ
Sentence: 4 caturviṃśatir vā ardʰamāsā, ardʰamāsaśa eva tat saṃvatsaram ārabʰanta
Sentence: 5 uktʰyo bʰavati.
paśavo vā uktʰāni, paśūnām avaruddʰyai
Sentence: 6 tasya pañcadaśa stotrāṇi bʰavanti, pañcadaśa śastrāni:
sa māso.
māsaśa eva tat saṃvatsaram ārabʰante
Sentence: 7 tasya ṣaṣṭiś ca trīṇi ca śatāni stotriyās.
tāvanti saṃvatsarasyāhāny, ahaśśa eva tat saṃvatsaram ārabʰante
Sentence: 8 'gniṣṭoma etad ahaḥ syād, ity āhur, agniṣṭomo vai saṃvatsaro,
na vā etad anyo 'gniṣṭomād ahar dādʰārā na vivyāceti
Sentence: 9 sa yady agniṣṭomaḥ syād,
aṣṭācatvāriṃśās trayaḥ pavamānāḥ syuś caturviṃśānītarāṇi stotrāṇi.
tad u ṣaṣṭiś caiva trīṇi ca śatāni stotriyās.
tāvanti saṃvatsarasyāhāny, ahaśśa eva tat saṃvatsaram ārabʰanta
Sentence: 10 uktʰya eva syāt, paśusamr̥ddʰo yajñaḥ, paśusamr̥ddʰaṃ satraṃ.
sarvāṇi caturviṃśāni stotrāṇi, pratyakṣād dʰy etad ahaś caturviṃśaṃ.
tasmād uktʰya eva syāt
Sentence: 1 br̥hadratʰaṃtare sāmanī bʰavata.
ete vai yajñasya nāvau sampāriṇyau yad br̥hadratʰaṃtare,
tābʰyām eva tat saṃvatsaraṃ taranti
Sentence: 2 pādau vai br̥hadratʰaṃtare śira etad ahaḥ,
pādābʰyām eva tac cʰriyaṃ śiro 'bʰyāyanti
Sentence: 3 pakṣau vai br̥hadratʰaṃtare śira etad ahaḥ,
pakṣābʰyām eva tac cʰriyaṃ śiro 'bʰyāyuvate
Sentence: 4 te ubʰe na samavasr̥jye.
ya ubʰe samavasr̥jeyur,
yatʰaiva cʰinnā naur bandʰanāt tīraṃ-tīram r̥cʰanti
plavetaivam eva te satriṇas tīraṃ-tīram r̥cʰantaḥ
plaveran ya ubʰe samavasr̥jeyus
Sentence: 5 tad yadi ratʰaṃtaram avasr̥jeyur, br̥hataivobʰe anavasr̥ṣṭe;
atʰa yadi br̥had avasr̥jeyū, ratʰaṃtareṇaivobʰe anavasr̥ṣṭe
Sentence: 6 yad vai ratʰaṃtaraṃ tad vairūpaṃ yad br̥hat tad vairājam,
yad ratʰaṃtaraṃ tac cʰākvaraṃ yad br̥hat tad raivatam.
evam ete ubʰe anavasr̥ṣṭe bʰavato
Sentence: 7 ye vā evaṃ vidvāṃsa etad ahar upayanty,
āptvā vai te 'haśśaḥ saṃvatsaram āptvārdʰamāsaśa āptvā māsaśa
āptvā stomāṃś ca cʰandāṃsi cāptvā sarvā devatās tapa eva tapyamānāḥ
somapītʰam bʰakṣayantaḥ saṃvatsaram abʰiṣuṇvanta āsate
Sentence: 8 ye vā ata ūrdʰvaṃ saṃvatsaram upayanti,
guruṃ vai te bʰāram abʰinidadʰate, saṃ vai gurur bʰāraḥ śr̥ṇāty.
atʰa ya enam parastāt karmabʰir āptvāvastād upaiti,
sa vai svasti saṃvatsarasya pāram aśnute
Sentence: 1 yad vai caturviṃśaṃ, tan mahāvratam.
br̥haddivenātra hotā retaḥ siñcati, tad ado mahāvratīyenāhnā prajanayati.
saṃvatsare-saṃvatsare vai retaḥ siktaṃ jāyate.
tasmāt samānam br̥haddivo niṣkevalyam bʰavaty.
eṣa ha vā enam parastāt karmabʰir āptvāvastād upaiti,
ya evaṃ vidvān etad ahar upaiti
Sentence: 2 svasti saṃvatsarasya pāram aśnute ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 3 yo vai saṃvatsarasyāvāraṃ ca pāraṃ ca veda,
sa vai svasti saṃvatsarasya pāram aśnute.
'tirātro vā asya prāyaṇīyo 'vāram, udayanīyaḥ pāraṃ
Sentence: 4 svasti saṃvatsarasya pāram aśnute ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 5 yo vai saṃvatsarasyāvarodʰanaṃ codrodʰanaṃ ca veda,
sa vai svasti samvatsarasya pāram aśnute.
'tirātro vā asya prāyaṇīyo 'varodʰanam, udayanīya udrodʰanaṃ
Sentence: 6 svasti saṃvatsarasya pāram aśnute ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 7 yo vai saṃvatsarasya prāṇodānau veda,
sa vai svasti saṃvatsarasya pāram aśnute.
'tirātro vā asya prāyaṇīyaḥ prāṇa, udāna udayanīyaḥ
Sentence: 8 svasti saṃvatsarasya pāram aśnute ya evaṃ veda ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 jyotir gaur āyur iti stomebʰir yanty.
ayaṃ vai loko jyotir, antarikṣaṃ gaur, asau loka āyuḥ
Sentence: 2 sa evaiṣa uttaras tryaho
Sentence: 3 jyotir gaur āyur iti trīṇy ahāni, gaur āyur jyotir iti trīṇy
Sentence: 4 ayaṃ vai loko jyotir asau loko jyotis,
te ete jyotiṣī ubʰayataḥ saṃlokete
Sentence: 5 tenaitenobʰayatojyotiṣā ṣaḷahena yanti.
tad yad etenobʰayatojyotiṣā ṣaḷahena yanty,
anayor eva tal lokayor ubʰayataḥ pratitiṣṭhanto yanty,
asmiṃś ca loke 'muṣmiṃś cobʰayoḥ
Sentence: 6 pariyad vā etad devacakraṃ yad abʰiplavaḥ ṣaḷahas.
tasya yāv abʰito 'gniṣṭomau tau pradʰī,
ye catvāro madʰya uktʰyās tan nabʰyaṃ
Sentence: 7 gacʰati vai vartamānena yatra kāmayate,
tat svasti saṃvatsarasya pāram aśnute ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 8 yo vai tad veda yat pratʰamaḥ ṣaḷahaḥ sa vai
svasti saṃvatsarasya pāram aśnute, yas tad veda yad dvitīyo,
yas tad veda yat tr̥tīyo, yas tad veda yac caturtʰo,
yas tad veda yat pañcamaḥ
Sentence: 1 pratʰamaṃ ṣaḷaham upayanti, ṣaḷ ahāni bʰavanti.
ṣaḍ vā r̥tava, r̥tuśa eva tat saṃvatsaram āpnuvanty,
r̥tuśāṇ saṃvatsare pratitiṣṭhanto yanti
Sentence: 2 dvitīyaṃ ṣaḷaham upayanti, dvādaśāhāni bʰavanti.
dvādaśa vai māsā, māsaśa eva tat saṃvatsaram āpnuvanti,
māsaśaḥ saṃvatsare pratitiṣṭhanto yanti
Sentence: 3 tr̥tīyaṃ ṣaḷaham upayanty, aṣṭādaśāhāni bʰavanti.
tāni dvedʰā, navānyāni navānyāni.
nava vai prāṇā nava svargā lokāḥ,
prāṇāṃś caiva tat svargāṃs ca lokān āpnuvanti,
prāṇeṣu caiva tat svargeṣu ca lokeṣu pratitiṣṭhanto yanti
Sentence: 4 caturtʰaṃ ṣaḷaham upayanti, caturviṃśatir ahāni bʰavanti.
caturviṃśatir vā ardʰamāsā, ardʰamāsaśa eva tat saṃvatsaram āpnuvanty,
ardʰamāśaśaḥ saṃvatsare pratitiṣṭhanto yanti
Sentence: 5 pañcamaṃ ṣaḷaham upayanti, triṃśad ahāni bʰavanti.
triṃśadakṣarā vai virāḍ, virāḷ annādyaṃ,
virājam eva tan māsi-māsy abʰisampādayanto yanty
Sentence: 6 annādyākāmāḥ kʰalu vai sātram āsata.
tad yad virājam māsi-māsy abʰisampādayanto yanty,
annādyam eva tan māsi-māsy avarundʰānā yanty
asmai ca lokāyāmuṣmai cobʰābʰyām
Sentence: 1 gavām ayanena yanti.
gāvo vā Ādityā, Ādityānām eva tad ayanena yanti
Sentence: 2 gāvo vai satram āsata śapʰāñ cʰr̥ṅgāṇi ՚1 siṣāsantyas,
tāsāṃ daśame māsi śapʰāḥ śr̥ṅgāṇy ajāyanta.
tā abruvan:
yasmai kāmāyādīkṣāmahy āpāma tam, uttiṣṭhāmeti.
tā yā udatiṣṭhaṃs, tā etāḥ śr̥ṅgiṇyo
Sentence: 3 'tʰa yāḥ samāpayiṣyāmaḥ saṃvatsaram ity āsata,
tāsām aśraddʰayā śr̥ṅgāṇi prāvartanta, tā etās tūparā.
ūrjaṃ tv asunvaṃs, tasmād u tāḥ sarvān r̥tūn prāptvottaram uttiṣṭhanty,
ūrjaṃ hy asunvan.
sarvasya vai gāvaḥ premāṇaṃ sarvasya cārutāṃ gatāḥ
Sentence: 4 sarvasya premāṇaṃ sarvasya cārutāṃ gacʰati ya evaṃ vedā/dityāś
Sentence: 5 ca ha vā Aṅgirasaś ca svarge loke 'spardʰanta:
vayam pūrva eṣyāmo vayam iti.
te hādityāḥ pūrve svargaṃ lokaṃ jagmuḥ,
paścevāṅgirasaḥ ṣaṣṭyāṃ vā varṣeṣu
Sentence: 6 yatʰā vā prāyaṇīyo 'tirātraś caturviṃśa uktʰyaḥ sarve
'bʰiplavāḥ ṣaḷahā ākṣyanty anyāny ahāni, tad Ādityānām ayanam
Sentence: 7 prāyaṇīyo 'tirātraś caturviṃśa uktʰyaḥ sarve
pr̥ṣṭhyāḥ ṣaḷahā ākṣyanty anyāny ahāni, tad Aṅgirasām ayanaṃ
Sentence: 8 sā yatʰā srutir añjasāyany evam abʰiplavaḥ ṣaḷahaḥ svargasya
lokasyātʰa yatʰā mahāpatʰaḥ paryāṇa evam
pr̥ṣṭhyaḥ ṣaḷahaḥ svargasya lokasya.
tad yad ubʰābʰyāṃ yanty, ubʰābʰyāṃ vai yan na riṣyaty,
ubʰayoḥ kāmayor upāptyai yaś cābʰiplave ṣaḷahe yaś ca pr̥ṣṭhye
Sentence: 1 ekaviṃśam etad ahar upayanti viṣuvantam madʰye saṃvatsarasyai/tena
Sentence: 2 vai devā ekaviṃśenādityaṃ svārgaya lokāyodayacʰan
Sentence: 3 sa eṣa ita ekaviṃśas
Sentence: 4 tasya daśāvastād ahāni divākīrtyasya bʰavanti daśa parastān,
madʰya eṣa ekaviṃśa ubʰayato virāji pratiṣṭhita,
ubʰayato hi vā eṣa virāji pratiṣṭhitas.
tasmād eṣo 'ntaremām̐l lokān yan na vyatʰate
Sentence: 5 tasya vai devā Ādityasya svargāl lokād avapātād abibʰayus,
taṃ tribʰiḥ svargair lokair avastāt pratyuttabʰnuvan.
stomā vai trayaḥ svargā lokās.
tasya parāco 'tipātād abibʰayus,
taṃ tribʰiḥ svargair lokaiḥ parastāt pratyastabʰnuvan.
stomā vai trayaḥ svargā lokās.
tat trayo 'vastāt saptadaśā bʰavanti trayāḥ parastān,
madʰya eṣa ekaviṃśa ubʰayataḥ svarasāmabʰir dʰr̥ta,
ubʰayato hi vā eṣa svarasāmabʰir dʰr̥tas.
tasmād eṣo 'ntaremām̐l lokān yan na vyatʰate
Sentence: 6 tasya vai devā Ādityasya svargāl lokād avapātād abibʰayus,
tam paramaiḥ svargair lokair avastāt pratyuttabʰnuvan.
stomā vai paramāḥ svargā lokās.
tasya parāco 'tipātād abibʰayus,
tam paramaiḥ svargair lokaiḥ parastāt pratyastabʰnuvan.
stomā vai paramāḥ svargā lokās.
tat trayo 'vastāt saptadaśā bʰavanti trayaḥ parastāt,
te dvau-dvau sampadya trayaś catustriṇśā bʰavanti.
catustriṃśo vai stomānām uttamas.
teṣu vā eṣa etad adʰyāhitas tapati,
teṣu hi vā eṣa etad adʰyāhitas tapati
Sentence: 7 sa vā eṣa uttaro 'smāt sarvasmād bʰūtād bʰaviṣyataḥ,
sarvam evedam atirocate yad idaṃ kiṃcottaro bʰavati
Sentence: 8 yasmād uttaro bubʰūṣati tasmād uttaro bʰavati ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 svarasāmna upayantīme vai lokāḥ svarasāmāna.
imān vai lokān svarasāmabʰir aspr̥ṇvaṃs, tat svarasāmnāṃ svarasāmatvaṃ.
tad yat svarasāmna upayanty, eṣv evainaṃ tal lokeṣv ābʰajanti
Sentence: 2 teṣāṃ vai devāḥ saptadaśānām pravlayād abibʰayuḥ:
samā iva vai stomā avigūḷhā iveme ha na pravliyerann iti.
tān sarvaiḥ stomair avastāt paryārṣan sarvaiḥ pr̥ṣṭhaiḥ parastāt.
tad yad abʰijit sarvastomo 'vastād bʰavati viśvajit sarvapr̥ṣṭhaḥ parastāt,
tat saptadaśān ubʰayataḥ paryr̥ṣanti dʰr̥tyā apravlayāya
Sentence: 3 tasya vai devā Ādityasya svargāl lokād avapātād abibʰayus,
tam pañcabʰī raśmibʰir udavayan.
raśmayo vai divākīrtyāni:
mahādivākirtyam pr̥ṣṭham bʰavati, vikarṇam brahmasāma,
bʰāsam agniṣṭomasāmobʰe br̥hadratʰaṃtare pavamānayor bʰavatas.
tad Ādityam pañcabʰī raśmibʰir udvayanti dʰr̥tyā anavapātāyo/dita
Sentence: 4 Āditye prātaranuvākam anubrūyāt,
sarvaṃ hy evaitad ahar divākīrtyam bʰavati
Sentence: 5 sauryam paśum anyaṅaśvetaṃ savaniyasyopālambʰyam ālabʰeran,
sūryadevatyaṃ hy etad ahar
Sentence: 6 ekaviṃśatiṃ sāmidʰenīr anubrūyāt, pratyakṣād dʰy etad ahar ekaviṃśam
Sentence: 7 ekapañcāśataṃ dvipañcāśataṃ vā śastvā madʰye nividaṃ dadʰāti,
tāvatīr uttarāḥ śaṅsati.
śatāyur vai puruṣaḥ śatavīryaḥ śatendriya,
āyuṣy evainaṃ tad vīrya indriye dadʰāti
Sentence: 1 dūrohaṇaṃ rohati, svargo vai loko dūrohāṇaṃ
Sentence: 2 svargam eva tal lokaṃ rohati ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 3 yad eva dūrohaṇā+m \ asau vai dūroho yo 'sau tāpati,
kaścid vā atra gacʰati.
sa yad dūrohaṇaṃ rohaty, etam eva tad rohati
Sentence: 4 haṃsavatyā rohati
Sentence: 5 haṃsaḥ śuciṣad ity. eṣa vai haṃsaḥ śuciṣad
Sentence: 6 vasur antarikṣad ity. eṣa vai vasur antarikṣasad
Sentence: 7 dʰotā vediṣad ity. eṣa vai hotā vediṣad
Sentence: 8 atitʰir duroṇasad ity. eṣa vā atitʰir duroṇasan
Sentence: 9 nr̥ṣad ity. eṣa vai nr̥ṣad
Sentence: 10 varasad ity. eṣa vai varasad.
varaṃ vā etat sadmanāṃ yasminn eṣa āsannas tapaty
Sentence: 11 r̥tasad ity. eṣa vai satyasad
Sentence: 12 vyomasad ity. eṣa vai vyomasad.
vyoma vā etat sadmanāṃ yasminn eṣa āsannas tapaty
Sentence: 13 abjā ity. eṣa vā abjā.
adbʰyo vā eṣā prātar udety, apaḥ sāyam praviśati
Sentence: 14 golā ity. eṣa vai gojā
Sentence: 15 r̥tājā ity. eṣa vai satyajā
Sentence: 16 adrijā ity. eṣa vā adrijā
Sentence: 17 r̥tam ity. eṣa vai satyam
Sentence: 18 eṣa etāni sarvāṇy, eṣā ha vā asya cʰandassu pratyakṣatamād iva rūpaṃ
Sentence: 19 tasmād yatra kva ca dūrohaṇaṃ rohed, dʰaṃsavatyaiva rohet
Sentence: 20 tārkṣye svargakāmasya rohet
Sentence: 21 Tārkṣyo ha vā etam pūrvo 'dʰvānam aid,
yatrādo gāyatrī suparṇo bʰūtva somām āharat.
tad yatʰā kṣetrajñam adʰvanaḥ puraetāraṃ kurvīta,
tādr̥k tad yad eva tārkṣye.
'yaṃ vai Tārkṣyo yo 'yam pavata, eṣa svargasya lokasyābʰivoḷhā
Sentence: 22 tyam ū ṣu vājinaṃ devajūtam ity.
eṣa vai vājī devajūtaḥ
Sentence: 23 sahāvānaṃ tarutāraṃ ratʰānām ity.
eṣa vai sahāvāṃs tarutaiṣa hīmām̐l lokān sadyas taraty
Sentence: 24 ariṣṭanemim pr̥tanājam āśum ity.
eṣa va ariṣṭanemiḥ pr̥tanājid āśuḥ
Sentence: 25 svastaya iti svaṣtitām āśāste
Sentence: 26 tārkṣyam ihā huvemeti hvayaty evainam etad
Sentence: 27 indrasyeva rātim ājohuvānāḥ svastaya iti svastitām evāśāste
Sentence: 28 nāvam ivā ruhemeti.
sam evainam etad adʰirohati svargasya lokasya
samaṣṭyai sampattyai saṃgatyā
Sentence: 29 urvī na pr̥tʰvī bahule gabʰīre mā vām etau mā paretau
riṣāmetīme evaitad anumantrayata ՚5 ācaparācam ՚5 eṣyan
Sentence: 30 sadyaś cid yaḥ śavasā pañca kr̥ṣṭīḥ sūrya iva
jyotiṣāpas tatāneti pratyakṣaṃ sūryam abʰivadati
Sentence: 31 sahasrasāḥ śatasā asya raṃhir na smā varante yuvatiṃ na śaryām ity
āśiṣam evaitenāśāsta ātmane ca yajamānebʰyaś ca
Sentence: 1 āhūya dūrohaṇaṃ rohati, svargo vai loko dūrohanaṃ.
vāg āhāvo, brahma vai vāk.
sa yad āhvayate, tad brahmaṇāhāvena svargaṃ lokaṃ rohati
Sentence: 2 sa paccʰaḥ pratʰamaṃ rohatīmaṃ tal lokam āpnoty,
atʰārdʰarcaśo 'ntarikṣaṃ tad āpnoty,
atʰa tripadyāmuṃ tal lokam āpnoty,
atʰa kevalyā tad etasmin pratitiṣṭhati ya eṣa tapati
Sentence: 3 tripadyā pratyavarohati yatʰā śākʰāṃ dʰārayamāṇas,
tad amuṣmim̐l loke pratitiṣṭhaty;
ardʰarcaśo 'ntarikṣe, paccʰo 'smim̐l loka.
āptvaiva tat svargaṃ lokaṃ yajamānā asmim̐l loke pratitiṣṭhanty
Sentence: 4 atʰa ya ekakāmāḥ syuḥ svargakāmāḥ, parāñcam eva teṣāṃ rohet.
te jayeyur haiva svargaṃ lokaṃ
Sentence: 5 na tv evāsmim̐l loke jyog iva vaseyur
Sentence: 6 mitʰunāni sūktāni śasyante traiṣṭubʰāni ca jāgatāni ca.
mitʰunaṃ vai paśavaḥ paśavaś cʰandāṃsi, paśūnāṃ avaruddʰyai
Sentence: 1 yatʰā vai puruṣa evaṃ viṣuvāṃs.
tasya yatʰā dakṣiṇo 'rdʰa evam pūrvo 'rdʰo viṣuvato,
yatʰottaro 'rdʰa evam uttaro 'rdʰo viṣuvatas, tasmād uttara ity ācakṣate.
prabāhuk sataḥ śira eva viṣuvān.
bidalasaṃhita iva vai puruṣas, tad dʰāpi syūmeva madʰye śīrṣṇo vijñāyate
Sentence: 2 tad āhur:
viṣuvaty evaitad ahaḥ śaṃsed, viṣuvān vā etad uktʰānām uktʰaṃ,
viṣuvān viṣuvān iti ha viṣuvanto bʰavanti śreṣṭhatām aśnuvata iti
Sentence: 3 tat-tan nādr̥tyaṃ.
saṃvatsara eva śaṃsed, reto vā etat saṃvatsaraṃ dadʰato yanti
Sentence: 4 yāni vai purā,
saṃvatsarād retāṃsi jāyante yāni pañcamāsyāni yāni ṣaṇmāsyāni,
srīvyanti vai tāni, na vai tair bʰuñjate
Sentence: 5 'tʰa yāny eva daśamāsyāni jāyante yāni sāṃvatsarikāṇi, tair bʰuñjate.
tasmāt saṃvatsara evaitad ahaḥ śaṃset
Sentence: 6 saṃvatsaro hy etad ahar āpnoti, saṃvatsaraṃ hy etad ahar āpnuvanty.
eṣa ha vai saṃvatsareṇa pāpmānam apahata= eṣa viṣuvatā,ṅgebʰyo
haiva māsaih pāpmānam apahate, śīrṣṇo viṣuvata/pa
Sentence: 7 saṃvatsareṇa pāpmānaṃ hale 'pa viṣuvata ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 8 vaiśvakarmaṇam r̥ṣabʰaṃ savanīyasyopālambʰyam
ālabʰeran dvirūpam ubʰayata etam mahāvratīye 'hanī/ndro
Sentence: 9 vai Vr̥traṃ hatva viśvakarmābʰavat,
Prajāpatiḥ prajāḥ sr̥ṣṭvā viśvakarmābʰavat.
saṃvatsaro viśvakarmendram eva tadātmānam Prajāpatiṃ saṃvatsaraṃ
viśvakarmāṇam āpnuvantīndra eva tadātmani Prajāpatau saṃvatsare
viśvakarmaṇy antataḥ pratitiṣṭhanti.
pratitiṣṭhati ya evaṃ veda ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 Prajāpatir akāmayata:
prajāyeya bʰūyān syām iti.
sa tapo 'tapyata,
sa tapas taptvemaṃ dvādaśāham apśyad ātmana evāṅgeṣu ca prāṇeṣu ca.
tam ātmana evāṅgebʰyaś ca prāṇebʰyaś ca dvādaśadʰā niramimīta,
tam āharat, tenāyajata.
tato vai so 'bʰavad ātmanā, pra prajayā paśubʰir ajāyata
Sentence: 2 bʰavaty ātmanā, pra prajayā paśubʰir jāyate ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 3 so 'kāmayata:
katʰaṃ nu gāyatryā sarvato dvādaśāham paribʰūya sarvām r̥ddʰim r̥dʰnuyām iti.
taṃ vai tejasaiva purastāt paryabʰavac
cʰandobʰir madʰyato 'kṣarair upariṣṭād.
gāyatryā sarvato dvādaśāham paribʰūya sarvām r̥ddʰim ārdʰnot
Sentence: 4 sarvām r̥ddʰim r̥dʰnoti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 5 yo vai gāyatrīṃ pakṣiṇīṃ cakṣuṣmatīṃ jyotiṣmatīm bʰāsvatīṃ veda,
gāyatryā pakṣiṇyā cakṣuṣmatyā jyotiṣmatyā bʰāsvatyā svargaṃ lokam ety.
eṣā vai gāyatrī pakṣiṇī cakṣuṣmatī jyotiṣmatī bʰāsvatī yad dvādaśāhas.
tasya yāv abʰito 'tirātrau tau pakṣau, yāv antarāgniṣṭomau te cakṣuṣī,
ye 'ṣṭau madʰya uktʰyāḥ sa ātmā
Sentence: 6 gāyatryā pakṣiṇyā cakṣuṣmatyā jyotiṣmatyā bʰāsvatyā svargaṃ lokam eti
ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 trayaś ca vā ete tryahā ā daśamam ahar ā dvāv atirātrau yad dvādaśāho
Sentence: 2 dvādaśāhāni dīkṣito bʰavati, yajñiya eva tair bʰavati
Sentence: 3 dvādaśa rātrīr upasada upaiti, śarīram eva tābʰir dʰūnute
Sentence: 4 dvādaśāham prasuto
Sentence: 5 bʰūtvā śarīraṃ dʰūtvā śuddʰaḥ pūto devatā apyeti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 6 ṣaṭtriṃśadaho vā eṣa yad dvādaśāhaḥ.
ṣaṭtriṃśadakṣarā vai br̥hatī, br̥hatyā vā etad ayanaṃ yad dvādaśāho,
br̥hatyā vai devā imām̐l lokān āśnuvata.
te vai daśabʰir evākṣarair imaṃ lokam āśnuvata daśabʰir antarikṣam
daśabʰir divaṃ caturbʰiś catasro diśo,
dvābʰyām evāsmim̐l loke pratyatiṣṭhan
Sentence: 7 pratitiṣṭhati ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 8 tad āhur:
yad anyāni cʰandāṃsi varṣīyāṃsi bʰūyo ='kṣaratarāṇy,
atʰa kasmād etām br̥hatīty ācakṣata ity
Sentence: 9 etayā hi devā imām̐l lokān āśnuvata.
te vai daśabʰir evākṣarair imaṃ lokam āśnuvata daśabʰir antarikṣaṃ
daśabʰir divaṃ caturbʰiś catasro diśo,
dvābʰyām evāsmim̐l loke pratyatiṣṭhaṃs.
tasmād etām br̥hatīty ācakṣate
Sentence: 10 'śnute yadyat kāmayate ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 Prājāpatiyajño vā eṣa yad dvādaśāhaḥ,
Prajāpatir vā etenāgre 'yajata dvādaśāhena.
so 'bravīd r̥tūṃś ca māsāṃś ca:
yājayata mā dvādaśāheneti.
taṃ dīkṣayitvānapakramaṃ gamayitvābruvan:
dehi nu no 'tʰa tvā yājayiṣyāma iti.
tebʰya iṣam ūrjam prāyacʰat, saiṣorg r̥tuṣu ca māseṣu ca nihitā.
dadataṃ vai te tam ayājayaṃs, tasmād dadad yājyaḥ.
pratigr̥hṇanto vai te tam ayājayaṃs, tasmāt pratigr̥hṇatā yājyam
Sentence: 2 ubʰaye rādʰnuvanti ya evaṃ vidvāṃso yajante ca yājayanti ca
Sentence: 3 te vā ima r̥tavaś ca māsāś ca gurava ivāmanyanta dvādaśāhe pratigr̥hya,
te 'bruvan Prajāpatiṃ:
yājaya no dvādaśāheneti.
sa tatʰety abravīt, te vai dīkṣadʰvam iti te pūrvapakṣāḥ pūrve dīkṣanta,
te pāpmānam apāhata.
tasmāt te diveva, diveva hy apahatapāpmāno.
'parapakṣā apare 'dīkṣanta, te natarām pāpmānam apāhata.
tasmāt te tama iva, tama iva hy anapahatapāpmānas.
tasmād evaṃ vidvān dīkṣamāṇeṣu pūrvaḥ-pūrva eva didīkṣiṣetā
Sentence: 4 =pa pāpmānaṃ hate ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 5 sa vā ayam Prajāpatiḥ saṃvatsara r̥tuṣu ca māseṣu ca pratyatiṣṭhat,
te vā ima r̥tavaś ca māsāś ca Prajāpatāv eva saṃvatsare pratyatiṣṭhaṃs,
ta ete 'nyonyasmin pratiṣṭhitā.
evaṃ ha vāva sa r̥tviji pratitiṣṭhati yo dvādaśāhena yajate.
tasmād āhur:
na pāpaḥ puruṣo yājyo dvādaśāhena, ned ayam mayi pratitiṣṭhād iti
Sentence: 6 jyeṣvhayajño vā eṣa yad dvādaśāhaḥ,
sa vai devānāṃ jyeṣṭho ya etenāgre 'yajata.
śreṣṭhayajño vā eṣa yad dvādaśāhaḥ,
sa vai devānāṃ śreṣṭho ya etenāgre 'yajata
Sentence: 7 jyeṣṭhaḥ śreṣṭho yajeta, kalyāṇīha samā bʰavati.
na pāpaḥ puruṣo yājyo dvādaśāhena, ned ayam mayi pratitiṣṭhad itī/ndrāya
Sentence: 8 vai deva jyaiṣṭhyāya śraiṣṭhyāya nātiṣṭhanta,
so 'bravīd Br̥haspatiṃ:
yājaya mā dvādaśāheneti.
tam ayājayat, talo vai tasmai devā jyaiṣṭhyāya śraiṣṭhyāyātiṣṭhanta
Sentence: 9 tiṣṭhante 'smai svā jyaiṣṭhyāya śraiṣṭhyāya,
sam asmin svāḥ śreṣṭhatāyāṃ jānate ya evaṃ vedo/rdʰvo
Sentence: 10 vai pratʰamas tryahas, tiryaṅ madʰyamo, 'rvāṅ uttamaḥ.
sa yad ūrdʰvaḥ pratʰamas tryahas, tasmād ayam agnir ūrdʰva uddīpyata,
ūrdʰvā hy etasya dig.
yat tiryaṅ madʰyamas, tasmād ayaṃ vāyus tiryaṅ pavate,
tiraścīr āpo vahanti;
tiraścī hy etasya dig.
yad arvāṅ uttamas, tasmād asāv arvāṅ tapaty, arvāṅ varṣaty,
arvāñci nakṣatrāṇy;
ārvāci hy etasya dik.
samyañco vā ime lokāḥ, samyañca ete tryahāḥ
Sentence: 11 samyañco 'smā ime lokāḥ śriyai dīdyati ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 dīkṣā vai devebʰyo 'pākrāmat.
tāṃ vāsantikābʰyām māsābʰyām anvayuñjata,
tāṃ vāsantikābʰyām māsābʰyāṃ nodāpnuvaṃs.
tāṃ graiṣmābʰyāṃ tāṃ vārṣikābʰyāṃ tāṃ śāradābʰyāṃ
tāṃ haimantikābʰyām māsābʰyām anvayuñjata,
tāṃ haimantikābʰyām māsābʰyāṃ nodāpnuvaṃs.
tāṃ śaiśirābʰyām māsābʰyām anvayuñjata,
tāṃ śaiśirābʰyām māsābʰyām āpnuvann
Sentence: 2 āpnoti yam īpsati, nainaṃ dviṣann āpnoti, ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 3 tasmād yaṃ satriyā dīkṣopanamed,
etayor eva śaiśirayor māsayor āgatayor dīkṣeta.
sākṣād eva tad dīkṣāyām āgatāyām dīkṣate,
pratyakṣād dīkṣām parigr̥hṇāti.
tasmād etayor eva śaiśirayor māsayor āgatayor
ye caiva grāmyāḥ paśavo ye cāraṇyā aṇimānam eva tat paruṣimāṇaṃ niyanti,
dīkṣārūpam eva tad upaniplavante
Sentence: 4 sa purastād dīkṣāyāḥ prājāpatyam paśum ālabʰate
Sentence: 5 tasya saptadaśa sāmidʰenīr anubrūyāt.
saptadaśo vai Prajāpatiḥ, Prajāpater āptyai
Sentence: 6 tasyāpriyo jāmadagnyo bʰavanti
Sentence: 7 tad āhur:
yad anyeṣu paśuṣu yatʰar̥ṣy āpriyo bʰavanty,
atʰa kasmād asmin sarveṣāṃ jāmadagnya eveti
Sentence: 8 sarvarūpā vai jāmadagnyaḥ sarvasamr̥ddʰāḥ,
sarvarūpa eṣa paśuḥ sarvasamr̥ddʰas.
tad yaj jāmadagnyo bʰavanti, sarvarūpatāyai sarvasamr̥ddʰyai
Sentence: 9 tasya vāyavyaḥ paśupuroḷāśo bʰavati
Sentence: 10 tad āhur:
yad anyadevatya uta paśur bʰavaty,
atʰa kasmād vāyavyaḥ paśupuroḷāśaḥ kriyata iti
Sentence: 11 Prajāpatir vai yajño, yajñasyāyātayāmatāyā iti brūyād.
yad u vāyavyas, tena Prajāpater naiti, Vāyur hy eva Prajāpatis
Sentence: 12 tad uktam r̥ṣiṇā:
pavamānaḥ prajāpatir iti
Sentence: 13 satram u cet, saṃnyupyāgnīn yajeran, sarve dīkṣeran, sarve sunuyur.
vasantam abʰyudavasyaty.
ūrg vai vasanta, iṣam eva tad ūrjam abʰyudavasyati
Sentence: 1 cʰandāṃsi vā anyonyasyāyatanam abʰyadʰyāyan.
gāyatrī triṣṭubʰaś ca jagatyai cāyatanam abʰyadʰyāyat,
triṣṭub gāyatryai ca jagatyai ca, jagatī gāyatryai ca triṣṭubʰaś ca.
tato vā etam Prajāpatir vyūḷhacʰandasaṃ dvādaśāham apaśyat, tam āharat,
tenāyajata, tena sa sarvān kāmāṃś cʰandāṃsy agamayat
Sentence: 2 sarvān kāmān gacʰati ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 3 cʰandāṃsi vyūhaty ayātayāmatāyai
Sentence: 4 cʰandāṃsy eva vyūhati.
tad yatʰādo 'śvair vānaḷudbʰir
vānyair-anyair aśrāntatarair-aśrāntatarair upavimokaṃ yānty,
evam evaitac cʰandobʰir
anyair-anyair aśrāntatarair-aśrāntatarair upavimokaṃ svargaṃ lokam yanti
yac cʰandāṃsi vyūhatī/mau
Sentence: 5 vai lokau sahāstāṃ, tau vyaitāṃ.
nāvarṣan, na samatapat, te pañcajanā na samajānata.
tau devāḥ samanayaṃs, tau saṃyantāv etaṃ devavivāhaṃ vyavahetāṃ.
ratʰaṃtareṇaiveyam amūṃ jinvati, br̥hatāsāv imāṃ
Sentence: 6 naudʰasenaiveyam amūṃ jinvati, śyaitenāsāv imāṃ.
dʰūmenaiveyam amūṃ jinvati, vr̥ṣṭyāsāv imāṃ.
devayajanam eveyam amuṣyām adadʰāt, paśūn asāv asyām
Sentence: 7 etad vā iyam amuṣyāṃ devayajanam adadʰād yad etac candramasi kr̥ṣṇam iva
Sentence: 8 tasmād āpūryamāṇapakṣeṣu yajanta etad evopepsanta
Sentence: 9 ūṣān asāv asyāṃ.
tad dʰāpi Turah Kāvaṣeya uvācoṣaḥ poṣo Janamejayaketi.
tasmād dʰāpy etarhi gavyam mīmāṃsamānāḥ pr̥cʰanti:
santi tatroṣā+ḥ iti \ ūṣo hi poṣo.
'sau vai loka imaṃ lokam abʰiparyāvartata
Sentence: 10 tato vai dyāvāpr̥tʰivī abʰavatāṃ, na dyāvāntarikṣān nāntarikṣād bʰūmiḥ
Sentence: 1 br̥hac ca vā idam agre ratʰaṃtaraṃ cāstāṃ.
vāk ca vai tan manaś cāstāṃ, vāg vai ratʰaṃtaram mano br̥hat.
tad br̥hat pūrvaṃ sasr̥jānaṃ ratʰaṃtaram atyamanyata.
tad ratʰaṃtaraṃ garbʰam adʰatta, tad vairūpam asr̥jata
Sentence: 2 te dve bʰūtvā ratʰaṃtaraṃ ca vairūpaṃ ca br̥had atyamanyetāṃ.
tad br̥had garbʰam adʰatta, tad vairājam asr̥jata
Sentence: 3 te dve bʰūtvā br̥hac ca vairājaṃ ca ratʰaṃtaraṃ ca vairūpam cātyamanyetāṃ.
tad ratʰaṃtaraṃ garbʰam adʰatta, tac cʰākvaram asr̥jata
Sentence: 4 tāni trīṇi bʰūtva ratʰaṃtaraṃ ca vairūpam ca śākvaraṃ ca br̥hac ca
vairājaṃ cātyamanyanta.
tad br̥had garbʰam adʰatta, tad raivatam asr̥jata
Sentence: 5 tāni trīṇy anyāni trīṇy anyāni ṣaṭ pr̥ṣṭhāny āsaṃs
Sentence: 6 tāni ha tarhi trīṇi cʰandāṃsi ṣaṭ pr̥ṣṭhāni nodāpnuvan.
sā gāyatrī garbʰam adʰatta, sānuṣṭubʰam asr̥jata.
triṣṭub garbʰam adʰatta, sā pa/nktim asr̥jata.
jagatī garbʰam adʰatta, sāticʰandasam asr̥jata.
tāni trīṇy anyāni trīṇy anyāni ṣaṭ cʰandāṃsy āsan ṣaṭ pr̥ṣṭhāni.
tāni tatʰākalpanta, kalpate yajño 'pi
Sentence: 7 tasyai janatāyai kalpate yatraivam etāṃ cʰandasāṃ ca pr̥ṣṭhānāṃ ca
kḷptiṃ vidvān dīkṣate dīkṣate
Sentence: 1 Agnir vai devatā pratʰamam ahar vahati,
trivr̥t stomo ratʰaṃtaraṃ sāma gāyatrī cʰando
Sentence: 2 yatʰādevatam enena yatʰāstomaṃ yatʰāsāma yatʰācʰandasaṃ rādʰnoti
ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 3 yad vā eti ca preti ca, tat pratʰamasyāhno rūpaṃ.
yad yuktavad yad ratʰavad yad āśumad yat pibavad,
yat pratʰame pade devatā nirucyate,
yad ayaṃ loko 'bʰyudito,
yad rātʰaṃtaraṃ yad gāyatraṃ yat kariṣyad:
etāni vai pratʰamasyāhno rūpāṇy
Sentence: 4 upaprayanto adʰvaram iti pratʰamasyāhna ājyam bʰavati
Sentence: 5 preti pratʰame 'hani pratʰamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 6 vāyav ā yāhi darśateti praügam.
eti pratʰame 'hani pratʰamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 7 ā tvā ratʰaṃ yatʰotaya, idaṃ vaso sutam andʰa iti
marutvatīyasya pratipadanucarau.
ratʰavac ca pibavac ca pratʰame 'hani pratʰamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 8 indra nedīya ed ihītīndranihavaḥ pragātʰaḥ.
pratʰame pade devatā nirucyate, pratʰame 'hani pratʰamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 9 praitu brahmaṇas patir iti brāhmaṇaspatyaḥ.
preti pratʰame 'hani pratʰamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 10 agnir netā, tvaṃ soma kratubʰiḥ, pinvanty apa iti dʰāyyāḥ.
pratʰameṣu padeṣu devatā nirucyante, pratʰame 'hani pratʰamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 11 pra vā indrāya br̥hata iti marutvatīyaḥ pragātʰaḥ.
preti pratʰame 'hani pratʰamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 12 ā yātv indro 'vasa upa na iti sūktam.
eti pratʰame 'hani pratʰamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 13 abʰi tvā śūra nonumo, 'bʰi tvā pūrvapītaya iti
ratʰaṃtaram pr̥ṣṭham bʰavati.
rātʰaṃtare 'hani pratʰame 'hani pratʰamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 14 yad vāvāna purutamam purāṣāḷ iti dʰāyy,ā vr̥trahendro nāmāny aprā ity.
eti pratʰame 'hani pratʰamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 15 pibā sutasya rasina iti
sāmapragātʰaḥ pibavān pratʰame 'hani pratʰamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 16 tyam ū ṣu vājinaṃ devajūtam iti tārkṣyam purastāt sūktasya śaṃsati.
svastyayanaṃ vai tārkṣyaḥ, svastitāyai
Sentence: 17 svastyayanam eva tat kurute,
svasti saṃvatsarasya pāram aśnute ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 ā na indro dūrād ā na āsād iti sūktam.
eti pratʰame 'hani pratʰamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 2 sampātau bʰavato niṣkevalyamarutvatīyayor nividdʰāne.
Vāmadevo vā imām̐l lokān apaśyat, tān sampātaiḥ samapatad.
yat sampātaiḥ samapatat, tat sampātānāṃ sampātatvaṃ.
tad yat sampātau pratʰame 'hani śaṃsati,
svargasya lokasya samaṣṭyai sampattyai saṃgatyai
Sentence: 3 tat savitur vr̥ṇīmahe, 'dyā no deva savitar iti
vaiśvadevasya pratipadanucarau.
rātʰaṃtare 'hani pratʰame 'hani pratʰamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 4 yuñjate mana uta yuñjate dʰiya iti
sāvitraṃ yuktavat pratʰame 'hani pratʰamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 5 pra dyāvā yajñaiḥ pr̥tʰivī r̥tāvr̥dʰeti dyāvāpr̥tʰivīyam.
preti pratʰame 'hani pratʰamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 6 iheha vo manasā bandʰutā nara ity ārbʰavaṃ.
yad vā eti ca preti ca, tat pratʰamasyāhno rūpaṃ.
tad yat preti sarvam abʰaviṣyat, praiṣyann evāsmāl lokād yajamānā iti.
tad yad iheha vo manasā bandʰutā nara ity ārbʰavam pratʰame 'hani śaṃsaty,
ayaṃ vai loka ihehāsminn evaināṃs tal loke ramayati
Sentence: 7 devān huve br̥haccʰravasaḥ svastaya iti vaiśvadevam.
pratʰame pade devatā nirucyante, pratʰame 'hani pratʰamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 8 mahāntaṃ vā ete 'dʰvānam eṣyanto bʰavanti,
ye saṃvatsaraṃ vā dvādaśāhaṃ vāsate.
tad yad devān huve br̥haccʰravasaḥ svastaya iti
vaiśvadevam pratʰame 'hani śaṃsati, svastitāyai
Sentence: 9 svastyayanam eva tat kurute,
svasti saṃvatsarasya pāram aśnute ya evaṃ veda yeṣāṃ
caivaṃ vidvān etad dʰotā devān huve br̥haccʰravasaḥ svastaya iti
vaiśvadevam pratʰame 'hani śaṃsati
Sentence: 10 vaiśvānarāya pr̥tʰupājase vipa ity āgnimārutasya pratipat.
pratʰame pade devatā nirucyate, pratʰame 'hani pratʰamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 11 pratvakṣaso pratavaso virapśina iti mārutam.
preti pratʰame 'hani pratʰamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 12 jātavedase sunavāma somam iti jātavedasyām purastāt sūktasya śaṃsati.
svastyayanaṃ vai jātavedasyāḥ, svastitāyai
Sentence: 13 svastyayanam eva tat kurute,
svasti saṃvatsarasya pāram aśnute ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 14 pra tavyasīṃ navyasīṃ dʰītim agnaya iti jātavedasyam.
preti pratʰame 'hani pratʰamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 15 samānam āgnimārutam bʰavati yac cāgniṣṭome.
yad vai yajñe samānaṃ kriyate, tat prajā anusamananti.
tasmāt samānam āgnimārutam bʰavati
Sentence: 1 Indro vai devatā dvitīyam ahar vahati,
pañcadaśaḥ stomo br̥hat sāma triṣṭup cʰando
Sentence: 2 yatʰādevatam enena yatʰāstomaṃ yatʰāsāma yatʰācʰandasaṃ rādʰnoti
ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 3 yad vai neti na preti yat stʰitaṃ, tad dvitīyasyāhno rūpaṃ.
yad ūrdʰvavad yat prativad yad antarvad yad vr̥ṣaṇvad yad vr̥dʰanvad,
yan madʰyame pade devatā nirucyate, yad antarikṣam abʰyuditaṃ,
yad bārhataṃ yat traiṣṭubʰaṃ yat kurvad:
etāni vai dvitīyasyāhno rūpāṇy
Sentence: 4 agniṃ dūtaṃ vr̥ṇīmaha iti dvitīyasyāhna ājyam bʰavati.
kurvad dvitīye 'hani dvitīyasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 5 vāyo ye te sahasriṇa iti praügaṃ,
sutaḥ soma r̥tāvr̥dʰeti vr̥dʰanvad dvitīye 'hani dvitīyasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 6 viśvānarasya vas patim,
indra it somapā eka iti marutvatīyasya pratipadanucarau.
vr̥dʰanvac cāntarvac ca dvitīye 'hani dvitīyasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 7 indra nedīya ed ihīty acyutaḥ pragātʰa, ut tiṣṭha brahmaṇas pata iti
brāhmaṇaspatya ūrdʰvavān dvitīye 'hani dvitīyasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 8 agnir netā, tvaṃ soma kratubʰiḥ, pinvanty apa iti dʰāyyā acyutā
Sentence: 9 br̥had indrāya gāyateti marutvatīyaḥ pragātʰo,
yena jyotir ajanayann r̥tāvr̥dʰa iti
vr̥dʰanvān dvitīye 'hani dvitīyasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 10 indra somaṃ somapate pibemam iti sūktam,
sajoṣā rudrais tr̥pad ā vr̥ṣasveti
vr̥ṣaṇvad dvitīye 'hani dvitīyasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 11 tvām id dʰi havāmahe, tvaṃ hy ehi cerava iti br̥hatpr̥ṣṭham bʰavati.
bārhate 'hani dvitīye 'hani dvitīyasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 12 yad vāvāneti dʰāyyācyuto/bʰayaṃ
Sentence: 13 śr̥ṇavac ca na iti sāmapragātʰo,
yac cedam adya yad u ca hya āsīd iti
bārhate 'hani dvitīye 'hani dvitīyasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 14 tyam ū ṣu vājinaṃ devajūtam iti tārkṣyo 'cyutaḥ
Sentence: 1 yā ta ūtir avamā yā parameti sūktaṃ,
jahi vr̥ṣṇyāni kr̥ṇuhī parāca iti vr̥ṣaṇvad dvitīye 'hani dvitīyasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 2 viśvo devasya netus, tat savitur vareṇyam,
ā viśvadevaṃ satpatim iti vaiśvadevasya pratipadanucarau.
bārhate 'hani dvitīye 'hani dvitīyasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 3 ud uṣya devaḥ savitā hiraṇyayeti sāvitram
ūrdʰvavad dvitīye 'hani dvitīyasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 4 te hi dyāvapr̥tʰivī viśvaśambʰuveti dyāvāpr̥tʰivīyaṃ,
sujanmanī dʰiṣaṇe antar īyata ity
antarvad dvitīye 'hani dvitīyasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 5 takṣan ratʰaṃ suvr̥taṃ vidmanāpasa ity ārbʰavaṃ,
takṣan hari indravāhā vr̥ṣaṇvasū iti
vr̥ṣaṇvad dvitīye 'hani dvitīyasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 6 yajñasya vo ratʰyaṃ viśpatiṃ viśām iti vaiśvadevaṃ,
vr̥ṣā ketur yajato dyām aśāyateti
vr̥ṣaṇvad dvitīye 'hani dvitīyasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 7 tad u śāryātam.
Aṅgiraso vai svargāya lokāya satram āsata,
te ha sma dvitīyaṃ-dvitīyam evāhar āgatya muhyanti.
tān vā etac Cʰāryāto Mānavo dvitīye 'hani sūktam aśaṃsayat,
tato vai te pra yajñam ajānan pra svargaṃ lokaṃ.
tad yad etat sūktaṃ dvitīye 'hani śaṃsati,
yajñasya prajñātyai svargasya lokasyānukʰyātyai
Sentence: 8 pr̥kṣasya vr̥ṣṇo aruṣasya nū saha ity āgnimārutasya pratipad.
vr̥ṣaṇvad dvitīye 'hani dvitīyasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 9 vr̥ṣṇe śardʰāya sumakʰāya vedʰasa iti mārutaṃ.
vr̥ṣaṇvad dvitīye 'hani dvitīyasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 10 jātavedase sunavāma somam iti jātavedasyācyutā
Sentence: 11 yajñena vardʰata jātavedasam iti jātavedasyaṃ.
vr̥dʰanvad dvitīye 'hani dvitīyasyāhno rūpam ahno rūpam
Sentence: 1 viśve vai devā devatās tr̥tīyam ahar vahanti,
saptadaśaḥ stomo vairūpaṃ sāma jagatī cʰando
Sentence: 2 yatʰādevatam enena yatʰāstomaṃ yatʰāsāma yatʰācʰandasaṃ rādʰnoti
ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 3 yad vai samānodarkaṃ, tat tr̥tīyasyāhno rūpaṃ.
yad aśvavad yad antavad yat punarāvr̥ttaṃ yat punarnuur̥ttaṃ
yad ratavad yat paryastavad yat trivad yad antarūpaṃ,
yad uttame pade devatā nirucyate, yad asau loko 'bʰyudito,
yad vairūpaṃ yaj jāgataṃ yat kr̥tam:
etāni vai tr̥tīyasyāhno rūpāṇi
Sentence: 4 yukṣvā hi devahūtamām̐ aśvām̐ agne ratʰīr iveti tr̥tīyasyāhna ājyam bʰavati
Sentence: 5 devā vai tr̥tīyenāhnā svargaṃ lokam āyaṃs,
tān asurā rakṣāṃsy anvavārayanta. te:
virūpā bʰavata virūpā bʰavateti bʰavanta āyaṃs. te yad:
virūpā bʰavata virūpā bʰavateti bʰavanta āyaṃs, tad vairūpaṃ sāmābʰavat,
tad vairūpasya vairūpatvaṃ
Sentence: 6 virūpaḥ pāpmanā bʰūtvā pāpmānam apahate ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 7 tān ha smānv evāgacʰanti, sam eva sr̥jyante,
tān aśvā bʰūtvā padbʰir apāgʰnata.
yad aśvā bʰūtvā padbʰir apāgʰnata, tad aśvānām aśvatvam
Sentence: 8 aśnute yad-yat kāmayate ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 9 tasmād aśvaḥ paśūnāṃ javiṣṭhas, tasmād aśvaḥ pratyaṅ padā hinasty
Sentence: 10 apa pāpmānaṃ hate ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 11 tasmād etad aśvavad ājyam bʰavati, tr̥tīye 'hani tr̥tīyasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 12 vāyav ā yāhi vītaye, vāyo yāhi śivā diva,
indraś ca vāyav eṣāṃ sutānām, ā mitre varuṇe vayam,
aśvināv eha gacʰatam, ā yāhy adribʰiḥ sutaṃ, sajūr viśvebʰir devebʰir,
uta naḥ priyā priyāsv ity auṣṇiham praügaṃ.
samānodarkaṃ tr̥tīye 'hani tr̥tīyasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 13 taṃ-tam id rādʰase mahe, traya indrasya somā iti
marutvatīyasya pratipadanucarau.
ninr̥ttavat trivat tr̥tīye 'hani tr̥tīyasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 14 indra nedīya ed ihīty acyutaḥ pragātʰaḥ,
pra nūnam brahmaṇas patir iti
brāhmaṇaspatyo ninr̥ttavāṃs tr̥tīye 'hani tr̥tīyasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 15 agnir netā, tvaṃ soma kratubʰiḥ, pinvanty āpa iti dʰāyyā acyutā
Sentence: 16 nakiḥ sudāso ratʰam pary āsa na rīramad iti
marutvatīyaḥ pragātʰaḥ paryastavāṃs tr̥tīye 'hani tr̥tīyasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 17 try aryamā manuṣo devatāteti sūktaṃ trivat tr̥tīye 'hani tr̥tīyasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 18 yad dyāva, indra te śataṃ, yad indra yāvatas tvam iti
vairūpam pr̥ṣṭham bʰavati.
rātʰaṃtare 'hani tr̥̄tiye 'hani tr̥tīyasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 19 yad vāvāneti dʰāyyācyutā/bʰi
Sentence: 20 tvā śūra nonuma iti ratʰaṃtarasya yonim anu nivartayati.
rātʰaṃtaraṃ hy etad ahar āyatanene/ndra
Sentence: 21 tridʰātu śaraṇam iti
sāmapragātʰas trivāṃs tr̥tīye 'hani tr̥tīyasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 22 tyam ū ṣu vājinaṃ devajūtam iti tārkṣyo 'cyutaḥ
Sentence: 1 yo jāta eva pratʰamo manasvān iti
sūktaṃ samānodarkaṃ tr̥tīye 'hani tr̥tīyasyāhno rupāṃ
Sentence: 2 tad u sajanīyam.
etad vā Indrasyendriyaṃ yat sajanīyam,
etasmin vai śasyamāna Indram indriyam āviśati
Sentence: 3 tad dʰāpy āhuś cʰandogās:
tr̥tīye 'hani bahvr̥cā Indrasyendriyam śaṃsantīti
Sentence: 4 tad u gārtsamadam.
etena vai Gr̥tsamada Indrasya priyaṃ dʰāmopāgacʰat,
sa paramaṃ lokam ajayad
Sentence: 5 upendrasya priyaṃ dʰāma gacʰati, jayati paramaṃ lokaṃ ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 6 tat savitur vr̥ṇīmahe, 'dyā no deva savitar iti
vaiśvadevasya pratipadanucarau.
rātʰaṃtare 'hani tr̥tīye 'hani tr̥tīyasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 7 tad devasya savitur vāryam mahad iti sāvitram
Sentence: 8 anto vai mahad, antas tr̥tīyam ahas tr̥tīye 'hani tr̥tīyasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 9 gʰr̥tena dyāvāpr̥tʰivī abʰīvr̥te iti
dyāvāpr̥tʰivīyaṃ, gʰir̥taśriyā gʰr̥tapr̥cā gʰr̥tāvr̥dʰeti
punarāvr̥ttam punarninr̥ttāṃ tr̥tīye 'hani tr̥tīyasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 10 anaśvo jāto anabʰīśur uktʰya ity ārbʰavam,
ratʰas tricakra iti trivat tr̥tīye 'hani tr̥tīyasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 11 parāvato ye didʰiṣanta āpyam iti vaiśvadevam.
anto vai parāvato, 'ntas tr̥tīyam ahas tr̥tīye 'hani 'tr̥tīyasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 12 tad u gāyam.
etena vai Gayaḥ Plāto viśveṣāṃ devānām pr̥yaṃ dʰāmopāgacʰat,
sa paramaṃ lokam ajayad
Sentence: 13 upa viśveṣāṃ devānām priyaṃ dʰāma gacʰati,
jayati paramaṃ lokaṃ ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 14 vaiśvānarāya dʰiṣaṇām r̥tāvr̥dʰa ity āgnimārutasya pratipad.
anto vai dʰiṣaṇāntas tr̥tīyam ahas tr̥tīye 'hani tr̥tīyasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 15 dʰārāvarā maruto dʰr̥ṣṇvojasa iti mārutam bahvabʰivyāhr̥tyam.
anto vai bahv, antas tr̥tiyam ahas tr̥tīye 'hani tr̥tīyasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 16 jātavedase sunavāma somam iti jātavedasyācyutā
Sentence: 17 tvam agne pratʰamo aṅgirā r̥ṣir iti
jātavedasyam purastādudarkaṃ tr̥tīye 'hani tr̥tīyasyāhno rūpaṃ.
tvaṃ-tvam ity uttaraṃ tryaham abʰivadati, saṃtatyai
Sentence: 18 saṃtatais tryahair avyavacʰinnair yanti ya evaṃ vidvāṃso yanti
Sentence: 1 āpyante vai stomā āpyante cʰandāṃsi tr̥tīye 'hany,
etad eva tata uccʰiṣyate vāg ity eva.
tad etad akṣaraṃ tryakṣaraṃ,
vāg ity ekam akṣaram, akṣaram iti tryakṣaraṃ
Sentence: 2 sa evaiṣa uttaras tryāho, vāg ekaṃ gaur ekaṃ dyaur ekaṃ
Sentence: 3 tato vai vāg eva caturtʰam ahar vahati
Sentence: 4 tad yac caturtʰam ahar nyūṅkʰayanty:
etad eva tad akṣaram abʰyāyacʰanty, etad vardʰayanty,
etat prabibʰāvayiṣanti caturtʰasyāhna udyatyā
Sentence: 5 annaṃ vai nyūṅkʰo.
yadelavā abʰigeṣṇāś caranty, atʰānnādyam prajāyate.
tad yac catartʰam ahar nyūṅkʰayanty,
annam eva tat prajanayanty annādyasya prajātyai.
tasmāc caturtʰam ahar jātavad bʰavati
Sentence: 6 caturakṣareṇa nyūṅkʰayed ity āhuś.
catuṣpādā vai paśavaḥ, paśūnām avaruddʰyai
Sentence: 7 tryakṣareṇa nyūṅkʰayed ity āhus.
trayo vā ime trivr̥to lokā, eṣām eva lokānām abʰijityā
Sentence: 8 ekākṣareṇa nyūṅkʰayed, iti ha smāha Lāṅgalāyano Brahmā Maudgalya,
ekākṣarā vai vāg,
eṣa vāva samprati nyūṅkʰaṃ nyūṅkʰayati ya ekākṣareṇa nyūṅkʰayatīti
Sentence: 9 dvyakṣareṇaiva nyūṅkʰayet pratiṣṭhāyā eva.
dvipratiṣṭho vai puruṣaś catuṣpādāḥ paśavo,
yajamānam eva tad dvipratiṣṭhaṃ catuṣpātsu paśuṣu pratiṣṭhāpayati.
tasmād dvyakṣareṇaiva nyūṅkʰayen
Sentence: 10 mukʰataḥ prātaranuvāke nyūṅkʰayati.
mukʰato vai prajā annam adanti,
mukʰata eva tad annādyasya yajamānaṃ dadʰāti
Sentence: 11 madʰyata ājye nyūṅkʰayati.
madʰyato vai prajā annaṃ dʰinoti,
madʰyata eva tad annādyasya yajamānaṃ dadʰāti
Sentence: 12 mukʰato madʰyaṃdine nyūṅkʰayati.
mukʰato vai prajā annam adanti,
mukʰata eva tad annādyasya yajamānaṃ dadʰāti
Sentence: 13 tad ubʰayato nyūṅkʰam parigr̥hṇāti savanābʰyām,
annādyasya parigr̥hītyai
Sentence: 1 vāg vai devatā caturtʰam ahar vahaty,
ekaviṃśaḥ stomo vairājaṃ sāmānuṣṭup cʰando.
yatʰādevatam enena yatʰāstomaṃ yatʰāsāma yatʰācʰandasaṃ rādnnoti
ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 2 yad vā eti ca preti ca tac caturtʰasyāhno rūpaṃ.
yad dʰy eva pratʰamam ahas tad etat punar yac caturtʰaṃ.
yad yuktavad yad ratʰavad yad āśumad yat pibavad,
yat pratʰame pade devatā nirucyate,
yad ayaṃ loko 'bʰyudito,
yaj jātavad yad dʰavavad yac cʰukravad
yad vāco rūpaṃ yad vaimadaṃ yad viripʰitaṃ yad vicʰandā
yad ūnātiriktaṃ yad vairājaṃ yad ānuṣṭubʰaṃ yat kariṣyad
yat pratʰamasyāhno rūpam:
etāni vai caturtʰasyāhno rūpāṇy
Sentence: 3 āgniṃ na svavr̥ktibʰir iti
caturtʰasyāhna ājyam bʰavati vaimadaṃ viripʰitaṃ viripʰitasya
r̥ṣeś caturtʰe 'hani caturtʰasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 4 aṣṭarcam pāṅktam.
pāṅkto yajñaḥ pāṅktāḥ paśavaḥ, paśūnām avaruddʰyai
Sentence: 5 tā u daśa jagatyo.
jagatprātaḥsavana eṣa tryahas, tena caturtʰasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 6 tā u pañcadaśānuṣṭubʰa.
ānuṣṭubʰaṃ hy etad ahas, tena caturtʰasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 7 tā u viṃśatir gāyatryaḥ.
punaḥ prāyaṇīyaṃ hy etad ahas, tena caturtʰasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 8 tad etad astutam asastam ayātayāma sūktaṃ yajña eva sākṣāt.
tad yad etac caturtʰasyāhna ājyam bʰavati, yajñād eva tad yajñaṃ tanvate,
vācam eva tat punar upayanti saṃtatyai
Sentence: 9 saṃtatais tryahair avyavacʰinnair yanti ya evaṃ vidvāṃso yanti
Sentence: 10 vāyo śukro ayāmi te, vihi hotrā avītā, vāyo śataṃ harīṇām,
indraś ca vāyav eṣāṃ somānām, ā cikitāna sukratū, ā no viśvābʰir ūtibʰis,
tyam u vo aprahaṇam, apa tyaṃ vr̥jinaṃ ripum,
ambitame nadītama ity ānuṣṭubʰam praügam.
eti ca preti ca śukravac caturtʰe 'hani caturtʰasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 11 taṃ tvā yajñebʰir īmaha iti marutvatīyasya pratipad. īmaha ity:
abʰyāyāmyam ivaitad ahas, tena caturtʰasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 12 idaṃ vaso sutam andʰa, indra nedīya ed ihi, praitu brahmaṇas patir,
agnir netā, tvaṃ soma kratubʰiḥ, pinvanty apaḥ,
pra va indraya br̥hata iti pratʰamenāhnā samāna ātānaś,
caturtʰe 'hani caturtʰasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 13 śrudʰī havam indra mā riṣaṇya iti
sūktaṃ havavac caturtʰe 'hani caturtʰasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 14 marutvām̐ indra vr̥ṣabʰo raṇayeti sūktam,
ugraṃ sahodām iha taṃ huvemeti havavac caturtʰe 'hani caturtʰasyāhno rupāṃ
Sentence: 15 tad u traiṣṭubʰaṃ.
tena pratiṣṭhitapadena savanaṃ dādʰārāyatanād evaitena na pracyavata
Sentence: 16 imaṃ nu māyinaṃ huva iti
paryāso havavāṃś caturtʰe 'hani caturtʰasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 17 tā u gāyatryo.
gāyatryo vā etasya tryahasya madʰyaṃdinaṃ vahanti
Sentence: 18 tad vai tac cʰando vahati yasmin nivid dʰīyate.
tasmād gāyatrīṣu nividaṃ dadʰāti
Sentence: 19 pibā somam indra mandatu tvā, śrudʰī havaṃ vipipānasyādrer iti
vairājam pr̥ṣṭham bʰavati.
bārhate 'hani caturtʰe 'hani caturtʰasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 20 yad vāvāneti dʰāyyācyutā
Sentence: 21 tvām id dʰi havāmaha iti br̥hato yonim anu nivartayati,
bārhataṃ hy etad ahar āyatanena
Sentence: 22 tvam indra pratūrtiṣv iti sāmapragātʰo,
'śastihā janiteti jātavāṃś caturtʰe 'hani caturtʰasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 23 tyam ū ṣu vājinaṃ devajūtam iti tārkṣyo 'cyutaḥ
Sentence: 1 kuha śruta indraḥ kasminn adyeti sūktaṃ vaimadaṃ viripʰitaṃ
viripʰitasya r̥ṣeś caturtʰe 'hani caturtʰasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 2 yudʰmasya te vr̥ṣabʰasya svarāja iti sūktam,
ugraṃ gabʰīraṃ januṣābʰy ugram iti
jātavac caturtʰe 'hani caturtʰasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 3 tad u traiṣṭubʰaṃ.
tena pratiṣṭhitapadena savanaṃ dādʰārāyatanād evaitena na pracyavate
Sentence: 4 tyam u vaḥ satrāsāham iti paryāso.
viśvāsu gīrṣv āyatam ity:
abʰyāyāmyam ivaitad ahas, tena caturtʰasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 5 tā u gāyatryo.
gāyatryo vā etasya tryahasya madʰyaṃdinam vahanti.
tad vai tac cʰando vahati yasmin nivid dʰīyate.
tasmād gāyatrīṣu nividaṃ dadʰāti
Sentence: 6 viśvo devasya netus, tat savitur vareṇyam, ā viśvadevaṃ satpatim iti
vaiśvadevasya pratipadanucarau.
bārhate 'hani caturtʰe 'hani caturhasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 7 ā devo yātu savitā suratna iti sāvitram.
eti caturtʰe 'hani caturtʰasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 8 pra dyāvā yajñaiḥ pr̥tʰivī namobʰir iti dyāvāpr̥tʰivīyam.
preti caturtʰe 'hani caturtʰasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 9 pra r̥bʰubyoo dūtam iva vācam iṣya ity ārbʰavam.
preti ca vācam iṣya iti ca caturtʰe 'hani caturtʰasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 10 pra śukraitu devī manīṣeti vaiśvadevam.
preti ca śukravac ca caturtʰe 'hani caturtʰasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 11 tā u vicʰandasaḥ.
santi dvipadāḥ santi catuṣpadās, tena caturtʰasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 12 vaiśvānarasya sumatau syāmety āgnimārutasya pratipad,
ito jāta iti jātavac caturtʰe 'hani caturtʰasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 13 ka īṃ vyaktā naraḥ sanīḷā iti mārutaṃ,
nakir hy eṣāṃ janūṃṣi vedeti jātavac caturtʰe 'hani caturtʰasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 14 tā u vicʰandasaḥ.
santi dvipadāḥ santi catuṣpadās, tena caturtʰasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 15 jātavedase sunavāma somam iti jātavedasyācyutā/gniṃ
Sentence: 16 naro dīdʰitibʰir araṇyor iti jātavedasyaṃ,
hastacyutī janayanteti jātavac caturtʰe 'hani caturtʰasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 17 tā u vicʰandasaḥ.
santi virājaḥ santi triṣṭubʰas, tena caturtʰasyāhno rūpam ahno rūpam
Sentence: 1 gaur vai devatā pañcamam ahar vahati,
triṇavah stomaḥ śākvaraṃ sāma pāṅktiś cʰando.
yatʰādevatam enena yatʰāstomaṃ yatʰāsāma yatʰācʰandasaṃ rādʰnoti
ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 2 yad vai neti na preti yat stʰitaṃ, tat pañcamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 3 yad dʰy eva dvitīyam ahas tad etat punar yat pañcamaṃ
Sentence: 4 yad ūrdʰvavad yat prativad yad antarvad yad vr̥ṣaṇvad yad vr̥dʰanvad,
yan madʰyame pade devatā nirucyate, yad antarikṣam abʰyuditaṃ
Sentence: 5 yad dugdʰavad yad ūdʰavad yad dʰenumad yat pr̥śnimad
yan madvad yat paśurūpaṃ yad adʰyāsavad
- vikṣudrā iva hi paśavo - yaj jāgataṃ - jāgatā hi paśavo
- yad bārhatam - bārhatā hi paśāvo - yat pāṅktam
- pāṅktā hi paśavo - yad vāmaṃ - vāmam hi paśavo
- yad dʰaviṣmad - dʰavir hi paśavo - yad vapuṣmad - vapur hi paśavo
- yac cʰākvaraṃ yat pāṅktaṃ yat kurvad yad dvitīyasyāhno rūpam:
etāni vai pañcamasyāhno rūpāṇī/mam
Sentence: 6 ū ṣu vo atitʰim uṣarbudʰam iti pañcamasyāhna ājyam bʰavati
jāgatam adʰyāsavat paśurūpam pañcame 'hani pañcamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 7 ā no yajñaṃ divispr̥śam, ā no vāyo mahe tane, ratʰena pr̥tʰupājasā,
bahavaḥ sūracakṣasa, imā u vāṃ diviṣṭayaḥ, pibā sutasya rasino,
devaṃ-devaṃ vo 'vase devaṃ-devam, br̥had u gāyiṣe vaca iti
bārhatam praügam pañcame 'hani pañcamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 8 yat pāñcajanyayā viśeti marutvatīyasya pratipat,
pāñcajanyayeti pañcame 'hani pañcamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 9 indra it somapā eka, indra nedīya ed ihy, ut tiṣṭha brahmaṇas pate,
'gnir netā, tvaṃ soma kratubʰiḥ, pinvanty apo,
br̥had indrāya gāyateti dvitīyenāhnā samāna ātānaḥ pañcame
'hani pañcamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 10 avitāsi sunvato vr̥ktabarhiṣa iti
sūktam madvat pāṅktam pañcapadam pañcame 'hani pañcamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 11 ittʰa hi soma in mada iti
sūktam madvat pāṅktam pañcapadam pañcame 'hani pañcamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 12 indra piba tubʰyaṃ suto madāyeti sūktam madvat traiṣṭubʰaṃ.
tena pratiṣṭhitapadena savanaṃ dādʰārāyatanād evaitena na pracyavate
Sentence: 13 marutvām̐ indra mīḍhva iti paryāso.
neti na preti pañcame 'hani pañcamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 14 tā u gāyatryo.
gāyatryo vā etasya tryahasya madʰyaṃdinaṃ vahanti.
tad vai tac cʰando vahati yasmin nivid dʰīyate.
tasmād gāyatrīṣu nividaṃ dadʰāti
Sentence: 1 mahānāmnīṣv atra stuvate śākvareṇa sāmnā rātʰaṃtare
'hani pañcame 'hani pañcamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 2 Indro vā etābʰir mahān ātmānaṃ niramimīta, tasmān mahānāmnyo.
'tʰo ime vai lokā mahānāmnya ime mahānta
Sentence: 3 imān vai lokān Prajāpatiḥ sr̥ṣṭvedaṃ sarvam aśaknod yad idam kiṃca.
yad imām̐l lokān Prajāpatiḥ sr̥ṣṭvedaṃ sarvam aśaknod yad idaṃ kiṃca
tac cʰakvaryo 'bʰavaṃs, tac cʰakvarīṇāṃ śakvarītvaṃ
Sentence: 4 tā ūrdʰvāḥ sīmno 'bʰyasr̥jata.
yad ūrdʰvāḥ sīmno 'bʰyasr̥jata tat simā abʰavaṃs,
tat simānāṃ simātvaṃ
Sentence: 5 svādor ittʰā viṣūvata, upa no haribʰiḥ sutam,
indraṃ viśvā avīvr̥dʰann ity anurūpo vr̥ṣaṇvān pr̥śnimān madvān
vr̥dʰanvān pañcame 'hani pañcamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 6 yad vāvāneti dʰāyyācyutā/bʰi
Sentence: 7 tvā śūra nonuma iti ratʰaṃtarasya yonim anu nivartayati,
rātʰaṃtaraṃ hy etad ahar āyatanena
Sentence: 8 mo ṣu tvā vāgʰataś caneti sāmapragātʰo 'dʰyāsavān
paśurūpam pañcame 'hani pañcamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 9 tyam ū ṣu vājinaṃ devajūtam iti tārkṣyo 'cyutaḥ
Sentence: 1 predam brahma vr̥tratūryeṣv āvitʰeti sūktam pāṅktam
pañcapadam pañcame 'hani pañcanāsyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 2 indro madāya vāvr̥dʰa iti sūktam madvat pāṅktam
pañcapadam pañcame 'hani pañcamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 3 satrā madāsas tava viśvajanyā iti sūktam madvat traiṣṭubʰaṃ.
tena pratiṣṭhitapadena savanaṃ dādʰārāyatanād evaitena na pracyavate
Sentence: 4 tam indraṃ vājayāmasīti paryāsaḥ, sa vr̥ṣā vr̥ṣabʰo bʰuvad iti
paśurūpam pañcame 'hani pañcamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 5 tā u gāyatryo.
gāyatryo vā etasya tryahasya madʰyaṃdinaṃ vahanti.
tad vai tac cʰando vahati yasmin nivid dʰīyate.
tasmād gāyatrīṣu nividaṃ dadʰāti
Sentence: 6 tat savitur vr̥ṇīmahe, 'dyā no deva savitar iti
vaiśvadevasya pratipadanucarau.
rātʰaṃtare 'hani pañcame 'hani pañcamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 7 ud u ṣya devaḥ savitā damūnā iti sāvitram,
ā dāśuṣe suvati bʰūri vāmam iti vāmam
paśurūpam pañcame 'hani pañcamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 8 mahī dyāvāpr̥tʰivī iha jyeṣṭhe iti dyāvāpr̥tʰivīyaṃ,
ruvad dʰokṣeti paśurūpam pañcame 'hani pañcamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 9 r̥bʰur vibʰvā vāja indro no acʰety ārbʰavaṃ.
vājo vai paśavaḥ, paśurūpam pañcame 'hani pañcamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 10 stuṣe janaṃ suvrataṃ navyasībʰir iti vaiśvadevam adʰyāsavat
paśurūpam pañcame 'hani pañcamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 11 hūvisḥ pāntam ajaraṃ svarvidīty āgnimārutasya pratipad.
dʰaviṣmat pañcame 'hani pañcamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 12 vapur nu tac cikituṣe cid astv iti mārutaṃ
vapuṣmat pañcame 'hani pañcamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 13 jātavedase sunavāma somam iti jātavedasyācyutā/gnir
Sentence: 14 hotā gr̥hapatiḥ sa rājeti jātavedasyam adʰyāsavat
paśurūpam pañcame 'hani pañcamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 1 devakṣetraṃ vā etad yat ṣaṣṭham ahar.
devakṣetraṃ vā eta āgacʰanti ye ṣaṣṭham ahar āgacʰanti
Sentence: 2 na vai devā anyonyasya gr̥he vasanti, nartur r̥tor gr̥he vasatīty āhus.
tad yatʰāyatʰam r̥tvija r̥tuyājān yajanty asampradāyaṃ.
tad yatʰartv r̥tūn kalpayanti, yatʰāyatʰaṃ janatās
Sentence: 3 tad āhur:
nartupraiṣaiḥ preṣitavyaṃ nartupraiṣair vaṣaṭkr̥tyaṃ.
vāg vā r̥tupraiṣā, āpyate vai vāk ṣaṣṭhe 'hanīti
Sentence: 4 yad r̥tupraiṣaiḥ preṣyeyur yad r̥tupraiṣair vaṣaṭkuryur,
vācam eva tad āptāṃ śrāntām ՚5 mr̥kṇavahīṃ vaharāviṇīm r̥cʰeyur
Sentence: 5 yad v ebʰir na preṣyeyur yad v ebʰir na vaṣaṭkuryur,
acyutād yajñasya cyaveran, yajñāt prāṇāt Prajāpateḥ paśubʰyo jihmā īyus
Sentence: 6 tasmād r̥gmebʰya evādʰi preṣitavyam, r̥gmebʰyo 'dʰi vaṣaṭkr̥tyaṃ.
tan na vācam āptāṃ śrāntām ՚5 mr̥kṇavahīṃ vaharāviṇīm r̥cʰanti,
nācyutād yajñasya cyavante,
na yajñāt prāṇāt Prajāpateḥ paśubʰyo jihmā yanti
Sentence: 1 pāruccʰepīr upadadʰati pūrvayoḥ savanayoḥ purastāt prastʰitayājyānāṃ.
rohitaṃ vai nāmaitac cʰando yat pāruccʰepam.
etena vā Indraḥ sapta svargām̐l lokān arohad
Sentence: 2 rohati sapta svargām̐l lokan ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 3 tad āhur:
yat pañcapadā eva pañcamasyāhno rūpaṃ ṣaṭpadāḥ ṣaṣṭhasyātʰa
kasmāt saptapadāḥ ṣaṣṭhe 'hañ cʰasyanta iti
Sentence: 4 ṣaḍbʰir eva padaiḥ ṣaṣṭham ahar āpnuvanty apacʰidyevaitad ahar
yat saptamaṃ, tad eva saptamena padenābʰyārabʰya vasanti.
vācam eva tat punar upayanti, saṃtatyai
Sentence: 5 saṃtatais tryahair avyavacʰinnair yanti ya evaṃ vidvāṃso yanti
Sentence: 1 devāsurā vā eṣu lokeṣu samayatanta.
te vai devāḥ ṣaṣṭhenaivāhnaibʰyo lokebʰyo 'surān prāṇudanta.
teṣāṃ yāny antarhastīnāni vasūny āsaṃs, tāny ādāya samudram praupyanta.
ta etenaiva cʰandasānuhāyāntarhastīnāni vasūny ādadata.
tad yad etat padam punaḥpadaṃ, sa evāṅkuśa āsañjanāyā/dviṣato
Sentence: 2 vasu datte, nir enam ebʰyaḥ sarvebʰyo lokebʰyo nudate,
ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 dyaur vai devatā ṣaṣṭham ahar vahati,
trayastriṃśaḥ stomo raivataṃ sāmāticʰandāś cʰando.
yatʰādevatam enena yatʰāstomaṃ yatʰāsāma yatʰācʰandasaṃ rādʰnoti
ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 2 yad vai samānodarkaṃ, tat ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpaṃ.
yad dʰy eva tr̥tīyam ahas tad etat punar yat ṣaṣṭhaṃ.
yad aśvavad yad antavad yat punarāvr̥ttaṃ yat punarninr̥ttaṃ
yad ratavad yat paryastavad yat trivad yad antarūpaṃ,
yad uttame pade devatā nirucyate, yad asau loko 'bʰyudito
Sentence: 3 yat pāruccʰepaṃ yat saptapadaṃ yan nārāśaṃsaṃ
yan nābʰānediṣṭhaṃ yad raivataṃ yad aticʰandā
yat kr̥taṃ yat tr̥tīyasyāhno rūpaṃ:
etāni vai ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpāṇy
Sentence: 4 ayaṃ jāyata manuṣo dʰarīmaṇīti ṣaṣṭhasyāhna āyam bʰavati
pāruccʰepam aticʰandāḥ saptapadaṃ ṣaṣṭhe 'hani ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 5 stīrṇam barhir upa no yāhī vitaya, ā vāṃ ratʰo niyutvān vakṣad avase,
suṣumā yātam adribʰir, yuvāṃ stomebʰir devayanto aśvinā,var maha indra,
vr̥ṣann indrā,stu śrauṣaḷ, o ṣū ṇo agne śr̥ṇuhi tvam īḷito,
ye devāso divy ekādaśa stʰe,yam adadād rabʰasam r̥ṇacyutam iti
praügam pāruccʰepam aticʰandāḥ
saptapadaṃ ṣaṣṭhe 'hani ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 6 sa pūrvyo mahānām iti marutvatīyasya pratipad.
anto vai mahad, antaḥ ṣaṣṭham ahaḥ
ṣaṣṭhe 'hani ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 7 traya indrasya somā, indra nedīya ed ihi, pra nūnam brahmaṇas patir,
agnir netā, tvaṃ soma kratubʰiḥ, pinvanty apo,
nakiḥ sudāso ratʰam iti tr̥tīyenāhnā samāna ātānaḥ
ṣaṣṭhe 'hani ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 8 yaṃ tvaṃ ratʰam indra medʰasātaya iti
sūktam pāruccʰepam aticʰandāḥ saptapadaṃ
ṣaṣṭhe 'hani ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 9 sa yo vr̥ṣā vr̥ṣṇyebʰiḥ samokā iti sūktaṃ samānodarkaṃ
ṣaṣṭhe 'hani ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 10 indra marutva iha pāhi somam iti sūktaṃ,
tebʰiḥ sākam pibatu vr̥trakʰāda ity:
anto vai kʰādo, 'ntaḥ ṣaṣṭham ahaḥ
ṣaṣṭhe 'hani ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 11 tad u traiṣṭubʰaṃ.
tena pratiṣṭhitapadena savanaṃ dādʰārāyatanād evaitena na pracyavate
Sentence: 12 'yaṃ ha yena vā idam iti paryāsaḥ,
svar marutvatā jitam ity:
anto vai jitam, antaḥ ṣaṣṭham ahaḥ
ṣaṣṭhe 'hani ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 13 tā u gāyatryo.
gāyatryo vā etasya tryahasya madʰyaṃdinaṃ vahanti.
tad vai tac cʰando vahati yasmin nivid dʰīyate.
tasmād gāyatrīṣu nividaṃ dadʰāti
Sentence: 14 revatīr naḥ sadʰamāde, revām̐ id revata stoteti raivatam pr̥ṣṭham bʰavati.
bārhate 'hani ṣaṣṭhe 'hani ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 15 yad vāvāneti dʰāyyācyutā
Sentence: 16 tvām id dʰi havāmaha iti br̥hato yonim anu nivartayati.
bārhataṃ hy etad ahar āyatanene/ndram
Sentence: 17 id devatātaya iti sāmapragātʰo ninr̥ttavān
ṣaṣṭhe 'hani ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 18 tyam ū ṣu vājinaṃ devajūtam iti tārkṣyo 'cyutaḥ
Sentence: 1 endra yāhy upa naḥ parāvata iti sūktam pāruccʰepam aticʰandāḥ
saptapadaṃ ṣaṣṭhe 'hani ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 2 pra gʰā nv asya mabato mahānīti sūktaṃ
samānodarkaṃ ṣaṣṭhe 'hani ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 3 abʰūr eko rayipate rayīṇām iti sūktaṃ,
ratʰam ā tiṣṭha tuvinr̥mṇa bʰīmam ity:
anto vai stʰitam, antaḥ ṣaṣṭham ahaḥ ṣaṣṭhe 'hani ṣasṭhasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 4 tad u traiṣṭubʰaṃ.
tena pratiṣṭhitapadena savanaṃ dādʰārāyatanād evaitena na pracyāvata
Sentence: 5 upa no haribʰiḥ sutam iti paryāsaḥ
samānodarkaḥ ṣaṣṭhe 'hani ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 6 tā u gāyatryo.
gāyātryo vā etasya tryahasya madʰyaṃdinam vahanti.
tad vai tac cʰando vahati yasmin nivid dʰīyate.
tasmād gāyatrīṣu nividaṃ dadʰāty
Sentence: 7 abʰi tyaṃ devaṃ savitāram oṇyor iti vaiśvadevasya pratipad
aticʰandāḥ ṣāṣṭhe 'hani ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 8 tat savitur vareṇyaṃ, doṣo āgād ity anucaro.
'nto vai gatam, antaḥ ṣaṣṭham ahaḥ ṣasṭhe 'hani ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 9 ud u ṣya devaḥ savitā savāyeti sāvitraṃ,
śaśvattamaṃ tadapā vahnir astʰād ity:
anto vai stʰitam, antaḥ ṣaṣṭham ahaḥ ṣaṣṭhe 'hani ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 10 katarā pūrvā katarāparāyor iti dyāvāpr̥tʰivīyaṃ
samānodarkaṃ ṣaṣṭhe 'hani ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 11 kim u śreṣṭhaḥ kiṃ yaviṣṭho na ājagann,
upa no vājā adʰvaram r̥bʰukṣā ity ārbʰavaṃ nārāśaṃsaṃ
trivat ṣaṣṭhe 'hani ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 12 idam ittʰā raudraṃ gūrtavacā,
ye yajñena dakṣiṇayā samaktā iti vaiśvadevam
Sentence: 1 Nābʰānediṣṭhaṃ śaṃsati
Sentence: 2 Nābʰānediṣṭhaṃ vai Mānavam brahmacaryaṃ vasantam bʰrātaro nirabʰajan.
so 'bravīd etya:
kim mahyam abʰāktety. etam eva niṣṭhāvam avavaditāram ity abruvaṃs.
tasmād dʰāpy etarhi pitaram putrā:
niṣṭhāvo 'vavaditety evācakṣate
Sentence: 3 sa pitaram etyābravīt:
tvāṃ ha vāva mahyam tatābʰākṣur iti.
tam pitābravīn:
mā putraka tad ādr̥tʰā.
Aṅgiraso vā ime svargāya lokāya satram āsate,
te ṣaṣṭhaṃ-ṣaṣṭham evāhar āgatya muhyanti.
tān ete sūkte ṣaṣṭhe 'hani śaṃsaya,
teṣāṃ yat sahasraṃ satrapariveṣaṇaṃ tat te svar yanto dāsyantīti. tatʰeti
Sentence: 4 tān upait:
prati gr̥bʰṇīta mānavaṃ sumedʰasa iti.
tam abruvan:
kiṃkāmo vadasītī,dam eva vaḥ ṣaṣṭham ahaḥ prajñāpayānīty abravīd,
atʰa yad va etat sahasraṃ satrapariveṣaṇaṃ tan me svar yanto dattehi.
tatʰeti. tān ete sūkte ṣaṣṭhe 'hani aśaṃsayat,
tato vai te pra yajñam ajānan pra svargaṃ lokaṃ
Sentence: 5 tad yad ete sūkte ṣaṣṭhe 'hani śaṃsati,
yajñasya prajñātyai svargasya lokasyānukʰyātyai
Sentence: 6 taṃ svar yanto 'bruvann:
etat te brāhmaṇa sahasram iti.
tad enaṃ samākurvāṇam puruṣaḥ kr̥ṣṇaśavāsy uttarata upottʰāyābravīn:
mama vā idam, mama vai vāstuham iti.
so 'bravīn:
mahyaṃ vā idam adur iti.
tam abravīt:
tad vai nau tavaiva pitari praśna iti.
sa pitaram ait, tam pitābravīn:
nanu te putrakādū+r ity.
adur eva ma, ity abravīt,
tat tu me puruṣah kr̥ṣṇaśavāsy uttarata upodatiṣṭhan:
mama vā idam, mama vai vāstuham ity aditeti.
tam pitābravīt:
tasyaiva putraka, tat-tat tu sa tubʰyaṃ dāsyatīti.
sa punar etyābravīt:
tava ha vāva kila bʰagava idam iti me pitāheti.
so 'bravīt:
tad ahaṃ tubʰyam eva dadāmi ya eva satyam avādīr iti
Sentence: 7 tasmād evaṃ viduṣā satyam eva vaditavyaṃ
Sentence: 8 sa eṣa sahasrasanir mantro yan nābʰānediṣṭha
Sentence: 9 upainaṃ sahasraṃ namati,
pra ṣaṣṭhenāhnā svargaṃ lokaṃ jānāti ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 tāny etāni sahacarāṇy ity ācakṣate:
nābʰānediṣṭhaṃ vālakʰilyā vr̥ṣākapim evāyamarutaṃ, tāni sahaiva śaṃsed
Sentence: 2 yad eṣām antariyāt, tad yajamānasyāntariyād
Sentence: 3 yadi nābʰānediṣṭhaṃ reto 'syāntariyād,
yadi vālakʰilyāḥ prāṇān asyāntariyād,
yadi vr̥ṣākapim ātmānam asyāntariyād,
yady evayāmarutam prahṣṭhāyā enaṃ cyāvayed daivyai ca mānuṣyai ca
Sentence: 4 nābʰānediṣṭhenaiva reto 'siñcat, tad vālakʰilyābʰir vyakarot,
Sukīrtinā Kākṣīvatena yoniṃ vyahāpayad:
urau yatʰā tava śarman mademeti.
tasmāj jyāyān san garbʰaḥ kanīyāṃsaṃ santam yoniṃ na hinasti,
brahmaṇā hi sa kḷpta.
evayāmarutaitavai karoti, tenedaṃ sarvam etavai kr̥tam eti
yad idaṃ kiṃcā/haś
Sentence: 5 ca kr̥ṣṇam ahar arjunaṃ cety āgnimārutāsya pratipad,
ahaś cāhaś ceti punarāvr̥ttam punarninr̥ttaṃ
ṣaṣṭhe 'hani ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 6 madʰvo vo nāma mārutaṃ yajatrā iti mārutam bahvabʰivyāhr̥tyam.
anto vai bahv, antaḥ ṣaṣṭham ahaḥ ṣaṣṭhe 'hani ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 7 jātavedase sunavāma somam iti jātavedasyācyutā
Sentence: 8 sa pratnatʰā sahasā jāyamāna iti jātavedasyaṃ
samānodarkaṃ ṣaṣṭhe 'hani ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 9 dʰārayan-dʰārayann iti śaṃsati, prasraṃsād vā antasya bibʰāya.
tad yatʰā punarāgrantʰam punarnigrantʰam
antam badʰnīyān mayūkʰaṃ vāntato dʰāraṇāya nihanyāt,
tādr̥k tad yad dʰārayan-dʰārayann iti śaṃsati saṃtatyai
Sentence: 10 saṃtatais tryahair avyavacʰinnair yanti ya evaṃ vidvāṃso yanti yanti
Sentence: 1 yad vā eti ca preti ca tat saptamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 2 yad dʰy eva pratʰamam ahas tad evaitat punar yat saptamaṃ
Sentence: 3 yad yuktavad yad ratʰavad yad āśumad yai pibavad,
yat pratʰame pade devatā nirucyate, yad ayaṃ loko 'bʰyudito
Sentence: 4 yaj jātavad yad aniruktaṃ
Sentence: 5 yat kariṣyad ya pratʰamasyāhno rūpaṃ:
etāni vai saptamasyāhno rūpāṇi
Sentence: 6 samudrād ūrmir madʰumām̐ ud ārad iti
saptamasyāhna ājyam bʰavaty aniruktam saptame 'hani saptamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 7 vāg vai samudro.
na vai vāk kṣīyate, na samudraḥ kṣīyate.
tad yad etat saptamasyāhna ājyam bʰavati,
yajñād eva tad yajñaṃ tanvate, vācam eva tat punar upayanti saṃtatyai
Sentence: 8 saṃtatais tryahair avyavacʰinnair yanti ya evaṃ vidvāṃso yanty
Sentence: 9 āpyante vai stomā, āpyante cʰandāṃsi ṣaṣṭhe 'hani.
tad yatʰaivāda ājyenāvadānāni punaḥ pratyabʰigʰārayanty ayātayāmatāyā,
evam evaitat stomāṃś ca cʰandāṃsi ca punaḥ pratyupayanty ayātayāmatāyai
yad etat saptamasyāhna ājyam bʰavati
Sentence: 10 tad u traiṣṭubʰaṃ.
triṣṭupprātaḥsavana eṣa tryaha
Sentence: 11 ā vāyo bʰūṣa śucipā upa naḥ, pra yābʰir yāsi dāśvāṃsam acʰ,ā
no niyudbʰiḥ śatinībʰir adʰvaram, pra sotā jīro adʰvareṣv astʰād,
ya vāyava indramādanāso, yā vāṃ śataṃ niyuto yāḥ sahasram,
pra yad vām mitrāvaruṇā spūrdʰann, ā gomatā nāsatyā ratʰen,ā
no deva śavasā yāhi śuṣmin, pra vo yajñeṣu devayanto arcan,
pra kṣodasa dʰāyasā sasra eṣeti praügam.
eti ca preti ca saptame 'hani saptamasyāhno rūpaṃ.
tad u traiṣṭubʰaṃ. triṣṭupprātaḥsavana eṣa tryaha
Sentence: 12 ā tvā ratʰaṃ yatʰotaya, idaṃ vaso sutam andʰa, indra nedīya ed ihi,
praitu brahmaṇas patir, agnir netā, tvaṃ soma kratubʰiḥ,
pinvanty apaḥ, pra va indrāya br̥bata iti
pratʰamenāhnā samāna ātānaḥ saptame 'hani saptamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 13 kayā śubʰā savayasaḥ sanīḷā iti sūktaṃ,
na jāyamāno naśate na jāta iti jātavat
saptame 'hani saptamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 14 tad u kayāśubʰīyam.
etad vai saṃjñānaṃ saṃtani sūktaṃ yat kayāśubʰīyam.
etena ha vā Indro 'gastyo Marutas te samajānata.
tad yat kayāśubʰīyaṃ śaṃsati, saṃjñātyā eva
Sentence: 15 tad v āyuṣyaṃ.
tad yo 'sya priyaḥ syāt, kuryād evāsya kayāśubʰīyaṃ
Sentence: 16 tad u traiṣṭubʰaṃ.
tena pratiṣṭhitapadena savanaṃ dādʰārāyatanād evaitena na pracyavate
Sentence: 17 tyaṃ su meṣam mahayā svarvidam iti sūktam,
atyaṃ na vājaṃ havanasyadaṃ ratʰam iti ratʰavat
saptame 'hani saptamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 18 tad u jāgataṃ.
jagatyo vā etasya tryahasya madʰyaṃdinaṃ vahanti.
tad vai tac cʰando vahati yasmin nivid dʰīyate.
tasmāj jagatīṣu nividaṃ dadʰāti
Sentence: 19 mitʰunāni sūktāni śasyante traiṣṭubʰāni ca jāgatānī ca.
mitʰunaṃ vai paśavaḥ paśavaś cʰandomāḥ, paśūnām avaruddʰyai
Sentence: 20 tvām id dʰi havāmahe,
tvaṃ hy ehi cerava iti br̥hatpr̥ṣṭham bʰavati saptame 'hani
Sentence: 21 yad eva ṣaṣṭhasyāhnas tad
Sentence: 22 yad vai ratʰaṃtaraṃ tad vairūpaṃ yad br̥hat tad vairājaṃ,
yad ratʰaṃtaraṃ tac cʰākvaraṃ yad br̥hat tad raivataṃ
Sentence: 23 tad yad br̥hatpr̥ṣṭham bʰavati,
br̥hataiva tad br̥hat pratyuttabʰnuvanty astomakr̥ntatrāya
Sentence: 24 yad ratʰaṃtaraṃ syāt, kr̥ntatraṃ syāt
Sentence: 25 tasmād br̥had eva kartavyaṃ
Sentence: 26 yad vāvāneti dʰāyyācyutā/bʰi
Sentence: 27 tvā śūra nonuma iti ratʰaṃtarasya yonim anu nivartayati.
rātʰaṃtaraṃ hy etad ahar āyatanena
Sentence: 28 pibā sutasya rasina iti sāmapragātʰaḥ
pibavān saptame 'hani saptamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 29 tyam ū ṣu vājinaṃ devajūtam iti tārkṣyo 'cyutaḥ
Sentence: 1 Indrasya nu vīryāṇi pra vocam iti sūktam.
preti saptame 'hani saptamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 2 tad u traiṣṭubʰaṃ.
tena pratiṣṭhitapadena savanaṃ dādʰārāyatanād evaitena na pracyavate
Sentence: 3 'bʰi tyam meṣam puruhūtam r̥gmiyam iti suktaṃ.
yad vāva preti tad abʰīti saptame 'hani saptamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 4 tad u jāgataṃ.
jagatyo vā etasya tryahasya madʰyaṃdinaṃ vahanti.
tad vai tac cʰando vahati yasmin nivid dʰīyate.
tasmāj jagatīṣu nividaṃ dadʰāti
Sentence: 5 mitʰunāni sūktāni śasyante traiṣṭubʰāni ca jāgatāni ca.
mitʰunaṃ vai paśavaḥ paśavaś cʰandomāḥ paśūnām avaruddʰyai
Sentence: 6 tat savitur vr̥ṇīmahe,
'dyā no deva savitar iti vaiśvadevasya pratipadanucarau.
rātʰaṃtare 'hani saptame 'hani saptamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 7 abʰi tvā deva savitar iti sāvitraṃ.
yad vāva preti tad abʰīti saptame 'hani saptamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 8 pretāṃ yajñasya śambʰuveti dyāvāpr̥tʰivīyam.
preti saptame 'hani saptamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 9 ayaṃ devāya janmana ity ārbʰavaṃ jātavat
saptame 'hani saptamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 10 ā yāhī vanasā saheti dvipadāḥ śaṃsati.
dvipād vai puruṣaś catuṣpādāḥ paśavaḥ paśavaś cʰandomāḥ,
paśūnām avaruddʰyai.
tad yad dvipadāḥ śaṃsati,
yajamānam eva tad dvipratiṣṭhaṃ catuṣpātsu paśuṣu pratiṣṭhāpayaty
Sentence: 11 aibʰir agne duvo gira iti vaiśvadevam.
eti saptame 'hani saptamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 12 tāny u gāyatrāṇi.
gāyatratr̥tīyasavana eṣa tryaho
Sentence: 13 vaiśvānaro ājījanad ity āgnimārutasya pratipaj.
jātavat saptame 'hani saptamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 14 pra yat vas triṣṭubʰam iṣam iti mārutam.
preti saptame 'hani saptamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 15 jātavedase sunavāma somam iti jātavedasyācyutā
Sentence: 16 dūtaṃ vo viśvavedasam iti jātavedasyam
aniruktaṃ saptame 'hani saptamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 17 tāny u gāyatrāni.
gāyatratr̥tīyasavana eṣa tryahaḥ
Sentence: 1 yad vai neti na preti yat stʰitaṃ,
tad aṣṭamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 2 yad dʰy eva dvitīyam ahas tad evaitat punar yad aṣṭamaṃ
Sentence: 3 yad ūrdʰvavad yat prativad yad antarvad yad vr̥ṣaṇvad yad vr̥dʰanvad,
yan madʰyame pade devatā nirucyate, yad antarikṣam abʰyuditaṃ
Sentence: 4 yad dvyagni yan mahadvad yad dvihūtavad yat punarvad yat kurvad
Sentence: 5 yad dvitīyasyāhno rūpaṃ:
etāni vā aṣṭamasyāhno rūpāṇy
Sentence: 6 agniṃ vo devam agnibʰiḥ sajoṣā ity aṣṭamasyāhna ājyam bʰavati
dvyagny aṣṭame 'hani aṣṭamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 7 tad u traiṣṭubʰaṃ.
triṣṭupprātaḥsavana eṣa tryahaḥ
Sentence: 8 kuvid aṅga namasā ye vr̥dʰāsaḥ,
=pīvoannām̐ rayivr̥dʰaḥ sumedʰā, ucʰann uṣasaḥ sudinā ariprā,
uśantā dūtā na dabʰāya gopā, yāvat taras tanvo yāvad ojaḥ,
prati vāṃ sūra udite sūktair, dʰenuḥ pratnasya kāmyaṃ duhānā,
brahmā ṇā indropa yāhi vidvān, ūrdʰvo agniḥ sumatiṃ vasvo aśred,
uta syā naḥ sarasvatī juṣāṇeti praügam prativad antarvad dvihūtavad
ūrdʰvavad aṣṭame 'hany aṣṭamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 9 tad u traiṣṭubʰaṃ.
triṣṭupprātaḥsavana eṣa tryaho
Sentence: 10 viśvānarasya vas patim, indra it somapā eka, indra nedīya ed ihy,
ut tiṣṭha brahmaṇas pate, 'gnir netā, tvaṃ soma kratubʰiḥ,
pinvanty apo, br̥had indrāya gāyateti dvitīyenāhnā samāna
ātāno 'ṣṭame 'hani aṣṭamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 11 śaṃsā mahām indraṃ yasmin viśvā iti sūktam
mahadvad aṣṭame 'hany aṣṭamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 12 mahaś cit tvam indra yata etān iti sūktam
mahadvad aṣṭame 'hany aṣṭamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 13 pibā somam abʰi yam ugra tarda iti sūktam,
ūrvaṃ gavyam mahi gr̥ṇāna indreti
mahadvad aṣṭame 'hany aṣṭamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 14 mahām̐ indro nr̥vad ā carṣaṇiprā iti sūktam
mahadvad aṣṭame 'hani aṣṭamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 15 tad u traiṣṭubʰaṃ.
tena pratiṣṭhitapadena savanaṃ dādʰārāyatanād evaitena na pracyavate
Sentence: 16 tam asya dyāvāpr̥tʰivī sacetaseti sūktaṃ,
yad ait kr̥ṇvāno mahimānam indriyam iti
mahadvad aṣṭame 'hany aṣṭamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 17 tad u jāgataṃ.
jagatyo vā etasya tryahasya madʰyaṃdinaṃ vahanti.
tad vai tac cʰando vahati yasmin nivid dʰīyate.
tasmāj jagatīṣu nividaṃ dadʰāti
Sentence: 18 mitʰunāni sūktāni śasyante traiṣṭubʰāni ca jāgatāni ca.
mitʰunaṃ vai paśavaḥ paśavaś cʰandomāḥ, paśūnām avaruddʰyai
Sentence: 19 mahadvanti sūktāni śasyante.
mahad vā antarikṣam, antarikṣasyāptyai
Sentence: 20 pañca sūktāni śasyante.
pañcapadā paṅktiḥ pāṅkto yajñaḥ pāṅktāḥ paśavaḥ paśavaś cʰandomāḥ,
paśūnām avaruddʰyā
Sentence: 21 abʰi tvā śūra nonumo, 'bʰi tvā pūrvapītaya iti
ratʰaṃtaram pr̥ṣṭham bʰavaty aṣṭame 'hani
Sentence: 22 yad vāvāneti dʰāyyācyutā
Sentence: 23 tvām id dʰi havāmaha iti br̥hato yonim anu nivartayati.
bārhataṃ hy etad ahar āyataneno/bʰayaṃ
Sentence: 24 śr̥ṇavac ca na iti sāmapragātʰo.
yac cedam adya yad u ca hya āsīd iti bārhate 'hany
aṣṭame 'hani aṣṭamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 25 tyam ūṣu vājinaṃ devajūtam iti tārkṣyo 'cyutaḥ
Sentence: 1 apūrvyā purutamāny asmā iti sūktam, mahe vīrāya tavase turāyeti
mahadvad aṣṭame 'hani aṣṭamasyāhno rūpaṃ.
tāṃ su te kīrtim magʰavan mahitveti sūktam
mahadvad aṣṭame 'hani aṣṭamasyāhno rūpaṃ.
tvam mahām̐ indra yo ha śuṣmair iti sūktam
mahadvad aṣṭame 'hani aṣṭamasyāhno rūpaṃ.
tvam mahām̐ indra tubʰyaṃ ha kṣā iti sūktam
mahadvad aṣṭame 'hany aṣṭamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 2 tad u traiṣṭubʰaṃ.
tena pratiṣṭhitapadena savanaṃ dādʰārāyatanād evaitena na pracyavate
Sentence: 3 divaś cid asya varimā vi papratʰa iti sūktam, indraṃ na mahneti
mahadvad aṣṭame 'hani aṣṭamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 4 tad u jāgatāṃ.
jagatyo vā etasya tryahasya madʰyaṃdinaṃ vahanti.
tad vai tac cʰando vahati yasmin nivid dʰīyate.
tasmāj jagatīṣu nividaṃ dadʰāti
Sentence: 5 mitʰunāni sūktāni śasyante traiṣṭubʰāni ca jāgatāni ca.
mitʰunaṃ vai paśavaḥ paśavaś cʰandomāḥ, paśūnām avaruddʰyai
Sentence: 6 mahadvanti sūktāni śasyante.
mahad vā antarikṣam, antarikṣasyāptyai.
pañca-pañca sūktāni śasyante.
pañcapadā paṅktiḥ pāṅkto yajñaḥ pāṅktāḥ paśavaḥ paśavaś cʰandomāḥ,
paśūnām avaruddʰyai
Sentence: 7 tāni dvedʰā, pañcānyāni pañcānyāni, daśa sampadyante:
sā daśinī virāḷ.
annam virāḷ annam paśavah paśavaś cʰandomāḥ, paśūnām avaruddʰyai
Sentence: 8 viśvo devasya netus, tat savitur vareṇyam,
ā viśvadevaṃ satpatim iti vaiśvadevasya pratipadanucarau.
bārhate 'hani aṣṭame 'hani aṣṭamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 9 hiraṇyapāṇim ūtaya iti sāvitram
ūrdʰvavad aṣṭame 'hany aṣṭamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 10 mahī dyauḥ pr̥tʰivī ca na iti dyāvāpr̥tʰivīyam
mahadvad aṣṭame 'hani aṣṭamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 11 yuvānā pitarā punar ity ārbʰavam
punarvad aṣṭame 'hani aṣṭamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 12 imā nu kam bʰuvanā sīṣadʰāmeti dvipadāḥ śaṃsati.
dvipād vai puruṣaś catuṣpādāḥ paśavaḥ paśavaś cʰandomāḥ,
paśūnām avaruddʰyai.
tad yad dvipadāḥ śaṃsati,
yajamānam eva tad dvipratiṣṭhaṃ catuṣpātsu paśuṣu pratiṣṭhāpayati
Sentence: 13 devānām id avo mahad iti vaiśvadevam
mahadvad aṣṭame 'hany aṣṭamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 14 tāny u gāyatrāṇi.
gāyatratr̥tīyasavana eṣa tryaha
Sentence: 15 r̥tāvānaṃ vaiśvānaram ity āgnimārutasya pratipad,
agnir vaiśvānaro mahān iti
mahadvad aṣṭame 'hany aṣṭamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 16 krīḷaṃ vaḥ śardʰo mārutam iti mārutaṃ,
jambʰe rasasya vāvr̥dʰa iti
vr̥dʰanvad aṣṭame 'hany aṣṭamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 17 jātavedase sunavāma somam iti jātavedasyācyutā/gne
Sentence: 18 mr̥ḷa mahām̐ asīti jātavedasyam
mahadvad aṣtame 'hany aṣṭamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 19 tāny u gāyatrāṇi.
gāyatratr̥tīyasavana eṣa tryaha eṣa tryahaḥ
Sentence: 1 yad vai samānodarkaṃ, tan navamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 2 yad dʰy eva tr̥tīhyam ahas tad evaitat punar yau navamaṃ
Sentence: 3 yad aśvavad yad antavad yat punarāvr̥ttaṃ yat punarninr̥ttaṃ
yad ratavad yat paryastavad yat trivad yad antarūpaṃ,
yad uttame pade devatā nirucyate, yad asau loko 'bʰyudito
Sentence: 4 yac cʰucivad yat satyavad yat kṣetivad yad gatavad yad okavad
Sentence: 5 yat kr̥taṃ yat tr̥tīyasyāhno rūpam:
etāni vai navamasyāhno rūpāṇy
Sentence: 6 aganma mahā namasā yaviṣṭham iti navamasyāhna ājyam bʰavati
gatavan navame 'hani navamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 7 tad u traiṣṭubʰaṃ.
triṣṭupprātaḥsavana eṣa tryahaḥ
Sentence: 8 pra vīrayā śucayo dadrire te, te satyena manasā dīdʰyānā,
divi kṣayantā rajasaḥ pr̥tʰivyām, ā viśvavārāśvinā gataṃ no,
'yaṃ soma indra tubʰyaṃ sunva ā tu, pra brahmāṇo aṅgiraso nakṣanta,
sarasvatīṃ devayanto havanta, ā no divo br̥hataḥ parvatād ā,
sarasvaty abʰi no neṣi vasya iti
praügaṃ śucivat satyavat kṣetivad gatavad
okavan navame 'hani navamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 9 tad u traiṣṭubʰaṃ.
triṣṭupprātaḥsavana eṣa tryahas
Sentence: 10 taṃ-tam id rādʰase mahe, traya indrasya somā, indra nedīya ed ihi,
pra nūnam brahmaṇas patir, agnir netā, tvaṃ somā kratubʰiḥ, pinvanty apo,
nakiḥ sudāso ratʰam iti tr̥tīyenāhnā samāna
ātāno navame 'hani navamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 11 indraḥ svāhā pibatu yasya soma iti sūktam.
anto vai svāhākāro, 'nto navamam ahar navame 'hani navamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 12 gāyat sāma nabʰanyaṃ yatʰā ver iti sūktam,
arcāma tad vāvr̥dʰānaṃ svarvad ity:
anto vai svar, anto navamam ahar navame 'hani navamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 13 tiṣṭhā harī ratʰa ā yujyamāneti sūktam.
anto vai stʰitam, anto navamam ahar navame 'hani navamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 14 imā u tvā purutamasya kāror iti sūktaṃ, dʰiyo ratʰeṣṭhām ity:
anto vai stʰitam, anto navamam ahar navame 'hani navamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 15 tad u traiṣṭubʰaṃ.
tena pratiṣṭhitapadena savanaṃ dādʰārāyatanād evaitena na pracyavate
Sentence: 16 pra mandine pitumad arcatā vaca iti sūktam
samānodarkaṃ navame 'hani navamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 17 tad u jāgataṃ.
jagatyo vā etasya tryahasya madʰyaṃdinaṃ vahanti.
tad vai tac cʰando vahati yasmin nivld dʰīyate.
tasmāj jagatīṣu nividaṃ dadʰāti
Sentence: 18 mitʰunāni sūktāni sasyante traiṣṭubʰāni ca jāgatāni ca.
mitʰunaṃ vai paśavaḥ paśavaś cʰandomāḥ, paśūnām avaruddʰyai
Sentence: 19 pañcā sūktāni śasyante.
pañcapadā paṅktiḥ pāṅkto yajñaḥ pāṅktāḥ paśavaḥ paśavaś cʰandomāḥ,
paśūnām avaruddʰyai
Sentence: 20 tvām id dʰi havāmahe,
tvaṃ hy ehi cerava iti br̥hatpr̥ṣṭham bʰavati navame 'hani
Sentence: 21 yad vāvāneti dʰāyyācyutābʰi tvā śūra nonuma iti
ratʰaṃtarasya yonim anu nivartayati.
rātʰaṃtaraṃ hy etad ahar āyatanenendra tridʰātu śaraṇam iti
sāmapragātʰas trivān navame 'hani navamasyāhno rūpaṃ.
tyam ū ṣu vājinaṃ devajūtam iti tārkṣyo 'cyutaḥ
Sentence: 1 saṃ ca tve jagmur gira indra pūrvīr iti sūktaṃ
gatavan navame 'hani navamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 2 kadā bʰuvan ratʰakṣayāṇi brahmeṭi sūktaṃ kṣetivad antarūpaṃ.
kṣetīva vā antaṃ gatvā, navame 'hani navamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 3 ā satyo yātu magʰavām̐ r̥jīṣīti sūktaṃ
satyavan navame 'hani navamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 4 tat ta indriyam paramam parācair iti sūktam.
anto vai paramam, anto navamam ahar navame 'hani navamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 5 tad u traiṣṭubʰam.
tena pratiṣṭhitapadena savanaṃ dādʰārāyatanād evaitena na pracyavate
Sentence: 6 'ham bʰuvaṃ vasunaḥ pūrvyas patir iti sūktam,
ahaṃ dʰanāni saṃ jayāmi śaśvata ity:
anto vai jitam, anto navamam ahar navame 'hani navamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 7 tad u jāgataṃ.
jagatyo vā etasya tryahasya madʰyaṃdinaṃ vahanti.
tad vai vac cʰando vahati yasmin nivid dʰīyate.
tasmāj jagatīṣu nividaṃ dadʰāti
Sentence: 8 mitʰunāni sūktāni śasyante traiṣṭubʰāni ca jāgatāni ca.
mitʰunaṃ vai paśavaḥ paśavaś cʰandomāḥ, paśūnām avaruddʰyai.
pañca-pañca sūktāni śasyante.
pañcapadā paṅktiḥ pāṅkto yajñaḥ pāṅktāḥ paśavaḥ paśavaś cʰandomāḥ,
paśūnām avaruddʰyai.
tāni dvedʰā, pañcānyāni pañcānyāni, daśa sampadyante:
sā daśinī virāḷ.
annam virāḷ annam paśavaḥ paśavaś cʰandomāḥ, paśūnām avaruddʰyai
Sentence: 9 tat savitur vr̥ṇīmahe,
'dyā no deva savitar iti vaiśvadevasya pratipadanucarau.
rātʰaṃtare 'hani navame 'hani navamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 10 doṣo āgād iti sāvitraṃ anto vai gatam,
anto navamam ahar navame 'hani navamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 11 pra vām mahidyavī abʰīti dyāvāpr̥tʰivīyaṃ,
śucī upa praśastaya iti śucivan navame 'hani navamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 12 indra iṣe dadātu nas, te no ratnāni dʰattanety ārbʰavaṃ,
trir ā sāptāni sunvata iti trivan navame 'hani navamasyāhno rūpām
Sentence: 13 babʰrur eko viṣuṇaḥ sūnaro yuveti dvipadāḥ śaṃsati.
dvipād vai puruṣaś catuṣpādāḥ paśavaḥ paśavaś cʰandomāh,
paśūnām avaruddʰyai.
tad yad dvipadāḥ śaṃsati,
yajamānam eva tad dvipratiṣṭhaṃ catuṣpātsu paśuṣu pratiṣṭhāpayati
Sentence: 14 ye triṃśati trayas para iti vaiśvadevaṃ
trivan navame 'hani navamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 15 tāny u gāyatrāṇi.
gāyatratr̥tīyasavana eṣa tryaho
Sentence: 16 vaiśvānaro na ūtaya ity āgnimārutasya pratipad,
ā pra yatu parāvata ity:
anto vai parāvato, 'nto navamam ahar navame 'hani navamasyāhno rūpam
Sentence: 17 maruto yasya hi kṣaya iti mārutaṃ kṣetivad antarūpaṃ.
kṣetīva vā antaṃ gatvā, navame 'hani navamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 18 jatavedase sunavāma somam iti jātavedasyācyutā
Sentence: 19 prāgnaye vācam īrayeti jātavedasyaṃ
samānodarkaṃ navame 'navamasyāhno rūpaṃ
Sentence: 20 sa naḥ parṣad ati dviṣaḥ sa naḥ parṣad ati dviṣa iti saṃsah.
bahu vā etasmin navarātre kiṃca-kiṃca vāraṇaṃ kriyate, śāntyā eva.
tad yat:
sa naḥ parṣad ati dviṣaḥ sa naḥ parṣad ati dviṣa iti śaṃsati,
sarvasmād evaināṃs tad enasaḥ pramuñcati
Sentence: 21 tāny u gāyatrāṇi.
gāyatratr̥tīyasavana eṣa tryahaḥ
Sentence: 1 pr̥ṣṭhyaṃ ṣaḷaham upayanti.
yatʰā vai mukʰam evam pr̥ṣṭhyaḥ ṣaḷahas.
tad yatʰāntaram mukʰasya jihvā tālu dantā, evaṃ cʰandomā.
atʰa yenaiva vācaṃ vyākaroti yena svādu cāsvādu ca vijānāti,
tad daśamam ahar
Sentence: 2 yatʰā vai nāsike evam pr̥ṣṭhyaḥ ṣaḷahas.
tad yatʰāntaram nāsikayor, evaṃ cʰandomā.
atʰa yenaiva gandʰān vijānāti, tad daśamam ahar
Sentence: 3 yatʰā vā akṣy evam pr̥ṣṭhyaḥ ṣaḷahas.
tad yatʰāntaram akṣṇaḥ kr̥ṣṇam, evaṃ cʰandomā.
atʰa yaiva kanīnikā yena paśyati, tad daśamam ahar
Sentence: 4 yatʰā vai karṇa evam pr̥ṣṭhyaḥ ṣaḷahas.
tad yatʰāntaraṃ karṇasyaivaṃ cʰandomā.
atʰa yenaiva śr̥ṇoti, tad daśamam ahaḥ
Sentence: 5 śrīr vai daśamam ahaḥ, śriyaṃ vā eta āgacʰanti ye daśamam ahar āgacʰanti.
tasmād daśamam ahar avivākyam bʰavati:
mā śriyo 'vavādiṣmeti, duravavadaṃ hi śreyasas
Sentence: 6 te tataḥ sarpanti
Sentence: 7 te mārjayante
Sentence: 8 te patnīśālāṃ samprapadyante
Sentence: 9 teṣāṃ ya etām āhutiṃ vidyāt, sa brūyāt:
samanvārabʰadʰvam iti.
sa juhuyād
Sentence: 10 iha rameha ramadʰvam, iha dʰr̥tir iha svadʰr̥tir,
Agne vāṭ, svāhā vāḷ iti
Sentence: 11 sa yad iha ramety āhāsminn evaināṃs tal loke ramayatīha ramadʰvam iti
yad āha, prajām evaiṣu tad ramayatīha dʰr̥tir iha svadʰr̥tir iti
yad āha, prajāṃ caiva tad vācaṃ ca yajamāneṣu dadʰāty.
Agne vāḷ iti ratʰaṃtaram, svāhā vāḷ iti br̥had
Sentence: 12 devānāṃ vā etan mitʰunaṃ yad br̥hadratʰaṃtare,
devānām eva tan mitʰunena mitʰunam avarundʰate,
devānām mitʰunena mitʰunam prajāyante prajātyai
Sentence: 13 prajāyate prajayā paśubʰir ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 14 te tataḥ sarpanti, te mārjayante, ta āgnīdʰraṃ samprapadyante.
teṣāṃ ya etām āhutiṃ vidyāt, sa brūyat:
samanvārabʰadʰvam iti.
sa juhuyād
Sentence: 15 upasr̥jan dʰaruṇam mātaraṃ dʰaruṇo dʰayan \
rāyas poṣam iṣam ūrjam asmāsu dīdʰarat svāheti
Sentence: 16 rāyas poṣam iṣam ūrjam avarunddʰa ātmane ca yajamānebʰyaś ca
yatraivaṃ vidvān etām āhutiṃ juhoti
Sentence: 1 te tataḥ sarpanti, te sadaḥ samprapadyante.
yatʰāyatʰam anya r̥tvijo vyutsarpanti, saṃsarpanty udgātāras,
te Sarparājñyā r̥kṣu stuvata
Sentence: 2 iyaṃ vai Sarparājñīyaṃ hi sarpato rājñīyaṃ vā alomikevāgra āsīt.
saitam mantram apaśyad:
āyaṃ gauḥ pr̥śnir akramīd iti.
tām ayam pr̥śnir varṇa āviśan nānārūpo,
yaṃ-yaṃ kāmam akāmayata
yad idaṃ kiṃcauṣadʰayo vanaspatayaḥ sarvāṇi rūpāṇi
Sentence: 3 priśnir enaṃ varṇa āviśati nānārūpo, yaṃ-yaṃ kāmaṃ kāmayate ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 4 manasā prastauti manasodgāyati manasā pratiharati, vācā śaṃsati
Sentence: 5 vāk ca vai manaś ca devānām mitʰunaṃ.
devānām eva tan mitʰunena mitʰunam avarundʰate,
devānām mitʰunena mitʰunam prajāyante prajātyai.
prajāyate prajayā paśubʰir ya evaṃ vedā/tʰa
Sentence: 6 caturhotr̥̄n hotā vyācaṣṭe, tad eva tat stutam anuśaṃsati
Sentence: 7 devānāṃ vā etad yajñiyaṃ guhyaṃ nāma yac caturhotāras.
tad yac caturhotr̥̄n hotā vyācaṣṭe,
devānām eva tad yajñiyaṃ guhyaṃ nāma prakāśaṃ gamayati,
tad enam prakāśaṃ gatam prakāśam gamayati.
Sentence: 8 gacʰati prakāśaṃ ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 9 yam brāhmaṇam anūcānaṃ yaśo narcʰed,
iti ha smāhāraṇyam paretya darbʰastambān udgratʰya
dakṣiṇato brahmāṇam upaveśya caturhotr̥̄n vyācakṣīta
Sentence: 10 devānāṃ vā etad yajñiyaṃ guhyaṃ nāma yac caturhotāras.
tad yac caturhotr̥̄n vyācakṣīta,
devānām eva tad yajñiyaṃ guhyaṃ nāma prakāśaṃ gamayati,
tad enam prakāśaṃ gatam prakāśaṃ gamayati.
gacʰati prakāśaṃ ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 atʰaudumbarīṃ samanvārabʰanta
Sentence: 2 iṣam ūrjam anvārabʰa ity
Sentence: 3 ūrg vā annādyam udumbaro
Sentence: 4 yad vai tad devā iṣam ūrjaṃ vyabʰajanta, tata udumbaraḥ samabʰavat.
tasmāt sa triḥ saṃvatsarasya pacyate
Sentence: 5 tad yad audumbarīm samanvārabʰanta,
iṣam eva tad ūrjam annādyaṃ samanvārabʰante
Sentence: 6 vācaṃ yacʰanti.
vāg vai yajño, yajñam eva tad yacʰanty
Sentence: 7 ahar niyacʰanty.
ahar vai svargo lokaḥ, svargam eva tal lokaṃ niyacʰanti
Sentence: 8 na divā vācaṃ visr̥jeran.
yad divā vācaṃ visr̥jerann, ahar bʰrātr̥vyāya pariśiṃṣyur
Sentence: 9 na naktaṃ vācaṃ visr̥jeran.
yan naktaṃ vācaṃ visr̥jeran, rātrīm bʰrātr̥vyāya pariśiṃṣyuḥ
Sentence: 10 samayāviṣitaḥ sūryaḥ syād, atʰa vācaṃ visr̥jeraṃs.
tāvantam eva tad dviṣate lokam pariśiṃṣanty
Sentence: 11 atʰo kʰalv astamita eva vācaṃ visr̥jeraṃs,
tamobʰājam eva tad dviṣantam bʰrātr̥vyaṃ kurvanty
Sentence: 12 āhavanīyam parītya vācaṃ visr̥jeran.
yajño vā āhavanīyaḥ svargo loka āhavanīyo,
yajñenaiva tat svargeṇa lokena svargaṃ lokaṃ yanti
Sentence: 13 yad ihonam akarma yad atyarīricāma \
Prajāpatiṃ tat pitaram apyetv iti vācaṃ visr̥jante
Sentence: 14 Prājapatiṃ vai prajā anuprajāyante,
Prajāpatir ūnātiriktayoḥ pratiṣṭhā, nainān ūnāṃ nātiriktaṃ hinasti
Sentence: 15 Prajāpatim evonātiriktāny abʰyatyarjanti
ya evaṃ vidvāṃsa etena vācaṃ visr̥jante
Sentence: 16 tasmād evaṃ vidvāṃsa etenaiva vācaṃ visr̥jeran
Sentence: 1 adʰvaryo ity āhvayate caturhotr̥ṣu vadiṣyamāṇas, tad āhāvasya rūpam
Sentence: 2 oṃ hotas tatʰā hotar ity
adʰvaryuḥ pratigr̥ṇāty avasite-'vasite daśasu padeṣu
Sentence: 3 teṣāṃ cittiḥ srug āsī+t \
Sentence: 4 cittam ājyam āsī+t \
Sentence: 5 vāg vedir āsī+t \
Sentence: 6 ādʰītam barhir āsī+t \
Sentence: 7 keto Agnir āsī+t \
Sentence: 8 vijñātam agnīd āsī+t \
Sentence: 9 prāṇo havir āsī+t \
Sentence: 10 sāmādʰvaryur āsī+t \
Sentence: 11 Vācaspatir hotāsī+t \
Sentence: 12 mana upavaktāsī+t \
Sentence: 13 te vā etaṃ graham agr̥hṇata:
Vācaspate vidʰe nāman \ vidʰema te nāma \
vidʰes tvam asmākaṃ nāmnā dyāṃ gacʰa \
yāṃ devāḥ prajāpatigr̥hapataya r̥ddʰim arādʰnuvaṃs tām r̥ddʰiṃ rātsyāmo
Sentence: 14 'tʰa Prajāpates tanūr anudravati brahmodyaṃ cā/nnādā
Sentence: 15 cānnapatnī cānnādā tad Agnir, annapatnī tad Ādityo
Sentence: 16 bʰadrā ca kalyāṇī cā.
bʰadrā tat Somaḥ, kalyāṇī tat paśāvo
Sentence: 17 'nilayā cāpabʰayā cānilayā tad Vāyur, na hy eṣa kadā canelayaty.
apabʰayā tan mr̥tyuḥ, sarvaṃ hy etasmād bībʰāyā/nāptā
Sentence: 18 cānāpyā cānāptā tat pr̥tʰivy, anāpyā tad dyaur
Sentence: 19 anādʰr̥ṣyā cāpratidʰr̥ṣyā cānādʰr̥ṣyā tad Agnir, apratidʰr̥ṣyā tad Ādityo
Sentence: 20 'pūrvā cābʰrātr̥vyā cāpūrvā tan māno, 'bʰrātr̥vyā tat saṃvatsara
Sentence: 21 etā vāva dvādaśa Prajāpates tanva, eṣa kr̥tsnaḥ Prajāpatis.
tat kr̥tsnam Prajāpatim āpnoti daśamam ahar
Sentence: 22 atʰa brahmodyam vadanty.
Agnir gr̥hapatir iti haika āhuḥ, so 'sya lokasya gr̥hapatir.
Vāyur gr̥hapatir iti haika āhuḥ, so 'ntarikṣalokasya gr̥hapatir.
asau vai gr̥hapatir yo 'sau tapaty.
eṣa patir, r̥tavo gr̥hā.
yeṣāṃ vai gr̥hapatiṃ devaṃ vidvān gr̥hapatir bʰavati,
rādʰnoti sa gr̥hapatiṃ, rādʰnuvanti te yajamānā.
yeṣāṃ vā apahatapāpmānaṃ devaṃ vidvān gr̥hapatir bʰavaty,
apa sa gr̥hapatiḥ pāpmānaṃ hate, 'pa te yajamānāḥ pāpmānaṃ gʰnate.
'dʰvaryo arātsmārātsma
Sentence: 1 uddʰarāhavanīyam ity aparāhṇa āha.
yad evāhnā sādʰu karoti, tad eva tat prāṅ uddʰr̥tya tadabʰaye nidʰatta
Sentence: 2 uddʰarāhavanīyam iti prātar āha.
yad eva rātryā sādʰu karoti, tad eva tat prāṅ uddʰr̥tya tadabʰaye nidʰatte
Sentence: 3 yajño vā āhavanīyaḥ, svargo loka āhavanīyo
Sentence: 4 yajña eva tat svarge loke svargaṃ lokaṃ nidʰatte ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 5 yo vā agnihotraṃ vaiśvadevaṃ ṣoḷaśakalam paśuṣu pratiṣṭhitaṃ veda,
vaiśvadevenāgnihotreṇa ṣoḷaśakalena paśuṣu pratiṣṭhitena rādʰnoti
Sentence: 6 raudraṃ gavi sad, vāyavyam upāvasr̥ṣṭam, āśvinaṃ duhyamānaṃ,
saumyaṃ dugdʰaṃ, vāruṇam adʰiśritam, pauṣṇaṃ samudantam,
mārutaṃ viṣyandamānaṃ, vaiśvadevam binduman, maitraṃ śarogr̥hītaṃ,
dyāvāpr̥tʰivīyam udvāsitaṃ, sāvitram prakrāntaṃ, vaiṣṇavaṃ hriyamāṇam,
bārhaspatyam upasannam, Agneḥ pūrvāhutiḥ, Prajāpater uttaraindraṃ hutam
Sentence: 7 etad vā agnihotraṃ vaiśvadevaṃ ṣoḷaśakalam paśuṣu pratiṣṭhitaṃ
Sentence: 8 vaiśvadevenāgnihotreṇa ṣoḷaśakalena paśuṣu pratiṣṭhitena rādʰnoti
ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 yasyāgnihotry upāvasr̥ṣṭā duhyamānopaviśet, kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
tām abʰimantrayeta
Sentence: 2 yasmād bʰīṣā niṣīdasi tato no abʰayaṃ kridʰi \
paśūn naḥ sarvān gopāya namo rudrāya mīḷhuṣa iti
Sentence: 3 tām uttʰāpayed
Sentence: 4 ud astʰād devy aditir āyur yajñapatāv adʰāt \
indrāya kriṇvatī bʰāgam mitrāya varuṇaya cety
Sentence: 5 atʰāsyā udapātram ūdʰasi ca mukʰe copagr̥hṇīyād,
atʰainām brāhmaṇāya dadyāt.
sā tatra prāyaścittir
Sentence: 6 yasyāgnihotry upāvasr̥ṣṭā duhyamānā vāśyeta,
kā tatra prāyaścittir ity.
aśanāyāṃ ha vā eṣa yajamānasya pratikʰyāya vāśyate.
tām annam apy ādayec cʰāntyai, śāntir vā annaṃ.
sūyavasād bʰagavatī hi bʰūyā iti.
sā tatra prāyaścittir
Sentence: 7 yasyāgnihotry upāvasr̥ṣṭā duhyamānā ՚7 spandeta, kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
sā yat tatra skandayet, tad abʰimr̥śya japed
Sentence: 8 yad adya dugdʰam pr̥tʰivīm asr̥pta yad oṣadʰīr atyasr̥pad yad āpaḥ \
payo gr̥heṣu payo agʰnyāyām payo vatseṣu payo astu tan māyiti.
Sentence: 9 tatra yat pariśiṣṭaṃ syāt, tena juhuyād yad alaṃ homāya syād
Sentence: 10 yady u vai sarvaṃ siktaṃ syād,
atʰānyām āhūya tāṃ dugdʰvā tena juhuyād,
ā tv eva śraddʰāyai hotavyāṃ.
sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ
Sentence: 11 sarvaṃ vā asya barhiṣyaṃ sarvam parigr̥hītaṃ
ya evaṃ vidvān agnihotraṃ juhoti
Sentence: 1 asau vā asyādityo yūpaḥ, pr̥tʰivī vedir, oṣadʰayo barhir,
vanaspataya idʰmā, āpaḥ prokṣaṇyo, diśaḥ paridʰayo
Sentence: 2 yad dʰa vā asya kiṃca naśyati yan mriyate yad apājanti,
sarvaṃ haivanaṃ tad amuṣmim̐l loke yatʰā barhiṣi dattam
āgacʰed evam āgacʰati ya evaṃ vidvān agnihotraṃ juhoty
Sentence: 3 ubʰayān vā eṣa devamanuṣyān viparyāsaṃ dakṣiṇā nayati sarvaṃ cedaṃ
yad idaṃ kiṃca
Sentence: 4 manuṣyān vā eṣa sāyamāhutyā devebʰyo dakṣiṇā nayati
sarvaṃ cedaṃ yad idaṃ kiṃca.
ta ete pralīnā nyokasa iva śere manuṣyā devebʰyo dakṣiṇā nītā
Sentence: 5 devān vā eṣa prātarāhutyā manuṣyebʰyo dakṣiṇā nayati sarvaṃ cedaṃ
yad idaṃ kiṃca.
ta ete vividānā ivotpatanty:
ado 'haṃ kariṣye, 'do haṃ gamiṣyāmīti vadanto
Sentence: 6 yāvantaṃ ha vai sarvam idaṃ dattvā lokaṃ jayati,
tāvantaṃ ha lokaṃ jayati ya evaṃ vidvān agnihotraṃ juhoty
Sentence: 7 Agnaye vā eṣa sāyamāhutyāśvinam upākaroh,
tad vāk pratigr̥ṇāti:
vāg-vāg ity
Sentence: 8 Agninā hāsya rātryāśvinaṃ śastam bʰavati
ya evaṃ vidvān agnihotraṃ juhoty
Sentence: 9 Ādityāyā vā eṣa prātarāhutyā mahāvratam upākaroti,
tat prāṇaḥ pratigr̥ṇāty:
annam-annam ity.
Ādityena hāsyāhnā mahāvrataṃ śastam bʰavati
ya evaṃ vidvān agnihotraṃ juhoti
Sentence: 10 tasya vā etasyāgnihotrasya sapta ca śatāni viṃśatiś ca saṃvatsare
sāyamāhutayaḥ, sapta co eva śatāni viṃśatiś ca saṃvatsare prātarāhutayas.
tāvatyo 'gner yajuṣmatya iṣṭakāḥ
Sentence: 11 saṃvatsareṇa hāsyāgninā cityeneṣṭam bʰavati
ya evaṃ vidvān agnihotraṃ juhoti
Sentence: 1 Vr̥ṣaśuṣmo ha Vātāvata uvāca Jātūkarṇyo:
vaktā smo vā idaṃ devebʰyo,
yad vai tad agnihotram ubʰayedyur ahūyatānyedur vāva tad etarhi hūyata ity
Sentence: 2 etad u ՚2 hovāca= kumārī gandʰarvagr̥hītā:
vaktā smo vā idam pitr̥bʰyo,
yad vai tad agnihotram ubʰayedyur ahūyatānyedur vāva tad etarhi hūyata ity
Sentence: 3 etad vā agnihotram anyedyur hūyate,
yad astamite sāyaṃ juhoty anudite prātar.
atʰaitad agnihotram ubʰayedyur hūyate,
yad astamite sāyaṃ juhoty udite prātas
Sentence: 4 tasmād udite hotavyaṃ
Sentence: 5 caturviṃśe ha vai saṃvatsare 'nuditahomi
gāyatrīlokam āpnoti dvādaśa udītahomi.
sa yadā dvau saṃvatsarāv anudite juhoty atʰa hāsyaiko huto bʰavaty,
atʰa ya udile juhoti saṃvatsareṇaiva saṃvatsaram āpnoti
ya evaṃ vidvān udite juhoti.
tasmād udite hotavyam
Sentence: 6 eṣa ha vā ahorātrayos tejasi juhoti yo 'stamite sāyaṃ juhoty udite prātar.
Agninā vai tejasā rātris tejasvaty, Ādityena tejasāhas tejasvad
Sentence: 7 ahorātrayor hāsya tejasi hutam bʰavati ya evaṃ vidvān udite juhoti
Sentence: 8 tasmād udite hotavyam
Sentence: 1 ete ha vai saṃvatsarasya cakre yad ahorātre,
tābʰyām eva tat saṃvatsaram eti sa yo 'nudite juhoti,
yatʰaikataścakreṇa yāyāt tādr̥k tad.
atʰa ya udite juhoti,
yatʰobʰayataścakreṇa yān kṣipram adʰvānaṃ samaśnvīta tādr̥k tat
Sentence: 2 tad eṣābʰi yajñagātʰā gīyate
Sentence: 3 br̥hadratʰaṃtarābʰyām idam eti yuktaṃ
yad bʰūtaṃ bʰaviṣyac cāpi sarvam \
tābʰyām iyād agnīn ādʰāya dʰīro
divaivānyaj juhuyān naktam anyad
iti
Sentence: 4 rātʰamtarī vai rātry, ahar bārhatam.
Agnir vai ratʰaṃtaram Ādityo br̥had,
ete ha vā enaṃ devate bradʰnasya viṣṭapaṃ svargaṃ lokaṃ gamayato
ya evaṃ vidvān udite juhoti.
tasmād udite hotavyaṃ
Sentence: 5 tad eṣābʰi yajñagātʰā gīyate
Sentence: 6
yatʰā ha vā stʰūriṇaikena yāyād
akr̥tvānyad upayojanāya \
evaṃ yanti te bahavo janāsaḥ
purodayāj juhvati ye 'gnihotram
iti
Sentence: 7 tāṃ vā etāṃ devatām prayatīṃ sarvam idam anupraiti
yad idaṃ kiṃcaitasyai hīdaṃ devatāyā anucaraṃ sarvaṃ
yad idaṃ kiṃca, saiṣānucaravatī devatā
Sentence: 8 vindate ha vā anucaram, bʰavaty asyānucaro ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 9 sa vā eṣa ekātitʰiḥ, sa eṣa juhvatsu vasati
Sentence: 10 tad yad ado gātʰā bʰavaty
Sentence: 11
anenasam enasā so 'bʰiśastād
enasvato vāpaharād enaḥ
ekātitʰim apa sāyaṃ ruṇaddʰi
bisāni steno apa so jahārety
Sentence: 12 eṣa ha vai sa ekātitʰiḥ, sa eṣa juhvatsu vasaty.
etaṃ vāva sa devatām aparuṇaddʰi,
yo 'lam agnihotrāya san nāgnihotraṃ juhoti.
tam eṣā devatāparoddʰāparuṇaddʰy asmāc ca lokād amuṣmāc cobʰābʰyāṃ,
yo 'lam agnihotrāya san nāgnihotraṃ juhoti
Sentence: 13 tasmād yo 'lam agnihotrāya syāj juhuyāt
Sentence: 14 tasmād āhur:
na sāyam atitʰir aparudʰya ity
Sentence: 15 etad dʰa sma vai tad vidvān Nagarī Jānaśruteya
uditahominam Aikādaśākṣam Mānutantavyam uvāca:
prajāyām enaṃ vijñātā smo yadi vidvān vā juhoty avidvān veti.
tasyo haikādaśākṣe rāṣṭram iva prajā babʰūva.
rāṣṭram iva ha vā asya prajā bʰavati ya evaṃ vidvān udite juhoti.
tasmād udite hotavyam
Sentence: 1 udyann u kʰalu vā Āditya āhavanīyena raśmīn saṃdadʰāti.
sa yo 'nudite juhoti,
yatʰā kumārāya vā vatsāya vājātāya stanam pratidadʰyāt tādr̥k tad.
atʰa ya udite juhoti,
yatʰā kumārāya vā vatsāya vā jātāya stanam pratidadʰyāt tādr̥k tat.
tam asmai pratidʰīyamānam ubʰayor lokayor annādyam anu pratidʰīyate
'smāc ca lokād amuṣmac cobʰābʰyāṃ
Sentence: 2 sa yo 'nudite juhoti,
yatʰā puruṣāya vā hastine vāprayate hasta ādadʰyāt tādrik tad.
atʰa ya udite juhoti,
yatʰā puruṣāya vā hastine vā prayate hasta ādadʰyāt tādr̥k tat.
tam eṣa etenaiva hastenordʰvaṃ hr̥tvā svarge loka ādadʰāti
ya evaṃ vidvān udite juhoti.
tasmād udite hotavyam
Sentence: 3 udyann u kʰalu vā Ādityaḥ sarvāṇi bʰūtāni praṇayati,
tasmād enam prāṇa ity ācakṣate.
prāṇe hāsya samprati hutam bʰavati ya evaṃ vidvān udite juhoti.
tasmād udite hotavyam
Sentence: 4 eṣa ha vai satyaṃ vadan satye juhoti,
yo 'stamite sāyaṃ juhoty udite prātar.
bʰūr bʰuvaḥ svar o+m Agnir jyotir jyotir Agnir iti sāyaṃ juhoti,
bʰūr bʰuvaḥ svar o+ṃ Sūryo jyotir jyotiḥ Sūrya iti prātaḥ.
satyaṃ hāsya vadataḥ satye hutam bʰavati ya evaṃ vidvān udite juhoti.
tasmād udite hotavyaṃ
Sentence: 5 tad eṣābʰi yajñagātʰā gīyate
Sentence: 6
pratāḥ-prātar anr̥taṃ te vadanti
purodayāj juhvati ye 'gnihotram \
divā kīrtyam adivā kīrtayantaḥ
Sūryo jyotir na tadā jyotir eṣām
iti
Sentence: 1 Prajāpatir akāmayata:
prajāyeya bʰūyān syām iti.
sa tāpo 'tapyata, sa tapas taptvemām̐l lokān asr̥jata:
pr̥tʰivīm antarikṣaṃ divaṃ.
tām̐l lokān abʰyatapat,
tebʰyo 'bʰitaptebʰyas trīṇi jyotīṃṣy ajāyantāgnir eva pr̥tʰivyā ajāyata,
Vāyur antarikṣād, Ādityo divas.
tāni jyotīṃṣy abʰyatapat, tebʰyo 'bʰitaptebʰyas trayo vedā ajāyanta:
r̥gveda evāgner ajāyata, yajurvedo Vāyoḥ sāmaveda Ādityāt.
tān vedān abʰyatapat, tebʰyo 'bʰitaptebʰyas trīṇi śukrāṇy ajāyanta:
bʰūr ity eva r̥gvedād ajāyata, bʰuva iti yajurvedāt, svar iti sāmavedāt
Sentence: 2 tāni śukrāṇy abʰyatapat,
tebʰyo 'bʰitaptebʰyas trayo varṇā ajāyantākāra ukāro makāra iti.
tān ekadʰā samabʰarat, tad etad o+m iti.
tasmād om-om iti praṇauty.
om iti vai svargo loka, om ity asau yo 'sau tapati
Sentence: 3 sa Prajāpatir yajñam atanuta, tam āharat, tenāyajata.
sa r̥caiva hautram akarod, yajuṣādʰvaryavaṃ sāmnodgītʰaṃ.
yad etat trayyai vidyāyai śukraṃ, tena brahmatvam akarot
Sentence: 4 sa Prajāpatir yajñaṃ devebʰyaḥ samprāyacʰat,
te devā yajñam atanvata, tam āharanta, tenāyajanta.
ta r̥caiva hautram akurvan, yajuṣādʰvaryavaṃ, sāmnodgītʰaṃ.
yad evaitat trayyai vidyāyai śukraṃ, tena brahmatvam akurvaṃs
Sentence: 5 te devā abruvan Prajāpatiṃ:
yadi no yajña r̥kta ārtiḥ syād yadi yajuṣṭo yadi sāmato yady
avijñātā sarvavyāpad vā, kā prāyaścittir iti.
sa Prajāpatir abravīd devān:
yadi vo yajña r̥kta ārtir bʰavati, bʰūr iti gārhapatye juhavātʰa;
yadi yajuṣṭo, bʰuva ity āgnīdʰrīye 'nvāhāryapacane vā haviryajñeṣu;
yadi sāmataḥ, svar ity āhavanīye;
yady avijñātā sarvavyāpad vā,
bʰūr bʰuvaḥ svar iti sarvā anudrutyāhavanīya eva juhavātʰety
Sentence: 6 etāni ha vai vedānām antaḥśleṣaṇāni yad etā vyāhr̥tayas.
tad yatʰātmanātmānaṃ saṃdadʰyād,
yatʰā parvaṇā parva yatʰā śleṣmaṇā carmaṇyaṃ vānyad
vā viśliṣṭam saṃśleṣayed:
evam evaitābʰir yajñasya viśliṣṭaṃ saṃdadʰāti.
saiṣā sarvaprāyaścittir yad etā vyāhr̥tayas,
tasmād eṣaiva yajñe prāyaścittiḥ kartavyā
Sentence: 1 tad āhur mahāvadā+ḥ \
yad r̥caiva hautraṃ kriyate yajuṣādʰvaryavaṃ sāmnodgītʰaṃ,
vyārabdʰā trayī vidyā bʰavaty:
atʰa kena brahmatvaṃ kriyata iti.
trayyā vidyayeti brūyād
Sentence: 2 ayaṃ vai yajño yo 'yam pavate.
tasya vāk ca manaś ca vartanyau, vācā ca hi manasā ca yajño vartata.
iyaṃ vai vāg ado manas,
tad vācā trayyā vidyayaikam pakṣaṃ saṃskurvanti,
manasaiva brahmā saṃskaroti
Sentence: 3 te haike brahmāṇa upākr̥te prātaranuvāke
stomabʰāgāñ japitvā bʰāṣamāṇā upāsate.
tad dʰaitad uvāca brāhmaṇa upākr̥te prātaranuvāke
brahmāṇam bʰāṣamānaṃ dr̥ṣṭvārdʰam asya yajñasyāntaragur iti.
tad yatʰaikapāt puruṣo yann ekataścakro vā ratʰo vartamāno bʰreṣaṃ nyety,
evam eva sa yajño bʰreṣaṃ nyeti,
yajñasya bʰreṣam anu yajamāno bʰreṣaṃ nyeti
Sentence: 4 tasmād brahmopākr̥te prātarauvāke vācaṃyamaḥ syād opāṃśvantaryāmayor homād,
upākr̥teṣu pavamāneṣv odr̥co.
'tʰa yāni stotrāṇi saśastrāṇy, ā teṣāṃ vaṣaṭkārād vācaṃyama eva syāt.
tad yatʰobʰayataḥpāt puroṣo yann ubʰayataścakro
vā ratʰo vartamāno na riṣyaty, evam eva sa yajño na riṣyati,
yajñasyāriṣṭim anu yajamāno na riṣyati
Sentence: 1 tad āhur:
yad grahān me 'grahīt prācārīn ma āhutīr me 'hauṣīd ity
adʰvaryave dakṣiṇā nīyanta, udagāsīn ma ity udgātre,
'nvavocan me 'śaṃsīn me 'yākṣīn ma iti hotre:
kiṃ svid eva cakruṣe brahmaṇe dakṣiṇā nīyante,
'kr̥tvāho svid eva harantā iti
Sentence: 2 yajñasya haiṣa bʰiṣag yad brahmā,
yajñāyaiva tad bʰeṣajaṃ kr̥tvā haraty
Sentence: 3 atʰo yad bʰūyiṣṭhenaiva brahmaṇā cʰandasāṃ rasenārtvijyaṃ karoti
yad brahmā, tasmād brahmā,rdʰabʰāg gʰa
vā eṣa itareṣām r̥tvijām agra āsa
yad brahmā,rdʰam eva brahmaṇa āsārdʰam itareṣām r̥tvijāṃ
Sentence: 4 tasmād yadi yajña r̥kta ārtiḥ syād yadi yajuṣṭo yadi sāmato
yady avijñātā sarvavyāpad vā, brahmaṇa eva nivedayante.
tasmād yadi yajña r̥kta ārtir bʰavati,
bʰūr iti brahmā gārhapatye juhuyād;
yadi yajuṣṭo, bʰuva ity āgnīdʰrīye 'nvāhāryapacane vā haviryajñeṣu;
yadi sāmataḥ, svar ity āhavanīye;
yady avijñātā sarvavyāpad vā,
bʰūr bʰuvaḥ svar iti sarvā anudrutyāhavanīya eva juhuyat
Sentence: 5 sa prastotopākr̥te stotra āha:
brahman stoṣyāmaḥ praśāstar iti.
sa bʰūr iti brahmā prātaḥsavane brūyād, indravantaḥ studʰvam iti,
bʰuva iti mādʰyaṃdine savane brūyād, indravantaḥ studʰvam iti;
svar iti tr̥tīyasavane brūyād, indravantaḥ studʰvam iti;
bʰūr bʰuvaḥ svar ity uktʰe vātirātre vā brūyād, indravantaḥ studʰvam iti
Sentence: 6 sa yad āhendravantaḥ studʰvam ity, aindro vai yajña,
Indro yajñasya devatā.
sendram eva tad udgītʰaṃ karotīndrān mā gād, indravantaḥ studʰvam iti
evaināṃs tad āha tad āha
Sentence: 1 devā ha vai sarvacarau satraṃ niṣedus, te ha pāpmānaṃ nāpajagʰnire.
tān hovācārbudaḥ Kādraveyaḥ sarpar̥ṣir mantrakr̥d:
ekā vai vo hotrākr̥tā, tāṃ vo 'haṃ karavāṇy,
atʰa pāpmānam apahaniṣyadʰva iti.
te ha tatʰety ūcus.
teṣāṃ ha sma sa madʰyaṃdine-madʰyaṃdina ՚2 evopodāsarpan,
grāvṇo 'bʰiṣṭauti
Sentence: 2 tasmān madʰyaṃdinemadʰyaṃdina eva grāvṇo 'bʰiṣṭuvanti tadanukr̥ti
Sentence: 3 sa ha ՚2 <sma> yenopodāsarpat,
tad dʰāpy etarhy Arbudodāsarpaṇī nāma prapad asti
Sentence: 4 tān ha rājā madayāṃ cakāra, te hocur:
āśīviṣo vai no rājānam avekṣate,
hantāsyoṣṇīṣeṇākṣyāv apinahyāmeti. tatʰeti.
tasya hoṣṇīṣeṇakṣyāv ՚1 apinehus,
tasmād uṣṇīṣam eva paryasya grāvṇo 'bʰiṣṭuvanti tadanukr̥ti
Sentence: 5 tān ha rājā madayām eva cakāra, te hocuḥ:
svena vai no mantreṇa grāvṇo 'bʰiṣṭautīti,
hantāsyānyābʰir r̥gbʰir mantram āpr̥nacāmeti. tatʰeti.
tasya hānyābʰir r̥gbʰir mantram āpapr̥cus, tato hainān na madayāṃ cakāra.
tad yad asyānyābʰir r̥gbʰir mantram āpr̥ñcanti, śāntyā eva
Sentence: 6 te ha pāpmānam apajagʰnire.
teṣām anv apahatiṃ sarpāḥ pāpmānam apajagʰnire,
ta ete 'pahatapāpmāno hitvā pūrvāṃ jīrṇāṃ tvacaṃ navayaiva prayanty
Sentence: 7 apa pāpmānaṃ hate ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 tad āhuḥ:
kiyatīibʰir abʰiṣṭuyād iti.
śatenety āhuḥ.
śatāyur vai puruṣaḥ śatavīryaḥ śatendriya,
āyuṣy evainaṃ tad vīrya indriye dadʰāti
Sentence: 2 ՚1 trayastriṃśatā vety āhus.
trayastriṃśato vai sa devānām pāpmano 'pāhaṃs,
trayastriṃśad vai tasya devā ity
Sentence: 3 aparimitābʰir abʰiṣṭuyād.
aparimito vai Prajāpatih.
Prajāpater vā eṣā hotrā yad grāvastotrīyā,
tasyāṃ sarve kāmā avarudʰyante.
sa yad aparimitābʰir abʰiṣṭauti, sarveṣāṃ kāmānām avaruddʰyai
Sentence: 4 sarvān kāmān avarunddʰe ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 5 tasmād aparimitābʰir evābʰiṣṭuyāt
Sentence: 6 tad āhuḥ:
katʰam abʰiṣṭuyād ity.
akṣaraśā+ḥ \ caturakṣaraśā+ḥ \ paccʰā+ḥ \ ardʰarcaśā+ḥ \ r̥kśā+ḥ iti \
tad yad r̥kśo na tad avakalpate,
'tʰa yat paccʰo no eva tad avakalpate,
'tʰa yad akṣaraśaś caturakṣaraśo vi tatʰā cʰandāṃsi
lupyeran bahūni tatʰākṣarāṇi hīyerann.
ardʰarcaśa evābʰiṣṭuyāt, pratiṣṭhāyā eva
Sentence: 7 dvipratiṣṭho vai puruṣaś catuṣpādāḥ paśavo,
yajāmanam eva tad dvipratiṣṭhaṃ catuṣpātsu paśuṣu pratiṣṭhāpayati.
tasmād ardʰarcaśa evābʰiṣṭuyāt
Sentence: 8 tad āhur:
yan madʰyaṃdine-madʰyaṃdina eva grāvṇo 'bʰiṣṭauti,
katʰam asyetarayoḥ savanayor abʰiṣṭutam bʰavatīti.
yad eva gāyatrībʰir abʰiṣṭauti, gāyatraṃ vai prātaḥsavanaṃ,
tena prātaḥsavane;
'tʰa yaj jagatībʰir abʰiṣṭauti, jāgataṃ vai tr̥tīyasavanaṃ,
tena tr̥tīyasavana
Sentence: 9 evam u hāsya madʰyaṃdine-madʰyaṃdina eva grāvṇo 'bʰiṣṭuvataḥ
sarveṣu savaneṣv abʰiṣṭutam bʰavati ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 10 tad āhur:
yad adʰvaryur evānyān r̥tvijaḥ sampreṣyāty,
atʰa kasmād eṣa etām asampreṣitaḥ pratipadyata iti.
mano vai grāvastotrīyasampreṣitaṃ vā idam manas,
tasmād eṣa etām asampreṣitaḥ pratipadyate
Sentence: 1 vāg vai subrahmaṇyā, tasyai somo rājā vatsah.
some rājani krīte subrahmaṇyām āhvayanti yatʰā dʰenum upahvayet,
tena vatsena yajamānāya sarvān kāmān duhe
Sentence: 2 sarvān hāsmai kāmān vāg duhe ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 3 tad āhuḥ:
kiṃ subrahmaṇyāyai subrahmaṇyātvam iti.
vāg eveti brūyād, vāg vai brahma ca subrahma ceti
Sentence: 4 tad āhur:
atʰa kasmād enam pumāṃsaṃ santaṃ strīm ivācakṣata iti.
vāg gʰi subrahmaṇyeti brūyāt, teneti
Sentence: 5 tad āhur:
yad antarvedītara r̥tvija ārtvijyaṃ kurvanti bahirvedi subrahmaṇyā,
katʰam asyāntarvedy ārtvijyaṃ kr̥tam bʰavatīti.
veder vā utkaram utkiranti;
yad evotkare tiṣṭhann āhvayatīti brūyāt, teneti
Sentence: 6 tad āhur:
atʰa kasmād utkare tiṣṭhan subrahmaṇyām āhvayatīty.
r̥ṣayo vai satram āsata.
teṣāṃ yo varṣiṣṭha āsīt tam abruvan:
subrahmaṇyām āhvaya, tvaṃ no nediṣṭhād devān hvayiṣyasīti.
varṣiṣṭham evainaṃ tat kurvanty, atʰo vedim eva tat sarvām prīṇāti
Sentence: 7 tad āhuḥ:
kasmād asmā r̥ṣabʰaṃ dakṣiṇām abʰyājantīti.
vr̥ṣā vā r̥ṣabʰo yoṣā subrahmaṇyā tan mitʰunaṃ,
tasya mitʰunasya prajātyā ity
Sentence: 8 upāṃśu pātnīvatasyāgnidʰro yajati.
reto vai pātnīvata, upāṃśv iva vai retasaḥ siktir
Sentence: 9 nānuvaṣaṭkaroti.
saṃstʰā vā eṣā yad anuvaṣaṭkāro:
ned retaḥ saṃstʰāpayānīty.
asaṃstʰitaṃ vai retasaḥ samr̥ddʰaṃ.
tasmān nānuvaṣaṭkaroti
Sentence: 10 neṣṭur upastʰa āsīno bʰakṣayati.
pantībʰājanaṃ vai neṣṭāgniḥ patnīṣu reto dadʰāti prajātyā,
Agninaiva tat patnīṣu reto dadʰāti prajātyai
Sentence: 11 prajāyate prajayā paśubʰir ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 12 dakṣiṇā anu subrahmaṇyā saṃtiṣṭhate.
vāg vai subrahmaṇyānnaṃ dakṣiṇānnādya eva
tad vāci yajñam antataḥ pratiṣṭhāpayanti pratiṣṭhāpayanti
Sentence: 1 devā vai yajñam atanvata, tāṃs tanvānān asurā abʰyāyan:
yajñaveśasam eṣāṃ kariṣyāma iti.
tān dakṣiṇata upāyan, yata eṣāṃ yajñasya taniṣṭham amanyanta.
te devāḥ pratibudʰya Mitrāvaruṇau dakṣiṇataḥ paryauhaṃs,
te Mitrāvaruṇābʰyām eva dakṣiṇataḥ prātaḥsavane 'surarakṣāṃsy apāgʰnata.
tatʰaivaitad yajamānā
Mitrāvaruṇābʰyām eva dakṣiṇataḥ prātaḥsavane 'surarakṣaṃsy apagʰnate.
tasmān maitrāvaruṇam maitrāvaruṇaḥ prātaḥsavane śaṃsati,
Mitrāvaruṇābʰyāṃ hi devā dakṣiṇataḥ prātaḥsavane 'surarakṣāṃsy apāgʰnata
Sentence: 2 te vai dakṣiṇato 'pahatā asurā madʰyato yajñam prāviśaṃs.
te devāḥ pratibudʰyendram madʰyato 'dadʰus,
ta Indreṇaiva madʰyataḥ prātaḥsavane 'surarakṣāṃsy apāgʰnata.
tatʰaivaitad yajamānā
Indreṇaiva madʰyataḥ prātaḥsavane 'surarakṣāṃsy apagʰnate.
tasmād aindram brāhmaṇāccʰaṃsī prātaḥsavane śaṃsatīndreṇa
hi devā madʰyataḥ prātaḥsavane 'surarakṣāṃsy apāgʰnata
Sentence: 3 te vai madʰyato 'pahatā asurā uttarato yajñam prāviśaṃs.
te devāḥ pratibudʰyendrāgnī uttarataḥ paryauhaṃs,
ta Indrāgnibʰyāṃ evottarataḥ prātaḥsavane 'surarākṣāṃsy apāgʰnata.
tatʰaivaitad yajamānā
Indrāgnibʰyām evottarataḥ prātaḥsavane 'surarakṣāṃsy apagʰnate.
tasmād aindrāgnam acʰāvākaḥ prātaḥsavane śaṃsatīndrāgnibʰyāṃ
hi devā uttarataḥ prātaḥsavane 'surarakṣāṃsy apāgʰnata
Sentence: 4 te vā uttarato 'pahatā asurāḥ purastāt paryadravan samanīkatas.
te devāḥ pratibudʰyāgnim purastāt prātaḥsavane paryauhaṃs,
te 'gninaiva purastāt prātaḥsavane 'surarakṣāṃsy apāgʰnata.
tatʰaivaitad yajamānā
Agninaiva purastāt prātaḥsavane 'surarakṣāṃsy apagʰnate.
tasmād āgneyam prātaḥsavanam
Sentence: 5 apa pāpmānaṃ hate ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 6 te vai purastād apahatā asurāḥ paścāt parītya prāviśaṃs.
te devāḥ pratibudʰya Viśvān devān ātmānaṃ paścāt tr̥tīyasavane paryauhaṃs,
te Viśvair eva devair ātmabʰiḥ paścāt tr̥tīyasavane 'surarakṣāṃsy apāgʰnata.
tatʰaivaitad yajamānā
Viśvair eva devair ātmabʰiḥ paścāt tr̥tīyasavane 'surarakṣāṃsy apagʰnate.
tasmād vaiśvadevaṃ tr̥tīyasavanam
Sentence: 7 apa pāpmānaṃ hate ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 8 te vai devā asurān evam apāgʰnata sarvasmād eva yajñāt.
tato vai devā abʰavan, parāsurā
Sentence: 9 bʰavaty ātmanā, parāsya dviṣan pāpmā bʰrātr̥vyo bʰavati,
ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 10 te devā evaṃ kḷptena yajñenāpāsurān pāpmānam agʰnatājayan svargaṃ lokam
Sentence: 11 apa ha vai dviṣantam pāpmānam bʰrātr̥vyaṃ hate,
jayati svargaṃ lokaṃ ya evaṃ veda yaś caivaṃ vidvān savanāni kalpayati
Sentence: 1 stotriyaṃ stotriyasyānurūpaṃ kurvanti prātaḥsavane,
'har eva tad ahno 'nurūpaṃ kurvanty,
avareṇaiva tad ahnā param ahar abʰyārabʰante
Sentence: 2 'tʰa tatʰā na madʰyaṃdine.
śrīr vai pr̥ṣṭhāni,
tāni tasmai na ՚0 tastʰānāni yat stotriyaṃ stotriyasyānurūpaṃ kuryus
Sentence: 3 tayaiva vibʰaktyā tr̥tīyasavane na stotriyaṃ stotriyasyānurūpāṃ kurvanti
Sentence: 1 atʰāta ārambʰaṇīyā eva
Sentence: 2 r̥junītī no varuṇa iti maitrāvaruṇasya, mitro nayatu vidvān iti.
praṇetā vā eṣa hotrakāṇāṃ yan maitrāvaruṇas,
tasmād eṣā praṇetr̥matī bʰavatī/ndraṃ
Sentence: 3 vo viśvatas parīti brāhmaṇāccʰaṃsino,
havāmahe janebʰya itīndram evaitayāhar-ahār nihvayante
Sentence: 4 na haiṣāṃ vihave 'nya Indraṃ vr̥ṅkte yatraivaṃ vidvān
brāhmaṇāccʰaṃsy etām, ahar-ahaḥ śaṃsati
Sentence: 5 yat soma ā sute nara ity acʰāvākasyendrāgnī ajohavur itīndrāgnī
evaitayāhar-ahar nihvayante.
na haiṣāṃ vihave 'nya indrāgnī vr̥ṅkte yatraivaṃ vidvān
acʰāvāka etām ahar-ahaḥ śaṃsati
Sentence: 6 tā vā etāḥ svargasya lokasya nāvaḥ sampāriṇyaḥ,
svargam evaitābʰir lokam abʰisaṃtaranti
Sentence: 1 atʰātaḥ paridʰānīyā eva
Sentence: 2 te syāma deva varuṇeti maitrāvaruṇasyeṣaṃ svaś ca dʰīmahīty.
ayaṃ vai loka iṣam ity asau lokaḥ svar ity,
ubʰāv evaitayā lokāv ārabʰante
Sentence: 3 vy antarikṣam atirad iti brāhmanāccʰaṃsino,
vivattr̥caṃ svargam evaibʰya etāya lokaṃ vivr̥ṇoti
Sentence: 4 made somasya rocanā \ indro yad abʰinad valam iti
Sentence: 5 siṣāsavo vā ete yad dīkṣitās, tasmād eṣā valavatī bʰavaty
Sentence: 6 ud gā ājad aṅgirobʰya āvisḥ kr̥ṇvan guhā satīḥ \
arvāñcaṃ nunude valam iti, sanim evaibʰya etayāvarunddʰa
Sentence: 7 indreṇa rocanā diva iti, svargo vai loka indreṇa rocanā divo
Sentence: 8 dr̥ḷhāni dr̥ṃhitāni ca \ stʰirāṇi na parāṇuda iti
Sentence: 9 svarga evaitayā loke 'harahaḥ pratitiṣṭhanto yanty
Sentence: 10 āhaṃ sarasvatīvator ity acʰāvākasya.
vāg vai Sarasvatī, vāgvator iti haitad āhendrāgnyor avo vr̥ṇa ity.
etad dʰa vā Indrāgnyoḥ priyaṃ dʰāma yad vāg iti,
priyeṇaivainau tad dʰāmnā samardʰayati
Sentence: 11 priyeṇa dʰāmnā samr̥dʰyate ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 ubʰayyaḥ paridʰānīyā bʰavanti hotrakāṇām prātaḥsavane
ca mādʰyaṃdine cāhīnāś caikāhikāś ca
Sentence: 2 tata aikāhikābʰir eva maitrāvaruṇo paridadʰāti,
tenāsmāl lokān na pracyavate
Sentence: 3 'hīnābʰir acʰāvākaḥ, svargasya lokasyāptyā
Sentence: 4 ubʰayībʰir brāhmaṇāccʰaṃsī.
teno sa ubʰau vyanvārabʰamāṇa etīmaṃ cāmuṃ ca lokam,
atʰo maitrāvaruṇaṃ cācʰāvākaṃ cātʰo ahīnaṃ caikāham cātʰo saṃvatsaraṃ
cāgniṣṭomaṃ caivam u sa ubʰau vyanvārabʰamāṇa ety
Sentence: 5 atʰa tata aikāhikā eva tr̥tīyasavane hotrakāṇām paridʰānīyā bʰavanti.
pratiṣṭhā vā ekāhaḥ, pratiṣṭhāyām eva tad yajñam antataḥ pratiṣṭhāpayanty
Sentence: 6 anavānam prātaḥsavane yajed
Sentence: 7 ekāṃ dve na stomam atiśaṃset.
tad yatʰābʰiheṣate pipāsate kṣipram prayacʰet, tādr̥k tad.
atʰo kṣipraṃ devebʰyo 'nnādyaṃ somapītʰam prayacʰānīti.
kṣipraṃ hāsmim̐l loke pratitiṣṭhaty
Sentence: 8 aparimitābʰir uttarayoḥ savanayor.
aparimito vai svargo lokaḥ, svargasya lokasyāptyai
Sentence: 9 kāmaṃ tad dʰotā śāṃsed yad dʰotrakāḥ purvedyuḥ śaṃseyur,
yad vā hotā tad dʰotrakāḥ.
prāṇo vai hotāṅgāni hotrakāḥ, samāno vā ayam prāṇo 'ṅgāny anusaṃcarati.
tasmāt tat kāmaṃ hotā śaṃsed yad dʰotrakāḥ pūrvedyuḥ śaṃseyur,
yad vā hotā tad dʰotrakāḥ
Sentence: 10 sūktāntair hotā paridadʰad ety,
atʰa samānya eva tr̥tīyasavane hotrakāṇām paridʰānīyā bʰavanty.
ātmā vai hotāṅgāni hotrakāḥ.
samānā vā ime 'ṅgānām antās,
tasmāt samānya eva tr̥tīyasavane hotrakāṇām paridʰāniyā bʰavanti bʰavanti
Sentence: 1 ā tvā vahantu haraya iti prātaḥsavana unnīyamānebʰyo 'nvāha
vr̥ṣaṇvatīḥ pītavatīḥ sutavatīr madvatī rūpasamr̥ddʰā
Sentence: 2 aindrīr anvāhaindro vai yajño
Sentence: 3 gāyatrīr anvāha, gāyatraṃ vai prātaḥsavanaṃ
Sentence: 4 nava nyūnāḥ prātaḥsavane 'nvāha, nyūne vai retaḥ sicyate
Sentence: 5 daśa madʰyaṃdine 'nvāha,
nyūne vai retaḥ siktam madʰyaṃ striyai prāpya stʰaviṣṭham bʰavati
Sentence: 6 nava nyūnās tr̥tīyasavane 'nvāha, nyūnād vai prajāḥ prajāyante
Sentence: 7 tad yad etāni kevalasūktāny anvāha,
yajamānam eva tad garbʰam bʰūtam prajanayati yajñād devayonyai
Sentence: 8 te haike sapta-saptānvāhuḥ sapta prātaḥsavane sapta mādʰyaṃdine
sapta tr̥tīyasavane:
yāvatyo vai puronuvākyās tāvatyo yājyāḥ,
sapta vai prāñco yajanti sapta vaṣaṭkurvanti,
tāsām etāḥ puronnvākyā iti vadantas
Sentence: 9 tat tatʰā na kuryād.
yajamānasya ha te reto vilumpanty atʰo yajamānam eva,
yajamāno hi sūktaṃ
Sentence: 10 navabʰir vā etam maitrāvaruṇo 'smāl lokād antarikṣalokam abʰi pravahati,
daśabʰir antarikṣalokād amuṃ lokam abʰy -- antarikṣaloko hi jyeṣṭho --
navabʰir amuṣmāl lokāt svargaṃ lokam abʰi
Sentence: 11 na ha vai te yajamānāṃ svargaṃ lokam abʰi voḷhum arhanti
ye sapta-saptānvāhus
Sentence: 12 tasmāt kevalaśa eva sūktāny anubrūyāt
Sentence: 1 atʰāha:
yad aindro vai yajño, 'tʰa kasmād dvād eva prātaḥsavane
prastʰitānām pratyakṣād aindrībʰyāṃ yajato hotā caiva brāhmaṇāccḥaṃsi
ce,daṃ te somyam madʰv iti hotā yajatī,ndra tvā vr̥ṣabʰaṃ vayaṃ iti
brāhmaṇāccʰaṃsī, nānāde atyābʰir itare:
katʰaṃ teṣām aindryo bʰavantīti
Sentence: 2 mitraṃ vayaṃ havāmaha iti maitrāvaruṇo yajati, varuṇaṃ somapītaya iti.
yad vai kiṃca pītavat padaṃ
tad aindraṃ rūpaṃ, tenendram prīṇāti
Sentence: 3 maruto yasya hi kṣaya iti potā yajati,
sa sugopātamo jana itīndro vai gopās,
tad aindraṃ rūpaṃ, tenendram prīṇāty
Sentence: 4 agne patnīr ihā vaheti neṣṭā yajati,
tvaṣṭāraṃ somapītaya itīndro vai Tvaṣṭā,
tad aindraṃ rūpaṃ, tenendram prīṇāty
Sentence: 5 ukṣānnāya vaśānnāyety āgnīdʰro yājati,
somapr̥ṣṭhāya vedʰasa itīndro vai vedʰas,
tad aindraṃ rūpaṃ, tenendram prīṇati
Sentence: 6 prātaryāvabʰir ā gataṃ devebʰir jenyāvasū \ indrāgnī somapītaya iti
՚0 svayaṃsamr̥ddʰācʰāvākāsyai/vam
Sentence: 7 u haitā aindryo bʰavanti
Sentence: 8 yan nānādevatyās, tenānyā devatāḥ prīṇāti
Sentence: 9 yad u gāyatryas, tenāgneyya
Sentence: 10 etad u haitābʰis trayam upāpnoti
Sentence: 1 asāvi devaṃ gor̥jīkam andʰa iti madʰyaṃdina unnīyamānebʰyo
'nvāha vr̥ṣaṇvatīḥ pītavatīḥ sutavatīr madvatī rūpasamr̥ddʰā
Sentence: 2 aindrīr anvāhaindro vai yajñas.
triṣṭubʰo 'nvāha, traiṣṭubʰam vai mādʰyaṃdinaṃ savanaṃ
Sentence: 3 tad āhur:
yat tr̥tīyasavanasyaiva rūpam madvad,
atʰa kasmān madʰyaṃdine madvatīr anu cāha yajanti cābʰir iti
Sentence: 4 mādyantīva vai madʰyaṃdine devatāḥ, sam eva tr̥tīyasavane mādayante.
tasmān madʰyaṃdine madvatīr anu cāha yajanti cābʰis
Sentence: 5 te vai kʰalu sarva eva
mādʰyaṃdine prastʰitānām pratyakṣād aindrībʰir yajanty
Sentence: 6 abʰitr̥ṇṇavatībʰir eke
Sentence: 7 pibā somam abʰi yam ugra tarda iti hotā yajati
Sentence: 8 sa īm pāhi ya r̥jīṣī tarutra iti maitrāvaruṇo yajaty
Sentence: 9 evā pāhi pratnatʰā mandatu tveti brāhmaṇāccʰaṃsī yajaty
Sentence: 10 arvāṅ ehi somakāmaṃ tvāhur iti potā yajati
Sentence: 11 tavāyaṃ somas tvam ehy arvāṅ iti neṣṭā yajatī/ndraya
Sentence: 12 somāḥ pradivo vidānā ity acʰāvāko yajaty
Sentence: 13 āpūrṇo asya kalaśaḥ svāhety āgnīdʰro yajati
Sentence: 14 tāsām etā abʰitr̥ṇṇavatyo bʰavantīndro vai prātaḥsavane na vyajayata,
sa etābʰir eva mādʰyaṃdinaṃ savanam abʰyatr̥ṇad.
yad abʰyatr̥ṇat, tasmād etā abʰitr̥ṇṇavatyo bʰavanti
Sentence: 1 ihopa yāta śavaso napāta iti tr̥tīyasavana unnīyamānebʰyo
'nvāha vr̥ṣaṇvatīḥ pītavatīḥ sutavatīr madvatī rūpasamr̥ddʰās.
tā aindrārbʰavyo bʰavanti
Sentence: 2 tad āhur:
yan nārbʰavīṣu stuvate, 'tʰa kasmād ārbʰavaḥ pavamāna ity ācakṣata iti
Sentence: 3 Prajāpatir vai pita R̥bʰūn martyān sato
'martyān kr̥tvā tr̥tīyasavana ābʰajat, tasmān nārbʰavīṣu stuvate,
'tʰārbʰavaḥ pavamāna ity ācakṣate
Sentence: 4 'tʰāha:
yad yatʰācʰandasam pūrvayoḥ savanayor anvāha gāyatrīḥ
prātaḥsavane triṣṭubʰo mādʰyaṃdine,
'tʰa kasmāj jāgate sati tr̥tīyasavane triṣṭubʰo 'nvāheti
Sentence: 5 dʰītarasaṃ vai tr̥tīyasavanam,
atʰaitad adʰītarasaṃ śukriyaṃ cʰando
yat triṣṭup savanasya sarasatāyā iti brūyād,
atʰo Indraṃ evaitat savane 'nvābʰajatīty
Sentence: 6 atʰāha:
yad aindrārbʰavaṃ vai tr̥tīyasavanam,
atʰa kasmād eṣa eva tr̥tīyasavane
prastʰitānām pratyakṣād aindrārbʰavyā yajatī,ndra
r̥bʰubʰir vājavadbʰiḥ samukṣitam iti hotaiva,
nānādevatyābʰir itare, katʰaṃ teṣām aindrārbʰavyo bʰavantītī/ndrāvaruṇā
Sentence: 7 sutapāv imaṃ sutam iti maitrāvaruṇo yajati,
yuvo ratʰo adʰvaraṃ devavītaya iti bahūni vaha.
tad R̥bʰūṇām rūpam
Sentence: 8 indraś ca somam pibatam br̥haspata iti brāhmaṇāccʰaṃsī yajaty,
ā vāṃ viśantv indavaḥ svābʰuva iti bahūni vāha.
tad R̥bʰūṇāṃ rūpam
Sentence: 9 ā vo vahantu saptayo ragʰuṣyada iti potā yajati,
ragʰupatvānaḥ pra jigāta bāhubʰir iti bahūni vaha.
tad R̥bʰūṇāṃ rūpam
Sentence: 10 ameva naḥ suhavā ā hi gantaneti neṣṭā yajati,
gantaneti bahūni vāha.
tad R̥bʰūṇāṃ rūpam
Sentence: 11 indrāviṣṇū pibatam madʰvo asyety acʰāvāko yajaty,
ā vām andʰāṃsi madirāṇy agmann iti bahūni vāha.
tad R̥bʰūṇāṃ rūpam
Sentence: 12 imaṃ stomam arhate jātavedasa ity āgnīdʰro yajati,
ratʰam iva sam mahemā manīṣayeti bahūni vāha.
tad R̥bʰūṇāṃ rūpam
Sentence: 13 evam u haitā aindrārbʰavyo bʰavanti
Sentence: 14 yan nānādevatyās, tenānyā devatāḥ prīṇāti
Sentence: 15 yad u jagatprāsāhā, jāgataṃ vai tr̥tīyasavanaṃ,
tr̥tīyasavanasyaiva samr̥ddʰyai
Sentence: 1 atʰāha:
yad uktʰinyo 'nyā hotrā anuktʰā anyāḥ,
katʰam asyaitā uktʰinyaḥ sarvāḥ samāḥ samr̥ddʰā bʰavantīti
Sentence: 2 yad evaināḥ sampragīrya hotrā ity ācakṣate, tena samā
Sentence: 3 yad uktʰinyo 'nyā hotrā anuktʰā anyās, teno viṣamā
Sentence: 4 evam u hāsyaitā uktʰinyaḥ sarvāḥ samāḥ samr̥ddʰā bʰavanty
Sentence: 5 atʰāha:
śaṃsanti prātaḥsavane śaṃsanti mādʰyaṃdine hotrakāḥ,
katʰam eṣāṃ tr̥tīyasavane śastam bʰavatīti
Sentence: 6 yad eva mādʰyaṃdine dve-dve sūkte śaṃsantīti brūyāt, tenety
Sentence: 7 atʰāha:
yad dvyuktʰo hotā, katʰaṃ hotrakā dvyuktʰā bʰavantīti
Sentence: 8 yad eva dvidevatyabʰir yajantīti brūyāt, teneti
Sentence: 1 atʰāha:
yad etās tisra uktʰinyo hotrāḥ, katʰam itarā uktʰinyo bʰavantīty
Sentence: 2 ājyam evāgnīdʰrīyāyā uktʰam, marutvatīyam potrīyāyai,
vaiśvadevaṃ neṣṭrīyāyai.
tā vā etā hotrā evaṃnyaṅgā eva bʰavanty
Sentence: 3 atʰāha:
yad ekapraiṣā anye hotrakā,
atʰa kasmād dvipraiṣaḥ potā dvipraiṣo neṣṭeti
Sentence: 4 yatrādo gāyatrī suparṇo bʰūtvā somam āharat,
tad etāsāṃ hotrāṇām Indra uktʰāni parilupya hotre pradadau:
yūyam mābʰyahvayadʰvaṃ yūyam asyāvediṣṭeti.
te hocur devā:
vāceme hotre prabʰāvayāmeti, tasmāt te dvipraiṣe bʰavata.
r̥cāgnīdʰrīyām prabʰāvayāṃ cakrus,
tasmāt tasyaikayarcā bʰūyasyo yājyā bʰavanty
Sentence: 5 atʰāha:
yad dʰotā yakṣad dʰotā yakṣad iti maitrāvaruno hotre preṣyaty,
atʰa kasmād ahotr̥bʰyaḥ sadbʰyo hotraśaṃsibʰyo
hotā yakṣad dʰotā yakṣad iti preṣyatīti
Sentence: 6 prāṇo vai hotā prāṇaḥ sarva r̥tvijaḥ,
prāṇo yakṣat prāno yakṣad ity eva tad āhā/tʰāhāsty
Sentence: 7 udgātr̥̄ṇām praiṣā+ḥ \ nā+m̐ iti astīṭi brūyād.
yad evaitat praśāstā japaṃ japitvā studʰvam ity āha,
sa eṣām praiṣo
Sentence: 8 'tʰāhāsty acʰāvākasya pravarā+ḥ \ nā+m̐ iti \ astīti brūyād.
yad evainam adʰvaryur āhācʰāvāka vadasva yat te vādyam ity,
eṣo 'sya pravaro
Sentence: 9 'tʰāha:
yad aindrāvaruṇam maitrāvaruṇas tr̥tīyasavane śaṃsaty,
atʰa kasmād asyāgneyau stotriyānurūpan bʰavata ity.
Agninā vai mukʰena devā asurān uktʰebʰyo nirjagʰnus,
tasmād asyāgneyau stotriyānurūpan bʰavato
Sentence: 10 'tʰāha:
yad aindrābārhaspatyam brāhmaṇāccʰāṃsī tr̥tīyasavane śaṃsaty
aindrāvaiṣṇavam acʰāvākaḥ,
katʰam enayor aindrāḥ stotriyānurūpā bʰavantītī,ndro
ha sma vā asurān uktʰebʰyaḥ prajigāya, so 'bravīt:
kaś cāhaṃ cety.
ahaṃ cāhaṃ ceti ha sma devatā anvavayanti.
sa yad Indraḥ pūrvaḥ prajigāya,
tasmād enayor aindrāḥ stotriyānurūpā bʰavanti.
yad v ahaṃ cāhaṃ ceti ha sma devatā anvavayus,
tasmān nānādevatyāni śaṃsataḥ
Sentence: 1 atʰāha:
yad vaiśvadevaṃ vai tr̥tīyasavanam,
atʰa kasmād etāny aindrāṇi jāgatāni sūktani tr̥tīyasavana
ārambʰaṇīyāni śasyanta itī,ndram evaitair ārabʰya yantīti brūyād.
atʰo yaj jāgataṃ vai tr̥tīyasavanaṃ, taj jagatkāmyaiva.
tad yat kiṃcāta ūrdʰvaṃ cʰandaḥ śasyate,
tad dʰa sarvaṃ jāgatam bʰavaty etāni ced aindrāṇi jāgatāni
sūktāni tr̥tīyasavana ārambʰaṇīyāni śasyante
Sentence: 2 'tʰa traiṣṭubʰam acʰāvāko 'ntataḥ saṃsati:
saṃ vāṃ karmaṇeti.
yad eva panāyyaṃ karma, tad etad abʰivadati
Sentence: 3 sam iṣety.
annaṃ vā iṣo, 'nnādyasyāvaruddʰyā
Sentence: 4 ariṣṭair naḥ patʰibʰiḥ pārayanteti,
svastitāyā evaitad aharahaḥ śaṃsaty
Sentence: 5 atʰāha:
yaj jāgataṃ vai tr̥tīyasavanam,
atʰa kasmād eṣāṃ triṣṭubʰaḥ paridʰānīyā bʰavantīti.
vīryaṃ vai triṣṭub, vīrya eva tad antataḥ pratitiṣṭhanto yantī/yam
Sentence: 6 indraṃ varuṇam aṣṭa me gīr iti maitravaruṇasya,
br̥haspatir naḥ pari pātu paścād iti brāhmaṇāccʰāṃsina,
ubʰā jigyatʰur ity acʰāvākasyo
Sentence: 7 bʰau hi tau jigyatur
Sentence: 8 na parā jayetʰe na parā jigya iti
Sentence: 9 na hi tayoḥ kataraś cana parājigya
Sentence: 10 indraś ca viṣṇo yad apaspr̥dʰetʰāṃ tredʰā
sahasraṃ vi tad airayetʰām itīndraś
Sentence: 11 ca ha vai Viṣṇuś cāsurair yuyudʰāte, tān ha sma jitvocatuḥ:
kalpāmahā iti.
te ha tatʰety asurā ucuḥ.
so 'bravīd Indro:
yāvad evāyaṃ Viṣṇus trir vikramate,
tāvad asmākam, atʰa yuṣmākam itarad iti.
sa imām̐l lokān vicakrame 'tʰo vedān atʰo vācaṃ.
tad āhuḥ:
kiṃ tat sahasram itī,me lokā ime vedā atʰo vāg iti brūyād
Sentence: 12 airayetʰām-airayetʰām ity acʰāvāka uktʰye 'bʰyasyati,
sa hi tatrāntyo bʰavaty
Sentence: 13 agniṣṭome hotātirātre ca, sa hi tatrāntyo bʰavaty
Sentence: 14 abʰyasyet ṣoḷaśinī+m \ nābʰyasye+t iti \ abʰyasyed,
ity āhuḥ, katʰam anyeṣv ahassv abʰyasyati katʰam atra nābʰyasyed iti.
tasmād abʰyasyet
Sentence: 1 atʰāha:
yan nārāśaṃsaṃ vai tr̥ṭīyasavanam,
atʰa kasmād acʰāvāko 'ntataḥ śilpeṣv anārāśaṃsīḥ śaṃsatīti
Sentence: 2 vikr̥tir vai nārāśaṃsaṃ.
kim iva ca vai kim iva ca reto vikriyate,
tat tada vikr̥tam prajātam bʰavaty.
atʰaitan mr̥dv iva cʰandaḥ śitʰiran yan nārāśaṃsam.
atʰaiṣo 'ntyo yad acʰāvākas:
tad dr̥ḷhatāyai dr̥ḷhe pratiṣṭhāsyāma iti
Sentence: 3 tasmād acʰāvāko 'ntataḥ śilpeṣv anārāśaṃsiḥ śaṃsati:
dr̥ḷhatāyai dr̥ḷhe pratiṣṭhāsyāma dr̥ḷhe pratiṣṭhāsyāma iti
Sentence: 1 yaḥ śvaḥstotriyas, tam anurūpaṃ kurvanti prātaḥsavane 'hīnasaṃtatyai
Sentence: 2 yatʰā vā ekāhaḥ suta, evam ahīnas.
tad yatʰaikāhasya sutasya savanāni saṃtiṣṭhamānāni yanty,
evam evāhīnasyāhāni saṃtiṣṭhamānāni yanti.
tad yac cʰvaḥstotriyam anurūpaṃ kurvanti prātaḥsavane 'hīnasaṃtatyā,
ahīnam eva tat saṃtanvanti
Sentence: 3 te vai devāś ca r̥ṣayaś cādriyanta:
samānena yajñaṃ saṃtanavāmeti, ta etat samānaṃ yajñasyāpaśyau:
samānān pragātʰān samānīḥ pratipadaḥ samānāni sūktāny
Sentence: 4 okaḥsārī vā Indro.
yatra vā Indraḥ pūrvaṃ gacʰaty, aiva tatrāparaṃ gacʰati,
yajñasyaiva sendratāyai
Sentence: 1 tān vā etān sampātān Viśvāmitraḥ pratʰamam apaśyat,
tān Viśvāmitreṇa dr̥ṣṭān Vāmadevo 'sr̥jatai,
vā tvām indra vajrinn atra, yan na indro jujuṣe yac ca vaṣṭi,
katʰā mahām avr̥dʰat kasya hotur iti,
tān kṣipraṃ samapatad.
yat kṣipraṃ samapatat, tat sampātānāṃ sampātatvaṃ
Sentence: 2 sa hekṣāṃ cakre Viśvāmitro:
yān vā ahaṃ sampātān apaśyaṃ tān Vāmadevo 'sr̥ṣṭa,
kāni nv ahaṃ sūktāni sampātāṃs tatpratimān sr̥jeyeti.
sa etāni sūktāni sampātāṃs tatpratimān asr̥jata:
sadyo ha jāto vr̥ṣabʰaḥ kanīna, indraḥ pūrbʰid ātirad dāsam arkair,
imām ū ṣu prabʰr̥tiṃ sātaye dʰā, icʰanti tvā somyāsaḥ sakʰāyaḥ,
śāsad vahnir duhitur naptyaṃ gād, abʰi taṣṭeva dīdʰayā manīṣām iti
Sentence: 3 ya eka id dʰavyaś carṣaṇīnām iti Bʰaradvājo;
yas tigmaśr̥ṅgo vr̥ṣabʰo na bʰīma,
ud u brahmāṇy airata śravasyeti Vasiṣṭho,
'smā id u pra tavase turāyeti Nodʰās
Sentence: 4 ta ete prātaḥsavane ṣaḷahastotriyāñ cʰastvā
mādʰyaṃdine 'hīnasūktāni śaṃsanti
Sentence: 5 tāny etāny ahīnasūktāny:
ā satyo yātu magʰavām̐ r̥ijīṣīti satyavan maitrāvaruno;
'smā id u pra tavase turāye,ndrāya= brahmāṇi rātatamā \
indra brahmāṇi gotamāso akrann iti brahmaṇvad brāhmaṇāccʰaṃsī;
śāsad vahnir -- janayanta vahnim iti vahnivad acʰāvākas
Sentence: 6 tad āhuh:
kasmād acʰāvāko vahnivad etat sūktam ubʰayatra śaṃsati
parāñciṣu caivāhassv abʰyāvartiṣu ceti
Sentence: 7 vīryavān vā eṣa bahvr̥co, vahnivad etat suktaṃ.=
vahati ha vai vahnir dʰuro yāsu yujyate.
tasmād acʰāvāko vahnivad etat sūktam ubʰayatra śaṃsati
parāñciṣu caivāhassv abʰyāvartiṣu ca
Sentence: 8 tāni pañcasv ahassu bʰavanti:
caturviṃśe 'bʰijiti viṣuvati viśvajiti mahāvrate.
'hīnāni ha vā etāny ahāni, na hy eṣu kiṃ cana hīyate.
parāñcīni ha vā etāny ahāny anabʰyāvartīni,
tasmād enāny eteṣv ahassu śaṃsanti
Sentence: 9 yad enāni śaṃsanty:
ahīnān svargām̐l lokān sarvarūpān sarvasamr̥ddʰān avāpnavāmeti
Sentence: 10 yad evaināni śaṃsantīndram evaitair nihvayante, yatʰa r̥ṣabʰaṃ vāśitāyai
Sentence: 11 yad v evaināni śaṃsanty, ahīnasya saṃtatyā, ahīnam eva tat saṃtanvanti
Sentence: 1 tato vā etāṃs trīn sampātān maitrāvaruṇo
viparyāsam ekaikam ahar-ahaḥ śaṃsaty
Sentence: 2 evā tvām indra vajrinn atreti pratʰame 'hani,
yan na indro jujuṣe yac ca vaṣṭīti dvitīye,
katʰā mahām avr̥dʰat kasya hotur iti tr̥tīye
Sentence: 3 trīn eva sampātān brāhmaṇāccʰaṃsī
viparyāsam ekaikam ahar-ahaḥ śaṃsatī,ndraḥ
pūrbʰid ātirad dāsam arkair iti pratʰame 'hani,
ya eka id dʰavyaś carṣaṇīnām iti dvitīye,
yas tigmaśr̥ṅgo vr̥ṣabʰo na bʰīma iti tr̥tīye
Sentence: 4 trīn eva sampātān acʰāvāko
viparyāsam ekaikam ahar-ahaḥ śaṃsatī,mām
ū ṣu prabʰr̥tiṃ sātaye dʰā iti pratʰame 'hanī,cʰanti
tvā somyāsaḥ sakʰāya iti dvitīye,
śāsad vahnir duhitur naptyaṃ gād iti tr̥tīye
Sentence: 5 tāni vā etāni nava
Sentence: 6 trīṇi cāharahaḥśasyāni
Sentence: 7 tāni dvādaśa sampadyante:
dvādaśa vai māsāḥ saṃvatsaraḥ, saṃvatsaraḥ Prajāpatiḥ, Prajāpatir yajñas.
tat saṃvatsaram Prajāpatiṃ yajñam āpnuvanti,
tat saṃvatsare Prajāpatau yajñe 'har-ahaḥ pratitiṣṭhanto yanti
Sentence: 8 tāny antareṇāvāpam āvaperann
Sentence: 9 anyūṅkʰyā virājo vaimadīś caturtʰe 'hani,
paṅktīḥ pañcame, pāruccʰepīḥ ṣaṣṭhe
Sentence: 10 'tʰa yāny ahāni mahāstomāni syuḥ:
ko adya naryo devakāma iti maitrāvaruṇa āvapeta,
vane na vā yo ny adʰāyi cākann iti brāhmaṇāccʰaṃsy,
ā yāhy arvāṅ upa vandʰureṣṭhā ity acʰāvāka
Sentence: 11 etāni vā āvapanāny.
etair vā āvapanair devāḥ svargam lokam ajayann etair r̥ṣayas.
tatʰaivaitad yajamānā etair āvapanaiḥ svargaṃ lokaṃ jayanti
Sentence: 1 sadyo ha jāto vr̥ṣabʰaḥ kanīna iti maitrāvarunaḥ
purastāt sūktānām ahar-ahaḥ śaṃsati
Sentence: 2 tad etat sūktāṃ svargyam.
etena vai sūktena devāḥ svargaṃ lokam ajayann etena r̥ṣayas.
tatʰaivaitad yajamānā etena sūktena svargaṃ lokaṃ jayanti
Sentence: 3 tad u vaiśvāmitraṃ.
viśvasya ha vai mitraṃ Viśvāmitra āsa
Sentence: 4 viśvaṃ hāsmai mitram bʰavati ya evaṃ veda yeṣāṃ
caivaṃ vidvān etan maitrāvaruṇaḥ purastāt sūktānām ahar-ahaḥ śaṃsati
Sentence: 5 tad r̥ṣabʰavat paśumad bʰavati, paśūnām avaruddʰyai
Sentence: 6 tat pañcarcam bʰavati.
pañcapadā paṅktiḥ, paṅktir vā annam, annādyasyāvaruddʰyā
Sentence: 7 ud u brahmāṇy airata śravasyeti brāhmaṇāccʰaṃsī brahmaṇvat
samr̥ddʰaṃ sūktam ahar-ahaḥ śaṃsati
Sentence: 8 tad etat sūktaṃ svargyām.
etena vai sūktena devāḥ svargaṃ lokam ajayann etena r̥ṣayas.
tatʰaivaitad yajamānā etena sūktena svargaṃ lokaṃ jayanti
Sentence: 9 tad u vāsiṣṭham.
etena vai Vasiṣṭha Indrasya priyaṃ dʰāmopāgacʰat, sa paramaṃ lokam ajayad
Sentence: 10 upendrasya priyaṃ lokaṃ gacʰati, jayati paramaṃ lokaṃ ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 11 tad vai ṣaḷr̥caṃ. ṣaḍ vā r̥tava, r̥tūnām āptyai
Sentence: 12 tad upariṣṭāt sampātānāṃ śaṃsaty.
āptvaiva tat svargaṃ lokaṃ yajamānā asmim̐l loke pratitiṣṭhanty
Sentence: 13 abʰi taṣṭeva dīdʰayā manīṣām ity acʰāvāko 'har-ahaḥ śaṃsaty
abʰivat tatyai rūpam
Sentence: 14 abʰi priyāṇi marmr̥śat parāṇīti.
yāny eva parāṇy ahāni tāni priyāṇi,
tāny eva tad abʰimarmr̥śato yanty abʰyārabʰamāṇāḥ.
paro vā asmāl lokāt svargo lokas, tam eva tad abʰivadati
Sentence: 15 kavīm̐r icʰāmi saṃdr̥śe sumedʰā iti
Sentence: 16 ye vai te na r̥ṣayaḥ pūrve pretās te vai kavayas,
tān eva tad abʰyativadati
Sentence: 17 tad u vaiśvamitraṃ.
viśvasya ha vai mitraṃ Viśvāmitra āsa.
viśvaṃ hāsmai mitram bʰavati ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 18 tad aniruktam prājāpātyaṃ śaṃsaty.
anirukto vai Prajāpatiḥ, Prajāpater āptyai
Sentence: 19 sakr̥d Indraṃ nirāha, tenaindrād rūpān na pracyavate
Sentence: 20 tad vai daśarcaṃ.
daśākṣarā virāḷ, annaṃ virāḷ, annādyasyāvaruddʰyai
Sentence: 21 yad eva daśarcā+m \ daśa vai prāṇāḥ, prāṇān eva tad āpnuvanti,
prāṇān ātman dadʰate
Sentence: 22 tad upariṣṭāt sampātānāṃ śaṃsaty.
՚6 āptvaiva tat svargaṃ lokaṃ yajamānā asmim̐l loke pratitiṣṭhanti
Sentence: 1 kas tam indra tvāvasuṃ, kan navyo atasīnāṃ,
kad ū nv asyākr̥tam iti kadvantaḥ pragātʰā ārambʰaṇīyā ahar-ahaḥ śasyante
Sentence: 2 ko vai Prajāpatiḥ, Prajāpater āptyai
Sentence: 3 yad eva kadvantā+ḥ \ annaṃ vai kam, annādyasyāvaruddʰyai
Sentence: 4 yad v eva kadvantā+ḥ \
ahar-ahar vā ete śāntāny ahīnasūktāny upayuñjānā yanti,
tāni kadvadbʰiḥ pragātʰaiḥ śamayanti.
tāny ebʰyaḥ śāntāni kam bʰavanti,
tāny enāñ cʰāntāni svargaṃ lokam abʰi vahanti
Sentence: 5 triṣṭubʰaḥ sūktapratipadaḥ śaṃseyus
Sentence: 6 tā haike purastāt pragātʰānāṃ śaṃsanti dʰāyyā iti vadantas
Sentence: 7 tat tatʰā na kuryāt
Sentence: 8 kṣatraṃ vai hotā viśo hotrāśaṃsinaḥ,
kṣatrāyaiva tad viśam pratyudyāminīṃ kuryuḥ, pāpavasyasaṃ
Sentence: 9 triṣṭubʰo ma imāḥ sūktapratipada ity eva vidyāt
Sentence: 10 tad yatʰā samudram praplaverann,
evaṃ haiva te praplavante ve saṃvatsaraṃ vā dvādaśāhaṃ vāsate.
tad yatʰā sairāvatīṃ nāvam pārakāmāḥ samāroheyor,
evam evaitās triṣṭubʰaḥ samārohanti
Sentence: 11 na ha vā etac cʰando gamayitva svargaṃ lokam upāvartate, vīryavattamaṃ hi
Sentence: 12 tābʰyo na vyāhvayīta, samānaṃ hi cʰando, 'tʰo ned dʰāyyāḥ karavāṇīti
Sentence: 13 yad enāḥ śaṃsanti:
prajñātābʰiḥ sūktapratipadbʰiḥ sūktāni samārohāmeti
Sentence: 14 yad evaināḥ śaṃsantīndram evaitābʰir nihvayante, yatʰa r̥ṣabʰaṃ vāśitāyai.
yad v evaināḥ śaṃsanty, ahīnasya saṃtatyā, ahīnam eva tat saṃtanvanti
Sentence: 1 apa prāca indra viśvām̐ amitrān iti
maitrāvaruṇaḥ purastāt sūktānām ahar-ahaḥ śaṃsaty
Sentence: 2 apāpāco abʰibʰūte nudasva \
apodīco apa śūrādʰarāca urau yatʰā tava śarman mademety
Sentence: 3 abʰayasya rūpam, abʰayam iva hi yann icʰati
Sentence: 4 brahmaṇā te brahmayujā yunajmīti brāhmaṇāccʰaṃsy ahar-ahaḥ śaṃsati.
yunajmīti yuktavatī, yukta iva hy ahīno, 'hīnasya rūpam
Sentence: 5 uruṃ no lokam anu neṣi vidvān ity acʰāvāko 'harahaḥ śaṃsaty.
anu neṣity, etīva hy ahīno, 'hīnasya rūpaṃ
Sentence: 6 neṣīti satrāyaṇarūpaṃ
Sentence: 7 tā vā etā ahar-ahaḥ śasyante
Sentence: 8 samānībʰiḥ paridadʰyur
Sentence: 9 okaḥsārī haiṣām Indro yajñam bʰavatī+ṃ \
yatʰa r̥ṣabʰo vāśitāṃ yatʰā vā gauḥ prajñātaṃ goṣṭham,
evaṃ haiṣām Indro yajñam aiva gacʰati
Sentence: 10 na śunaṃhuvīyayāhīnasya paridadʰyāt.
kṣatriyo ha rāṣṭrāc cyavate, yo haiva paro bʰavati, tam abʰihvayati
Sentence: 1 atʰāto 'hīnasya yuktiś ca vimuktiś ca
Sentence: 2 vy antarikṣam atirad ity ahīnaṃ yuṅkta, eved indram iti vimuñcaty
Sentence: 3 āhaṃ sarasvatīvator, nūnaṃ sā ta ity ahīnaṃ yuṅkte
Sentence: 4 te syāma deva varuṇa, nū ṣṭuta iti vimuñcaty
Sentence: 5 eṣa ha vā ahīnaṃ tantum arhati ya enaṃ yoktuṃ ca vimoktuṃ ca veda
Sentence: 6 tad yac caturviṃse 'han yujyante sā yuktir,
atʰa yat purastād udayanīyasyātirātrasya vimucyante sa vimuktis
Sentence: 7 tad yac caturviṃse 'hann aikāhikābʰiḥ paridadʰyur,
atrāhaiva yajñaṃ saṃstʰāpayeyur, nāhīnakarma kuryur.
atʰa yad ahīnaparidʰānīyābʰiḥ paridadʰyur,
yatʰā śrānto 'vimucyamāna utkr̥tyetaivaṃ yajamānā utkr̥tyerann.
ubʰayībʰiḥ paridadʰyus
Sentence: 8 tad yatʰā dīrgʰādʰva upavimokaṃ yāyāt, tādr̥k tat
Sentence: 9 saṃtato haiṣāṃ yajño bʰavatī+m̐ \ vy ū muñcanta
Sentence: 10 ekāṃ dve na dvayoḥ savanayoḥ stomam atiśaṃsed
Sentence: 11 dīrgʰāraṇyāni ha vai bʰavanti yatra bahvībʰiḥ stomo 'tiśasyate
Sentence: 12 'parimitābʰiḥ tr̥tīyasavane.
'parimito vai svargo lokaḥ, svargasya lokasyāptyai
Sentence: 13 saṃtato hāsyābʰyārabdʰo 'visrasto 'hīno bʰavati
ya evaṃ vidvān ahīnaṃ tanute
Sentence: 1 devā vai vale gāḥ paryapaśyaṃs, tā yajñenaivepsaṃs,
tāḥ ṣaṣṭhenāhnāpnuvaṃs.
te prātaḥsavane Nabʰākena valam anabʰayaṃs.
taṃ yad anabʰayā+n \ aśratʰayann evainaṃ tat.
ta u tr̥tīyasavane vajreṇa vālakʰilyābʰir vācaḥ
kūṭenaikapadayā valaṃ virujya gā udājaṃs
Sentence: 2 tatʰaivaitad yajamānāḥ prātaḥsavane Nabʰākena valaṃ nabʰayanti.
taṃ yan nabʰayantī+m̐ \ śratʰayanty evainaṃ tat.
tasmād dʰotrakāḥ prātaḥsavane nābʰākāṃs tr̥cāñ cʰaṃsanti
Sentence: 3 yaḥ kakubʰo nidʰāraya iti maitrāvaruṇaḥ,
pūrvīṣ ṭa indropamātaya iti brāhmaṇāccʰaṃsī,
tā hi madʰyam bʰarāṇām ity acʰāvākas
Sentence: 4 ta u tr̥ṭīyasavane vajreṇa vālakʰilyābʰir vācaḥ
kūṭenaikapadayā valaṃ virujya gā āpnuvanti
Sentence: 5 paccʰaḥ pratʰamaṃ ṣaḍ vālakʰilyānāṃ sūktāni viharaty,
ardʰarcaśo dvitīyam, r̥kśas tr̥tīyaṃ.
sa paccʰo viharan pragātʰe-pragātʰa evaikapadāṃ dadʰyāt, sa vācaḥ kūṭas
Sentence: 6 tā etāḥ pañcaikapadāś.
catasro daśamād ahna, ekā mahāvratād
Sentence: 7 atʰāṣṭākṣarāṇi māhānāmanāni padāni.
teṣāṃ yāvadbʰiḥ sampadyeta tāvanti śansen,
netarāṇy ādriyetā/tʰārdʰarcaśo
Sentence: 8 viharaṃs tāś caivaikapadāḥ śaṃset
tāni caivāṣṭākṣarāṇi māhānāmanāni padāny
Sentence: 9 atʰa r̥kśo viharaṃs tāś caivaikapadāḥ śaṃset
tāni caivāṣṭākṣarāṇi māhānāmanāni padāni
Sentence: 10 sa yat pratʰamaṃ ṣaḍ vālakʰilyānāṃ sūktāni viharati,
prāṇaṃ ca tad vācaṃ ca viharati.
yad dvitīyaṃ, cakṣuś ca tan manaś ca viharati.
yat tr̥tīyaṃ, śrotraṃ ca tad ātmānaṃ ca viharati.
tad upāpto vihāre kāma,
upāpto vajre vālakʰilyāsūpāpto vācaḥ kūṭa ekapadāyām, upāptaḥ prāṇakḷptyām
Sentence: 11 avihr̥tān eva caturtʰam pragātʰāñ cʰaṃsati.
paśavo vai pragātʰāḥ, paśūnām avaruddʰyai
Sentence: 12 nātraikapadāṃ vyavadadʰyād
Sentence: 13 yad atraikapadāṃ vyavadadʰyād, vācaḥ kūṭena yajamānāt paśūn nirhaṇyād.
ya enaṃ tatra brūyād:
vācaḥ kūṭena yajamānāt paśūn niravadʰīr,
apaśum enam akar iti, śaśvat tatʰā syāt
Sentence: 14 tasmāt tatraikapadāṃ na vyavadadʰyād
Sentence: 15 vy evottame sūkte paryasyati, sa eva tayor vihāras
Sentence: 16 tad etat Saubalāya Sarpir Vātsiḥ śaśaṃsa.
sa hovāca:
bʰūyiṣṭhān ahaṃ yajamāne paśūn paryagrahaiṣam,
akaniṣṭhā u mām āgamiṣyantīti.
tasmai ha yatʰā mahadbʰya r̥tvigbʰya evaṃ nināya.
tad etat paśavyaṃ ca svargyaṃ ca śastraṃ, tasmād etac cʰaṃsati
Sentence: 1 dūrohaṇaṃ rohati, tasyoktam brāhmaṇam
Sentence: 2 aindre paśukāmasya rohed, aindrā vai paśavas
Sentence: 3 taj jāgataṃ syāj, jāgatā vai paśavas
Sentence: 4 tan mahāsūktaṃ syād, bʰūyiṣṭheṣv eva tat paśuṣu yajamānam pratiṣṭhāpayati
Sentence: 5 Barau rohet, tan mahāsūktaṃ ca jāgataṃ cai/ndrāvaruṇe
Sentence: 6 pratiṣṭhākāmasya rohed.
etaddevatā vā eṣā hotraitatpratiṣṭhā yad aindrāvaruṇā,
tad enat svāyām eva pratiṣṭhāyām antataḥ pratiṣṭhāpayati
Sentence: 7 yad evaindrāvaruṇā+i \ eṣā ha vā atra nivin, nividā vai kāmā āpyante.
sa yady aindrāvaruṇe rohet, sauparṇe rohet.
tad upāpta aindrāvaruṇe kāma, upāptaḥ sauparṇe
Sentence: 1 tad āhuḥ:
saṃśaṃset ṣaṣṭhe 'hā+n \ na samśaṃse+t iti \
Sentence: 2 saṃśaṃsed ity āhuḥ
Sentence: 3 katʰam anyeṣv ahassu saṃśaṃsati, katʰam atra na saṃśaṃsed ity
Sentence: 4 atʰo kʰalv āhur:
naiva saṃśaṃset
Sentence: 5 svargo vai lokaḥ ṣaṣṭham ahar, asamāyī vai svargo lokaḥ,
kaścid vai svarge loke sametīti.
sa yat saṃśaṃset, samānaṃ tat kuryād.
atʰa yan na saṃśaṃsatī+m̐ \ tat svargasya lokasya rūpaṃ.
tasmān na saṃśaṃsed.
yad eva na saṃśaṃsatī3m̐ \
Sentence: 6 ātmā vai stotriyaḥ prāṇā vālakʰilyāḥ.
sa yat saṃśaṃsed, etābʰyāṃ devatābʰyāṃ yajamānasya prāṇān vīyād.
ya enaṃ tatra brūyād:
etābʰyāṃ devatābʰyāṃ yajamānasya prāṇān vyāgāt,
prāṇa enaṃ hāsyātiti, śaśvat tatʰā syāt.
tasmān na saṃśaṃset
Sentence: 7 sa yad īkṣetāśaṃsiṣaṃ vālakʰilyā hanta purastād dūrohaṇasya saṃśaṃsānīti,
no eva tasyāśām iyāt
Sentence: 8 taṃ yadi darpa eva vinded, upariṣṭād dūrohaṇasyāpi bahūni śatāni śaṃsed.
yasyo tat kāmāya tatʰā kuryād, atraiva tad upāptam
Sentence: 9 aindryo vālakʰilyās, tāsāṃ dvādaśākṣarāṇi padāni,
tatra sa kāma upāpto ya aindre jāgate.
'tʰedam aindrāvaruṇaṃ sūktam, aindrāvaruṇī paridʰānīyā.
tasmān na saṃśaṃset
Sentence: 10 tad āhur:
yatʰā vāva stotram evaṃ śastraṃ.
vihr̥tā vālakʰilyāḥ śasyante, vihr̥tāṃ stotrā+m \ avihr̥tā+m iti \
Sentence: 11 vihr̥tam iti brūyād, aṣṭākṣareṇa dvādaśākṣaram iti
Sentence: 12 tad āhur:
yatʰā vāva śastram evaṃ yājyā.
tisro devatāḥ śasyante 'gnir Indro Varuṇa ity atʰaindrāvaruṇyā yajati,
katʰam Agnir anantarita iti
Sentence: 13 yo vā Agniḥ sa Varuṇas.
tad apy etad r̥ṣiṇoktaṃ:
tvam agne varuṇo jāyase yad iti.
tad yad evaindrāvaruṇyā yajati, tenāgnir anantarito 'nantaritaḥ
Sentence: 1 śilpāni śaṃsanti
Sentence: 2 devaśilpāny, eteṣām vai śilpānām anukr̥tīha śilpam adʰigamyate.
hastī kaṃso vāso hiraṇyam aśvatarīratʰaḥ śilpaṃ
Sentence: 3 śilpaṃ hāsminn adʰigamyate ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 4 yad eva śilpānī+n \
Sentence: 5 ātmasaṃskr̥tir vāva śilpāni,
cʰandomayaṃ vā etair yajamāna ātmānaṃ saṃskurute
Sentence: 6 nābʰānediṣṭhaṃ śaṃsati
Sentence: 7 reto vai Nābʰānediṣṭho, retas tat siñcati
Sentence: 8 tam aniruktaṃ śaṃsaty.
aniruktaṃ vai reto guhā yonyāṃ sicyate
Sentence: 9 sa retomiśro bʰavati:
kṣmayā retaḥ saṃjagmāno ni ṣiñcad iti, retaḥsamr̥ddʰyā eva
Sentence: 10 taṃ sanārāśaṃsaṃ śaṃsati.
prajā vai naro vāk śaṃsaḥ, prajāsv eva tad vācaṃ dadʰāti.
tasmād imāḥ prajā ՚1 vadantyo jāyante
Sentence: 11 taṃ haike purastāc cʰaṃsanti:
purastādāyatanā vāg iti vadanta
Sentence: 12 upariṣṭād eka:
upariṣṭādāyatanā vāg iti vadanto
Sentence: 13 madʰya eva śaṃsen.
madʰyāyatanā vā iyaṃ vāg
Sentence: 14 upariṣṭānnedīyasīvopariṣṭān nedīyasīva vā iyaṃ vāk
Sentence: 15 taṃ hotā retobʰūtaṃ siktvā maitrāvaruṇāya samprayacʰaty:
etasya tvam prāṇān kalpayeti
Sentence: 1 vālakʰilyāḥ śaṃsati.
prāṇā vai vālakʰilyāḥ, prāṇān evāsya tat kalpayati
Sentence: 2 tā vihr̥tāḥ śaṃsati.
vihr̥tā vā ime prāṇāḥ:
prāṇenāpāno, 'pānena vyānaḥ
Sentence: 3 sa paccʰaḥ pratʰame sūkte viharaty,
ardʰarcaśo dvitīye, r̥kśas tr̥tīye
Sentence: 4 sa yat pratʰame sūkte viharati, prāṇaṃ ca tad vācaṃ ca viharati.
yad dvitīye, cakṣuś ca tan manaś ca viharati.
yat tr̥tīye, śrotraṃ ca tad ātmānaṃ ca viharati
Sentence: 5 te haike saha br̥hatyau saha satobr̥tʰatyau viharanti.
tad upāpto vihāre kāmo, net tu pragātʰāḥ kalpante
Sentence: 6 'timarśam eva viharet, tatʰā vai pragātʰāḥ kalpante.
pragātʰā vai vālakʰilyās, tasmād atimarśam eva vihared.
yad evātimarsā+m \
Sentence: 7 ātmā vai br̥hatī, prāṇāḥ satobr̥hatī.
sa br̥hatīm aśaṃsīt, sa ātmātʰa satobr̥hatīṃ, te prāṇā;
atʰa br̥hatīm atʰa satobr̥hatīṃ, tad ātmānam prāṇaiḥ paribr̥hann eti.
tasmād atimarśam eva vihared
Sentence: 8 yad v evātimarśā+m \ ātmā vai br̥hatī, paśavaḥ satobr̥hatī.
sa br̥hatīm aśaṃsīt, sa ātmātʰa satobr̥hatīṃ, te paśavo;
'tʰa br̥hatīm atʰa satobr̥hatīṃ, tad ātmānam paśubʰiḥ paribr̥hann eti.
tasmād atimarśam eva vihared
Sentence: 9 vy evottame sūkte paryasyati, sa eva tayor vihāras
Sentence: 10 tasya maitrāvaruṇaḥ prāṇān kalpayitvā brāhmaṇāccʰaṃsine samprayacʰaty:
etaṃ tvam prajanayeti
Sentence: 1 Sukīrtiṃ śaṃsati.
devayonir vai Sukīrtis, tad yajñād devayonyai yajamānam prajanayati
Sentence: 2 Vr̥ṣākapiṃ śaṃsaty.
ātmā vai Vr̥ṣākapir, ātmānam evāsya tat kalpayati
Sentence: 3 taṃ nyūṅkʰayaty.
annaṃ vai nyūṅkʰas,
tad asmai jātāyānnādyam pratidadʰāti yatʰā kumārāya stanaṃ
Sentence: 4 sa pāṅkto bʰavati.
pāṅkto 'yam puruṣaḥ pañcadʰā vihito:
lomāni tvaṅ māṃsam astʰi majjā.
sa yāvān eva puruṣas, tāvantaṃ yajamānaḥ saṃskaroti
Sentence: 5 tam brāhmaṇāccʰaṃsī janayitvācʰāvākāya samprayacʰaty:
etasya tvam pratiṣṭhāṃ kalpayeti
Sentence: 1 evayāmarutaṃ śaṃsati.
pratiṣṭhā vā evayāmarut, pratiṣṭhām evāsya tat kalpayati
Sentence: 2 taṃ nyūṅkʰayaty.
annaṃ vai nyūṅkʰo, 'nnādyam evāsmiṃs tad dadʰāti
Sentence: 3 sa jāgato vātijāgato vā.
sarvaṃ vā idaṃ jāgataṃ vātijāgataṃ vā
Sentence: 4 sa u māruta.
āpo vai Maruta āpo 'nnam, abʰipūrvam evāsmiṃs tad annādyaṃ dadʰāti
Sentence: 5 tāny etāni sahacarāṇīty ācakṣate:
nābʰānediṣṭhaṃ vālakʰilyā vr̥ṣākapim evayāmarutaṃ.
tāni saha vā śaṃset saha vā na śaṃsed
Sentence: 6 yad enāni nānā śaṃsed, yatʰā puruṣaṃ vā reto vā vicʰindyāt tādr̥k tat.
tasmād enāni saha vā śaṃset saha vā na śaṃset
Sentence: 7 sa ha Bulila Āśvatara Āśvir vaiśvajito hotā sann īkṣāṃ cakra:
eṣāṃ vā eṣāṃ śilpānāṃ viśvajiti
sāṃvatsarike dve madʰyaṃdinam abʰi pratyetor
hantāham ittʰam evayāmarutaṃ śaṃsayānīti.
tad dʰa tatʰā śaṃsayāṃ cakāra
Sentence: 8 tad dʰa tatʰā śasyāmane Gauśla ājagāma, sa hovāca:
hotaḥ katʰā te śastraṃ vicakram plavata iti
Sentence: 9 kihy hy abʰūd ity
Sentence: 10 evayāmarud ayam uttarataḥ śasyata iti sa hovācaindro vai madʰyaṃdinaḥ,
katʰendram madʰyaṃdinān ninīṣasīti
Sentence: 11 nendram madʰyaṃdinān ninīṣāmīti hovāca
Sentence: 12 cʰandas tv idam amadʰyaṃdinasācy.
ayaṃ jāgato vātijāgato vā.
sarvaṃ vā idaṃ jāgataṃ vātijāgataṃ vā.
sa u māruto.
maiva śaṃsiṣṭeti
Sentence: 13 sa hovācāramācʰāvakety.
atʰa hāsminn anuśāsanam īṣe
Sentence: 14 sa hovācaindram eṣa viṣṇunyaṅgaṃ śaṃsatv,
atʰa tvam etaṃ hotar upariṣṭād raudryai dʰāyyāyai
purastān mārutasyāpyasyātʰā iti
Sentence: 15 tad dʰa tatʰā śaṃsayāṃ cakāra.
tad idam apy etarhi tatʰaiva śasyate
Sentence: 1 tad āhur:
yad asmin viśvajity atirātra evaṃ ṣaṣṭhe
'hani kalpate yajñaḥ kalpate yajamānasya prajātiḥ,
katʰam atrāśasta eva Nābʰānediṣṭho bʰavaty
atʰa maitrāvāruṇo vālakʰilyāḥ śaṃsati,
te prāṇā -- reto vā agre 'tʰa prāṇā -- evam brāhmaṇāccʰansy:
aśasta eva Nābʰānediṣṭho bʰavaty atʰa Vr̥ṣākapiṃ śaṃsati,
sa ātmā -- reto vā agre 'tʰātmā -- katʰam atra yajamānasya prajātiḥ,
katʰam prāṇā avikḷptā bʰavantīti
Sentence: 2 yajamānaṃ ha vā etena sarveṇa yajñakratunā saṃskurvanti.
sa yatʰā garbʰo yonyām antar, evaṃ sambʰavañ cʰete.
na vai sakr̥d evāgre sarvaḥ sambʰavaty,
ekaikaṃ vā aṅgaṃ sambʰavataḥ sambʰavatīti
Sentence: 3 sarvāṇi cet samāne 'han kriyeran,
kalpata eva yajñaḥ kalpate yajamānasya prajātir.
atʰaitaṃ hotaivayāmarutaṃ tr̥tīyasavane śaṃsati,
tad yāsya pratiṣṭhā tasyām evainaṃ tad antataḥ pratiṣṭhāpayati
Sentence: 1 cʰandasāṃ vai ṣaṣṭhenāhnāptānāṃ raso 'tyanedat.
sa Prajāpatir abibʰet:
parāṅ ayaṃ cʰandasāṃ raso lokān atyeṣyatīti.
tam parastāc cʰandobʰiḥ paryagr̥hnān:
nārāśaṃsyā gāyatryā, raibʰyā triṣṭubʰaḥ,
pārikṣityā jagatyāḥ, kāravyayānuṣṭubʰas.
tat punaś cʰandassu rasam adadʰāt
Sentence: 2 sarasair hāsya cʰandobʰir iṣṭam bʰavati,
sarasaiś cʰandobʰir yajñaṃ tanute ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 3 nārāśaṃsīḥ śaṃsati.
prajā vai naro vāk śaṃsaḥ, prajāsv eva tad vācaṃ dadʰāti.
tasmād imāḥ prajā ՚1 vadantyo jāyante.
ya evaṃ veda yad eva nārāśaṃsī+ḥ \
Sentence: 4 śansanto vai devāś ca r̥ṣayaś ca svargaṃ lokam āyaṃs,
tatʰaivaitad yajamānāḥ śaṃsanta eva svargaṃ lokaṃ yanti
Sentence: 5 tāḥ pragrāhaṃ śaṃsati yatʰā Vr̥ṣākapiṃ, vārṣākapaṃ hi,
Vr̥ṣākapes tan nyā yam eti
Sentence: 6 tāsu na nyūṅkʰayen, ՚7 nīvaiva nardet, sa hi tāsāṃ nyūṅkʰo
Sentence: 7 raibʰīḥ śaṃsati
Sentence: 8 rebʰanto vai devāś ca r̥ṣayaś ca svargaṃ lokam āyaṃs,
tatʰaivaitad yajamānā rebʰanta eva svargaṃ lokaṃ yanti
Sentence: 9 tāḥ pragrāhaṃ śaṃsati yatʰā Vr̥ṣākapiṃ,
vārṣākapaṃ hi, Vr̥ṣākapeś tan nyāyam eti.
tāsu na nyūṅkʰayen, ՚7 nīvaiva nardet, sa hi tāsāṃ nyūṅkʰaḥ
Sentence: 10 pārikṣitīḥ śaṃsaty
Sentence: 11 Agnir vai parikṣid, Agnir hīmāḥ prajāḥ parikṣety,
Agniṃ hīmāḥ prajāḥ parikṣiyanty
Sentence: 12 Agner eva sāyujyaṃ sarūpatāṃ salokatām aśnute ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 13 yad eva pārikṣitī3ḥ \
Sentence: 14 saṃvatsaro vai parikṣit, saṃvatsaro hīmāḥ prajāḥ parikṣeti,
saṃvatsaraṃ hīmāḥ prajāḥ parikṣiyanti
Sentence: 15 saṃvatsarasyaiva sāyujyaṃ sarūpatāṃ salokatām aśnute ya evaṃ veda.
tāḥ pragrāhaṃ śaṃsati yatʰā Vr̥ṣākapiṃ, vārṣākapaṃ hi,
Vr̥ṣākapes tan nyāyam eti.
tāsu na nyūṅkʰayen, ՚7 nīvaiva nardet, sa hi tāsāṃ nyūṅkʰaḥ
Sentence: 16 kāravyāḥ śaṃsati
Sentence: 17 devā vai yat kiṃca kalyāṇaṃ karmākurvaṃs tat kāravyābʰir āpnuvaṃs,
tatʰaivaitad yajamānā yat kiṃca kalyāṇaṃ karma kurvanti
tat kāravyābʰir āpnuvanti
Sentence: 18 tāḥ pragrāhaṃ śaṃsati yatʰā Vr̥ṣākapiṃ, vārṣākapaṃ hi,
Vr̥ṣākapes tan nyāyam eti.
tāsu na nyūṅkʰayet=, ՚7 nīvaiva nardet, sa hi tāsāṃ nyūṅkʰo
Sentence: 19 diśāṃ kḷptīḥ śaṃsati.
diśa eva tat kalpayati
Sentence: 20 tāḥ pañca śaṃsati.
pañca vā imā diśaś, catasras tiraścya, ekordʰvā
Sentence: 21 tāsu na nyūṅkʰayen ՚7 nevaiva ca ninarden:
ned imā diśo nyuṅkʰayānīti
Sentence: 22 tā ardʰarcaśaḥ śaṃsati, pratiṣṭhāyā eva
Sentence: 23 janakalpāḥ śaṃsati.
prajā vai janakalpā, diśa eva tat kalpayitvā tāsu prajāḥ pratiṣṭhāpayati
Sentence: 24 tāsu na nyūṅkʰayen ՚7 nevaiva ca ninarden:
ned imāḥ prajā nyūṅkʰayānīti.
tā ardʰarcaśaḥ śaṃsati, pratiṣṭhāyā eve/ndragātʰāḥ
Sentence: 25 śaṃsatīndragātʰābʰir vai devā asurān abʰigāyātʰainān atyāyaṃs,
tatʰaivaitad yajamānā indragātʰābʰir evāpriyam
bʰrātr̥vyam abʰigāyātʰainam atiyanti
Sentence: 26 tā ardʰarcaśaḥ śaṃsati, pratiṣṭhāyā eva
Sentence: 1 Aitaśapralāpaṃ śaṃsaty
Sentence: 2 Aitaśo ha vai munir agner āyur dadarśa,
yajñasyāyātayāmam iti haika āhuḥ.
so 'bravīt putrān:
putrakā agner āyur adarśaṃ, tad abʰilapiṣyāmi,
yat kiṃca vadāmi tan me mā parigāteti.
sa pratyapadyatai,tā aśvā ā plavante pratīpam prātisatvanam iti
Sentence: 3 tasyābʰyagnir Aitaśāyana etyākāle 'bʰihāya mukʰam apyagr̥hṇād:
adr̥pan naḥ piteti
Sentence: 4 taṃ hovācāpehy, alaso 'bʰūr yo me vācam avadʰīḥ.
śatāyuṃ gām akariṣyaṃ sahasrāyum puruṣam,
pāpiṣṭhāṃ te prajāṃ karomi yo mettʰam asaktʰā iti
Sentence: 5 tasmād āhur:
Abʰyagnaya Aitaśāyanā Aurvāṇām pāpiṣṭhā iti
Sentence: 6 taṃ baike bʰūyāṃsaṃ śaṃsanti
Sentence: 7 sa na niṣedʰed, yāvatkāmaṃ śaṃsety eva brūyād.
āyur vā aitaśapralāpa
Sentence: 8 āyur eva tad yajamānasya pratārayati ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 9 yad evaitaśapralāpā+ḥ \
Sentence: 10 cʰandasāṃ haiṣa raso yad aitaśapralāpaś cʰandassv eva tad rasaṃ dadʰāti
Sentence: 11 sarasair hāsya cʰandobʰir iṣṭam bʰavati,
sarasaiś cʰandobʰir yajñaṃ tanute ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 12 yad v evaitaśapralāpā+ḥ \
Sentence: 13 ayātayāmā vā akṣitir aitaśapralāpo,
'yātayāmā me yajñe 'sad akṣitir me yajñe 'sad iti
Sentence: 14 taṃ vā etam aitaśapralāpaṃ śaṃsati padāvagrāhaṃ yatʰā nividaṃ
Sentence: 15 tasyottamena padena praṇauti yatʰā nividaḥ
Sentence: 16 pravalhikāḥ śaṃsati.
pravalhikābʰir vai devā asurān pravalhyātʰainān atyāyans,
tatʰaivaitad yajamānāḥ pravalhikābʰir evāpriyam
bʰrātr̥vyam pravalhyātʰainam atiyanti
Sentence: 17 tā ardʰarcaśaḥ śaṃsati, pratiṣṭhāyā evā/jijñasenyāḥ
Sentence: 18 śaṃsaty.
ājijñasenyābʰir vai devā asurān ājñāyātʰainān atyāyaṃs,
tatʰaivaitad yajamānā ājijñāsenyābʰir evāpriyam
bʰrātr̥vyam ājñāyātʰainam atiyanti.
tā ardʰarcaśaḥ śaṃsati, pratiṣṭhāyā eva
Sentence: 19 pratirādʰaṃ śaṃsati.
pratirādʰena vai devā asurān pratirādʰyātʰainān atyāyaṃs,
tatʰaivaitad yajamānāḥ pratirādʰenaivāpriyām
bʰrātr̥vyam pratirādʰyātʰainam atiyanty
Sentence: 20 ativādaṃ śaṃsaty.
ativādena vai devā asurān atyudyātʰainān atyāyaṃs,
tatʰaivaitad yajamānā ativādenaivāpriyam
bʰrātr̥vyam atyudyātʰainam atiyanti.
tam ardʰarcaśaḥ śaṃsati, pratiṣṭhāyā eva
Sentence: 1 deyanītʰaṃ śaṃsaty
Sentence: 2 Ādityāś ca ha vā Aṅgirasaś ca svarge loke 'spardʰanta:
vayam pūrva eṣyāmo vayam iti.
te hāṅgirasaḥ pūrve śvaḥsutyāṃ svargasya lokasya dadr̥śus,
te 'gnim prajigʰyur -- Aṅgirasāṃ vā eko 'gniḥ -- parehy,
Ādityebʰyaḥ śvaḥsutyāṃ svargasya lokasya prabrūhīti.
te hādityā Agnim eva dr̥ṣṭvā sadyaḥsutyāṃ svargasya lokasya dadr̥śus.
tān etyābravīc:
cʰvaḥsutyāṃ vaḥ svargasya lokasya prabrūma iti.
te hocur:
atʰa vayaṃ tubʰyaṃ sadyaḥsutyāṃ svargasya lokasya prabrūmas,
tvayaiva vayaṃ hotrā svargaṃ lokam eṣyāma iti.
sa tatʰety uktvā pratyuktaḥ punar ājagāma
Sentence: 3 te hocuḥ:
prāvocā+ḥ iti \ prāvocam iti hovācātʰo me pratiprāvocann iti.
no hi na pratyajñāstʰā+ḥ iti \ prati vā ajñāsam iti hovāca
Sentence: 4 yaśasā vā eṣo 'bʰyaiti ya ārtvijyena,
taṃ yaḥ pratirundʰed yaśaḥ sa pratirundʰet, tasmān na pratyarautsīti
Sentence: 5 yadi tv asmād apojjigāṃsed, yajñenāsmād apodiyāt yadi \ yadi tv ayajyaḥ,
svayam apoditaṃ tasmāt
Sentence: 1 te hādityān Aṅgiraso 'yājayaṃs,
tebʰya yājayadbʰya imām pr̥tʰivīm pūrṇāṃ dakṣiṇānām adadus.
tān iyam pratigr̥hītātapat, tāṃ nyavr̥ñjan,
sā siṃhī bʰūtvā vijr̥mbʰantī janān acarat.
tasyāḥ śocatyā ime pradarāḥ prādīryanta ye 'syā ime pradarāḥ,
sameva haiva tataḥ purā
Sentence: 2 tasmād āhur:
na nivr̥ttadakṣiṇām pratigr̥hṇīyān:
nen mā śucā viddʰā śucā vidʰyād iti
Sentence: 3 yadi tv enām pratigr̥hṇīyād, apriyāyainām bʰrātr̥vyāya dadyāt,
parā haiva bʰavaty
Sentence: 4 atʰa yo 'sau tapatī+m̐ \
eṣo 'śvaḥ śveto rūpaṃ kr̥tvāśvābʰidʰānyapihitenātmanā praticakrama.
imaṃ vo nayāma iti, sa eṣa devanītʰo 'nūcyata
Sentence: 5 ādityā ha jaritar aṅgirobʰyo dakṣiṇām anayan \
Sentence: 6 tāṃ ha jaritar na praty āyann iti.
na hi ta imām pratyāyaṃs
Sentence: 7 tām u ha jaritaḥ praty āyann iti.
prati hi te 'mum āyaṃs
Sentence: 8 tāṃ ha jaritar na praty agr̥bʰṇann iti.
na hi ta imām pratyagr̥bʰṇaṃs
Sentence: 9 tām u ha jaritaṃ praty agr̥bʰṇann iti.
prati hi te 'mum agr̥bʰṇann
Sentence: 10 ahā ՚2 ned ՚2 asann avicetanānīty.
eṣa ha vā ahnāṃ vicetayitā
Sentence: 11 jajñā ՚2 ned ՚2 asann apurogavāsa iti.
dakṣiṇā vai yajñānām purogavī.
yatʰā ha vā idam ano 'purogavaṃ riṣyaty,
evaṃ haiva yajño 'dakṣiṇo riṣyati.
tasmād āhur:
dātavyaiva yajñe dakṣiṇā bʰavaty apy alpikāpy
Sentence: 12 uta śveta āśupatvā \
Sentence: 13 uto padyābʰir javiṣṭhaḥ \
Sentence: 14 utem āśu mānam piparti \
Sentence: 15 ādityā rudrā vasavas tveḷate
Sentence: 16 idaṃ rādʰaḥ prati gr̥bʰṇītʰy aṅgi ra iti.
pratigraham eva tad rādʰasa aicʰann
Sentence: 17 idaṃ rādʰo br̥hat pr̥tʰu \
Sentence: 18 devā dadatv ā varam \
Sentence: 19 tad vo astu sucetanam \
Sentence: 20 yuṣme astu dive-dive
Sentence: 21 praty eva gr̥bʰāyateti.
praty evainaṃ tad ajagrabʰaiṣaṃ
Sentence: 22 taṃ vā etaṃ devanītʰaṃ śaṃsati padāvagrāhaṃ yatʰā nividaṃ.
tasyottamena padena praṇauti yatʰā nividaḥ
Sentence: 1 bʰūtecʰadaḥ śaṃsati
Sentence: 2 bʰūtecʰadbʰir vai devā asurān upāsacantoteva yuddʰenoteva māyayā.
teṣāṃ vai devā asurāṇām bʰūtecʰadbʰir eva
bʰūtaṃ cʰādayitvātʰainān atyāyaṃs,
tatʰaivaitad yajamānā bʰūtecʰadbʰir evāpriyasya bʰrātr̥vyasya
bʰūtaṃ cʰādayitvātʰainam atiyanti
Sentence: 3 tā ardʰarcaśaḥ śaṃsati, pratiṣṭhāyā evā/hanasyāḥ
Sentence: 4 śaṃsaty
Sentence: 5 āhanasyād vai retaḥ sicyate, retasaḥ prajāḥ prajāyante,
prajātim eva tad dadʰāti
Sentence: 6 tā daśa śaṃsati.
daśākṣarā virāḷ, annaṃ virāḷ, annād retaḥ sicyate,
retasaḥ prajāḥ prajāyante, prajātim eva tad dadʰāti
Sentence: 7 tā nyūṅkʰayaty.
annaṃ vai nyūṅkʰo, 'nnād retaḥ sicyate,
retasaḥ prajāḥ prajāyante, prajātim eva tad dadʰāti
Sentence: 8 dadʰikrāvṇo akāriṣam iti dādʰikrīṃ śaṃsati.
devapavitraṃ vai dadʰikrā.
idaṃ vā idaṃ vyāhanasyāṃ vācam avādīt, tad devapavitreṇa vācam punīte
Sentence: 9 sānuṣṭub bʰavati.
vāg vā anuṣṭup, tat svena cʰandasā vācam punīte
Sentence: 10 sutāso madʰumattamā iti pāvamānīḥ śaṃsati
Sentence: 11 devapavitraṃ vai pāvamānya.
idaṃ vā idaṃ vyāhanasyāṃ vācam avādīt, tad devapavitreṇaiva vācam punīte.
tā anuṣṭubʰo bʰavanti.
vāg vā anuṣṭup, tat svenaiva cʰandasā vācam punīte
Sentence: 12 'va drapso aṃśumatīm atiṣṭhad ity aindrābārhaspatyaṃ tr̥caṃ śaṃsati
Sentence: 13 viśo adevīr abʰy ācarantīr br̥haspatinā yujendraḥ sasāha ity
Sentence: 14 asuraviśaṃ ha vai devān abʰy udācārya āsīt,
sa Indro Br̥haspatinaiva yujāsuryaṃ varṇam abʰidāsantam apāhaṃs.
tatʰaivaitad yajamānā Indrābr̥haspatibʰyām eva
yujāsuryaṃ varṇam abʰidāsantam apagʰnate
Sentence: 15 tad āhuḥ:
saṃśaṃset ṣaṣṭhe 'hā+n \ na saṃśaṃse+t iti \ saṃśaṃsed ity āhuḥ.
katʰam anyeṣv ahassu saṃśaṃsati, katʰam atra na saṃśaṃsed ity.
atʰo kʰalv āhur:
naiva saṃśaṃset.
svargo vai lokaḥ ṣaṣṭham ahar, asamāyī vai svargo lokaḥ,
kaścid vai svarge loke sametīti.
sa yat saṃśaṃset, samānaṃ tat kuryād.
atʰa yan na saṃśaṃsatī+m̐ \ tat svargasya lokasya rūpaṃ.
tasmān na saṃśaṃsed.
yad eva na saṃśaṃsatī+m̐ \
Sentence: 16 etāni vā atroktʰāni:
nābʰānediṣṭho vālakʰilyā vr̥ṣākapir evayāmarut.
sa yat saṃśaṃsed, apaiva sa eteṣu kāmaṃ rādʰnuyād
Sentence: 17 aindro vr̥ṣākapiḥ, sarvāṇi cʰandāṃsy aitaśapralāpas.
tatra sa kāma upāpto ya aindre jāgate.
'tʰedam aindrābarhaspatyaṃ sūktam, aindrābārhaspatyā paridʰānīya.
tasmān na saṃśaṃsen na saṃśaṃset
Sentence: 1 atʰātaḥ paśor vibʰaktis, tasya vibʰāgaṃ vakṣyāmo
Sentence: 2 hanū sajihve prastotuḥ, śyenaṃ vakṣa udgātuḥ,
kaṇṭhaḥ kākudraḥ pratihartur, dakṣiṇā śroṇir hotuḥ,
savya brahmaṇo, dakṣiṇaṃ saktʰi maitrāvaruṇasya,
savyam brāhmaṇāccʰaṃsino, dakṣiṇam pārśvaṃ sāṃsam adʰvaryoḥ,
savyam upagātr̥̄ṇāṃ, savyo 'ṃsaḥ pratiprastʰātur, dakṣiṇaṃ dor neṣṭuḥ,
savyam potur, dakṣiṇa ūrur acʰāvākasya,
savya āgnīdʰrasya, dakṣiṇo bāhur ātreyasya,
savyaḥ sadasyasya, sadaṃ cānūkaṃ ca gr̥hapater,
dakṣiṇau pādau gr̥hapater vratapradasya,
savyau pādau gr̥hapater bʰāryāyai vratapradasyau,ṣṭha
enayoḥ sādʰāraṇo bʰavati, taṃ gr̥hapatir eva praśiṃṣyāj.
jāgʰanīm patnībʰyo haranti, tām brāhmaṇāya dadyuḥ.
skandʰyāś ca manikās tisraś ca kīkasā grāvastutas,
tisraś caiva kīkasā ardʰaṃ ca vaikartasyonnetur,
ardʰaṃ caiva vaikartasya klomā ca śamitus.
tad brāhmaṇāya dadyād, yady abrāhmaṇaḥ syāc.
cʰiraḥ subrahmaṇyāyai, yaḥ śvaḥsutyām prāha tasyājinam,
iḷa sarveṣāṃ hotur vā
Sentence: 3 tā vā etāḥ ṣaṭtriṃśatam ekapā yajñaṃ vāhanti.
ṣaṭtriṃśadakṣarā vai br̥hatī, bārhatāḥ svargā lokāḥ.
prānāṃś caiva tat svargāṃś ca lokān āpnuvanti,
prāṇeṣu caiva tat svargeṣu ca lokeṣu pratitiṣṭhanto yanti
Sentence: 4 sa eṣa svargyaḥ paśur ya enam evaṃ vibʰajanty
Sentence: 5 atʰa ye 'to 'nyatʰā,
tad yatʰā selagā vā pāpakr̥to vā paśuṃ vimatʰnīraṃs tādr̥k tat
Sentence: 6 tāṃ vā etām paśor vibʰaktiṃ Śrautar̥ṣir= Devabʰāgo vidāṃ cakāra,
tām u hāprocyaivāsmāl lokād ՚1 uccakrāma
Sentence: 7 tām u ha Girijāya Bābʰravyāyāmanuṣyaḥ provāca.
tato hainām etadarvāṅ manuṣyā adʰīyate 'dʰīyate
Sentence: 1 tad āhur:
ya āhitāgnir upavasatʰe mriyeta, katʰam asya yajñaḥ syād iti.
nainaṃ yājayed, iti āhur, anabʰiprāpto hi yajñam bʰavatīti
Sentence: 2 tad āhur:
ya āhitāgnir adʰiśrite 'gnihotre sāṃnāyye vā haviṣṣu vā mriyeta,
kā tatra prāyaścittir ity.
atraivaināny anuparyādadʰyād yatʰā sarvāṇi saṃdahyeran.
sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 3 tad āhur:
ya āhitāgnir āsanneṣu haviṣṣu mriyeta,
kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
yābʰya eva tānī devatābʰyo havīṃṣi gr̥hītānī bʰavanti,
tābʰyaḥ svāhety evaināny āhavanīye sarvahunti juhuyāt.
sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 4 tad āhur:
ya āhitāgniḥ pravasan mriyeta, katʰam asyāgnihotraṃ syād ity.
abʰivānyavatsāyāḥ payasā juhuyād.
anyad ivaitat payo yad abʰivānyavatsāyā,
anyad ivaitad agnihotraṃ yat pretasyā/pi
Sentence: 5 vā yata eva kutaśca payasā juhuyur
Sentence: 6 atʰāpy āhur:
evam evainān ajasrān ajuhvata indʰīrann ā śarīrāṇām āhartor iti
Sentence: 7 yadi śarīrāṇi na vidyeran,
parṇaśaraḥ ՚0 ṣaṣṭiṃ trīṇi ca śatāny āhr̥tya teṣām puruṣarūpakam
iva kr̥tivā tasmiṃs tām āvr̥taṃ kuryur,
atʰaināñ cʰarīrair āhr̥taiḥ saṃsparśyodvāsayeyur
Sentence: 8 adʰyardʰaśataṃ kāye, saktʰinī dvipañcāśe ca viṃśe co,rū dvipañcaviṃśe,
śeṣāṃ tu śirasy upari dadʰyāt
Sentence: 9 sā tatra prāyaścitti
Sentence: 1 Tad āhur:
yasyāgnihotry upāvasr̥ṣṭā duhyamānopaviśet,
kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
tām abʰimantrayeta
Sentence: 2 yasmād bʰīṣā niṣīdasi tato no abʰayaṃ kr̥dʰi \
paśūn naḥ sarvān gopāya namo rudrāya mīḷhuṣa iti.
tām uttʰāpayed:
ud astʰād devy aditir āyur yajñapatāv adʰāt \
indrāya kr̥ṇvatī bʰāgam mitrāya varuṇaya cety.
atʰāsyā udapātram ūdʰasi ca mukʰe copagr̥hṇīyād, atʰainām brāhmaṇāya dadyāt.
sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 3 tad āhur:
yasyāgnihotry upāvasr̥ṣṭā duhyamānā vāśyeta,
kā tatra prāyaścittir ity.
aśanāyāṃ ha vā eṣā yajamānasya pratikʰyāya vāśyate.
tām annam apy ādayec cʰāntyai, śāntir vā annaṃ.
sūyavasād bʰagavatī hi bʰūyā iti.
sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 4 tad āhur:
yasyāgnihotry upāvasr̥ṣṭā duhyamānā ՚7 spandeta,
kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
sā yat tatra skandayet, tad abʰimr̥śya japed:
yad adya dugdʰam pr̥tʰivīm asr̥pta yad oṣadʰīr atyasr̥pad yad āpaḥ \
payo gr̥heṣu payo agʰnyāyām payo vatseṣu payo astu tan mayīti.
tatra yat pariśiṣṭaṃ syāt, tena juhuyād yady alaṃ homāya syāḍ
yady u vai sarvaṃ siktaṃ syād, atʰānyām āhūya tāṃ dugdʰvā tena juhuyād,
ā tv eva śraddʰāyai hotavyaṃ.
sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ
Sentence: 1 tad āhur:
yasya sāyaṃdugdʰaṃ sāṃnāyyaṃ duṣyed vāpahared vā,
kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
prātardugdʰaṃ dvaidʰaṃ kr̥tvā tasyānyatarām bʰaktim ātacya tena yajeta:
sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 2 tad āhur:
yasya prātardugdʰaṃ saṃnāyyaṃ duṣyed vāpahared vā,
kā tatra prāyaścittir ity.
aindraṃ vā māhendraṃ vā puroḷāśāṃ tasya stʰāne nirupya tena yajeta.
sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 3 tad āhur:
yasya sarvam eva sāṃnāyyaṃ duṣyed vāpahared vā,
kā tatra prāyascittir ity.
aindraṃ vā māhendraṃ veti samānaṃ.
sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 4 tad āhur:
yasya sarvāṇy eva havīṃṣi duṣyeyur vāpahareyur vā,
kā tatra prāyaścittir ity.
ājyasyaināni yatʰādevatam parikalpya tayājyahaviṣeṣṭyā yajetāto
'nyām iṣṭim anulbaṇāṃ tanvīta.
yajño yajñasya prāyaścittiḥ
Sentence: 1 tad āhur:
yasyāgnihotram adʰiśritam amedʰyam āpadyeta,
kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
sarvam evainat srucy abʰiparyāsicya prāṅ udetyāhavanīye
haitāṃ samidʰam abʰyādadʰāty,
atʰottarata āhavanīyasyoṣṇam bʰasma nirūhya juhuyān
manasā vā prājāpatyayā varcā.
tad dʰutaṃ cāhutaṃ ca.
sa yady ekasmin unnīte yadi dvayor, eṣa eva kalpas.
tac ced ՚1 vyapanetuṃ śaknuyān,
niṣṣicyaitad duṣṭam aduṣṭam abʰiparyāsicya
tasya yatʰonnītī syāt tatʰā juhuyāt.
sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 2 tad āhur:
yasyāgnihotram adʰiśritaṃ skandati vā viṣyandate vā,
kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
tad adbʰir upaninayec cʰāntyai, śāntir vā āpo.
'tʰainad dakṣiṇena pāṇinābʰimr̥śya japati
Sentence: 3 divaṃ tr̥tīyaṃ devān yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam āṣṭāntarikṣaṃ tr̥tīyam
pitr̥̄n yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam āṣṭa,
pr̥tʰivīṃ tr̥tīyam manuṣyān yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam āṣṭa
Sentence: 4 yayor ojasā skabʰitā rajāṃsīti vaiṣṇuvāruṇīm r̥caṃ japati.
Viṣṇur vai yajñasya duriṣṭam pāti Varuṇaḥ sviṣṭaṃ,
tayor ubʰayor eva śāntyai
Sentence: 5 sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 6 tad āhur:
yasyāgnihotram adʰiśritam prāṅ udāyan skʰalate vāpi vā bʰraṃśate,
kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
sa yady upanivartayet, svargāl lokād yajamānam āvartayed.
atraivāsmā upaviṣṭāyaitam agnihotraparīśeṣam āhareyus,
tasya yatʰonnītī syāt tatʰā juhuyāt.
sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 7 tad āhur:
atʰa yadi srug bʰidyeta, kā tatra prāyaścittir ity.
anyām srucam āhr̥tya juhuyād,
atʰaitāṃ srucam bʰinnām āhavanīye 'bʰyādadʰyāt prāgdaṇḍām pratyakpuṣkarāṃ.
sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 8 tad āhur:
yasyāhavanīye hāgnir vidyetātʰa gārhapatya upaśāmyet,
kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
sa yadi prāñcam uddʰaret prāyatanāc cyaveta,
yat pratyañcam asuravad yajñaṃ tanvīta,
yan mantʰed bʰrātr̥vyaṃ yajamānasya janayed,
yad anugamayet prāṇo yajamānaṃ jahyāt.
sarvam evainaṃ sahabʰasmānam samopya gārhapatyāyatane
nidʰāyātʰa prāñcam āhavanīyam uddʰaret.
sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ
Sentence: 1 tad āhur:
yasyāgnāv agnim uddʰareyuḥ,
kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
sa yady anupaśyed, udūhya pūrvam aparaṃ nidadʰyād.
yady u nānupaśyet, so 'gnaye 'gnivate 'ṣṭākapālam puroḷāśaṃ nirvapet.
tasya yājyānuvakye:
agnināgniḥ sam idʰyate, tvaṃ hy agne agninety.
āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād:
agnaye 'gnivate svāheti.
sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 2 tad āhur:
yasya gārhapatyāhavanīyau mitʰaḥ saṃsr̥jyeyātāṃ, kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
so 'gnaye vītaye 'ṣṭākapālam puroḷāśaṃ nirvapet.
tasya yājyānuvākye:
agna ā yāhi vītaye, yo agniṃ devavītaya ity.
āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād:
agnaye vītaye svāheti.
sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 3 tad āhur:
yasya sarva evāgnayo mitʰaḥ saṃsr̥jyeran,
kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
so 'gnaye vivicaye 'ṣṭākapālam puroḷāśaṃ nirvapet.
tasya yājyānuvākye:
svar ṇa vastor uṣasām aroci, tvām agne mānuṣīr īḷate viśa ity.
āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād:
agnaye vivicaye svāheti.
sā tatra ՚8 prāyaścittis=
Sentence: 4 tad āhur:
yasyāgnayo anyair agnibʰiḥ saṃsr̥jyeran,
kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
so 'gnaye kṣāmavate 'ṣṭākapālam puroḷāśaṃ nirvapet.
tasya yājyānuvākye:
akrandad agnu stanayann iva dyaur, adʰā yatʰā naḥ pitaraḥ parāsa ity.
āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād:
agnaye kṣāmavate svāheti.
sa tātra prāyaścittiḥ
Sentence: 1 tād āhur:
yasyāgnayo grāmyeṇāgninā saṃdahyeran,
kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
so 'gnaye saṃvargāyāṣṭākapālam puroḷāśaṃ nirvapet.
tasya yājyānuvākye:
kuvit su no gaviṣṭaye, mā no asmin mahādʰana ity.
āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād.
agnaye saṃvargāya svāheti.
sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 2 tad āhur:
yasyāgnayo divyenāgninā saṃsr̥jyeran,
kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
so 'gnaye 'psumate 'ṣṭākapālam puroḷāśaṃ nirvapet.
tasya yājyānuvākye:
apsv agne sadʰiṣ ṭava, mayo dadʰe medʰiraḥ pūtadakṣa ity.
āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād:
agnaye 'psumate svāheti.
sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 3 tad āhur:
yasyāgnayaḥ śavāgninā saṃsr̥jyeran,
kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
so 'gnaye śucaye 'ṣṭākapālam puroḷāśaṃ nirvapet.
tasya yājyānuvākye:
agniḥ śucivratatama, ud agne śucayas tavety.
ahutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād:
agnaye śucaye svāheti.
sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 4 tad āhur:
yasyāgnaya āraṇyenāgninā saṃdahyeran,
kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
sam evāropayed araṇī volmukaṃ vā mokṣayed yady āhavanīyād yadi gārhapatyād.
yadi na śaknuyāt, so 'gnaye saṃvargāyāṣṭākapālam puroḷāśaṃ nirvapet.
tasyokte yājyānuvākye.
āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād:
agnaye saṃvargāya svāheti.
sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ
Sentence: 1 tad āhur:
ya āhitāgnir upavasatʰe 'śru kurvīta,
kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
so 'gnaye vratabʰr̥te 'ṣṭākapālam puroḷāśaṃ nirvapet.
tasya yājyānuvākye:
tvam agne vratabʰr̥c cʰucir, vratāni bibʰrad vratapā adabdʰa ity.
āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād:
agnaye vratabʰr̥te svāheti.
sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 2 tad āhur:
ya āhitāgnir upavasatʰe 'vratyam āpadyeta,
kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
so 'gnaye vratapataye 'sṭākapālam puroḷāśaṃ nirvapet.
tasya yājyānuvākye:
tvam agne vratapā asi, yad vo vayam pramināma vratānīty.
āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād:
agnaye vratapataye svāheti.
sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 3 tad āhur:
ya āhitāgnir amāvāsyām paurṇamāsīṃ vātīyāt,
kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
so 'gnaye patʰikr̥te 'ṣṭākapālam puroḷāśaṃ nirvapet.
tasya yājyānuvākye:
vettʰā hi vedḥo 'dʰvana, ā devānām api pantʰām aganmety.
āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād:
agnaye patʰikr̥te svāheti.
sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 4 tad āhur:
yasya sarva evāgnaya upaśāmyeran,
kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
so 'gnaye tapasvate janadvate pāvakavate 'ṣṭākapālam puroḷāśaṃ nirvapet.
tasya yājyānuvākye:
ā yāhi tapasā janeṣv, ā no yāhi tapasā janeṣv ity.
āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād:
agnaye tapasvate janadvate pāvakavate svāheti.
sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ
Sentence: 1 tad āhur:
ya āhitāgnir āgrayaṇenāniṣṭvā navānnam prāśnīyāt,
kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
so 'gnaye vaiśvānarāya dvādaśakapālam puroḷāśaṃ nirvapet.
tasya yājyānuvākye:
vaiśvānaro ajījanat, pr̥ṣṭo divi pr̥ṣṭo agniḥ pr̥tʰivyām ity.
āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād:
agnaye vaiśvānarāya svāheti.
sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 2 tad āhur:
ya āhitāgnir yadi kapālaṃ naśyet, kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
so 'śvibʰyāṃ dvikapālam puroḷāśaṃ nirvapet.
tasya yājyānuvākye:
aśvinā vartir asmad ā gomatā nāsatyā ratʰenety.
āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād:
aśvibʰyāṃ svāheti.
sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 3 tad āhur:
ya āhitāgnir yadi pavitraṃ naśyet,
kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
so 'gnaye pavitravate 'ṣṭākapālam puroḷāśaṃ nirvapet.
tasya yājyānuvākye:
pavitraṃ te vitatam brahmaṇas pate, taposḥ pavitraṃ vitataṃ divas pada iti.
āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād:
agnaye pavitravate svāheti.
sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 4 tad āhur:
ya āhitāgnir yadi hiraṇyaṃ naśyet,
kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
so 'gnaye hiraṇyavate 'ṣṭākapālam puroḷāśaṃ nirvapet.
tasya yājyānuvākye:
hiraṇyakeśo rajaso visāra, ā te suparṇā aminantam̐ evair iti.
āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād:
agnaye hiraṇyavate svāheti.
sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 5 tad āhur:
ya āhitāgnir yadi prātar asnāto 'gnihotraṃ juhuyāt,
kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
so 'gnaye Varuṇāyāṣṭākapālam puroḷāśaṃ nirvapet.
tasya yājyānuvākye:
tvaṃ no agne varuṇasya vidvān, sa tvaṃ no agne 'vamo bʰavotīty.
āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād:
agnaye varuṇāya svāheti.
sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 6 tad āhur:
ya āhitāgnir yadi sūtakānnam prāśnīyāt,
kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
so 'gnāye tantumate 'ṣṭākapālam puroḷāśaṃ nirvapet.
tasya yājyānuvākye:
tantuṃ tanvan rajaso bʰānum anv ihy, akṣānaho nahyatanota somyā iti.
āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād:
agnaye tantumate svāheti.
sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 7 tad āhur:
ya āhitāgnir jīve mr̥taśabdaṃ śrutvā,
kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
so 'gnāye surabʰimate 'ṣṭākapālam puroḷāśaṃ nirvapet.
tasya yājyānuvākye:
agnir hotā ny asīdad yajīyān, sādʰvīm akar devavītiṃ no adyety.
āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād:
agnaye surabʰimate svāheti.
sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 8 tad āhur:
ya āhitāgnir yasya bʰāryā gaur vā yamau janayet,
kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
so 'gnaye marutvate trayodaśakapālam puroḷāśaṃ nirvapet.
tasya yājyānuvākye:
maruto yasya hi kṣaye, 'rā ived acaramā ahevety.
āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād:
agnaye marutvate svāheti.
sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 9 tad āhur:
apatnīko 'py agnihotram āhare+t \ nāhare+t iti \
Sentence: 10 āhared ity āhur
Sentence: 11 yadi nāhared, anaddʰā puruṣaḥ
Sentence: 12 ko 'naddʰāpuruṣa iti.
na devān na pitr̥̄n na manuṣyān iti
Sentence: 13 tasmād apatnīko 'py agnihotram āharet
Sentence: 14 tad eṣābʰi yajñagātʰā gīyate
Sentence: 15
yajet sautrāmaṇyām apatnīko 'py asomapaḥ \
mātāpitr̥bʰyām anr̥ṇārtʰād yajeti vacanāc cʰrutir
iti
Sentence: 16 tasmāt saumyaṃ yājayet
Sentence: 1 (tad āhur:
vācāpatnīko 'gnihotraṃ katʰam eva juhoti
Sentence: 2 niviṣṭe mr̥tā patnī naṣṭā vāgnihotraṃ katʰam agnihotraṃ juhoti
Sentence: 3 putrān pautrān naptr̥̄n ity āhur:
asmiṃś ca loke 'muṣmiṃś cāsminm̐l loke
'yaṃ svargo 'svargeṇa svargaṃ lokam ārurohety.
amuṣyaiva lokasya saṃtatiṃ dʰārayati yasyaiṣām patnīṃ naicʰet.
tasmād apatnīkasyādʰānaṃ kurvanty
Sentence: 4 apatnīko 'gnihotraṃ katʰam agnihotraṃ juhoti.
śrāddʰa patnī satyaṃ yajamānaḥ.
śraddʰā satyaṃ tad iti uttamam mitʰunaṃ,
śraddʰayā satyena mitʰunena svargām̐l lokāñ jayatīti)
Sentence: 1 (tad āhur:
yad darśapūrṇamāsayor upavasati, na ha vā avratasya devā havir aśnanti.
tasmād upavasaty:
uta me devā havir aśnīyur iti
Sentence: 2 pūrvām paurṇamāsīm upavased iti Paiṅgyam, uttarām iti Kauṣītakaṃ.
yā pūrvā paurṇamāsī sānumatir, yottarā sā Rākā
Sentence: 3 yā pūrvāmāvāsyā sā Sinīvālī, yottarā sā Kuhūr
Sentence: 4 yām paryastamiyād abʰyudiyād iti sā titʰiḥ
Sentence: 5 pūrvām paurṇamāsīm upavased.
anirjñāya purastād amāvāsyāyāṃ candramasaṃ yad upaiti yad yajate,
tena somaṃ krīṇanti tenottarām.
uttarām upavased.
uttarāṇi ha vai somo yajate somam anu daivatam.
etad vai devasomaṃ yac candramas, tasmād uttarām upavaset)
Sentence: 1 tad āhur:
yasyāgnim anuddʰr̥tam Ādityo 'bʰyudiyād vābʰyastamiyād
vā praṇīto vā prāg gʰomād upaśāmyet,
kā tatra prāyaścittir iti
Sentence: 2 hiraṇyam puraskr̥tya sāyam uddʰarej.
jyotir vai śukraṃ hiraṇyaṃ, jyotiḥ śukram asau;
tad eva taj jyotiḥ śukram paśyann uddʰarati.
rajatam antardʰāya prātar uddʰared, etad rātrirūpam.
purā sambʰedāc cʰāyānām āhavanīyam uddʰaren.
mr̥tyur vai tamaś cʰāyā, tenaiva taj jyotiṣā mr̥tyuṃ tamaś cʰāyāṃ tarati.
sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 3 tad āhur:
yasya gārhapatyāhavanīyāv antareṇāno vā ratʰo ՚2 vā ՚2 śvā vā pratipadyeta,
kā tatra prāyaścittir iti.
nainan manasi kuryād, ity āhur, ātmany asya hitā bʰavantīti.
tac cen manasi kurvīta, gārhapatyād avicʰinnām udakadʰārāṃ haret,
tantuṃ tanvan rajaso bʰānum anv ihīty āhavanīyāt.
sā tatra prāyaścittis
Sentence: 4 tad āhuḥ.
katʰam agnīn anvādadʰāno 'nvāhāryapacanam āhāraye+t \ nāhāraye+t iti \
Sentence: 5 āhārayed ity āhuḥ.
prāṇān vā eṣo 'bʰyātmaṃ dʰatte yo 'gnīn ādʰatte.
teṣām eṣo 'nnādatamo bʰavati yad anvāhāryapacanas.
tasminn etām āhutiṃ juhoty:
agnaye 'nnādāyānnapataye svāhety
Sentence: 6 annādo hānnapatir bʰavaty, aśnute prajayānnādyaṃ ya evaṃ vedā/ntareṇa
Sentence: 7 gārhapatyāhavanīyau hoṣyan saṃcaretaitena
ha vā enaṃ saṃcaramāṇam agnayo vidur:
ayam asmāsu hoṣyatīty.
etena ha vā asya saṃcaramāṇasya gārhapatyāhavanīyau pāpmānam apahataḥ,
so 'pahatapāpmordʰvaḥ svargaṃ lokam etīti vai brāhmaṇam udāharanti
Sentence: 8 tad āhuḥ:
katʰam agnīn pravatsyann upatiṣṭheta, proṣya vā pratyetyāhar-ahar veti.
tūṣṇīm ity āhus.
tūṣnīṃ vai śreyasa ākāṅkṣante.
'tʰāpy āhur:
ahar-ahar vā ete yajamānasyāśraddʰayodvāsanāt praplāvanād bibʰyati.
tān upatiṣṭhetaivābʰayaṃ= vo 'bʰayam me 'stv ity.
abʰayaṃ haivāsmai bʰavaty abʰayaṃ haivāsmai bʰavati
Sentence: 1 Hariścandro ha Vaidʰasa Aikṣvāko rājāputra āsa.
tasya ha śataṃ jāyā babʰūvus, tāsu putraṃ na lebʰe.
tasya ha Parvatanāradau gr̥ha ūṣatuḥ, sa ha Nāradam papracʰa
Sentence: 2
yaṃ nv imam putram icʰanti ye vijānanti ye ca na \
kiṃ svit putreṇa vindate tan ma ācakṣva Nāradeti
Sentence: 3 sa ekayā pr̥ṣṭo daśabʰiḥ pratyuvāca
Sentence: 4 r̥nam asmin saṃnayaty amr̥tatvaṃ ca gacʰati \
pitā putrasya jātasya paśyec cej jīvato mukʰam \\
Sentence: 5 yāvantaḥ pr̥tʰivyām bʰogā yāvanto jātavedasi \
yāvanto apsu prāṇinām bʰūyān putre pitus tataḥ \\
Sentence: 6 śaśvat putreṇa pitaro 'tyāyan bahulaṃ tamaḥ \
ātmā hi jajña ātmanaḥ sa irāvaty atitāriṇī \\
Sentence: 7 kiṃ nu malaṃ kim ajinaṃ kim u śmaśrūṇi kiṃ tapaḥ \
putram brahmāṇa icʰadʰvaṃ sa vai loko 'vadāvadaḥ \\
Sentence: 8 annaṃ ha prāṇaḥ śaraṇaṃ ha vāso
rūpaṃ hiraṇyam paśavo vivāhāḥ \
sakʰā ha jāyā kr̥paṇaṃ ha duhitā
jyotir ha putraḥ parame vyoman \\
Sentence: 9 patir jāyām praviśati garbʰo bʰūtvā sa mātaram \
tasyām punar navo bʰūtvā daśame māsi jāyate \\
Sentence: 10 taj jāyā jāyā bʰavati yad asyāṃ jāyate punaḥ \
ābʰūtir eṣābʰūtir bījam etan nidʰīyate \\
Sentence: 11 devāś caitām r̥ṣayaś ca tejaḥ samabʰaran mahat \
devā manuṣyān abruvann eṣā vo jananī punaḥ \\
Sentence: 12 nāputrasya loko 'stīti tat sarve paśavo viduḥ \
tasmāt tu putro mātaraṃ svasāraṃ cādʰirohati \\
Sentence: 13 eṣa pantʰā urugāyaḥ suśevo
yam putriṇa ākramante viśokāḥ \
tam paśyanti paśavo vayāṃsi ca
tasmāt te mātrāpi mitʰunībʰavantī/ti
Sentence: 14 ՚0,1 hāsmā ākʰyāya
Sentence: 1 atʰainam uvāca:
Varuṇaṃ rājānam upadʰāva:
putro me jāyatāṃ, tena tvā yajā iti
Sentence: 2 tatʰeti. sa Varuṇaṃ rājānam upasasāra:
putro me jāyatāṃ, tena tvā yajā iti. tatʰeti.
tasya ha putro jajñe Rohito nāma
Sentence: 3 taṃ hovācājani vai te putro, yajasva māneneti.
sa hovāca:
yadā vai paśur nirdaśo bʰavaty, atʰa sa medʰyo bʰavati.
nirdaśo nv astv, atʰa tvā yajā iti. tatʰeti
Sentence: 4 sa ha nirdaśa āsa.
tam hovāca:
nirdaśo nv abʰūd, yajasva māneneti.
sa hovāca:
yadā vai paśor dantā jāyante, 'tʰa sa medʰyo bʰavati.
dantā nv asya jāyantām, atʰa tvā yajā iti. tatʰeti
Sentence: 5 tasya ha dantā jajñire.
taṃ hovācājñata vā asya dantā, yajasva māneneti.
sa hovāca:
yadā vai paśor dantāḥ padyante, 'tʰa sa medʰyo bʰavati.
dantā nv asya padyantām, atʰa tvā yajā iti. tatʰeti
Sentence: 6 tasya ha dantāḥ pedire.
taṃ hovācāpatsata vā asya dantā, yajasva māneneti.
sa hovāca:
yadā vai paśor dantāḥ punar jāyante, 'tʰa sa medʰyo bʰavati.
dantā nv asya punar jāyantām, atʰa tvā yajā iti. tatʰeti
Sentence: 7 tasya ha dantāḥ punar jajñire.
taṃ hovācājñata vā asya punar dantā, yajasva māneneti.
sa hovāca:
yadā vai kṣatriyaḥ ՚1 saṃnāhuko bʰavaty, atʰa sa medʰyo bʰavati.
saṃnāhaṃ nu prāpnotv, atʰa tvā yajā iti. tatʰeti
Sentence: 8 sa ha saṃnāham ՚2 prāpa, taṃ hovāca:
saṃnāhaṃ nu ՚2 prāpad, yajasva māneneti.
sa tatʰety uktvā putram āmantrayām āsa:
tatāyaṃ vai mahyaṃ tvām adadād, dʰanta tvayāham imaṃ yajā iti
Sentence: 9 sa ha nety uktvā dʰanur ādāyāraṇyam apātastʰau,
sa saṃvatsaram araṇye cacāra
Sentence: 1 atʰa haikṣvākaṃ Varuṇo jagrāha, tasya hodaraṃ jajñe.
tad u ha Rohitaḥ śuśrāva, so 'raṇyād grāmam eyāya.
tam Indraḥ puruṣarūpeṇa paryetyovāca:
nānā śrāntāya śrīr astīti Rohita śuśruma \
pāpo nr̥ṣadvaro jana Indra ic carataḥ sakʰā \\
caraiveti
Sentence: 2 caraiveti vai mā brāhmaṇo 'vocad,
iti ha dvitīyaṃ saṃvatsaram araṇye cacāra.
so 'raṇyād grāmam eyāya, tam Indraḥ puruṣarūpeṇa paryetyovāca:
puṣpiṇyau carato jaṅgʰe bʰūṣṇur ātmā pʰalagrahiḥ \
śere 'sya sarve pāpmānaḥ śrameṇa prapatʰe hatāś \\
caraiveti
Sentence: 3 caraiveti vai mā brāhmaṇo 'vocad,
iti ha tr̥tīyaṃ saṃvatsaram araṇye cacāra.
so 'raṇyād grāmam eyāya, tam Indraḥ puruṣarūpeṇa paryetyovāca:
āste bʰaga āsīnasyordʰvas tiṣṭhati tiṣṭhataḥ \
śete nipadyamānasya carāti carato bʰagaś \\
caraiveti
Sentence: 4 caraiveti vai mā brāhmaṇo 'vocad,
iti ha caturtʰaṃ saṃvatsaram araṇye cacāra.
so 'raṇyād grāman eyāya, tam Indraḥ puruṣarūpeṇa paryetyovāca:
Kaliḥ śayāno bʰavati saṃjihānas tu Dvāparaḥ \
uttiṣṭhaṃs Tretā bʰavati Kr̥taṃ sampadyate caraṃś \\
caraiveti
Sentence: 5 caraiveti vai mā brāhmaṇo 'vocad,
iti ha pañcamaṃ saṃvatsaram araṇye cacāra.
so 'raṇyād grāmam eyāya, tam Indraḥ puruṣarūpeṇa paryetyovāca:
caran vai madʰu vindati caran svādum udumbaram \
sūryasya paśya śremāṇaṃ yo na tandrayate caraṃś \\
caraiveti
Sentence: 6 caraiveti vai mā brāhmaṇo 'vocad,
iti ha ṣaṣṭhaṃ saṃvatsaram araṇye cacāra.
so 'jīgartaṃ Sauyavasim r̥ṣim ՚1 aśanāyāparītam araṇya upeyāya
Sentence: 7 tasya ha trayaḥ putrā āsuḥ:
Śunaḥpucʰaḥ Śunaḥśepaḥ Śunolāṅgūla
iti.
taṃ hovāca:
r̥ṣe 'haṃ te śataṃ dadāmy, aham eṣām ekenātmānaṃ niṣkrīṇā iti.
sa jyeṣṭham putraṃ nigr̥hṇāna uvāca:
na nv imam iti, no evemam iti kaniṣṭham mātā.
tau ha madʰyame sampādayāṃ cakratuḥ Śunaḥśepe.
tasya ha śataṃ dattvā sa tam ādāya so 'raṇyād grāmam eyāya
Sentence: 8 sa pitaram etyovāca:
tata hantāham anenātmānaṃ niṣkrīṇā iti.
sa Varuṇaṃ rājānam upasasārānena tvā yajā iti.
tatʰeti, bʰūyan vai brāhmaṇaḥ kṣatriyād iti Varuṇa uvāca.
tasmā etaṃ rājasūyaṃ yajñakratum provāca.
tam etam abʰiṣecanīye puruṣam paśum ālebʰe
Sentence: 1 tasya ha Viśvāmitro hotāsīj, Jamadagnir adʰvaryur,
Vasiṣṭho brahmāyāsya udgātā.
tasmā upākr̥tāya niyoktāraṃ na vividuḥ.
sa hovācājīgartaḥ Sauyavasir:
mahyam aparaṃ śataṃ dattāham enaṃ niyokṣyāmīti.
tasmā aparaṃ śataṃ dadus, taṃ sa ՚0,1 niyuyoja
Sentence: 2 tasmā upākr̥tāya niyuktāyāprītāyā paryagnikr̥tāya viśasitāraṃ na vividuḥ.
sa hovācājīgartaḥ Sauyavasir:
mahyam aparaṃ śataṃ dattāham enaṃ viśasiṣyāmīti.
tasmā aparaṃ śataṃ daduḥ,
so 'siṃ ՚1 niḥśyāna eyāyā+tʰa ha Śunaḥśepa īkṣāṃ cakre:
'mānuṣam iva vai mā viśasiṣyanti, hantāhaṃ devatā ՚1 upadʰāvānīti.
sa Prajāpatim eva pratʰamaṃ devatānām upasāsara:
kasya nūnaṃ katamasyāmr̥tānām ity etayarcā
Sentence: 4 tam Prajāpatir uvācāgnir vai devānāṃ nediṣṭhas, tam evopadʰāveti.
so 'gnim upasasārāgner vayam pratʰamasyāmr̥tānām iti etayarcā
Sentence: 5 tam Agnir uvāca:
Savitā vai prasavānām īśe, tam evopadʰāveti.
sa Savitāram upasasārābʰi tvā deva savitar ity etena tr̥cena
Sentence: 6 taṃ Savitovāca:
Varuṇāya vai rājñe niyukto 'si, tam evopadʰāveti.
sa Varuṇaṃ rājānam upasasārāta uttarābʰir ekatriṃśatā
Sentence: 7 taṃ Varuṇa uvācāgnir vai devānām mukʰaṃ suhr̥dayatamas,
taṃ nu stuhy atʰa tvotsrakṣyāma iti.
so 'gniṃ tuṣṭāvāta uttarābʰir dvāviṃśatyā
Sentence: 8 tam Agnir uvāca:
Viśvān nu devān stuhy, atʰa tvotsrakṣyāma iti.
sa Viśvān devāṃs tuṣṭāva:
namo mahadbʰyo namo arbʰakebʰya ity etayarcā
Sentence: 9 taṃ Viśve devā ūcur:
Indro vai devānām ojiṣṭho baliṣṭhaḥ sahiṣṭhaḥ sattamaḥ pārayiṣṇutamas,
taṃ nu stuhy, atʰa tvotsrakṣyāma iti.
sa Indraṃ tuṣṭāva.
yac cid dʰi satya somapā iti caitena sūktenottarasya ca pañcadaśabʰis
Sentence: 10 tasmā Indraḥ stūyamānaḥ prīto manasā hiraṇyaratʰaṃ dadau.
tam etayā pratīyāya:
śaśvad indra iti
Sentence: 11 tam Indra uvācāśvinau no stuhy, atʰa tvotsrakṣyāma iti.
so 'śvinau tuṣṭāvāta uttareṇa tr̥cena
Sentence: 12 tam Aśvinā ucatur:
Uṣasaṃ nu stuhy, atʰa tvotsrakṣyāma iti.
sa Uṣasaṃ tuṣṭāvāta uttarena tr̥cena
Sentence: 13 tasya ha smarcy-r̥cy uktāyāṃ vi pāśo mumuce,
kanīya Aikṣvākasyodaram bʰavaty;
uttamasyām evarcy uktāyāṃ vi pāśo mumuce, 'gada Aikṣvāka āsa
Sentence: 1 tam r̥tvija ūcus:
tvam eva no 'syāhnaḥ saṃstʰām adʰigacʰety.
atʰa haitaṃ Śunaḥśepo 'ñjaḥsavaṃ dadarśa,
tam etābʰiś catasr̥bʰir abʰisuṣāva:
yac cid dʰi tvaṃ gr̥he-gr̥ha ity.
atʰainaṃ droṇakalaśam abʰyavanināyoc cʰiṣṭaṃ camvor bʰarety
etayarcātʰa hāsminn anvārabdʰe pūrvābʰiś catasr̥bʰiḥ sasvāhākārābʰir
juhavāṃ cakārātʰainam avabʰr̥tʰam abʰyavanināya:
tvaṃ no agne varuṇasya vidvān ity etābʰyām.
atʰainam ata ūrdʰvam agnim āhavanīyam upastʰāpayāṃ cakāra:
śunaś cic cʰepaṃ niditaṃ sahasrād ity
Sentence: 2 atʰa ha Śunaḥśepo Viśvāmitrasyāṅkam āsasāda.
sa hovācājīgartaḥ Sauyavasir:
r̥ṣe punar me putraṃ dehīti. neti hovāca Viśvāmitro,
devā vā imam mahyam arāsateti.
sa ha Devarāto Vaiśvāmitra āsa.
tasyaite Kāpileyabābʰravāḥ
Sentence: 3 sa hovacājīgartaḥ Sauyavasis:
՚1 tvamvehi vihvayāvahā iti.
sa hovācājīgartaḥ Sauyavasir:
Āṅgiraso janmanāsy Ājīgartiḥ śrutaḥ kaviḥ \
riṣe paitāmahāt tantor māpagāḥ punar ehi mām \\
iti.
sa hovāca Śunaḥśepo:
'darśus tvā śāsahastaṃ na yac cʰūdreṣv alapsata \
gavāṃ trīṇi śatāni tvam avr̥ṇītʰā mad Aṅgira
iti
Sentence: 4 sa hovācājīgartaḥ Sanyavasis:
tad vai mā tāta tapati pāpaṃ karma mayā kr̥tam \
tad ahaṃ nihnave tubʰyam pratiyantu śatā gavām \\
iti.
sa hovāca Śunaḥśepo:
yaḥ sakr̥t pāpakaṃ kuryāt kuryād enat tato 'param \
nāpāgāḥ śaudrān nyāyād asaṃdʰeyaṃ tvayā kr̥tam \\
ity
Sentence: 5 asaṃdʰeyam iti ha Viśvāmitra upapapāda.
sa hovāca Viśvāmitro.
bʰīma eva Sauyavasiḥ śāsena viśiśāsiṣuḥ \
astʰān, maitasya putro bʰūr mamaivopehi putratām \\
iti
Sentence: 6 sa hovāca Śunaḥśepaḥ:
sa vai yatʰā no jñapayā rājaputra tatʰā vada \
yatʰaivāṅgirasaḥ sann upeyāṃ tava putratām \\
iti.
sa hovāca Viśvāmitro:
jyeṣṭho me tvam putrāṇāṃ syās tava śreṣṭhā prajā syāt \
upeyā daivam me dāyaṃ tena vai tvopamantraya
iti
Sentence: 7 sa hovāca Śunaḥśepaḥ:
՚0,1 saṃjānāneṣu vai ՚0,1 brūyāḥ sauhardyāya me śriyai \
yatʰāham bʰaratar̥ṣabʰopeyāṃ= tava putratām \\
ity.
atʰa ha Viśvāmitraḥ putrān āmantrayām āsa:
Madʰucʰandāḥ śr̥ṇotana R̥ṣabʰo Reṇur Aṣṭakaḥ \
ye keca bʰrātaraḥ stʰanāsmai jyaiṣṭhyāya kalpadʰvam \\
iti
Sentence: 1 tasya ha Viśvāmitrasyaikaśatam putrā āsuḥ pañcāśad eva
jyāyāṃso Madʰucʰandasaḥ pañcāśat kanīyāṃsas
Sentence: 2 tad ye jyāyāṃso, na te kuśalam menire.
tān anuvyājahārāntān vaḥ prajā bʰakṣīṣṭeti.
ta ete 'ndʰrāḥ Puṇḍrāḥ Śabarāḥ Pulindā Mūtibā ity
udantyā bahavo bʰavanti Vaiśvāmitrā dasyūnām bʰūyiṣṭhāḥ
Sentence: 3 sa hovāca Madʰucʰandāḥ pañcāśatā sārdʰaṃ:
yan naḥ pitā saṃjānīte tasmiṃs tiṣṭhāmahe vayam \
puras tvā sarve kurmahe tvām anvañco vayaṃ smasīty
Sentence: 4 atʰa ha Viśvāmitraḥ pratītaḥ putrāṃs tuṣṭāva
Sentence: 5 te vai putrāḥ paśumanto vīravanto bʰaviṣyatʰa \
ye mānam me 'nugr̥hṇanto vīravantam akarta mā \\
Sentence: 6 puraetrā vīravanto Devarātena Gātʰināḥ \
sarve rādʰyāḥ stʰa putrā, eṣa vaḥ sadvivācanam \\
Sentence: 7 eṣa vaḥ Kuśikā vīro Devarātas, tam anvita \
yuṣmāṃś ca dāyam ma upetā vidyāṃ yām u ca vidmasi \\
Sentence: 8 te samyañco Vaiśvāmitrāḥ sarve sākaṃ sarātayaḥ \
Devarātāya tastʰire dʰr̥tyai śraiṣṭhyāya Gātʰināḥ \\
Sentence: 9 adʰīyata Devarāto riktʰayor ubʰayor r̥ṣih \
Jahnūnāṃ cādʰipatye daive vede ca Gātʰinām \\
Sentence: 10 tad etat parar̥kśatagātʰaṃ śaunaḥśepam ākʰyānaṃ
Sentence: 11 tad dʰotā rājñe 'bʰiṣiktāyācaṣṭe
Sentence: 12 hiraṇyakaśipāv āsīna ācaṣṭe, hiraṇyakaśipāv āsīnaḥ pratigr̥ṇāti.
yaśo vai hiraṇyaṃ, yaśasaivainaṃ tat samardʰayaty
Sentence: 13 om ity r̥caḥ pratigara, evaṃ tatʰeti gātʰāyā.
om iti vai daivaṃ, tatʰeti mānuṣaṃ.
daivena caivainaṃ tan mānuṣeṇa ca pāpād enasaḥ pramuñcati
Sentence: 14 tasmād yo rājā ՚0 'vijitī syād,
apy ayajamāna ākʰyāpayetaivaitac cʰaunaḥśepam ākʰyānaṃ,
na hāsminn alpaṃ canainaḥ pariśiṣyate
Sentence: 16 sahasram ākʰyātre dadyāc cʰatam pratigaritra ete caivāsane,
śvetaś cāśvatarīratʰo hotuḥ
Sentence: 17 putrakāmā hāpy ākʰyāpayeram̐l, labʰante ha putrām̐l labʰante ha putrān
Sentence: 1 prajāpatir yajñam asr̥jata, yajñaṃ sr̥ṣṭam anu brahmakṣatre asr̥jyetām.
brahmakṣatre anu dvayyaḥ prajā asr̥jyanta hutādaś cāhutādaś ca,
brahmaivānu hutādaḥ kṣatram anv ahutāda.
etā vai prajā hutādo yad brāhmaṇā,
atʰaitā ahutādo yad rājanyo vaiśyaḥ śūdras
Sentence: 2 tābʰyo yajña udakrāmat, tam brahmakṣatre anvaitāṃ.
yāny eva brahmaṇa āyudʰāni tair brahmānvaid, yāni kṣatrasya taiḥ kṣatram.
etāni vai brahmaṇa āyudʰāni yad yajñāyudʰāny,
atʰaitāni kṣatrasyāyudʰāni yad aśvaratʰaḥ kavaca iṣudʰanva
Sentence: 3 taṃ kṣatram ananvāpya nyavartatā,yudʰebʰyo
ha smāsya vijamānaḥ parāṅ evaity.
atʰainam brahmānvait, tam āpnot, tam āptvā parastān nirudʰyātiṣṭhat.
sa āptaḥ parastān niruddʰas tiṣṭhañ jñātvā svāny āyudʰāni brahmopāvartata.
tasmād dʰāpy etarhi yajño brahmaṇy eva brāhmaṇeṣu pratiṣṭhito
Sentence: 4 'tʰainat kṣatram anvāgacʰat, tad abravīd:
upa māsmin yajñe hvayasveti.
tat tatʰety abravīt, tad vai nidʰāya svāny āyudʰāni brahmaṇa
evāyudʰair brahmaṇo rūpeṇa brahma bʰūtvā yajñam upāvartasveti. tatʰeti.
tat kṣatraṃ nidʰāya svāny āyudʰāni brahmaṇa evāyudʰair brahmaṇo
rūpeṇa brahma bʰūtvā yajñam upāvartata.
tasmād dʰāpy etarhi kṣatriyo yajamāno nidʰāyaiva svāny āyudʰāni
brahmaṇa evāyudʰair brahmaṇo rūpeṇa brahma bʰūtvā yajñam upāvartate
Sentence: 1 atʰāto devayajanasyaiva yācñyaś.
tad āhur:
yad brāhmaṇo rājanyo vaiśyo dīkṣiṣyamāṇaṃ kṣatriyaṃ devayajanaṃ yācati,
kaṃ kṣatriyo yāced iti
Sentence: 2 daivaṃ kṣatraṃ yāced, ity āhur:
Ādityo vai daivaṃ kṣatram, Āditya eṣām bʰūtānām adʰipatiḥ
Sentence: 3 sa yad ahar dīkṣiṣyamāṇo bʰavati,
tad ahaḥ pūrvāhṇa evodyantam Ādityam upatiṣṭhete,dam
śreṣṭhaṃ jyotiṣāṃ jyotir uttamam \ deva savitar devayajanam me
dehi devayajanaṃ iti devayajanaṃ yācati
Sentence: 4 sa yat tatra yācita uttarāṃ sarpaty, oṃ tatʰā dadāmīti haiva tad āha
Sentence: 5 tasya ha na kā cana riṣṭir bʰavati devena Savitrā prasūtasyottarottariṇīm.
ha śriyam aśnute, 'śnute ha prajānām aiśvaryam ādʰipatyaṃ,
ya evam upastʰāya yācitvā devayajanam adʰyavasāya dīkṣate kṣatriyaḥ san
Sentence: 1 atʰāta iṣṭāpūrtasyāparijyāniḥ kṣatriyasya yajamānasya.
sa purastād dīkṣāyā āhutiṃ juhuyāc caturgr̥hītam
ājyam āhavanīya iṣṭāpūrtasyāparijyānyai
Sentence: 2 punar na indro magʰavā dadātu \ brahma punar iṣṭam pūrtaṃ dāt svāhety
Sentence: 3 atʰānūbandʰyāyai samiṣṭayajuṣām upariṣṭāt:
punar no agnir jātavedā dadātu \ kṣatram punar iṣṭam pūrtaṃ dāt svāheti
Sentence: 4 saiṣeṣṭāpūrtasyāparijyāniḥ kṣatriyasya yajamānasya yad ete āhutī,
tasmād ete hotavye
Sentence: 1 tad u ha smāha Saujāta Ārāḷhir:
ajītapunarvaṇyaṃ vā etad yad ete āhutī iti.
yatʰā ha kāmayeta tatʰaite kuryād,
ya ito 'nuśāsanaṃ kuryād itīme tv eva juhuyād
Sentence: 2 brahma prapadye brahma mākṣatrād gopāyatu brahmaṇe svāheti
Sentence: 3 tat-tad itī+m̐ \
Sentence: 4 brahma vā eṣa prapadyate, yo yajñam prapadyate.
brahma vai yajño;
yajñād u ha vā eṣa punar jāyate yo dīkṣate.
tam brahma prapannaṃ kṣatraṃ na parijināti.
brahma mā kṣatrād gopāyatv ity āha, yatʰainam brahma kṣatrād gopāyed.
brahmaṇe svāheti, tad enat prīṇāti.
tad enat prītaṃ kṣatrād gopāyaty
Sentence: 5 atʰānūbandʰyāyai samiṣṭayajuṣām upariṣṭāt
Sentence: 6 kṣatram prapadye kṣatram mā brahmaṇo gopāyatu kṣatrāya svāheti.
tat-tad itī+m̐ \ kṣatraṃ vā eṣa prapadyate, yo rāṣṭram prapadyate.
kṣatraṃ hi rāṣṭraṃ.
taṃ kṣatram prapannam brahma na parijināti.
kṣatram mā brahmaṇo gopāyatv ity āha, yatʰainaṃ kṣatram brahmaṇo gopāyet.
kṣatrāya svāheti, tad enat prīṇāti.
tad enat prītam brahmaṇo gopāyati
Sentence: 7 saiṣeṣṭāpūrtasyaivāparijyāniḥ kṣatriyasya yajamānasya yad ete āhutī,
tasmād ete eva hotavye
Sentence: 1 atʰaindro vai devatayā kṣatriyo bʰavati,
traiṣṭubʰaś cʰandasā, pañcadaśaḥ stomena,
somo rājyena, rājanyo bandʰunā.
sa ha dīkṣamāṇa eva brāhmaṇatām abʰyupaiti yat kr̥ṣṇājinam adʰyūhati,
yad dīkṣitavrataṃ carati, yad enam brāhmaṇā abʰisaṃgacʰante.
tasya ha dīkṣamāṇasyendra evendriyam ādatte, triṣṭub vīryam,
pañcadaśaḥ stoma āyuḥ, somo rājyam, pitaro yaśas kīrtim:
anyo vā ayam asmad bʰavati, brahma vā ayam bʰavati,
brahma vā ayam upāvartata iti vadantaḥ
Sentence: 2 sa purastād dīkṣāyā āhutiṃ hutvāhavanīyam upatiṣṭheta
Sentence: 3 nendrād devatāyā emi, na triṣṭubʰaś cʰandaso, na pañcadaśat stomān,
na somād rājño, na pitryād bandʰor.
mā ma Indra indriyam ādita, mā triṣṭub vīryam,
mā pañcadaśaḥ stoma āyur, mā somo rājyam, mā pitaro yaśas kīrtiṃ.
sahendriyeṇa vīryeṇāyuṣā rājyena yaśasā bandʰunāgnim upaimi
gāyatrīṃ cʰandas trivr̥taṃ stomaṃ somaṃ rājānam,
brahma prapadye brāhmaṇo bʰavāmīti
Sentence: 4 tasya ha nendra indriyam ādatte na triṣṭub vīryaṃ na pañcadaśaḥ
stoma āyur na somo rājyaṃ na pitaro yaśas kīrtiṃ,
ya evam etām āhutiṃ hutvāhavanīyam upastʰāyā dīkṣate kṣatriyaḥ san
Sentence: 1 atʰāgneyo vai devatayā kṣatriyo dīkṣito bʰavati,
gāyatraś cʰandasā, trivr̥t stomena, brāhmaṇo bandʰunā.
sa hodavasyann eva kṣatriyatām abʰyupaiti.
tasya hodavasyato 'gnir eva teja ādatte, gāyatrī vīryaṃ,
trivr̥t stoma āyur, brāhmaṇā brahma yaśas kīrtim:
anyo vā ayam asmad bʰavati, kṣatraṃ vā ayam bʰavati,
kṣatraṃ vā ayam upāvartata iti vadantaḥ
Sentence: 2 so 'nūbandʰyāyai samiṣṭayajuṣām upariṣṭād
dʰutvāhutim āhavanīyam upatiṣṭheta
Sentence: 3 nāgner devatāyā emi, na gāyatryāś cʰandaso,
na trivr̥taḥ stomān, na brahmaṇo bandʰor.
mā me 'gnis teja ādita, mā gāyatrī vīryam, mā trivr̥t stoma āyur,
mā brāhmaṇā brahma yaśas kīrtiṃ.
saha tejasā vīryeṇāyuṣā brahmaṇā yaśasā kīrtyendraṃ
devatām upaimi triṣṭubʰaṃ cʰandaḥ pañcadaśaṃ stomaṃ somaṃ rājānaṃ,
kṣatram prapadye kṣatriyo bʰavāmi \
devāḥ pitaraḥ pitaro devā yo 'smi sa san yaje \
svam ma idam iṣṭaṃ svam pūrtaṃ svaṃ śrāntaṃ svaṃ hutam \
tasya me 'yam Agnir upadraṣṭāyaṃ Vāyur upaśrotāsāv Ādityo
'nukʰyātedam ahaṃ ya evāsmi so 'smīti
Sentence: 4 tasya ha nāgnis teja ādatte na gāyatrī vīryaṃ na trivr̥t stoma āyur
na brāhmaṇā brahma yaśas kīrtiṃ,
ya evam etām āhutiṃ hutvāhavanīyam upastʰāyodavasyati kṣatriyaḥ san
Sentence: 1 atʰāto dīkṣāyā āvedanasyaiva.
tad āhur:
yad brāhmaṇasya dīkṣitasya brāhmaṇo 'dīkṣiṣṭeti dīkṣām āvedayanti,
katʰaṃ kṣatriyasyāvedayed iti
Sentence: 2 yatʰaivaitad brāhmaṇasya dīkṣitasya:
brāhmaṇo 'dīkṣiṣṭeti dīkṣām avedayanty,
evam evaitat kṣatriyasyāvedayet, purohitasyārṣeyeṇeti
Sentence: 3 tat-tad itī+m̐ \
Sentence: 14 nidʰāya vā eṣa svāny āyudʰāni brahmāṇa evāyudʰair
brahmaṇo rūpeṇā brahma bʰūtvā yajñam upāvartata.
tasmāt tasya purohitasyārṣeyeṇa dīkṣām āvedayeyuḥ,
purohitasyārṣeyeṇa pravaram pravr̥ṇīran
Sentence: 1 atʰāto yajamānabʰāgasyaiva.
tad āhuḥ:
prāśnīyāt kṣatriyo yajamānabʰāgā+m \ na prāśnīyā+t iti \
Sentence: 2 yat prāśnīyād ahutād dʰutam prāśya pāpīyān syād;
yan na prāśnīyād yajñād ātmānam antariyād, yajño vai yajamānabʰāgaḥ
Sentence: 3 sa brahmaṇe parihr̥tyaḥ
Sentence: 4 purohitāyatanaṃ vā etat kṣatriyasya
yad brahmā,rdʰātmo ha vā eṣa kṣatriyasya yat purohita.
upāha parokṣeṇaiva prāśitarūpam āpnoti,
nāsya pratyakṣam bʰakṣito bʰavati
Sentence: 5 yajña u ha vā eṣa pratyakṣaṃ yad brahmā.
brahmaṇi hi sarvo yajñaḥ pratiṣṭhito, yajñe yajamāno.
yajña eva tad yajñam apyatyarjanti yatʰāpsv āpo yatʰāgnāv agniṃ.
tad vai nātiricyate, tad enaṃ na hinasti.
tasmāt sa brahmaṇe parihr̥tyo
Sentence: 6 'gnau haike juhvati:
prajāpater vibʰān nāma lokas, tasmiṃs tvā dadʰāmi saha yajamānena svāheti.
tat tatʰā na kuryād.
yajamāno vai yajamānabʰāgo, yajamānaṃ ha so 'gnau pravr̥ṇakti.
ya enaṃ tatra brūyād:
yajamānam agnau prāvārkṣīḥ, prāsyāgniḥ prāṇān dʰakṣyati,
mariṣyati yajamāna iti:
śaśvat tatʰā syāt.
tasmāt tasyāśāṃ neyād āśāṃ neyāt
Sentence: 1 viśvaṃtaro ha Sauṣadmanaḥ Śyāparṇān paricakṣāṇo viśyāparṇaṃ yajñam ājahre.
tad dʰānubudʰya Śyāparṇās taṃ yajñam ājagmus,
te ha tadantarvedy āsāṃ cakrire.
tān ha dr̥ṣṭvovāca:
pāpasya vā ime karmaṇaḥ kartāra āsate 'pūtāyai vāco vaditāro yac Cʰyāparṇā,
imān uttʰāpayateme me 'ntarvedi māsiṣateti. tatʰeti.
tān uttʰāpayāṃ cakrus
Sentence: 2 te hottʰāpyamānā ruruvire:
ye tebʰyo Bʰūtavīrebʰyo 'sitamr̥gāḥ Kaśyapānāṃ somapītʰam
abʰijigyuḥ Pārikṣitasya Janamejayasya vikaśyape yajñe,
tais te tatra vīravanta āsuḥ.
kaḥ svit so ՚1 'smāko ՚1 'sti vīro, ya imaṃ somapītʰam abʰijeṣyatīty
Sentence: 3 ayam aham asmi vo vīra, iti hovāca Rāmo Mārgaveyo
Sentence: 4 Rāmo hāsa Mārgaveyo 'nūcānaḥ Śyāparṇīyas.
teṣāṃ hottiṣṭhatām uvācāpi nu rājann ittʰaṃvidaṃ veder uttʰāpayantīti.
yas tvaṃ katʰaṃ vettʰa brahmabandʰav iti
Sentence: 1 yatrendraṃ devatāḥ paryavr̥ñjan:
Viśvarūpaṃ Tvāṣṭram abʰyamaṃsta, Vr̥tram astr̥ta,
yatīn sālāvr̥kebʰyaḥ prādād, arurumagʰān avadʰīd,
Br̥haspateḥ pratyavadʰīd iti:
tatrendraḥ somapītʰena vyārdʰyatendrasyānu vyr̥ddʰiṃ kṣatraṃ
somapītʰena vyārdʰyatāpīndraḥ somapītʰe 'bʰavat Tvaṣṭur āmuṣya somaṃ.
tad vyr̥ddʰam evādyāpi kṣatraṃ somapītʰena.
sa yas tam bʰakṣaṃ vidyād yaḥ kṣatrasya somapitʰena
vyr̥iddʰasya yena kṣatraṃ samr̥dʰyate,
katʰaṃ taṃ veder uttʰāpayantīti
Sentence: 2 vettʰa brāhmaṇa tvaṃ tam bʰakṣā+m \ veda hīti.
taṃ vai no brāhmaṇa brūhīti.
tasmai vai te rājann, iti hovāca
Sentence: 1 trayāṇām bʰakṣāṇām ekam āhariṣyanti:
somaṃ vā dadʰi vāpo vā
Sentence: 2 sa yadi somam, brāhmaṇānāṃ sa bʰakṣo:
brāhmaṇāṃs tena bʰakṣeṇa jinviṣyasi,
brāhmaṇakalpas te prajāyām ājaniṣyata
ādāyy āpāyy āvasāyī yatʰākāmaprayāpyo.
yadā vai kṣatriyāya pāpam bʰavati,
brāhmaṇakalpo 'sya prajāyām ājāyata,
īśvaro hāsmād dvitīyo vā tr̥tīyo vā brāhmaṇatām abʰyupaitoḥ,
sa brahmabandʰavena jijyūṣito
Sentence: 3 'tʰa yadi dadʰi, vaiśyānāṃ sa bʰakṣo:
vaiśyāṃs tena bʰakṣeṇa jinviṣyasi,
vaiśyakalpas te prajāyām ājaniṣyate
'nyasya balikr̥d anyasyādyo yatʰākāmajyeyo.
yadā vai kṣatriyāya pāpam bʰavati,
vaiśyakalpo 'sya prajāyām ājāyata,
īśvaro hāsmād dvitīyo vā tr̥tīyo vā vaiśyatām abʰyupaitoḥ,
sa vaiśyatayā jijyūṣito
Sentence: 4 'tʰa yady apaḥ, śūdrāṇāṃ sa bʰakṣaḥ:
śūdrāṃs tena bʰakṣeṇa jinviṣyasi,
śūdrakalpas te prajāyām ājaniṣyate
'nyasya preṣyaḥ kāmottʰāpyo yatʰākāmavadʰyo.
yadā vai kṣatriyāya pāpam bʰavati,
śūdrakalpo 'sya prajāyām ājāyata,
īśvaro hāsmād dvitīyo vā tr̥tīyo vā śūdratām abʰyupaitoḥ,
sa śūdratayā jijyūṣitaḥ
Sentence: 1 ete vai te trayo bʰakṣā rājann, iti hovāca,
yeṣām āśāṃ neyāt kṣatriyo yajamāno
Sentence: 2 'tʰāsyaiṣa svo bʰakṣo:
nyagrodʰasyāvarodʰāś ca pʰalāni caudumbarāṇy āśvattʰāni plākṣāṇy
abʰiṣuṇuyāt tāni bʰakṣayet, so 'sya svo bʰakṣo
Sentence: 3 yato vā adʰi devā yajñeneṣṭvā svargaṃ lokam āyaṃs,
tatraitāṃś camasān nyubjaṃs, te nyagrodʰā abʰavan.
nyubjā iti hāpy enān etarhy ācakṣate Kurukṣetre.
te ha pratʰamajā nyagrodʰānāṃ, tebʰyo hānye 'dʰijātās
Sentence: 4 te yan nyañco 'rohaṃs tasmān nyaṅ rohati nyagroho, nyagroho vai nāma.
taṃ nyagrohaṃ santaṃ nyagrodʰa ity ācakṣate parokṣeṇa,
parokṣapriyā iva hi devāḥ
Sentence: 1 teṣāṃ yaś camasānāṃ raso 'vāṅ ait te 'varodʰā abʰavann,
atʰa ya ūrdʰvas tāni pʰalāny
Sentence: 2 eṣa ha vāva kṣatriyaḥ svād bʰakṣān naiti,
yo nyagrodʰasyāvarodʰāṃś ca pʰalāni ca bʰakṣayaty.
upāha parokṣeṇaiva somapītʰam āpnoti,
nāsya pratyakṣam bʰakṣito bʰavati.
parokṣam iva ha vā eṣa somo rājā yan nyagrodʰaḥ,
parokṣam ivaiṣa brahmaṇo rūpam upanigacʰati yat kṣatriyaḥ:
purodʰayaiva dīkṣayaiva pravareṇaiva
Sentence: 3 kṣatraṃ vā etad vanaspatīnāṃ yan nyagrodʰaḥ,
kṣatraṃ rājanyo.
nitata iva hīha kṣatriyo rāṣṭre vasan bʰavati pratiṣṭhita iva,
nitata iva nyagrodʰo 'varodʰair bʰūmyām pratiṣṭhita iva
Sentence: 4 tad yat kṣatriyo yajamāno nyagrodʰasyāvarodʰāṃś ca pʰalāni ca bʰakṣayaty,
ātmany eva tat kṣatraṃ vanaspatīnām pratiṣṭhāpayati kṣatra ātmānaṃ
Sentence: 5 kṣatra ha vai sa ātmani kṣatraṃ vanaspatīnām pratiṣṭhāpayati,
nyagrodʰa ivāvarodʰair bʰūmyām prati rāṣṭre tiṣṭhaty,
ugraṃ hāsya rāṣṭram avyatʰyam bʰavati
ya evam etam bʰakṣam bʰakṣayati kṣatriyo yajamānaḥ
Sentence: 1 atʰa yad audumbarāṇy.
ūrjo vā eṣo 'nnādyād vanaspatir ajāyata yad udumbaro,
bʰaujyaṃ vā etad vanaspatīnām;
ūrjam evāsmiṃs tad annādyaṃ ca bʰaujyaṃ ca vanaspatīnāṃ kṣatre dadʰāty
Sentence: 2 atʰa yad āśvattʰāni.
tejaso vā eṣa vanaspatir ajāyata yad aśvattʰaḥ,
sāmrājyaṃ vā etad vanaspatīnām;
teja evāsmiṃs tat sāmrājyaṃ ca vanaspatīnāṃ kṣatre dadʰāty
Sentence: 3 atʰa yat plākṣāṇi.
yaśaso vā eṣa vanaspatir ajāyata yat plakṣaḥ,
svārājyaṃ ca ha vā etad vairājyaṃ ca vanaspatīnāṃ;
yaśa evāsmiṃs tat svārājyavairājye ca vanaspatīnāṃ kṣatre dadʰāty
Sentence: 4 etāny asya purastād upakḷptāni bʰavanty, atʰa somaṃ rājānaṃ krīnanti.
te rājña evāvr̥topavasatʰāt prativeśaiś caranty,
atʰaupavasatʰyam ahar etāny adʰvaryuḥ purastād upakalpayetādʰiṣavaṇaṃ
carmādʰiṣavaṇe pʰalake droṇakalaśaṃ daśāpavitram adrīn pūtabʰr̥taṃ
cādʰavanīyaṃ ca stʰālīm udañcanaṃ camasaṃ ca.
tad yad etad rājanam prātar abʰiṣuṇvanti, tad enāni dvedʰā vigr̥hṇīyād:
abʰy anyāni sunuyān, mādʰyaṃdināyānyāni pariśiṃṣyāt
Sentence: 1 tad yatraitāṃś camasān unnayeyus, tad etaṃ yajamānacamasam unnayet.
tasmin dve darbʰataruṇake prāste syātāṃ.
tayor vaṣaṭkr̥te 'ntaḥparidʰi pūrvam prāsyed:
dadʰikrāvṇo akāriṣaṃ ity etayarcā sasvāhakārayā,nuvaṣaṭkr̥te 'param:
ā dadʰikrāḥ śavasā pañca kr̥ṣṭīr iti
Sentence: 2 tad yatraitāṃś camasān āhareyus, tad etaṃ yajamānacamasam āharet.
tān yatrodgr̥hṇīyus, tad enam upodgr̥hṇīyāt.
tad yadeḷāṃ hotopahvayeta, yadā camasam bʰakṣayed,
atʰainam etayā bʰakṣayed
Sentence: 3 yad atra śiṣṭaṃ rasinaḥ sutasya yad indro apibac cʰacībʰiḥ \
idaṃ tad asya manasā śivena somaṃ rājānam iha bʰakṣayāmīti
Sentence: 4 śivo ha vā asmā eṣa vānaspatyaḥ śivena manasā bʰakṣito bʰavaty,
ugraṃ hāsya rāṣṭram avyatʰyam bʰavati
ya evam etam bʰakṣam bʰakṣayati kṣatriyo yajamānaḥ
Sentence: 5 śaṃ nā edʰi hr̥ide pītaḥ pītaḥ pra ṇa āyur jīvase soma tārīr ity
ātmanaḥ pratyabʰimarśa
Sentence: 6 īśvaro ha vā eṣo 'pratyabʰimr̥ṣṭo manuṣyasyāyuḥ pratyavahartor:
anarhan mā bʰakṣayatīti.
tad yad etenātmānam abʰimr̥śaty, āyur eva tat pratirata
Sentence: 7 ā pyāyasva sam etu te, saṃ te payāṃsi sam u yantu vājā iti
camasam āpyāyayaty abʰirūpābʰyāṃ.
yad yajñe 'bʰirūpaṃ tat samr̥ddʰam
Sentence: 1 tad yatraitāṃś camasān sādayeyus, tad etaṃ yajamānacamasaṃ sādayet.
tān yatra prakampayeyus, tad enam anuprakampayed.
atʰainam āhr̥tam bʰakṣayen:
narāśaṃsapītasya deva soma te mativida ūmaiḥ pitr̥bʰir
bʰakṣitasya bʰakṣayāmīti prātaḥsavane nārāśaṃso bʰakṣa,
ūrvair iti mādʰyaṃdine, kāvyair iti tr̥tīyasavana
Sentence: 2 ūmā vai pitaraḥ prātaḥsavana ūrvā mādʰyaṃdine kāvyās tr̥tīyasavāne,
tad etat pitr̥̄n evāmr̥tān savanabʰājaḥ karoti
Sentence: 3 sarvo haiva so 'mr̥ta, iti ha smāha Priyavrataḥ Somāpo,
yaḥ kaśca savanabʰāg ity
Sentence: 4 amr̥tā ha vā asya pitaraḥ savanabʰājo bʰavanty,
ugraṃ hāsya rāṣṭram avyatʰyam bʰavati
ya evam etam bʰakṣam bʰakṣayati kṣatriyo yajamānaḥ
Sentence: 5 samāna ātmanaḥ pratyabʰimarśaḥ, samānam āpyāyanaṃ camasasya
Sentence: 6 prātaḥsavanasyaivāvr̥tā prātaḥsavane careyur,
mādʰyaṃdinasya mādʰyaṃdine, tr̥tīyasavanasya tr̥tīyasavane
Sentence: 7 tam evam etam bʰakṣam provāca Rāmo Mārgaveyo Viśvaṃtarāya Sauṣadmanāya
Sentence: 8 tasmin hovāca prokte:
sahasram u ha brāhmaṇa tubʰyaṃ dadmaḥ, saśyāparṇa u me yajña ity
Sentence: 9 etam u haiva provāca Turaḥ Kāvaṣeyo Janamejayāya Pārikṣitāyaitam
u haiva procatuḥ Parvatanāradau Somakāya Sāhadevyāya,
Sahadevāya Sārñjayāya, Babʰrave Daivāvr̥dʰāya, Bʰimāya Vaidarbʰāya,
Nagnajite Gāndʰārāyaitam u haiva ՚0 provācāśniḥ Sanaśrutāyārimdamāya,
Kratuvide Jānakaya, etam u haiva provāca Vasiṣṭhaḥ Sudāse Paijavanāya.
te ha te sarva eva mahaj jagmur etam bʰakṣam bʰakṣayitvā,
sarve haiva mahārājā āsur, Āditya iva ha sma śriyām
pratiṣṭhitās tapanti sarvābʰyo digbʰyo balim āvahanta
Sentence: 10 Āditya iva ha vai śriyām pratiṣṭhitas tapati,
sarvābʰyo digbʰyo balim āvahaty, ugraṃ hāsya rāṣṭram avyatʰyam bʰavati
ya evam etam bʰakṣam bʰakṣayati kṣatriyo yajamāno yajamānaḥ
Sentence: 1 atʰātaḥ stutaśastrayor evai/kāhikam
Sentence: 2 prātaḥsavanam, aikāhikaṃ tr̥tīyasavanam.
ete vai śānte kḷpte pratiṣṭhite savane yad aikāhike,
śāntyai kḷptyai pratiṣṭhityā apracyutyā
Sentence: 3 ukto mādʰyaṃdinaḥ pavamāno ya ubʰayasāmno
br̥tʰatpr̥ṣṭhasyobʰe hi sāmanī kriyete
Sentence: 4 ā tvā ratʰaṃ yatʰotaya, idaṃ vaso sutam andʰa iti
rātʰaṃtarī pratipad rātʰaṃtaro 'nucaraḥ.
pavamānoktʰaṃ vā etad yan marutvatīyam.
pavamāñe vā atra ratʰaṃtaraṃ kurvanti br̥hat pr̥ṣṭhaṃ, savīvadʰatāyai.
tad idaṃ ratʰaṃtaraṃ stutam ābʰyām pratipadanucarābʰyām anuśaṃsaty
Sentence: 5 atʰo brahma vai ratʰaṃtaraṃ kṣatraṃ br̥had,
brahma kʰalu vai kṣatrāt pūrvam:
brahmapurastān ma ugraṃ rāṣṭram avyatʰyam asad ity.
atʰānnaṃ vai ratʰaṃtaram, annam evāsmai tat purastāt kalpayaty.
atʰeyaṃ vai pr̥tʰivī ratʰaṃtaram, iyaṃ kʰalu vai pratiṣṭha,
pratiṣṭhām evāsmai tat purastāt kalpayati
Sentence: 6 samāna indranihavo 'vibʰaktaḥ, so 'hnām.
udvān brāhmaṇaspatya ubʰayasāmno rūpam, ubʰe hi sāmanī kriyete
Sentence: 7 samānyo dʰāyya avibʰaktās, tā ahnām
Sentence: 8 aikāhiko marutvatīyaḥ pragātʰaḥ
Sentence: 1 janiṣṭhā ugraḥ sahase turāyeti sūktam ugravat sahasvat,
tat kṣatrasya rūpam.
mandra ojiṣṭha ity ojasvat, tat kṣatrasya rūpam.
bahulābʰimāna ity abʰivad, abʰibʰūtyai rūpaṃ.
tad ekādaśarcam bʰavaty, ekādaśākṣarā vai triṣṭup,
traiṣṭubo vai rājanya.
ojo vā indriyaṃ vīryaṃ triṣṭub, ojaḥ kṣatraṃ vīryaṃ rājanyas;
tad enam ojasā kṣatreṇa vīryeṇa samardʰayati.
tad gaurivītam bʰavaty.
etad vai marutvatīyaṃ samr̥ddʰaṃ yad gaurivītaṃ, tasyoktam brāhmaṇaṃ
Sentence: 2 tvām id dʰi havāmaha iti br̥hatpr̥ṣṭham bʰavati.
kṣatraṃ vai br̥hat, kṣatreṇaiva tat kṣatraṃ samardʰayaty.
atʰo kṣatraṃ vai br̥had, ātmā yājamānasya niṣkevalyaṃ.
tad yad br̥hatpr̥ṣṭham bʰavati, kṣatraṃ vai br̥hat,
kṣatreṇaivainaṃ tat samardʰayaty.
atʰo jyaiṣṭhyaṃ vai br̥haj, jyaiṣṭhyenaivainaṃ tat samardʰayaty.
atʰo śraiṣṭhyaṃ vai br̥hac, cʰraiṣṭhyenaivainaṃ tat samardʰayaty
Sentence: 3 abʰi tvā śūra nonuma iti ratʰaṃtaram anurūpaṃ kurvanty.
ayaṃ vai loko ratʰaṃtaram, asau loko br̥had;
asya vai lokasyāsau loko 'nurūpo, 'muṣya lokasyāyaṃ loko 'nurūpas.
tad yad ratʰaṃtaram anurūpaṃ kurvanty,
ubʰāv eva tal lokau yajamānāya sambʰoginau kurvanty.
atʰo brahma vai ratʰaṃtaraṃ kṣatram br̥had,
brahmaṇi kʰalu vai kṣatram pratiṣṭhitaṃ
kṣatre brahmātʰo sāmna eva sayonitāyai
Sentence: 4 yad vāvāneti dʰāyyā, tasyā uktam brāhmaṇam
Sentence: 5 ubʰayaṃ śr̥ṇavac ca na iti sāmapragātʰa ubʰayasāmno rūpam,
ubʰe hi sāmanī kriyete
Sentence: 1 tam u ṣṭuhi yo abʰibʰūtyojā iti sūktam abʰivad abʰibʰūtyai rūpam
Sentence: 2 aṣāḷham ugraṃ sahamānam ābʰir ity ugravat sahamānavat,
tat kṣatrasya rūpaṃ
Sentence: 3 tat pañcadaśarcam bʰavaty.
ojo vā indriyaṃ vīryam pañcadaśa, ojaḥ kṣatraṃ vīryam rājanyas,
tad enam ojasā kṣatreṇa vīryeṇa samardʰayati
Sentence: 4 tad bʰāradvājam bʰavati.
bʰāradvājaṃ vai br̥had, ārṣeyeṇa salomai/ṣa
Sentence: 5 ha vāva kṣatriyayajñaḥ samr̥ddʰo, yo br̥hatpr̥ṣṭhas.
tasmād yatra kvaca kṣatriyo yajeta, br̥had eva tatra pr̥ṣṭhaṃ syāt.
tat samr̥ddʰam
Sentence: 1 aikāhikā hotrā.
etā vai śāntāḥ kḷptāḥ pratiṣṭhitā hotrā yad aikāhikāḥ,
śāntyai kḷptyai pratiṣṭhityā apracyutyai.
tāḥ sarvarūpā bʰavanti sarvasamr̥ddʰāḥ, sarvarūpatāyai sarvasamr̥ddʰyai:
sarvarūpābʰir hotrābʰiḥ sarvasamr̥ddʰābʰiḥ sarvān kāmān avāpnavāmeti.
tasmād yatra kvacaikāhā asarvastomā asarvapr̥ṣṭhā,
aikāhikā eva tatra hotrāḥ syus.
tat samr̥ddʰam
Sentence: 2 uktʰya evāyam pañcadaśaḥ syād, ity āhur.
ojo vā indriyaṃ vīryam pañcadaśa, ojaḥ kṣatraṃ vīryaṃ rājanyas,
tad enam ojasā kṣatreṇa vīryeṇa samardʰayati
Sentence: 3 tasya triṃśat stutaśastrāṇi bʰavanti.
triṃśadakṣarā vai virāḍ, virāḍ annādyaṃ,
virājy evainaṃ tad annādye pratiṣṭhāpayati.
tasmāt taduktʰyaḥ pañcadaśaḥ syād, ity āhur
Sentence: 4 jyotiṣṭoma evāgniṣṭomaḥ syād
Sentence: 5 brahma vai stomānāṃ trivr̥t kṣatram pañcadaśo,
brahma kʰalu vai kṣatrāt pūrvam:
brahmapurastān na ugraṃ rāṣṭram avyatʰyam asad iti.
viśaḥ saptadaśaḥ śaudro varṇa ekaviṃśo,
viśaṃ caivāsmai tac cʰaudraṃ ca varṇam anuvartmānau kurvanty.
atʰo tejo vai stomānāṃ trivr̥d vīryam pañcadaśaḥ prajātiḥ saptadaśaḥ
pratiṣṭhaikaviṃśas, tad enaṃ tejasā vīryeṇa prajātyā
pratiṣṭhayāntataḥ samardʰayati.
tasmāj jyotiṣṭomaḥ syāt
Sentence: 6 tasya caturviṃśatiḥ stutaśastrāṇi bʰavanti.
caturviṃsatyardʰamāso vai saṃvatsaraḥ, saṃvatsare kr̥tsnam annādyaṃ,
kr̥tsna evainaṃ tad annādye pratiṣṭhāpayati.
tasmāj jyotiṣṭoma evāgniṣṭomaḥ syād agniṣṭomaḥ syāt
Sentence: 1 atʰātaḥ punarabʰiṣekasyaiva
Sentence: 2 sūyate ha vā asya kṣatraṃ, yo dīkṣate kṣatriyaḥ san.
sa yadāvabʰr̥tād udetyānūbandʰyayeṣṭvodavasyaty,
atʰainam udavasānīyāyāṃ saṃstʰitāyām punar abʰiṣiñcanti
Sentence: 3 tasyaite purastād eva sambʰārā upakḷptā bʰavanty:
audumbary āsandī.
tasyai prādeśamātrāḥ pādāḥ syur, aratnimātrāṇi śīrṣaṇyānūcyāni.
mauñjaṃ vivayanaṃ, vyāgʰracarmāstaraṇam, audumbaraś camasa, udumbaraśākʰā.
tasminn etasmiṃś camase 'ṣṭātayāni niṣutāni bʰavanti:
dadʰi madʰu sarpir ātapavarṣyā āpaḥ śaṣpāṇi ca tokmāni ca surā dūrvā
Sentence: 4 tad yaiṣā dakṣiṇā spʰyavartanir veder bʰavati,
tatraitām prācīm āsandīm pratiṣṭhāpayati.
tasyā antarvedi dvau pādau bʰavato bahirvedi dvāv.
iyaṃ vai śrīs.
tasyā etat parimitaṃ rūpaṃ yad antarvedy,
atʰaiṣa bʰūmāparimito yo bahirvedi.
tad yad asyā antarvedi dvau pādau bʰavato bahirvedi dvā,
ubʰayoḥ kāmayor upāptyai yaś cāntarvedi yaś ca bahirvedi
Sentence: 1 vyāgʰracarmaṇāstr̥ṇāty uttaralomnā prācīnagrīveṇa.
kṣatrāṃ vā etad āraṇyānām paśūnāṃ yad vyāgʰraḥ kṣatraṃ rājanyaḥ,
kṣatreṇaiva tat kṣatraṃ samardʰayati.
tām paścāt prāṅ upaviśyācya jānn dakṣiṇam abʰimantrayata
ubʰābʰyām pāṇibʰyām ālabʰyā+gniṣ ṭvā gāyatryā sayuk
cʰandasārohatu Savitoṣṇihā Somo 'nuṣṭubʰā Br̥haspatir br̥hatyā
Mitrāvaruṇau paṅktyendras triṣṭubʰā Viśve devā jagatyā.
tān aham anu rājyāya sāmrājyāya bʰaujyāya svārājyāya vairājyāya
pārameṣṭhyāya rājyāya māhārājyāyādʰipatyāya svāvaśyāyātiṣṭhāyārohāmī/ty
Sentence: 4 etām āsandīm ārohed dakṣiṇenāgre jānunātʰa savyena
Sentence: 5 tat-tad itī+m̐ \
Sentence: 6 caturuttarair vai devāś cʰandobʰiḥ sayug bʰūtvaitāṃ
śriyam ārohan yasyām eta etarhi pratiṣṭhitā:
Agnir gāyatryā Savitoṣṇihā Somo 'nuṣṭubʰā Br̥haspatir
br̥hatyā Mitrāvaruṇau paṅktyendras triṣṭubʰā Viśve devā jagatyā
Sentence: 7 te ete abʰyanūcyete:
agner gāyatry abʰavat sayugveti
Sentence: 8 kalpate ha vā asmai yogakṣema, uttarotta riṇīṃ ha śriyam aśnute,
'śnute ha prajānām aiśvaryam ādʰipatyaṃ ya evam etā anu devatā
etām āsandīm ārohati kṣatriyaḥ sann
Sentence: 9 atʰainam abʰiṣekṣyann apāṃ śāntiṃ vācayati
Sentence: 10 śivena mā cakṣuṣā paśyatāpaḥ śivayā tanvopa spr̥śata tvacam me \
sarvām̐ agnīm̐r apsuṣado huve vo mayi varco balam ojo ni dʰatteti
Sentence: 11 naitasyābʰiṣiṣicānasyāśāntā āpo vīryaṃ nirhaṇann iti
Sentence: 1 atʰainam udumbaraśākʰām antardʰāyābʰiṣiñcatī/mā
Sentence: 2 āpaḥ śivatamā imāḥ sarvasya bʰeṣajīḥ \
imā rāṣṭrasya vardʰanīr imā rāṣṭrabʰr̥to 'mr̥tāḥ \\
Sentence: 3 yābʰir indram abʰyaṣiñcat prajāpatiḥ somaṃ rājānaṃ varuṇaṃ yamam manum \
tābʰir adbʰir abʰiṣiñcāmi tvām ahaṃ rājñāṃ tvam adʰirājo bʰaveha \\
Sentence: 4 mahāntaṃ tvā mahīnāṃ samrājaṃ carṣaṇīnāṃ devī janitry ajījanad
bʰadrā janitry ajījanad
Sentence: 5 devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubʰyām pūṣṇo hastābʰyām
agnes tejasā suryasya varcasendrasyendriyeṇābʰiṣiñcami \
balāya śriyai yaśase 'nnādyāya
Sentence: 6 bʰūr iti ya icʰed imam eva praty:
annam adyād ity, atʰa ya icʰed dvipuruṣam bʰūr bʰuva ity,
atʰa ya icʰet tripuruṣaṃ vāpratimaṃ vā bʰūr bʰuvaḥ svar iti
Sentence: 7 tad dʰaika āhuḥ:
sarvāptir vā eṣā yad etā vyāhr̥tayo,
'tisarveṇa hāsya parasmai kr̥tam bʰavatīti;
tam etenābʰiṣiñced:
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bābubʰyām pūṣṇo
hastabʰyām agnes tejasā sūryasya varcasendrasyendriyeṇābʰiṣiñcāmi \
balāya śriyai yaśase 'nnādyāyeti
Sentence: 8 tad u punaḥ paricakṣate:
yad asarveṇa vāco 'bʰiṣikto bʰavatīśvaro ha tu purāyuṣaḥ praitor,
iti ha smāha Satyakāmo Jābālo,
yam etābʰir vyāhr̥tibʰir nābʰiṣiñcantītī/śvaro
Sentence: 9 ha sarvam āyur aitoḥ, sarvam āpnod vijayenety u ha smāhoddālaka Āruṇir,
yam etābʰir vyāhr̥tibʰir abʰiṣiñcantīti.
tam etenaivābʰiṣiñced:
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubʰyām pūṣṇo hastabʰyām
agnes tejasā sūryasya varcasendrasyendriyeṇābʰiṣiñcāmi \
balāya śriyai yaśase 'nnādyāya bʰūr bʰuvaḥ svar ity
Sentence: 10 atʰaitāni ha vai kṣatriyād ījānād vyutkrāntāni bʰavanti:
brahmakṣatre ūrg annādyam apām oṣadʰīnāṃ
raso brahmavarcasam irā puṣṭiḥ prajātiḥ,
kṣatrarūpaṃ tad, atʰo annasya rasa oṣadʰīnāṃ kṣatram pratiṣṭhā.
tad yad evāmū purastād āhutī juhoti, tad asmin brahmakṣatre dadʰāti
Sentence: 1 atʰa yad audumbary āsandī bʰavaty audumbaraś camasa udumbaraśākʰorg
vā annādyam udumbara;
ūrjam evāsniṃs tad annādyaṃ dadʰāty
Sentence: 2 atʰa yad dadʰi madʰu gʰr̥tam bʰavaty, apāṃ sa oṣadʰīnāṃ raso;
'pām evāsmiṃs tad oṣadʰīnāṃ rasaṃ dadʰāty
Sentence: 3 atʰa yad ātapavarṣyā āpo bʰavanti,
tejaś ca ha vai brahmavarcasaṃ cātapavarṣyā āpas;
teja evāsmiṃs tad brahmavarcasaṃ ca dadʰāty
Sentence: 4 atʰa yac cʰaṣpāṇi ca tokmāni ca bʰavantīrāyai tat puṣṭyai
rūpam atʰo prajātya;
irām evāsmiṃs tat puṣṭiṃ dadʰāty atʰo prajātim
Sentence: 5 atʰa yat surā bʰavati, kṣatrarūpaṃ tad atʰo annasya rasaḥ;
kṣatrarūpam evāsmiṃs tad dadʰāty atʰo annasya rasam
Sentence: 6 atʰa yad dūrvā bʰavati, kṣatraṃ vā etad oṣadʰīnāṃ
yad dūrvā kṣatraṃ rājanyo.
nitata iva hīha kṣatriyo rāṣṭre vasan bʰavati pratiṣṭhita iva,
nitateva dūrvāvarodʰair bʰūmyām pratiṣṭhiteva.
tad yad dūrvā bʰavaty,
oṣadʰīnām evāsmiṃs tat kṣatraṃ dadʰāty atʰo pratiṣṭhām
Sentence: 7 etāni ha vai yāny asmād ījānād vyutkrāntāni bʰavanti,
tāny evāsmiṃs tad dadʰāti, tair evainaṃ tat samardʰayaty
Sentence: 8 atʰāsmai surākaṃsaṃ hasta ādadʰāti
Sentence: 9 svādiṣṭhayā madiṣṭhayā pavasva soma dʰārayā \ indrāya pātave suta
Sentence: 10 ity ādʰāya śāntiṃ vācayati
Sentence: 11 nānā hi vāṃ devahitaṃ sadas kr̥tam mā saṃ sr̥kṣātʰām parame vyomani \
surā tvam asi śuṣmiṇī soma eṣa rājā mainaṃ hiṃsiṣṭaṃ
svāṃ yonim āvisantāv iti
Sentence: 12 somapītʰasya caiṣā surāpītʰasya ca vyāvr̥ttiḥ
Sentence: 13 pitvā yaṃ rātim manyeta tasmā enām prayacʰet, tad dʰi mitrasya rūpaṃ
mitra evaināṃ tad antataḥ pratiṣṭhāpayati, tatʰā hi mitre pratitiṣṭhati
Sentence: 14 pratitiṣṭhati ya evaṃ veda
Sentence: 1 atʰodumbaraśākʰām abʰi pratyavarohaty.
ūrg vā annādyam udumbara, ūrjam eva tad annādyam abʰi pratyavarohaty
Sentence: 2 upary evāsino bʰūmau pādau prātiṣṭhāpya pratyavaroham āha
Sentence: 3 pratitiṣṭhāmi dyāvāpr̥tʰivyoḥ,
pratitiṣṭhāmi prāṇāpānayoḥ,
prātitiṣṭhāmy ahorātrayoḥ,
prātitiṣṭhāmy ānnapānayoḥ,
prati brahman prati kṣatre praty eṣu triṣu lokeṣu tiṣṭhāmīty
Sentence: 4 antataḥ sarveṇātmanā pratitiṣṭhati.
sarvasmin ha vā etasmin pratitiṣṭhaty, uttarottariṇīṃ ha śriyam aśnute,
'śnute ha prajānām aiśvaryam ādʰipatyaṃ ya evam etena
punarabʰiṣekeṇābʰiṣiktaḥ kṣatriyaḥ pratyavarohaty
Sentence: 5 etena pratyavaroheṇa pratyavarūhyopastʰaṃ kr̥tvā prāṅ āsīno:
namo brahmaṇe namo brahmaṇe namo brahmāṇa iti
triṣkr̥tvo brahmaṇe namaskr̥tya:
varaṃ dadāmi jityā abʰijityai vijityai saṃjityā iti vācaṃ visr̥jate
Sentence: 6 sa yan:
namo brahmaṇe namo brahmaṇe namo brahmaṇa iti
triṣkr̥tvo brahmaṇe namaskaroti,
brahmaṇa eva tat kṣatraṃ vaśam eti.
tad yatra vai brahmaṇaḥ kṣatraṃ vaśam eti,
tad rāṣṭraṃ samr̥ddʰaṃ tad vīravad, ā hāsmin vīro jāyate
Sentence: 7 'tʰa yad:
varaṃ dadāmi jityā abʰijityai vijityai saṃjityā iti vācaṃ visr̥jata,
etad vai vāco jitaṃ yad dadāmīty āha.
yad eva vāco jitā+m \ tan ma idam anu karma saṃtiṣṭhātā iti
Sentence: 8 visr̥jya vācam upottʰāyāhavanīye samidʰam abʰyādadʰāti
Sentence: 9 samid asi sam v eṅkṣvendriyeṇa vīryeṇa svāhetī/ndriyeṇaiva
Sentence: 10 tad vīryeṇātmānam antataḥ samardʰayaty
Sentence: 11 ādʰāya samidʰaṃ trīṇi padāni prāṅ udaṅṅ abʰyutkrāmati
Sentence: 12 kḷptir asi diśām mayi devebʰyaḥ kalpata \
kalpatām me yogakṣemo 'bʰayam me 'stv
Sentence: 13 ity aparājitāṃ diśam upatiṣṭhate jitasyaivāpunaḥparājayāya.
taitad itī+m̐
Sentence: 1 devāsurā vā eṣu lokeṣu saṃyetire.
ta etasyām prācyāṃ diśi yetire, tāṃs tato 'surā ajayaṃs.
te dakṣiṇasyāṃ diśi yetire, tāṃs tato 'surā ajayaṃs.
te pratīcyāṃ diśi yetire, tāṃs tato 'surā ajayaṃs.
ta udīcyāṃ diśi yetire, tāṃs tato 'surā ajayaṃs.
ta etasminn avāntāradeśe yetire ya eṣa prāṅ udaṅ, te ha tato jigyus
Sentence: 2 taṃ yadi kṣatriya upadʰāvet senayoḥ samāyatyos:
tatʰā me kuru yatʰāham imāṃ senāṃ jayānīti:
sa yadi tatʰeti brūyād, vanaspate vīḍvaṅgo hi bʰūyā ity
asya ratʰopastʰam abʰimr̥śyātʰainam brūyād
Sentence: 3 ātiṣṭhasvaitāṃ te diśam abʰimukʰaḥ saṃnaddʰo ratʰo 'bʰi pravartatāṃ,
sa udaṅ sa pratyaṅ sa dakṣiṇā sa prāṅ so 'bʰy amitraṃ ity
Sentence: 4 abʰīvartena haviṣety evainam āvartayed,
atʰainam anvīkṣetāpratiratʰena śāsena sauparṇeneti
Sentence: 5 jayati ha tāṃ senāṃ
Sentence: 6 yady u vā enam upadʰāvet saṃgrāmaṃ saṃyatiṣyamāṇas:
tatʰā me kuru yatʰāham imaṃ saṃgrāmaṃ saṃjayānīty,
etasyām evainaṃ diśi yātayej.
jayati ha taṃ saṃgrāmaṃ
Sentence: 7 yady u vā enam upadʰāved rāṣṭrād aparudʰyamānas:
tatʰā me kuru yatʰāham idaṃ rāṣṭram punar avagacʰānīty,
etām evainaṃ diśam upaniṣktamavet.
tatʰā ha rāṣṭram punar avagacʰaty
Sentence: 8 upastʰāyāmitrāṇāṃ vyapanuttim bruvan gr̥hān abʰyety:
apa prāca indra viśvām̐ amitrān iti,
sarvato hāsmā anamitram abʰayam bʰavaty, uttarottariṇīṃ ha śriyam aśnute,
'śnute ha prajānām aiśvaryam ādʰipatyaṃ
ya evam etām amitrāṇāṃ vyapanuttim bruvan gr̥hān abʰyety
Sentence: 9 etya gr̥hān paścād gr̥hyasyāgner upaviṣṭāyānvātabdʰāya
r̥tvig antataḥ kaṃsena caturgr̥hītas tisra ājyāhutīr aindrīḥ
prapadaṃ juhoty anārtyā ariṣṭyā ajyānyā abʰayāya
Sentence: 1 pary ū ṣu pra dʰanva vājasataye pari vr̥trā -
bʰūr brahma prāṇam amr̥tam prapadyate
'yam asau śarma varmābʰayaṃ svastaye \
saha prajayā saha paśubʰir -
ṇi sakṣaṇir dviṣas taradʰyā r̥ṇayā na īyase svāhā \\
Sentence: 2 ano hi tvā sutaṃ soma madāmasi mahe sama -
bʰuvo brahma prāṇam amr̥tam prapadyate
'yam asau śarma varmābʰayaṃ svastaye \
saha prajayā saha paśubʰi -
ryarājye vājām̐ abʰi pavamāna pra gāhaśe svāhā \\
Sentence: 3 ajījano hi pavamāna sūryaṃ vidʰāre śa -
svar brahma prāṇam amr̥tam prapadyate
'yam asau śarma varmābʰayaṃ svastaye \
saha prajayā saha paśubʰiḥ -
kmanā payo gojīrayā raṃhamāṇaḥ puraṃdʰyā svāhety
Sentence: 4 anārto ha vā ariṣṭo 'jītaḥ sarvāto guptas trayyai vidyāyai rūpeṇa
sarvā diśo 'nusaṃcaraty aindre loke pratiṣṭhito,
yasmā etā r̥tvig antataḥ kaṃsena caturgr̥hītās
tisra ājyāhutīr aindrīḥ prapadaṃ juhoty
Sentence: 5 atʰāntataḥ prajātim āśāste gavām aśvānām puruṣāṇām:
iha gāvaḥ pra jāyadʰvam ihāśvā iha pūruṣāḥ \
iho sahasradakṣiṇo vīras trātā ni ṣīdatv iti
Sentence: 6 bāhur ha vai prajayā paśubʰir bʰavati
ya evam etām antataḥ prajātim āśāste gavām aśvānām puruṣāṇām
Sentence: 7 eṣa ha vāva kṣatriyo 'vikr̥ṣṭo, yam evaṃvido yājayanty
Sentence: 8 atʰa ha taṃ vy eva karṣante -
yatʰā ha vā idaṃ niṣādā vā selagā vā pāpakr̥to vā vittavantam puruṣam
araṇye gr̥tʰītvā kartam anvasya vittam ādāya dravanty,
evam eva ta r̥tvijo yajamānaṃ kartam anvasya vittam ādāya dravanti -
yam anevaṃvido yājayanty
Sentence: 9 etad dʰa sma vai tad vidvān āha Janamejayaḥ Pārikṣita:
evaṃvidaṃ hi vai mām evaṃvido yājayanti.
tasmād aham jayāmy abʰītvarīṃ senāṃ, jayāmy abʰītvaryā senayā.
na mā divyā na mānuṣya iṣava r̥cʰaniy,
eṣyāmi sarvam āyuḥ, sarvabʰūmir bʰaviṣyāmīti
Sentence: 10 na ha vā enaṃ divyā na mānuṣya iṣava r̥cʰanty,
eti sarvam āyuḥ, sarvabʰūmir bʰavati, yam evaṃvido yājayanti yājayanti
Sentence: 1 atʰāta aindro mahābʰiṣekas
Sentence: 2 te devā abruvan saprajāpatikā:
ayaṃ vai devānām ojiṣṭho baliṣṭhaḥ sahiṣṭhaḥ sattamaḥ pārayiṣṇutama,
imam evābʰiṣiñcāmahā iti. tatʰeti.
tad vai tad Indram eva
Sentence: 3 tasmā etām āsandīṃ samabʰarann r̥caṃ nāma.
tasyai br̥hac ca ratʰaṃtaraṃ ca pūrvau pādāv akurvan,
vairūpaṃ ca vairājaṃ cāparau,
śākvararaivate śīrṣaṇye, naudʰasaṃ ca kāleyaṃ cānūcye,
r̥caḥ prācīnātānān, sāmāni tiraścīnavāyān, yajūṃṣy atīkāśān,
yaśa āstaraṇaṃ, śriyam upabarhaṇaṃ.
tasyai Savitā ca Br̥haspatiś ca pūrvau pādāv adʰārayatāṃ,
Vāyuś ca Pūṣā cāparau, Mitrāvaruṇau śīrṣaṇye, Aśvināv anūcye.
sa etām āsandīm ārohad
Sentence: 4 Vasavas tvā gāyatreṇa cʰandasā trivr̥tā stomena ratʰaṃtareṇa sāmnārohantu,
tān anv ārohāmi sāmrājyāya.
Rudrās tvā traiṣṭubʰena cʰandasā pañcadaśena stomena br̥hata sāmnārohantu,
tān anv ārohāmi bʰaujyāyā,
dityās tvā jāgatena cʰandasā saptadaśena stomena vairūpeṇa sāmnārohantu,
tān anv ārohāmi svārājyāya.
Viśve tvā devā ānuṣṭubʰena cʰandasaikaviṃśena
stomena vairājena sāmnārohantu, tān anv ārohāmi vairājyāya.
Sādʰyāś ca tvāptyāś ca devāḥ pāṅktena cʰandasā triṇavena
stomena śākvareṇa sāmnārohantu, tān anv ārohāmi rājyāya.
Marutaś ca tvāṅgirasaś ca devā aticʰandasā cʰandasā trayastriṅśena
stomena raivatena sāmnārohantu,
tān anv ārohāmi pārameṣṭhyāya māhārājyāyādʰipatyāya
svāvaśyāyātiṣṭhāyārohāmīty etām āsandīm ārohat
Sentence: 5 tam etasyām āsandyām āsīnaṃ viśve devā abruvan:
na vā anabʰyutkruṣṭa Indro vīryaṃ kartum arhaty,
abʰy enam utkrośāmeti. taitieti.
tāṃ viśve devā abʰyudakrośann:
imaṃ devā abʰyutkrośata samrājaṃ sāmrājyam bʰojam bʰojapitaraṃ
svarājaṃ svārājyaṃ virājaṃ vairājyaṃ
rājānaṃ rājapitaram parameṣṭinam pārameṣṭhyaṃ.
kṣatram ajani, kṣatriyo 'jani, viśvasya bʰūtasyādʰipatir ajani,
viśām attājani, purām bʰettājany,
asurāṇāṃ hantājani, brahmāṇo goptājani, dʰarmasya goptājanīti
Sentence: 6 tam abʰyutkruṣṭam Prajāpatir abʰiṣekṣyann etayarcābʰyamantrayata
Sentence: 1 ni ṣasāda dʰr̥tavrato varuṇaḥ pastyāsv ā \
sāmrājyāya bʰaujyāya svārājyāya vairājyāya pārameṣṭhyāya rājyāya
māhārājyāyādʰipatyāya svāvaśyāyātiṣṭhāya suktatur iti
Sentence: 2 tam etasyām āsandyām āsīnam Prajāpatiḥ purastāt tiṣṭhan pratyaṅmukʰa
audumbaryārdrayā śākʰayā sapalāśayā jātarūpamayena ca
pavitreṇāntardʰāyābʰyaṣiñcad imā āpaḥ śivatamā ity etena tr̥cena,
devasya tveti ca yajuṣā, bʰūr bʰuvaḥ svar ity etābʰiś ca vyāhr̥tibʰiḥ
Sentence: 1 atʰainam prācyāṃ diśi Vasavo devāḥ ṣaḍbʰiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobʰir
abʰyaṣiñcann etena ca tr̥cenaitena ca yajuṣaitābʰiś ca
vyāhr̥tibʰiḥ sāmrājyāya
Sentence: 2 tasmād etasyām prācyāṃ diśi ye keca prācyānāṃ rājānaḥ sāmrājyāyaiva
te 'bʰiṣicyante, samrāḷ ity
enān abʰiṣiktān ācakṣata etām eva devānāṃ vihitim anv
Sentence: 3 atʰainaṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ diśi Rudrā devāḥ ṣaḍbʰiś
caiva pañcāviṃśair ahobʰir abʰyaṣiñcann etena ca tr̥cenaitena
ca yajuṣaitābʰiś ca vyābr̥tibʰir bʰaujyāya.
tasmād etasyāṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ diśi ye keca Satvatāṃ
rājāno bʰaujyāyaiva te 'bʰiṣicyante,
bʰojety enān abʰiṣiktān ācakṣata etām eva devānāṃ vihitim anv.
atʰainam pratīcyāṃ diśy Ādityā devāḥ ṣaḍbʰiś
caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobʰir abʰyaṣiñcanu etena
ca tr̥cenaitena ca yajuṣaitābʰiś ca vyāhr̥tibʰiḥ svārājyāya.
tasmād etasyām pratīcyāṃ diśi ye keca nīcyānāṃ rājāno ye 'pācyānāṃ
svārājyāyaiva te 'bʰiṣicyante svarāḷ ity
enān abʰiṣiktān ācakṣata etām eva devānāṃ vihitim anv.
atʰainam udīcyāṃ diśi Viśve devāḥ ṣaḍbʰiś
caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobʰir abʰyaṣiñcann etena ca tr̥cenaitena ca
yajuṣaitābʰiś ca vyāhr̥tibʰir vairājyāya.
tasmād etasyām udīcyāṃ diśi ye keca pareṇa Himavantaṃ
janapadā Uttatakurava Uttaramadrā iti vairājyāyaiva te 'bʰiṣicyante,
virāḷ ity enān abʰiṣiktān ācakṣata etām eva devānāṃ vihitim anv.
atʰainam asyāṃ dʰruvāyām madʰyamāyām pratiṣṭhāyāṃ diśi
Sādʰyāś cāptyāś ca devāḥ ṣaḍbʰiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobʰir abʰyaṣiñcann
etena ca tr̥cenatiena ca yajuṣaitābʰiś ca vyāhr̥tibʰī rājyāya.
tasmād asyāṃ dʰruvāyām madʰyamāyām pratiṣṭhāyāṃ disi ye keca
Kurupañcālānāṃ rājānaḥ savaśośīnarāṇāṃ rājyāyaiva te 'bʰiṣicyante,
rājety enān abʰiṣiktān ācakṣata etām eva devānāṃ vihitim anv.
atʰainam ūrdʰvāyāṃ diśi Marutaś cāṅgirasaś ca devāḥ ṣaḍbʰiś
caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobʰir abʰyaṣiñcann etena ca tr̥cenaitena
ca yajuṣaitābʰiś ca vyāhr̥tbʰiḥ pārameṣṭhyāya māhārājyāyādʰipatyāya
svāvaśyāyātiṣṭhāyeti.
sa parameṣṭhī prājāpatyo 'bʰavat
Sentence: 4 sa etena mahābʰiṣekeṇābʰiṣikta Indraḥ sarvā jitīr ajayat,
sarvām̐l lokān avindat,
sarveṣāṃ devānāṃ śraiṣṭhyam atiṣṭhām paramātam agacʰat,
sāmrājyam bʰaujyaṃ svārājyaṃ vairājyam pārameṣṭhyaṃ rājyam
māhārājyam ādʰipatyaṃ jitvāsmim̐l loke svayambʰūḥ svarāḷ amr̥to,
'muṣmin svarge loke sarvān kāmān āptvāmr̥taḥ samabʰavat samabʰavat
Sentence: 1 sa ya icʰed evaṃvit kṣatriyam:
āyaṃ sarvā jitīr jayetāyaṃ sarvām̐l lokān vindetāyaṃ sarveṣāṃ rājñāṃ
śraiṣṭhyam atiṣṭhām paramatāṃ gacʰeta sāmrājyam bʰaujyaṃ svārājyaṃ
vairājyam pārameṣṭhyaṃ rājyam māhārājyam ādʰipatyam,
ayaṃ samantaparyāyī syāt sārvabʰaumaḥ sārvāyuṣa,
āntād ā pararārdʰāt pr̥tʰivyai samudraparyantāyā ekarāḷ iti:
taṃ etenaindreṇa mahābʰiṣekeṇa kṣatriyaṃ śāpayitvā 'bʰiṣiñced
Sentence: 2 yāṃ ca rātrīm ՚1 ajāyatʰā yāṃ ca pretāsi, tad ubʰayam antareṇeṣṭāpūrtaṃ
te lokaṃ sukr̥tam āyuḥ prajāṃ ՚1 vr̥ñjīya yadi me druhyer iti
Sentence: 3 sa ya icʰed evaṃvit kṣatriyo:
'haṃ sarvā jitīr jayeyam, ahaṃ sarvāṃl lokān vindeyam,
ahaṃ sarveṣāṃ rājñāṃ śraiṣṭhyam atiṣṭhām paramatāṃ
gacʰeyaṃ sāmrājyam bʰaujyaṃ svārājyam vairājyam pārameṣṭhyaṃ
rājyam māhārājyam ādʰipatyam,
ahaṃ samantaparyāyī syāṃ sārvabʰaumaḥ sārvāyuṣa,
āntād ā parārdʰat pr̥tʰivyai samudraparyantāyā ekarāḷ iti:
sa na vicikitset, sa brūyat saha śraddʰayā:
yāṃ ca rātrīm ajāye 'haṃ yāṃ ca pretāsmi,
tad ubʰayam antareṇeṣṭāpūrtam me lokaṃ sukr̥tam āyuḥ prajāṃ
vr̥ñjītʰā yadi te druhyeyam iti
Sentence: 1 atʰa tato brūyac:
catuṣṭayāni vānaspatyāni sambʰarata,
naiyagrodʰāny audumbarāṇy āśvattʰāni plākṣāṇīti
Sentence: 2 kṣatraṃ vā etad vanaspatīnāṃ yan nyagrodʰo:
yan naiyagrodʰāni sambʰaranti, kṣatram evāsmiṃs tad dadʰāti.
bʰaujyaṃ vā etad vanaspatīnāṃ yad udumbaro:
yad audumbarāṇi sambʰaranti, bʰaujyam evāsmiṃs tad dadʰāti.
sāmrājyaṃ vā etad vanaspatīnāṃ yad aśvattʰo:
yad āśvattʰāni sambʰaranti, sāmrājyam evāsmiṃs tad dadʰāti.
svārājyaṃ ca ha vā etad vairājyaṃ ca vanaspatīnāṃ yat plakṣo:
yat plākṣāṇi sambʰaranti, svārājyavairājye evāsmiṃs tad dadʰāty
Sentence: 3 atʰa tato brūyāc:
catuṣṭayāny auṣadʰāni sambʰarata,
tokmakr̥tāni vrīhīṇām mahāvrīhīṇām priyaṃgūnāṃ yavānām iti
Sentence: 4 kṣatraṃ vā etad oṣadʰīnāṃ yad vrīhayo:
yad vrīhīṇāṃ tokma sambʰaranti, kṣatram evāsmiṃs tad dadʰāti.
sāmrājyaṃ vā etad oṣadʰīnāṃ yan mahāvrīhayo:
yan māhāvrīhīṇāṃ tokma sambʰaranti, sāmrājyam evāsmiṃs tad dadʰāti.
bʰaujyaṃ vā etad oṣadʰīnāṃ yat priyaṃgavo:
yat priyaṃgūnāṃ tokma sambʰaranti, bʰaujyam evāsmiṃs tad dadʰāti.
sainānyaṃ vā etad oṣadʰīnāṃ yad yavā.
yad yavānāṃ tokma sambʰaranti, sainānyam evāsmiṃs tad dadʰāti
Sentence: 1 atʰāsmā audumbarīm āsandīṃ sambʰaranti, tasyā uktam brāhmaṇam.
audumbaraś camaso vā pātrī vodumbaraśākʰā.
tān etān sambʰārān sambʰr̥tyaudumbaryām pātryāṃ vā camase vā samāvapeyus,
teṣu samopteṣu dadʰi madʰu sarpir ātapavarṣyā āpo
'bʰyānīya pratiṣṭhāpyaitam āsandīm abʰimantrayeta
Sentence: 2 br̥hac ca te ratʰaṃtaraṃ ca pūrvau pādau bʰavatāṃ,
vairūpaṃ ca vairājaṃ cāparau, śākvararaivate śīrṣaṇye,
naudʰasaṃ ca kāleyaṃ cānūcye, r̥caḥ prācīnātānāh sāmāni tiraścīnavāyā,
yajūṃṣy atīkāśā, yaśa āstaraṇaṃ, śrīr upabarhaṇaṃ.
Savitā ca te Br̥haspatiś ca pūrvau pādau dʰārayatāṃ,
Vāyuś ca Pūṣā cāparau, Mitrāvaruṇau śīrṣaṇye, Aśvināv anūcye ity
Sentence: 3 atʰainaṃ etām āsandīm ārohayed
Sentence: 4 Vasavas tvā gāyatreṇa cʰandasā trivr̥tā stomena ratʰaṃtareṇa sāmnārohantu,
tān anv āroha sāmrājyāya.
Rudrās tvā traiṣṭubʰena cʰandasā pañcadaśena stomena br̥hatā sāmnārohantu,
tān anv āroha bʰaujyāyā, dityās tvā jāgatena cʰandasā
saptadaśena stomena vairūpeṇa sāmnārohantu, tān anv āroha svārājyāya.
Viśve tvā devā ānuṣṭubʰena cʰandasaikaviṃśena stomena vairājena
sāmnārohantu, tān anv āroha vairājyāya.
Marutaś ca tvāṅgirasaś ca devā aticʰandasā cʰandasā trayastriṃśena
stomena raivatena sāmnārohantu, tān anv āroha pārameṣṭhyāya.
Sādʰyāś ca tvāptyāś ca devāḥ pāṅktena cʰandasā
triṇavena stomena śākvareṇa sāmnārohantu,
tān anv āroha rājyāya māhārājyāyādʰipatyāya svāvaśyāyātiṣṭhāyārohety
etām āsandīm ārohayet
Sentence: 5 tam etasyām āsandyām āsīnaṃ rājakartāro brūyur:
na vā anabʰyutkruṣṭaḥ kṣatriyo vīryaṃ kartum arhaty,
abʰy enam utkrośāmeti. tatʰeti.
taṃ rājakartāro 'bʰyutkrośantī,maṃ janā abʰyutkrośata samrājaṃ
sāmrājyam bʰojam bʰojapitaraṃ svarājaṃ svārājyaṃ virājaṃ vairājyam
parameṣṭhinam pārameṣṭhyaṃ rājānāṃ rājapitaraṃ.
kṣatram ajani, kṣatriyo 'jani, viśvasya bʰūtasyādʰipatir ajani,
viśām attājany, amitrāṇāṃ hantājani, brāhmaṇānām goptājani,
dʰarmasya goptājanīti
Sentence: 6 tam abʰyutkruṣṭam evaṃvid abʰiṣekṣyann etayarcābʰimantrayeta
Sentence: 1 ni ṣasāda dʰr̥tavrato varuṇaḥ pastyāsv ā \
sāmrājyāya bʰaujyāya svārājyāya vairājyāya pārameṣṭhyāya
rājyāya māhārājyāyādʰipatyāya svāvaśyāyātiṣṭhāya sukratur iti.
tam etasyām āsandyām āsīnam evaṃvit purastāt tiṣṭhan pratyaṅmukʰa
audumbaryārdrayā śākʰayā sapalāśayā jātarūpamayena ca
pavitreṇāntardʰāyābʰiṣiñcatimā āpaḥ śivatamā ity etena tr̥cena,
devasya tveti ca yajuṣā, bʰūr bʰuvaḥ svar ity etābʰiś ca vyāhr̥tibʰiḥ
Sentence: 1 prācyāṃ tvā diśi Vasavo devāḥ ṣaḍbʰiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobʰir
abʰiṣiñcantv etena ca tr̥cenaitena ca
yajuṣaitābʰiś ca vyāhr̥tibʰiḥ sāmrājyāya.
dakṣiṇasyāṃ tvā diśi Rudrā devāḥ ṣaḍbʰiś caiva pañcaviṃśair
ahobʰir abʰiṣiñcantv etena ca tr̥cenaitena ca yajuṣaitābʰiś
ca vyāhr̥tibʰir bʰaujyāya.
pratīcyāṃ tvā diśy Ādityā devāḥ ṣaḍbʰiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobʰir
abʰiṣiñcantv etena ca tr̥cenaitena ca yajuṣaitābʰiś ca vyāhr̥tibʰiḥ
svārājyāyo,dīcyāṃ tvā diśi Viśve devāḥ ṣaḍbʰiś
caiva pañcavinśair ahobʰir abʰiṣiñcantv etena ca tr̥cenaitenā ca
yajuṣaitābʰiś cā vyāhr̥tibʰir vairājyāyo,rdʰvāyāṃ tvā diśi Marutaś
cāṅgirāsaś ca devāḥ ṣaḍbʰiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobʰir abʰiṣiñcantv
etena ca tr̥cenaitena ca yajuṣaitābʰiś ca vyāhbr̥tibʰiḥ pārameṣṭhyāyā,syāṃ
tvā dʰruvāyāṃ madʰyamāyām pratiṣṭhāyāṃ diśi Sādʰyāś cāptyāś ca
devāḥ ṣaḍbʰiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobʰir abʰiṣiñcantv etena
ca tr̥cenaitena ca yajuṣaitābʰiś ca
vyāhr̥tibʰī rājyāya māhārājyādʰipatyāya svāvaśyāyādʰiṣṭhāyeti.
sa parameṣṭhī prājāpatyo bʰavati
Sentence: 2 sa etenaindrena mahābʰiṣekeṇābʰiṣiktaḥ kṣatriyaḥ sarvā jitīr jayati,
sarvāṃl lokān vindati,
sarveṣāṃ rājñāṃ śraiṣṭhyam atiṣṭhām paramatāṃ gacʰati,
sāmrājyam bʰaujyaṃ svārājyam pārameṣṭhyaṃ
rājyam māhārājyam ādʰipatyaṃ jitvāsmim̐l loke svayambʰūḥ svarāḷ amr̥to,
'muṣmin svarge loke sarvān kāmān āptvāmr̥taḥ sambʰavati
yam etenanidrena mahābʰiṣekeṇa kṣatriyaṃ śāpayitvā bʰiṣiñcati
Sentence: 1 indriyaṃ vā etad asmim̐l loke yad dadʰi:
yad dadʰnābʰiṣiñcatīndriyam evāsmiṃs tad dadʰāti.
raso vā eṣa oṣadʰivanaspatiṣu yan madʰu:
yan madʰvābʰiṣiñcati, rasam evāsmiṃs tad dadʰāti.
tejo vā etat paśūnāṃ yad gʰr̥taṃ:
yad gʰr̥tenābʰiṣiñcati, teja evāsmiṃs tad dadʰāty.
amr̥taṃ vā etad asmim̐l loke yad āpo:
yad adbʰir abʰiṣiñcaty, amr̥tatvam evāsmiṃs tad dadʰāti
Sentence: 2 so 'bʰiṣikto 'bʰiṣektre brāhmaṇāya hiraṇyaṃ dadyāt,
sahasraṃ dadyāt, kṣetraṃ catuṣpād dadyād.
atʰāpy āhur:
asaṃkʰyātam evāparimitaṃ dadyād;
aparimito vai kṣatriyo 'parimitasyāvaruddʰyā ity
Sentence: 3 atʰāsmai surākaṃsaṃ hasta ādadʰāti:
svādiṣṭhayā madiṣṭhayā pavasva soma dʰārayā \
indrāya pātave suta iti
Sentence: 4 tām pibed:
yad atra śiṣṭaṃ rasinaḥ sutasya yad indro apibac cʰacībʰiḥ \
idaṃ tad asya manasā śivena somaṃ rājānam iha bʰakṣāyami \\
abʰi tvā vr̥ṣabʰā sute sutaṃ sr̥jāmi pītaye \
tr̥mpa vy aśnuhī madam iti
Sentence: 5 yo ha vāva somapītʰaḥ surāyām praviṣṭaḥ,
sa haiva tenaindreṇa mahābʰiṣekeṇābʰiṣiktasya kṣatriyasya bʰakṣito
bʰavati na surā
Sentence: 6 tām pītvābʰimantrayeta,pāma somaṃ, śaṃ no bʰaveti
Sentence: 7 tad yatʰaivādaḥ priyaḥ putraḥ pitaram priyā vā jāyā
patiṃ sukʰaṃ śivam upaspr̥śaty ā visrasa,
evaṃ haivaitenaindreṇa mahābʰiṣekeṇābʰiṣiktasya kṣatriyasya surā
vā somo vānyad vānnādyaṃ sukʰaṃ śivam upaspr̥śaty ā visrasaḥ
Sentence: 1 etena ha vā aindrena mahābʰiṣekeṇa Turaḥ Kāvaṣeyo Janamejayam
Pārikṣitam abʰiṣiṣeca.
tasmād u Janamejayaḥ Pārikṣitaḥ samantaṃ sarvataḥ pr̥tʰivīn
jayan parīyāyāśvena ca medʰyeneje
Sentence: 2 tad eṣābʰi yajñagātʰā gīyate \
Sentence: 3 Āsandīvati dʰānyādaṃ rukmiṇaṃ haritasrajam \
aśvam bahandʰa sāraṅgaṃ devebʰyo Janamejaya ity
Sentence: 4 etena ha vā anidreṇa mahābʰiṣekeṇa Cyavano
Bʰārgavaḥ Śāryātam Mānavam abʰiṣiṣeca.
tasmād u Śāryāto Mānavaḥ samantaṃ sarvataḥ pr̥tʰivīṃ
jayan parīyāyāśvena ca medʰyeneje,
devānāṃ hāpi satre gr̥hapatir āsai/tena
Sentence: 5 ha vā aindreṇa mahābʰiṣekeṇa Somaśuṣmā Vājaratnāyanaḥ
Śatānīkaṃ Sātrājitam abʰiṣiṣeca.
tasmād u Śatanīkaḥ Sātrājitaḥ samantaṃ sarvataḥ
pr̥tʰivīṃ jayan parīyāyāśvena ca medʰyeneja
Sentence: 6 etena ha vā aindreṇa mahābʰiṣekeṇa
Parvatanāradāv Āmbāṣṭhyam abʰiṣiṣicatus .
tasmād v Āmbāṣṭhyaḥ samantaṃ sarvataḥ pr̥tʰivīṃ
jayan parīyāyāśvena ca medʰyeneja
Sentence: 7 etena ha vā aindreṇa mahābʰiṣekeṇa Parvatanāradau Yudʰāṃśrauṣṭim
arṅgrasainyam abʰiṣiṣicatus.
tasmād u Yudʰāṃśrauṣṭir Augrasainyaḥ samantaṃ
sarvataḥ pr̥tʰivīṃ jayan parīyāyāśvena ca medʰyeneja
Sentence: 8 etena ha vā aindreṇā mahābʰiṣekeṇā Kaśyapo
Viśvakarmāṇam Bʰauvanam abʰiṣiṣeca.
tasmād u Viśvakarmā Bʰauvanaḥ samantaṃ sarvataḥ pr̥tʰivīṃ
jayan parīyāyāśvena ca medʰyeneje
Sentence: 9 bʰūmir ha jagāv, ity udāharanti
Sentence: 10 na mā martyaḥ kaś cana dātum arhati
Viśvakarman Bʰauvana māṃ didāsitʰa \
nimaṅkṣye 'haṃ salilasya madʰye
mogʰas ta eṣa Kaśyapāyāsa saṃgara
ity
Sentence: 11 etena ha vā aindreṇa mahābʰiṣekeṇa Vasiṣṭhah
Sudāsam Paijavanam abʰiṣiṣeca.
tasmād u Sudāḥ Paijavanaḥ samantaṃ sarvataḥ pr̥tʰivīṃ
jayan parīyāyāśvena ca medʰyeneja
Sentence: 12 etena ha vā aindreṇa mahābʰiṣekeṇa Saṃvarta
Āṅgiraso Maruttam avikṣitam abʰiṣiṣeca.
tasmād u Marotta Āvikṣitaḥ samantaṃ
sarvataḥ pr̥tʰivīṃ jayan parīyāyāśvena ca medʰyeneje
Sentence: 13 tad apy eṣa śloko 'bʰigīto
Sentence: 14 Marutaḥ pariveṣṭāro Maruttasyāvasan gr̥he \
Āvikṣitasya Kāmaprer viśve devāḥ sabʰāsada
iti
Sentence: 1 etena ha vā aindreṇa mahābʰiṣekeṇodamaya Ātreyo 'ṅgam abʰiṣiṣeca.
tasmād v Āṅgaḥ samantaṃ sarvataḥ pr̥tʰivīṃ
jayan parīyāyāśvena ca medʰyeneje
Sentence: 2 sa hovācālopāṅgo:
daśa nāgasahasrāṇi daśa dāsīsahasrāṇi dadāmi te brāhmaṇopa
māsmin yajñe hvayasveti
Sentence: 3 tad apy ete ślokā abʰigītāḥ \
Sentence: 4 yābʰir gobʰir Udamayam Praiyamedʰā ayājayan \
dve-dve sahasre badvānām Ātreyo madʰyato 'dadāt \\
Sentence: 5 aṣṭāśītisahasrāṇi śvetān Vairocano hayān \
praṣṭīn niścr̥tya prāyacʰad yajamāne purohite \\
Sentence: 6 deśād-deśāt samoḷhānāṃ sarvāsām āḍhyaduhitr̥ṇām \
daśādadāt sahasrāṇy Ātreyo niṣkakaṇṭhyaḥ \\
Sentence: 7 daśa nāgasahasrāṇi dattvātreyo 'vacatnuke \
śrāntaḥ pārikuṭān praipsad dānenāṅgasya brāhmaṇaḥ \\
Sentence: 8 śataṃ tubʰyaṃ śataṃ tubʰyam iti smaiva pratāmyati \
sahāsraṃ tubʰyam ity uktvā prāṇān sma pratipadyata
iti
Sentence: 1 Etena ha vā aindreṇa mahābʰiṣekeṇa Dīrgʰatamā
Māmateyo Bʰarataṃ Dauḥṣantim abʰiṣiṣeca.
tasmād u Bʰarato Dauḥṣantiḥ samantaṃ sarvataḥ pr̥tʰivīṃ
jayan parīyāyāśvair u ca medʰyair īje
Sentence: 2 tad apy ete ślokā abʰigītāḥ \
Sentence: 3 hiraṇyena pārivr̥tān kr̥ṣṇāñ cʰukladato mr̥gān \
Maṣṇāre Bʰarato 'dadāc cʰatam badvāni sapta ca \\
Sentence: 4 Bʰaratasyaiṣa Dauḥṣanter agniḥ Sācīguṇe citaḥ \
yasmin sahasram brāhmaṇā badvaśo gā vibʰejire \\
Sentence: 5 aṣṭāsaptatim Bʰarato Dauḥṣantir Yamunām anu \
Gaṅgāyāṃ Vr̥tragʰne 'badʰnāt pañcapañcāśataṃ hayān \\
Sentence: 6 trayastriṃśaccʰataṃ rājāśvān baddʰvāya medʰyān \
Dauḥṣantir atyagād rājño ՚0 'māyān ՚0 māyavattaraḥ \\
Sentence: 7 mahākarma Bʰaratasya na pūrve nāpare janāḥ \
divam martya iva hastābʰyāṃ nodāpuḥ pañca mānavā
ity
Sentence: 8 etaṃ ha vā aindram mahābʰiṣekam Br̥haduktʰa
r̥ṣir Durmukʰāya Pāñcālāya provāca.
tasmād u Durmukʰaḥ Pāñcālo rājā san vidyayā samantaṃ
sarvataḥ pr̥tʰivīṃ jayan parīyāyai/taṃ
Sentence: 9 ha vā aindram mahābʰiṣekaṃ Vāsiṣṭhaḥ Sātyahavyo
'tyarātaye Jānaṃtapaye provāca.
tasmād v Atyatrātir Jānaṃtapir arājā san vidyayā
samantaṃ sarvataḥ pr̥tʰivīṃ jayan parīyāya
Sentence: 10 sa hovāca Vāsiṣṭhaḥ Sātyahavyo:
'jaiṣīr vai samantaṃ sarvataḥ pr̥tʰivīm, mahan mā gamayeti.
sa hovācātyarātir Jānaṃtapir:
yadā brāhmaṇottarakurūñ jayeyam,
atʰa tvam u haiva pr̥tʰivyai rājā syāḥ,
senāpatir eva te 'haṃ syām iti.
sa hovāca Vāsiṣṭhaḥ Sātyahavyo:
devakṣetraṃ vai tan, na vai tan martyo jetum arhaty:
adrukṣo vai ma, āta idaṃ dada iti.
tato hātyarātiṃ Jānaṃtapim āttavīryaṃ niḥśukram Amitratapanaḥ
Śuṣmiṇaḥ Śaibyo rājā jagʰāna
Sentence: 11 tasmād evaṃ viduṣe brāhmaṇāyaivaṃ cakruṣe na kṣatriyo druhyen:
ned rāṣṭrad ՚1 avapadyeya, ned vā mā prāṇo jahad iti jahad iti
Sentence: 1 atʰātaḥ purodʰāyā eva
Sentence: 2 na ha vā apurohitasya rajño devā annam adanti.
tasmād rājā yakṣyamāṇo brāhmaṇam purodadʰīta:
devā me 'nnam adann ity
Sentence: 3 agnīn vā eṣa svargyān rājoddʰarate yat purohitaṃ
Sentence: 4 tasya purohita evāhavanīyo bʰavati,
jāyā gārhapatyaḥ, putro 'nvāhāryapacanaḥ.
sa yat purohitāya karoty āhavanīya eva taj juboty,
atʰa yaj jāyāyai karoti gārhapatya eya taj juhoty,
atʰa yat putrāya karoty anvāhāryapacana eva taj juhoti.
ta enaṃ śāntatanavo 'bʰihutā abʰiprītāḥ svargaṃ lokam
abʰivahanti kṣatraṃ ca balaṃ ca rāṣṭraṃ ca viśaṃ ca
Sentence: 5 ta evainam aśāntatanavo 'nabʰibutā anabʰiprītāḥ svargāl
lokān nudante kṣatrāc ca balāc ca rāṣṭrāc ca viśaś cā/gnir
Sentence: 6 vā eṣa vaiśvānaraḥ pañcamenir yat purohitas.
tasya vācy evaikā menir bʰavati pādayor ekā
tvacy ekā hr̥daya ekopastʰa ekā.
tābʰir jvalantībʰir dīpyamānābʰir upodeti rājānaṃ.
sa yad āha:
kva bʰagavo 'vātsīs, tr̥ṇāny asmā āharateti,
tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsya vāci menir bʰavaty.
atʰa yad asmā udakam ānayanti pādyaṃ,
tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsya pādayor menir bʰavaty.
atʰa yad enam alaṃkurvanti,
tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsya tvaci menir bʰavaty.
atʰa yad enaṃ tarpayanti,
tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsya hr̥daye menir bʰavaty.
atʰa yad asyānāruddʰo veśmasu vasati,
tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsyopastʰe menir bʰavati
Sentence: 7 sa enaṃ śāntatanur abʰihuto 'bʰiprītaḥ svargaṃ lokam
abʰivahati kṣatraṃ ca balaṃ ca rāṣṭraṃ ca viśaṃ ca.
sa evainam aśāntatanur anabʰihuto 'nabʰiprītaḥ svārgal lokān
nudate kṣatrāc ca balāc ca rāṣṭrāc ca viśaś ca
Sentence: 1 agnir vā eṣa vaiśvānaraḥ pañcamenir yat purohitas,
tābʰī rājānam parigr̥hya tiṣṭhati samudra iva bʰūmim
Sentence: 2 ayuvamāry asya rāṣṭram bʰavati,
nainam purāyuṣaḥ prāṇo jahāty,
ājarasaṃ jīvati, sarvam āyur eti,
na punar mriyate yasyaivaṃ vidvān brāhmaṇo rāṣṭragopaḥ purohitaḥ
Sentence: 3 kṣatreṇa kṣatraṃ jayati,
balena balam aśnute yasyaivaṃ vidvān brāhmaṇo rāṣṭragopaḥ purohitas
Sentence: 4 tasmai viśaḥ saṃjānate sammukʰā ekamanaso yasyaivaṃ
vidvān brāhmaṇo rāṣṭragopaḥ purohitaḥ
Sentence: 1 tad apy etad r̥ṣiṇoktaṃ
Sentence: 2 sa id rājā pratijanyāni viśvā śuṣmeṇa tastʰāv abʰi vīryeṇeti
Sentence: 3 sapatnā vai dviṣanto, bʰrātr̥vyā janyāni,
tān eva tac cʰuṣmeṇa vīryeṇādʰitiṣṭhati
Sentence: 4 Br̥haspatiṃ yaḥ subʰr̥tam bibʰartīti.
Br̥tʰaspatir ha vai devānām purohitas,
tam anv anye manuṣyarājñām purohitā.
Br̥haspatiṃ yaḥ subʰr̥tam bibʰartīti yad āha,
purohitaṃ yaḥ subʰr̥taṃ bibʰartīty eva tad āha
Sentence: 5 valgūyati vandate pūrvabʰājam ity,
apacitim evāsmā etad āha
Sentence: 6 sa it kṣeti sudʰita okasi sva iti.
gr̥hā vā okaḥ, sveṣv eva tad gr̥heṣu suhito vasati
Sentence: 7 tasmā iḷā pinvate viśvadānīm ity.
annaṃ vā iḷānnam evāsmā etad ūrjasvac cʰaśvad bʰavati
Sentence: 8 tasmai viśaḥ svayam evā namanta iti.
rāṣṭrāṇi vai viśo,
rāṣṭrāṇy evainaṃ tat svayam upanamanti
Sentence: 9 yasmin brahmā rājani pūrva etīti.
purohitam evaitad āhā/pratīto
Sentence: 10 jayati saṃ dʰanānīti.
rāṣṭrāṇi vai dʰanāni, tāny apratīto jayati
Sentence: 11 pratijanyāny uta yā sajanyeti.
sapatnā vai dviṣanto bʰrātr̥vyā janyāni,
tān apratīto jayaty
Sentence: 12 avasyave yo varivaḥ kr̥ṇotīti yad āhāvasīyase
yo vasīyaḥ karotīty eva tad āha
Sentence: 13 brahmaṇe rājā tam avanti devā iti,
purohitam evaitad abʰivadati
Sentence: 1 yo na vai trīn purohitāṃs trīn purodʰātr̥̄n veda,
sa brāhmaṇaḥ purohitaḥ.
sa vadeta purodʰāyā:
Agnir vāva purohitaḥ pr̥tʰivī purodʰātā,
Vāyur vāva purohito 'ntarikṣam purodʰātādityo vāva purohito
dyauḥ purodʰātai,ṣa ha vai purohito
ya evaṃ vedātʰa sa tirohito ya evaṃ na veda
Sentence: 2 tasya rājā mitram bʰavati,
dviṣantam apabādʰate yasyaivaṃ vidvān
brāhmaṇo rāṣṭragopaḥ purohitaḥ
Sentence: 3 kṣatreṇa kṣatraṃ jayati,
balena balam aśnute yasyaivaṃ vidvān brāhmaṇo rāṣṭragopaḥ purohitas.
tasmai viśaḥ saṃjānate sammukʰā ekamanaso
yasyaivaṃ vidvān brāhmaṇo rāṣṭragopaḥ purohito
Sentence: 4 bʰūr bʰuvaḥ svar om, amo 'ham asmi sa tvaṃ sa tvaṃ asy amo 'haṃ,
dyaur aham pr̥tʰivī tvaṃ, sāmāham r̥k tvaṃ, tāv eha saṃvahāvahai \
՚5 purā ՚5 aṇyasmāt mahābʰayāt \ tanūr asi tanvam me pāhi \
Sentence: 5 yā oṣadʰiḥ somarājñīr bahvīḥ śatavicakṣaṇāh \
tā mahyam asminn āsane 'cʰidraṃ śarma yacʰata \\
Sentence: 6 yā oṣadʰīḥ somarājñīr viṣṭhitāḥ pr̥tʰivīm anu \
tā mahyam asminn āsane 'cʰidraṃ śarma yacʰata \\
Sentence: 7 asmin rāṣṭre śriyam ā veśayāmy ato devīḥ prati paśyāmy āpaḥ \\
Sentence: 8 dakṣiṇam pādam ava nenije 'smin rāṣṭra indriyaṃ dadʰāmi \
savyam pādam ava nenije 'smi rāṣṭra indriyaṃ vardʰayāmi \
pūrvam anyam aparam anyam pādāv ava nenije \
devā rāṣṭrasya guptyā abʰayasyāvaruddʰyai \\
Sentence: 9 āpaḥ pādāvanejanīr dviṣantaṃ nir dahantu me
Sentence: 1 atʰāto brahmanaḥ parimaro.
yo ha vai brahmaṇaḥ parimaraṃ veda,
pary enaṃ dviṣanto bʰrātr̥vyāḥ pari sapatnā mriyante
Sentence: 2 'yaṃ vai brahma yo 'yam pavate.
tam etāḥ pañca devatāḥ parimriyante:
vidyud vr̥ṣṭiś candramā ādityo 'gnir
Sentence: 3 vidyud vai vidyutya vr̥ṣṭim anupraviśati,
sāntardʰīyate, tāṃ na nirjānanti
Sentence: 4 yadā vai mriyate, 'tʰāntardʰīyate,
'tʰaināṃ na nirjānanti
Sentence: 5 sa brūyād vidyuto maraṇe:
dviṣan me mriyatāṃ, so 'ntardʰīyatāṃ, tam mā nirjñasiṣur iti
Sentence: 6 kṣipraṃ haivainaṃ na nirjānanti
Sentence: 7 vr̥ṣṭir vai vr̥ṣṭvā candramasam anupraviśati,
sāntardʰīyate, tāṃ na nirjānanti.
yadā vai mriyate, 'tʰāntardʰīyate, 'tʰainaṃ na nirjānanti.
sa brūyād vr̥ṣṭer maraṇe:
dviṣan me mriyatāṃ, so 'ntardʰīyatāṃ, tam mā nirjñāsiṣur iti.
kṣipraṃ haivainaṃ na nirjānanti
Sentence: 8 candramā vā amāvāsyāyām ādityam anupraviśati,
so 'ntardʰīyatāṃ, taṃ na nirjānanti.
yadā vai mriyate, 'tʰāntardʰīyate, 'tʰainaṃ na nirjānanti.
sa brūyāc candramaso maraṇe:
dviṣan me mriyatāṃ, so 'ntardʰīyatāṃ, tam mā nirjñāsiṣur iti.
kṣipraṃ haivainaṃ na nirjānanty
Sentence: 9 ādityo vā astaṃ yann agnim anupraviśati, so 'ntardʰīyate,
taṃ na nirjānanti.
yadā vai mriyatc, 'tʰāntardʰīyate, 'tʰainām na nirjānanti.
sa brūyād ādityasya maraṇe:
dviṣan me mriyatāṃ, so 'ntardʰīyatāṃ, tam mā nirjñāsiṣur iti.
kṣipraṃ haivainaṃ nā nirjānanty
Sentence: 10 āgnir vā udvān vāyum anupraviśati, so 'ntardʰiyate, taṃ na nirjānanti.
yadā vai mriyate, 'tʰāntardʰīyate, 'tʰainaṃ na nirjānanti.
sa brūyād agner marāṇe:
dviṣan me mriyatāṃ, so 'ntardʰīyatāṃ, tam mā nirjñāsiṣur iti.
kṣipraṃ haivainaṃ na nirjānanti
Sentence: 11 tā vā etā devatā ata eva punar jāyante
Sentence: 12 vāyor agnir jāyate, prāṇād dʰi balān matʰyamāno 'dʰijāyate.
taṃ dr̥ṣṭvā brūyād:
agnir jāyatām, mā me dviṣañ jany, ata eva parāṅ prajigʰyatv iti.
ato haiva parāṅ prajigʰyaty
Sentence: 13 agner vā ādityo jāyate.
taṃ dr̥ṣṭvā brūyād:
ādityo jāyatām, mā me dviṣañ jany, ata eva parāṅ prajigʰyatv ity.
ato haiva parāṅ prajigʰyaty
Sentence: 14 ādityād vai candramā jāyate.
taṃ dr̥ṣṭvā brūyāc:
candramā jāyatām, mā me dviṣañ jany, ata eva parāṅ prajigʰyatv iti.
ato haiva parāṅ prajigʰyati
Sentence: 15 candramaso vai vr̥ṣṭir jāyate.
tāṃ dr̥ṣṭvā brūyād:
vr̥ṣṭir jāyatām, mā me ՚8 dviṣañ jany, ata eva parāṅ prajigʰyatv ity.
ato haiva parāṅ prajigʰyati
Sentence: 16 vr̥ṣṭer vai vidyuj jāyate.
tāṃ dr̥ṣṭvā brūyād:
vidyuj jāyatām, mā me dviṣañ jany, ata eva parāṅ prajigʰyatv ity.
ato baiva parān prajigʰyati
Sentence: 17 sa eṣa brahmaṇaḥ parimaras
Sentence: 18 tam etam brahmaṇaḥ parimaram
Maitreyaḥ Kauṣāravaḥ Sutvane Kairiśaye Bʰārgāyaṇāya rājñe provāca,
taṃ ha pañca rājānaḥ parimamrus, tataḥ Sutvā mahaj jagāma
Sentence: 19 tasya vrataṃ:
na dviṣataḥ pūrva upaviśed; yadi tiṣṭhantam manyeta, tiṣṭhetaiva.
na dviṣataḥ pūrvaḥ saṃviśed; yady āsīnam manyetāsītaiva.
na dviṣataḥ pūrvaḥ prasvapyād:
yadi jāgratam manyeta, ՚1 jāgr̥yād evā/pi
Sentence: 20 ha yady asyāśmamūrdʰā dviṣan bʰavati,
kṣipraṃ haivainaṃ str̥ṇute str̥ṇute
Copyright TITUS Project,
Frankfurt a/M, 1.11.2013.
No parts of this document may be republished in any form
without prior permission by the copyright holder.